2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 1
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Description
PIC16(L)F1705/9 microcontrollers combine Intelligent analog integration with low cost and extreme low-power (XLP) to
suit a variety of general purpose applications. These 14- and 20-pin devices deliver on-chip op amps, core independent
peripherals (CLC and COG), Peripheral Pin Select and Zero-Cross Detect, providing for increased design flexibility.
Core Features
C Compiler Optimized RISC Architecture
Only 49 Instructions
Operating Speed:
- 0-32 MHz
- 125 ns minimum instruction cycle
Interrupt Capability
16-Level Deep Hardware Stack
Four 8-bit Timers
One 16-bit Timer
Power-on Reset (POR)
Power-up Timer (PWRT)
Low-Power Brown-Out Reset (LPBOR)
Programmable Watchdog Timer (WDT) up to
256s
Programmable Code Protection
Memory
8 Kwords Flash Program Memory
1024 Bytes Data SRAM Memory
Direct, Indirect and Relative Addressing modes
High Endurance Flash Data Memory (HEF)
- 128 bytes of nonvolatile data storage
- 100k erase/write cycles
Operating Characteristics
Operating Voltage Range:
- 1.8V to 3.6V (PIC16LF1705/9)
- 2.3V to 5.5V (PIC16F1705/9)
Temperature Range:
- Industrial: -40°C to 85°C
- Extended: -40°C to 125°C
eXtreme Low-Power (XLP) Features
Sleep mode: 50 nA @ 1.8V, typical
Watchdog Timer: 500 nA @ 1.8V, typical
Secondary Oscillator: 500 nA @ 32 kHz
Operating Current:
- 8 uA @ 32 kHz, 1.8V, typical
- 32 uA/MHz @ 1.8V, typical
Digital Peripherals
Configurable Logic Cell (CLC):
- Integrated combinational and sequential logic
Complementary Output Generator (COG):
- Rising/falling edge dead-band control/
blanking
Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) module
PWM: Two 10-bit Pulse-Width Modulators
Serial Communications:
- SPI, I2C, RS-232, RS-485, LIN compatible
- Auto-Baud Detect, auto-wake-up on start
Up to 17 I/O Pins plus One Input-Only Pin:
- Individually programmable pull-ups
- Slew rate control
- Interrupt-on-change with edge-select
Peripheral Pin Select (PPS):
- Enables pin mapping of digital I/O
Timer0: 8-Bit Timer/Counter with 8-Bit Prescaler
Enhanced Timer1:
- 16-bit timer/counter with prescaler
- External Gate Input mode
- Low-power 32 kHz secondary oscillator
driver
Timer2/4/6: 8-Bit Timer/Counter with 8-Bit Period
Register, Prescaler and Postscaler
Intelligent Analog Peripherals
Operational Amplifiers:
- Two configurable rail-to-rail op amps
- Selectable internal and external channels
- 2 MHz gain bandwidth product
High-Speed Comparators:
- Two comparators
- 50 ns response time
- Rail-to-rail inputs
10-Bit Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC):
- Up to 12 external channels
- Conversion available during Sleep
- Temperature indicator
Cost-Effective 8-Bit Intelligent Analog Flash Microco ntrollers
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 2 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Intelligent Analog Peripherals (Cont.)
Zero-Cross Detector (ZCD):
- Detect when AC signal on pin crosses
ground
8-Bit Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC):
- Output available externally
- Internal connections to comparators, op
amps, Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) and
ADC
Internal Voltage Reference module
Clocking Structure
16 MHz Internal Oscillator Block:
- ±1% at calibration
- Selectable frequency range from 0 to 32 MHz
31 kHz Low-Power Internal Oscillator
External Oscillator Block with:
- Three crystal/resonator modes up to 20 MHz
- Two external clock modes up to 20 MHz
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor
Two-Speed Oscillator Start-up
Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
Programming/Debug Features
In-Circuit Debug Integrated On-Chip
Emulation Header for Advanced Debug:
- Provides trace, background debug and up to
32 hardware break points
In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) via Two
Pins
PIC16(L)F170x Famil y Types
Device
Data Sheet Index
Program Memory
Flash (words)
Data SRAM
(bytes)
High-Endurance
Flash (bytes)
I/O’s(2)
10-bit ADC (ch)
8-bit DAC
High-Speed/
Comparators
Op Amp
Zero C r os s
Timers
(8/16-bit)
CCP
PWM
COG
EUSART
MSSP (I2C/SPI)
CLC
PPS
Debug(1)
XLP
PIC16(L)F1703 (3) 2048 256 128 12 8 0 0 2 1 2/1 200010YI/E Y
PIC16(L)F1704 (1) 4096 512 128 12 8 1 2 2 1 4/1 221113YI/E Y
PIC16(L)F1705(2)81921024128128 1 2 2 1 4/1 221113YI/EY
PIC16(L)F1707 (3) 2048 256 128 18 12 0 0 2 1 2/1 200010YI/E Y
PIC16(L)F1708 (1) 4096 512 128 18 12 1 2 2 1 4/1 221113YI/E Y
PIC16(L)F1709(2)8192102412818121 2 2 1 4/1 221113YI/EY
Note 1: Debugging Methods: (I) – Integrated on Chip; (H) – using Debug Header; E – using Emulation Header.
2: One pin is input-only.
Data Sheet Index: (Unshaded devices are described in this document.)
1: DS40001715 PIC16(L)F1704/8 Data Sheet, 14/20-Pin Flash, 8-bit Microcontrollers.
2: DS40001729 PIC16(L)F1705/9 Data Sheet, 14/20-Pin Flash, 8-bit Microcontrollers.
3: DS40001722 PIC16(L)F1703/7 Data Sheet, 14/20-Pin Flash, 8-bit Microcontrollers
Note: For other small form-factor package availability and marking information, please visit
http://www.microchip.com/packaging or contact your local sales office.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 3
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Pin Diagrams
FIGURE 1: 14-PIN PDIP, SOIC, TSSOP
FIGURE 2: 16- P IN QFN
PIC16(L)F1705
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
VDD
RA5
RA4
VPP/MCLR/RA3
RC5
RC4
RC3
RA0/ICSPDAT
RA1/ICSPCLK
RA2
RC0
RC1
RC2
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
VSS
2
3
1
9
10
11
12
RC4
4
VSS
RA0/ICSPDAT
RA1/ICSPCLK
RA2
RC0
NC
NC
VDD
RA5
RA4
RA3/MCLR/VPP
RC5
RC3
RC2
RC1
6
7
5
8
15
14
16
13
PIC16(L)F1705
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 4 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 3: 20-PIN PDIP, SOIC, SSOP
FIGURE 4: 20- P IN QFN
PIC16(L)F1709
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
VDD
RA5
RA4
VPP/MCLR/RA3
RC5
RC4
RC3
RC6
RC7
RB7
ICSPDAT/RA0
ICSPCLK/RA1
RA2
RC0
RC1
RC2
RB4
RB5
RB6
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
VSS
1
2
3
4
5
1
6
7
8
9
20
19
18
17
16
10
12
13
14
15
11
PIC16(L)F1709
RB4
RB5
RB6
RB7
RC7
VPP/MCLR/RA3
RC5
RC4
RC3
RC6
RA4
RA5
VDD
VSS
RA0/ICSPDAT
RA1/ICSPCLK
RA2
RC0
RC1
RC2
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 5
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Pin Allocation Tables
TABLE 1: 14/16-PIN ALLOCATION TABLE (PIC16(L)F1705)
I/O(2)
14-Pin P DIP/SOI C/TS SOP
16-Pin QFN
ADC
Reference
Comparator
Op Amp
DAC
Zero Cross
Timers
CCP
PWM
COG
MSSP
EUSART
CLC
Interrupt
Pull-up
Basic
RA0 13 12 AN0 VREF-C1IN+ DAC1OUT1 IOC YICSPDAT
RA1 12 11 AN1 VREF+C1IN0-
C2IN0-
——IOC YICSPCLK
RA2 11 10 AN2 DAC1OUT2 ZCD T0CKI(1) COGIN(1) INT(1)
IOC
Y
RA3 4 3 —— IOC YMCLR
VPP
RA4 3 2 AN3 T1G(1)
SOSCO
IOC YCLKOUT
OSC2
RA5 2 1 —— T1CKI(1)
SOSCI
———
CLCIN3(1) IOC YCLKIN
OSC1
RC0 10 9AN4 C2IN+ OPA1IN+ SCK(1)
SCL(3) IOC Y
RC1 9 8 AN5 C1IN1-
C2IN1-
OPA1IN- SDI(1)
SDA(3) CLCIN2(1) IOC Y
RC2 8 7 AN6 C1IN2-
C2IN2-
OPA1OUT IOC Y
RC3 7 6 AN7 C1IN3-
C2IN3-
OPA2OUT CCP2(1) ——SS
(1) CLCIN0(1) IOC Y
RC4 6 5 OPA2IN- CK(1) CLCIN1(1) IOC Y
RC5 5 4 —OPA2IN+ CCP1(1) ——RX
(1,3) IOC Y
VDD 116 VDD
VSS 14 13 VSS
OUT(2)
C1OUT CPP1 PWM3OUT COGA SDA(3) CK CLC1OUT
C2OUT CPP2 PWM4OUT COGB SCL(3) DT(3) CLC2OUT
COGC SDO TX CLC3OUT
—— COGDSCK————
Note 1: Default peripheral input. Input can be moved to any other pin with the PPS input selection registers. See Register 12-1.
2: All pin outputs default to PORT latch data. Any pin can be selected as a digital peripheral output with the PPS output selection registers. See Register 12-3.
3: These peripheral functions are bidirectional. The output pin selections must be the same as the input pin selections.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 6 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 2: 20-PIN ALLOCATION TABLE (PIC16(L)F1709)
I/O(2)
20-Pin PDIP/
SOIC/SSOP
20-Pin QFN
ADC
Reference
Comparator
Op Amp
DAC
Zero Cross
Timers
CCP
PWM
COG
MSSP
EUSART
CLC
Interrupt
Pull-up
Basic
RA0 19 16 AN0 VREF-C1IN+ DAC1OUT1 IOC YICSPDAT
RA1 18 15 AN1 VREF+C1IN0-
C2IN0-
——IOC YICSPCLK
RA2 17 14 AN2 DAC1OUT2 ZCD T0CKI(1) COGIN(1) INT(1)
IOC
Y
RA3 4 1 —— IOC YMCLR
VPP
RA4 320 AN3 T1G(1)
SOSCO
IOC YCLKOUT
OSC2
RA5 219 —— T1CKI
SOSCI
———CLCIN3(1) IOC YCLKIN
OSC1
RB4 13 10 AN10 OPA1IN- SDI(1)
SDA(3) IOC Y
RB5 12 9AN11 OPA1IN+ —— RX
(1,3) IOC Y
RB6 11 8 SCK(1)
SCL(3) IOC Y
RB7 10 7 —— CK
(1) IOC Y
RC0 16 13 AN4 C2IN+ IOC Y
RC1 15 12 AN5 C1IN1-
C2IN1-
——CLCIN2(1) IOC Y
RC2 14 11 AN6 C1IN2-
C2IN2-
OPA1OUT IOC Y
RC3 7 4 AN7 C1IN3-
C2IN3-
OPA2OUT CCP2(1) ——CLCIN0(1) IOC Y
RC4 6 3 CLCIN1(1) IOC Y
RC5 5 2 —— CCP1(1) ——IOC Y
RC6 8 5 AN8 OPA2IN- SS(1) IOC Y
RC7 9 6 AN9 —OPA2IN+ IOC Y
VDD 118 VDD
VSS 20 17 VSS
OUT(2)
C1OUT CPP1 PWM3OUT COGA SDA(3) CK CLC1OUT
C2OUT CPP2 PWM4OUT COGB SCL(3) DT(3) CLC2OUT
COGC SDO TX CLC3OUT
—— COGDSCK————
Note 1: Default peripheral input. Input can be moved to any other pin with the PPS input selection registers. See Register 12-2.
2: All pin outputs default to PORT latch data. Any pin can be selected as a digital peripheral output with the PPS output selection registers. See Register 12-3.
3: These peripheral functions are bidirectional. The output pin selections must be the same as the input pin selections.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 7
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Table of Contents
1.0 Device Overview .......................................................................................................................................................................... 9
2.0 Enhanced Mid-Range CPU ........................................................................................................................................................ 17
3.0 Memory Organization ................................................................................................................................................................. 19
4.0 Device Configuration.................................................................................................................................................................. 47
5.0 Resets ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 53
6.0 Oscillator Module (with Fail-Safe Clock Monitor) ....................................................................................................................... 61
7.0 PIC16(L)F1705/9 Interrupts........................................................................................................................................................ 79
8.0 Power-Down Mode (Sleep) ........................................................................................................................................................ 92
9.0 Watchdog Timer (WDT) ............................................................................................................................................................. 96
10.0 Flash Program Memory Control ............................................................................................................................................... 101
11.0 I/O Ports ................................................................................................................................................................................... 118
12.0 Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) Module ........................................................................................................................................ 137
13.0 Interrupt-On-Change ................................................................................................................................................................ 144
14.0 Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) .............................................................................................................................................. 151
15.0 Temperature Indicator Module ................................................................................................................................................. 154
16.0 Comparator Module.................................................................................................................................................................. 156
17.0 Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) ............................................................................................................................................... 165
18.0 Complementary Output Generator (COG) Module................................................................................................................... 171
19.0 Configurable Logic Cell (CLC).................................................................................................................................................. 203
20.0 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Module .............................................................................................................................. 218
21.0 Operational Amplifier (OPA) Modules ...................................................................................................................................... 232
22.0 8-Bit Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC1) Module.................................................................................................................... 235
23.0 Zero-Cross Detection (ZCD) Module........................................................................................................................................ 239
24.0 Timer0 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 243
25.0 Timer1 Module with Gate Control............................................................................................................................................. 246
26.0 Timer2/4/6 Module ................................................................................................................................................................... 257
27.0 Capture/Compare/PWM Modules ............................................................................................................................................ 262
28.0 Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) Module .................................................................................................................... 270
29.0 Enhanced Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (EUSART) ............................................................... 323
30.0 In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) ............................................................................................................................... 354
31.0 Instruction Set Summary.......................................................................................................................................................... 356
32.0 Electrical Specifications............................................................................................................................................................ 370
33.0 DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Charts ....................................................................................................................... 403
34.0 Development Support............................................................................................................................................................... 425
35.0 Packaging Information.............................................................................................................................................................. 429
Appendix A: Data Sheet Revision History.......................................................................................................................................... 450
The Microchip Website ...................................................................................................................................................................... 451
Customer Change Notification Service .............................................................................................................................................. 451
Customer Support .............................................................................................................................................................................. 451
Product Identification System ............................................................................................................................................................ 452
Worldwide Sales and Service ............................................................................................................................................................ 454
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 8 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS
It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip
products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and
enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced.
If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via
E-mail at docerrors@microchip.com. We welcome your feedback.
Most Current Data Sheet
To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Website at:
http://www.microchip.com
You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page.
The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000000A is version A of document DS30000000).
Errata
An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current
devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision
of silicon and revision of document to which it applies.
To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following:
Microchip’s Worldwide Website; http://www.microchip.com
Your local Microchip sales office (see last page)
When contacting a sales office, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are
using.
Customer No tific atio n Syst em
Register on our website at www.microchip.com to receive the most current information on all of our products.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 9
PIC16(L)F1705/9
1.0 DEVICE OVERVIEW
The PIC16(L)F1705/9 are described within this data
sheet. They are available in 14-pin and 20-pin DIP
packages and 16-pin and 20-pin QFN packages.
Figure 1-1 shows a block diagram of the
PIC16(L)F1705/9 devices. Table 1-2 shows the pinout
descriptions.
Reference Table 1-1 for peripherals available per device.
TABLE 1-1: DEVICE PERIPHERAL
SUMMARY
Peripheral
PIC16(L)F1705
PIC16(L)F1709
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) ●●
Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) ●●
Complementary Output Generator (COG) ●●
Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) ●●
Zero-Cross Detection (ZCD) ●●
Temperature Indicator ●●
Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP/ECCP) Modules
CCP1 ●●
CCP2 ●●
Comparators
C1 ●●
C2 ●●
Configurable Logic Cell (CLC)
CLC1 ●●
CLC2 ●●
CLC3 ●●
Enhanced Universal Synchronous/Asynchronous
Receiver/Transmitter (EUSART)
EUSART ●●
Master Synchronous Serial Ports
MSSP ●●
Op Amp
Op Amp 1 ●●
Op Amp 2 ●●
Pulse-Width Modulator (PWM)
PWM3 ●●
PWM4 ●●
Timers
Timer0 ●●
Timer1 ●●
Timer2 ●●
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 10 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 1-1: PIC16( L) F1705 /9 BLOCK DIAGRAM
PORTA
PORTB(1)
PORTC
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2: See applicable chapters for more information on peripherals.
CPU
Program
Flash Memory
RAM
Timing
Generation
LFINTOSC
Oscillator
MCLR
Figure 2-1
CLKIN
CLKOUT
ADC
10-Bit FVR
Temp .
Indicator EUSART
Comparators
MSSPTimer2Timer1Timer0
DAC CCPs
PWMOp Amps
HFINTOSC/
CLCs
COG
ZCD
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 11
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 1-2: PIC16(L)F1705 PINOUT DESCRIPTION
Name Function Input
Type Output
Type Description
RA0/AN0/VREF-/C1IN+/
DAC1OUT/ICSPDAT
RA0 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN0 AN ADC Channel 0 input.
VREF- AN ADC Negative Voltage Reference input.
C1IN+ AN Comparator C1 positive input.
DAC1OUT AN Digital-to-Analog Converter output.
ICSPDAT ST CMOS ICSP™ Data I/O.
RA1/AN1/VREF+/C1IN0-/C2IN0-/
ICSPCLK
RA1 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN1 AN ADC Channel 1 input.
VREF+ AN ADC Voltage Reference input.
C1IN0- AN Comparator C2 negative input.
C2IN0- AN Comparator C3 negative input.
ICSPCLK ST Serial Programming Clock.
RA2/AN2/DAC1OUT2/ZCD/
T0CKI(1)/COGIN(1)/INT(1) RA2 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN2 AN ADC Channel 2 input.
DAC1OUT2 AN Digital-to-Analog Converter output.
ZCD AN Zero-Cross Detection Current Source/Sink.
T0CKI TTL/ST Timer0 clock input.
COGIN TTL/ST CMOS Complementary Output Generator input.
INT TTL/ST External interrupt.
RA3/MCLR/VPP RA3 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
MCLR ST Master Clear with internal pull-up.
VPP HV Programming voltage.
RA4/AN3/T1G(1)/SOSCO/
OSC2/CLKOUT
RA4 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN3 AN ADC Channel 3 input.
T1G TTL/ST Timer1 gate input.
SOSCO XTAL XTAL Secondary Oscillator Connection.
OSC2 XTAL Crystal/Resonator (LP, XT, HS modes).
CLKOUT CMOS FOSC/4 output.
RA5/T1CKI(1)/SOSCI/
CLCIN3(1)/OSC1/CLKIN
RA5 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
T1CKI TTL/ST Timer1 clock input.
SOSCI XTAL XTAL Secondary Oscillator Connection.
CLCIN3 TTL/ST Configurable Logic Cell source input.
OSC1 XTAL Crystal/Resonator (LP, XT, HS modes).
CLKIN ST External clock input (EC mode).
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS= CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C HV = High Voltage XTAL = Crystal levels
Note 1: Default peripheral input. Input can be moved to any other pin with the PPS input selection registers.
See Register 12-1.
2: All pin outputs default to PORT latch data. Any pin can be selected as a digital peripheral output with the
PPS output selection registers. See Register 12-3.
3: These I2C functions are bidirectional. The output pin selections must be the same as the input pin
selections.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 12 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
RC0/AN4/C2IN+/OPA1IN+/
SCK(1)/SCL(3) RC0 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN4 AN ADC Channel 4 input.
C2IN+ AN Comparator positive input.
OPA1IN+ AN Operational Amplifier 1 non-inverting input.
SCK TTL/ST SPI clock.
SCL I2C—I
2C clock.
RC1/AN5/C1IN1-/C2IN1-/
OPA1IN-/SDI(1)/SDA(3)/
CLCIN2(1)
RC1 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN5 AN ADC Channel 5 input.
C1IN1- AN Comparator C1 negative input.
C2IN1- AN Comparator C2 negative input.
OPA1IN- AN Operational Amplifier 1 inverting input.
SDI CMOS SPI data input.
SDA I2C—I
2C data input.
CLCIN2 TTL/ST Configurable Logic Cell source input.
RC2/AN6/C1IN2-/C2IN2-/
OPA1OUT
RC2 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN6 AN ADC Channel 6 input.
C1IN2- AN Comparator C1 negative input.
C2IN2- AN Comparator C2 negative input.
OPA1OUT AN Operational Amplifier 1 output.
RC3/AN7/C1IN3-/C2IN3-/
OPA2OUT/CCP2(1)/SS(1)/
CLCIN0(1)
RC3 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN7 AN ADC Channel 7 input.
C1IN3- AN Comparator C1 negative input.
C2IN3- AN Comparator C2 negative input.
OPA2OUT AN Operational Amplifier 2 output.
CCP2 TTL/ST Capture/Compare/PWM2.
SS TTL/ST Slave Select input.
CLCIN0 TTL/ST Configurable Logic Cell source input.
RC4/OPA2IN-/CK(1)/CLCIN1(1) RC4 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
OPA2IN- AN Operational Amplifier 2 inverting input.
CK TTL/ST USART synchronous clock.
CLCIN1 TTLST Configurable Logic Cell source input.
RC5/OPA2IN+/CCP1(1)/RX(1) RC5 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
OPA2IN+ AN Operational Amplifier 2 non-inverting input.
CCP1 TTL/ST Capture/Compare/PWM1.
RX TTL/ST USART asynchronous input.
TABLE 1-2: PIC16(L)F1705 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
Name Function Input
Type Output
Type Description
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS= CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C HV = High Voltage XTAL = Crystal levels
Note 1: Default peripheral input. Input can be moved to any other pin with the PPS input selection registers.
See Register 12-1.
2: All pin outputs default to PORT latch data. Any pin can be selected as a digital peripheral output with the
PPS output selection registers. See Register 12-3.
3: These I2C functions are bidirectional. The output pin selections must be the same as the input pin
selections.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 13
PIC16(L)F1705/9
VDD VDD Power Positive supply.
VSS VSS Power Ground reference.
OUT(2) C1OUT CMOS Comparator output.
C2OUT CMOS Comparator output.
CCP1 CMOS Capture/Compare/PWM1 output.
CCP2 CMOS Capture/Compare/PWM2 output.
PWM3OUT CMOS PWM3 output.
PWM4OUT CMOS PWM4 output.
COGA CMOS Complementary Output Generator Output A.
COGB CMOS Complementary Output Generator Output B.
COGC CMOS Complementary Output Generator Output C.
COGD CMOS Complementary Output Generator Output D.
SDA(3) —ODI
2C data input/output.
SDO CMOS SPI data output.
SCK CMOS SPI clock output.
SCL(3) —ODI
2C clock output.
TX/CK CMOS USART asynchronous TX data/synchronous
clock output.
DT CMOS USART synchronous data output.
CLC1OUT CMOS Configurable Logic Cell 1 source output.
CLC2OUT CMOS Configurable Logic Cell 2 source output.
CLC3OUT CMOS Configurable Logic Cell 3 source output.
TABLE 1-2: PIC16(L)F1705 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
Name Function Input
Type Output
Type Description
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS= CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C HV = High Voltage XTAL = Crystal levels
Note 1: Default peripheral input. Input can be moved to any other pin with the PPS input selection registers.
See Register 12-1.
2: All pin outputs default to PORT latch data. Any pin can be selected as a digital peripheral output with the
PPS output selection registers. See Register 12-3.
3: These I2C functions are bidirectional. The output pin selections must be the same as the input pin
selections.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 14 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 1-3: PIC16(L)F1709 PINOUT DESCRIPTION
Name Function Input
Type Output
Type Description
RA0/AN0/VREF-/C1IN+/
DAC1OUT/ICSPDAT
RA0 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN0 AN ADC Channel 0 input.
VREF- AN ADC Negative Voltage Reference input.
C1IN+ AN Comparator C1 positive input.
DAC1OUT AN Digital-to-Analog Converter output.
ICSPDAT ST CMOS ICSP™ Data I/O.
RA1/AN1/VREF+/C1IN0-/C2IN0-/
ICSPCLK
RA1 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN1 AN ADC Channel 1 input.
VREF+ AN ADC Voltage Reference input.
C1IN0- AN Comparator C2 negative input.
C2IN0- AN Comparator C3 negative input.
ICSPCLK ST Serial Programming Clock.
RA2/AN2/DAC1OUT2/ZCD/
T0CKI(1)/COGIN(1)/INT(1) RA2 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN2 AN ADC Channel 2 input.
DAC1OUT
2
AN Digital-to-Analog Converter output.
ZCD AN Zero-Cross Detection Current Source/Sink.
T0CKI ST Timer0 clock input.
COGIN ST CMOS Complementary Output Generator input.
INT ST External interrupt.
RA3/MCLR/VPP RA3 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
MCLR ST Master Clear with internal pull-up.
VPP HV Programming voltage.
RA4/AN3/T1G(1)/SOSCO/
OSC2/CLKOUT
RA4 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN3 AN ADC Channel 3 input.
T1G ST Timer1 gate input.
SOSCO XTAL XTAL Secondary Oscillator Connection.
OSC2 XTAL Crystal/Resonator (LP, XT, HS modes).
CLKOUT CMOS FOSC/4 output.
RA5/T1CKI/SOSCI/
CLCIN3(1)/OSC1/CLKIN
RA5 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
T1CKI ST Timer1 clock input.
SOSCI XTAL XTAL Secondary Oscillator Connection.
CLCIN3 ST Configurable Logic Cell source input.
OSC1 XTAL Crystal/Resonator (LP, XT, HS modes).
CLKIN ST External clock input (EC mode).
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS= CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL= TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C HV = High Voltage XTAL=Crystal levels
Note 1: Default peripheral input. Input can be moved to any other pin with the PPS input selection registers. See
Register 12-2.
2: All pin outputs default to PORT latch data. Any pin can be selected as a digital peripheral output with the
PPS output selection registers. See Register 12-3.
3: These I2C functions are bidirectional. The output pin selections must be the same as the input pin
selections.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 15
PIC16(L)F1705/9
RB4/AN10/OPA1IN-/SCK(1)/
SDA(3) RB4 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN10 AN ADC Channel 10 input.
OPA1IN- AN Operational Amplifier 1 inverting input.
SCK ST CMOS SPI clock.
SDA I2CODI
2C data input/output.
RB5/AN11/OPA1IN+/RX(1) RB5 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN11 AN ADC Channel 11 input.
OPA1IN+ AN Operational Amplifier 1 non-inverting input.
RX ST USART asynchronous input.
RB6/SDI(1)/SCL(3) RB6 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
SDI CMOS SPI data input.
SCL I2CODI
2C clock.
RB7/CK(1) RB7 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
CK ST CMOS USART synchronous clock.
RC0/AN4/C2IN+ RC0 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN4 AN ADC Channel 4 input.
C2IN+ AN Comparator positive input.
RC1/AN5/C1IN1-/C2IN1-/
CLCIN2(1) RC1 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN5 AN ADC Channel 5 input.
C1IN1- AN Comparator C1 negative input.
C2IN1- AN Comparator C2 negative input.
CLCIN2 ST Configurable Logic Cell source input.
RC2/AN6/C1IN2-/C2IN2-/
OPA1OUT
RC2 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN6 AN ADC Channel 6 input.
C1IN2- AN Comparator C1 negative input.
C2IN2- AN Comparator C2 negative input.
OPA1OUT AN Operational Amplifier 1 output.
RC3/AN7/C1IN3-/C2IN3-/
OPA2OUT/CCP2(1)/CLCIN0(1) RC3 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN7 AN ADC Channel 7 input.
C1IN3- AN Comparator C1 negative input.
C2IN3- AN Comparator C2 negative input.
OPA2OUT AN Operational Amplifier 2 output.
CCP2 ST CMOS Capture/Compare/PWM2.
CLCIN0 ST Configurable Logic Cell source input.
RC4/CLCIN1(1) RC4 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
CLCIN1 ST Configurable Logic Cell source input.
TABLE 1-3: PIC16(L)F1709 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
Name Function Input
Type Output
Type Description
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS= CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL= TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C HV = High Voltage XTAL=Crystal levels
Note 1: Default peripheral input. Input can be moved to any other pin with the PPS input selection registers. See
Register 12-2.
2: All pin outputs default to PORT latch data. Any pin can be selected as a digital peripheral output with the
PPS output selection registers. See Register 12-3.
3: These I2C functions are bidirectional. The output pin selections must be the same as the input pin
selections.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 16 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
RC5/CCP1(1) RC5 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
CCP1 ST CMOS Capture/Compare/PWM1.
RC6/AN8/OPA2IN-/SS(1) RC6 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN8 AN ADC Channel 8 input.
OPA2IN- AN Operational Amplifier 2 inverting input.
SS ST Slave Select input.
RC7/AN9/OPA2IN+ RC7 TTL/ST CMOS General purpose I/O.
AN9 AN ADC Channel 9 input.
OPA2IN+ AN Operational Amplifier 2 non-inverting input.
VDD VDD Power Positive supply.
VSS VSS Power Ground reference.
OUT(2) C1OUT CMOS Comparator output.
C2OUT CMOS Comparator output.
CCP1 CMOS Capture/Compare/PWM1 output.
CCP2 CMOS Capture/Compare/PWM2 output.
PWM3OUT CMOS PWM3 output.
PWM4OUT CMOS PWM4 output.
COGA CMOS Complementary Output Generator Output A.
COGB CMOS Complementary Output Generator Output B.
COGC CMOS Complementary Output Generator Output C.
COGD CMOS Complementary Output Generator Output D.
SDA(3) —ODI
2C data input/output.
SDO CMOS SPI data output.
SCK CMOS SPI clock output.
SCL(3) I2CODI
2C clock output.
TX/CK CMOS USART asynchronous TX data/synchronous
clock output.
DT CMOS USART synchronous data output.
CLC1OUT CMOS Configurable Logic Cell 1 source output.
CLC2OUT CMOS Configurable Logic Cell 2 source output.
CLC3OUT CMOS Configurable Logic Cell 3 source output.
TABLE 1-3: PIC16(L)F1709 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
Name Function Input
Type Output
Type Description
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS= CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL= TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C HV = High Voltage XTAL=Crystal levels
Note 1: Default peripheral input. Input can be moved to any other pin with the PPS input selection registers. See
Register 12-2.
2: All pin outputs default to PORT latch data. Any pin can be selected as a digital peripheral output with the
PPS output selection registers. See Register 12-3.
3: These I2C functions are bidirectional. The output pin selections must be the same as the input pin
selections.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 17
PIC16(L)F1705/9
2.0 ENHANCED MID-RANGE CPU
This family of devices contain an enhanced mid-range
8-bit CPU core. The CPU has 49 instructions. Interrupt
capability includes automatic context saving. The
hardware stack is 16 levels deep and has Overflow and
Underflow Reset capability. Direct, Indirect, and
Relative Addressing modes are available. Two File
Select Registers (FSRs) provide the ability to read
program and data memory.
Automatic Interrupt Context Saving
16-level Stack with Overflow and Underflow
File Select Registers
Instruction Set
FIGURE 2-1: CORE BLOCK DIAGRAM
Data Bus 8
14
Program
Bus
Instruction reg
Program Counter
8 Level Stack
(13-bit)
Direct Addr 7
12
Addr MUX
FSR reg
STATUS reg
MUX
ALU
Power-up
Timer
Oscillator
Start-up Timer
Power-on
Reset
Watchdog
Timer
Instruction
Decode &
Control
Timing
Generation
OSC1/CLKIN
OSC2/CLKOUT
VDD
8
8
Brown-out
Reset
12
3
VSS
Internal
Oscillator
Block
Data Bus 8
14
Program
Bus
Instruction reg
Program Counter
8 Level Stack
(13-bit)
Direct Addr 7
Addr MUX
FSR reg
STATUS reg
MUX
ALU
W reg
Instruction
Decode &
Control
Timing
Generation
VDD
8
8
3
VSS
Internal
Oscillator
Block
15 Data Bus 8
14
Program
Bus
Instruction Reg
Program Counter
16-Level Stack
(15-bit)
Direct Addr 7
RAM Addr
Addr MUX
Indirect
Addr
FSR0 Reg
STATUS Reg
MUX
ALU
Instruction
Decode and
Control
Timing
Generation
VDD
8
8
3
VSS
Internal
Oscillator
Block
RAM
FSR regFSR reg
FSR1 Reg
15
15
MUX
15
Program Memory
Read (PMR)
12
FSR regFSR reg
BSR Reg
5
ConfigurationConfigurationConfiguration
Flash
Program
Memory
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 18 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
2.1 Automatic Interrupt Context
Saving
During interrupts, certain registers are automatically
saved in shadow registers and restored when returning
from the interrupt. This saves stack space and user
code. See Section 7.5 “Automatic Context Saving
for more information.
2.2 16-Level Stack with Overflow and
Underflow
These devices have a hardware stack memory 15 bits
wide and 16 words deep. A Stack Overflow or Under-
flow will set the appropriate bit (STKOVF or STKUNF)
in the PCON register, and if enabled, will cause a soft-
ware Reset. See Section 3.6 “S ta ck” for more details.
2.3 File Select Registers
There are two 16-bit File Select Registers (FSR). FSRs
can access all file registers and program memory,
which allows one Data Pointer for all memory. When an
FSR points to program memory, there is one additional
instruction cycle in instructions using INDF to allow the
data to be fetched. General purpose memory can now
also be addressed linearly, providing the ability to
access contiguous data larger than 80 bytes. There are
also new instructions to support the FSRs. See
Section 3.7 “Indirect Addressing” for more details.
2.4 Instruction Set
There are 49 instructions for the enhanced mid-range
CPU to support the features of the CPU. See
Section 31.0 “Instruction Set Summary for more
details.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 19
PIC16(L)F1705/9
3.0 MEMORY ORGANIZATION
These devices contain the following types of memory:
Program Memory
- Configuration Words
- Device ID
-User ID
- Flash Program Memory
Data Memory
- Core Registers
- Special Function Registers
- General Purpose RAM
- Common RAM
The following features are associated with access and
control of program memory and data memory:
PCL and PCLATH
•Stack
Indirect Addressing
3.1 Program Memory Organization
The enhanced mid-range core has a 15-bit program
counter capable of addressing a 32K x 14 program
memory space. Table 3-1 shows the memory sizes
implemented for the PIC16(L)F1705/9 family. Accessing
a location above these boundaries will cause a
wrap-around within the implemented memory space.
The Reset vector is at 0000h and the interrupt vector is
at 0004h (see Figure 3-1).
3.2 High-Endurance Flash
This device has a 128-byte section of high-endurance
program Flash memory (PFM) in lieu of data EEPROM.
This area is especially well suited for nonvolatile data
storage that is expected to be updated frequently over
the life of the end product. See Section 10.2 “Flash
Program Me mor y Ove rview for more information on
writing data to PFM. See Section 3.2.1.2 “Indirect
Read with FSR” for more information about using the
FSR registers to read byte data stored in PFM.
Note 1: The method to access Flash memory
through the PMCON registers is described
in Section 10.0 “Flash Program Memory
Control”.
TABLE 3-1: DEVICE SIZES AND ADDRESSES
Device Program Memory Space
(Words) Last Program Memory
Address High-Enduran ce Flas h
Memory Address Range(1)
PIC16(L)F1705/9 8,192 1FFFh 1F80h-1FFFh
Note 1: High-endurance Flash applies to the low byte of each address in the range.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 20 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 3-1: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP
AND STACK FOR
PIC16(L)F1705/9
3.2.1 READING PROGRAM MEMORY AS
DATA
There are two methods of accessing constants in
program memory. The first method is to use tables of
RETLW instructions. The second method is to set an
FSR to point to the program memory.
3.2.1.1 RETLW Instruction
The RETLW instruction can be used to provide access
to tables of constants. The recommended way to create
such a table is shown in Example 3-1.
EXAMPL E 3-1: RETLW INSTRUCTION
The BRW instruction makes this type of table very
simple to implement. If your code must remain portable
with previous generations of microcontrollers, then the
BRW instruction is not available so the older table read
method must be used.
3.2.1.2 Indirect Read with FSR
The program memory can be accessed as data by
setting bit 7 of the FSRxH register and reading the
matching INDFx register. The MOVIW instruction will
place the lower eight bits of the addressed word in the
W register. Writes to the program memory cannot be
performed via the INDF registers. Instructions that
access the program memory via the FSR require one
extra instruction cycle to complete. Example 3-2
demonstrates accessing the program memory via an
FSR.
The high directive will set bit<7> if a label points to a
location in program memory.
PC<14:0>
15
0000h
0004h
Stack Level 0
Stack Level 15
Reset Vector
Interrupt Vector
CALL, CALLW
RETURN, RETLW
Stack Level 1
0005h
On-chip
Program
Memory
Page 0
07FFh
Rollover to Page 0
0800h
0FFFh
1000h
7FFFh
Page 1
Rollover to Page 3
Interrupt, RETFIE
Page 2
Page 3
17FFh
1800h
1FFFh
2000h
constants
BRW ;Add Index in W to
;program counter to
;select data
RETLW DATA0 ;Index0 data
RETLW DATA1 ;Index1 data
RETLW DATA2
RETLW DATA3
my_function
;… LOTS OF CODE…
MOVLW DATA_INDEX
call constants
;… THE CONSTANT IS IN W
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 21
PIC16(L)F1705/9
EXAMPLE 3-2: ACCESSING PROGRAM
MEMORY VIA FSR
3.3 Data Memory Organization
The data memory is partitioned in 32 memory banks
with 128 bytes in a bank. Each bank consists of
(Figure 3-2):
12 core registers
20 Special Function Registers (SFR)
Up to 80 bytes of General Purpose RAM (GPR)
16 bytes of common RAM
The active bank is selected by writing the bank number
into the Bank Select Register (BSR). Unimplemented
memory will read as0’. All data memory can be
accessed either directly (via instructions that use the
file registers) or indirectly via the two File Select
Registers (FSR). See Section 3.7 “Indirect
Addressing for more information.
Data memory uses a 12-bit address. The upper five bits
of the address define the Bank address and the lower
seven bits select the registers/RAM in that bank.
3.3.1 CORE REGISTERS
The core registers contain the registers that directly
affect the basic operation. The core registers occupy
the first 12 addresses of every data memory bank
(addresses x00h/x08h through x0Bh/x8Bh). These
registers are listed below in Ta bl e 3- 2. For detailed
information, see Tab le 3- 9.
TABLE 3-2: CORE REGISTERS
3.3.1.1 STATUS Register
The STATUS register, shown in Register 3-1, contains:
the arithmetic status of the ALU
the Reset status
The STATUS register can be the destination for any
instruction, like any other register. If the STATUS
register is the destination for an instruction that affects
the Z, DC or C bits, then the write to these three bits is
disabled. These bits are set or cleared according to the
device logic. Furthermore, the TO and PD bits are not
writable. Therefore, the result of an instruction with the
STATUS register as destination may be different than
intended.
For example, CLRF STATUS will clear the upper three
bits and set the Z bit. This leaves the STATUS register
as ‘000u u1uu’ (where u = unchanged).
It is recommended, therefore, that only BCF, BSF,
SWAPF and MOVWF instructions are used to alter the
STATUS register, because these instructions do not
affect any Status bits. For other instructions not
affecting any Status bits (Refer to Section 31.0
“Instruction Set Summary”).
constants
RETLW DATA0 ;Index0 data
RETLW DATA1 ;Index1 data
RETLW DATA2
RETLW DATA3
my_function
;… LOTS OF CODE…
MOVLW LOW constants
MOVWF FSR1L
MOVLW HIGH constants
MOVWF FSR1H
MOVIW 0[FSR1]
;THE PROGRAM MEMORY IS IN W
Note: The C and DC bits operate as Borrow and
Digit Borrow out bits, respectively, in
subtraction.
Addresses BANKx
x00h or x80h INDF0
x01h or x81h INDF1
x02h or x82h PCL
x03h or x83h STATUS
x04h or x84h FSR0L
x05h or x85h FSR0H
x06h or x86h FSR1L
x07h or x87h FSR1H
x08h or x88h BSR
x09h or x89h WREG
x0Ah or x8Ah PCLATH
x0Bh or x8Bh INTCON
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 22 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
3.4 R e g is t er D e finiti o n s: Status
REGISTER 3-1: STAT US : STATUS REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R-1/q R-1/q R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u
—TOPD ZDC
(1) C(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 4 TO: Time-Out bit
1 = After power-up, CLRWDT instruction or SLEEP instruction
0 = A WDT Time-out occurred
bit 3 PD: Power-Down bit
1 = After power-up or by the CLRWDT instruction
0 = By execution of the SLEEP instruction
bit 2 Z: Zero bit
1 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero
0 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero
bit 1 DC: Digit Carry/Digit Borrow bit (ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW, SUBWF instructions)(1)
1 = A carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result occurred
0 = No carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result
bit 0 C: Carry/Borrow bit(1) (ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW, SUBWF instructions)(1)
1 = A carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
0 = No carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
Note 1: For Borrow, the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the two’s complement of the
second operand.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 23
PIC16(L)F1705/9
3.4.1 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER
The Special Function Registers are registers used by
the application to control the desired operation of
peripheral functions in the device. The Special Function
Registers occupy the 20 bytes after the core registers of
every data memory bank (addresses x0Ch/x8Ch
through x1Fh/x9Fh). The registers associated with the
operation of the peripherals are described in the
appropriate peripheral chapter of this data sheet.
3.4.2 GENERAL PURPOSE RAM
There are up to 80 bytes of GPR in each data memory
bank. The Special Function Registers occupy the 20
bytes after the core registers of every data memory
bank (addresses x0Ch/x8Ch through x1Fh/x9Fh).
3.4.2.1 Linear Access to GPR
The general purpose RAM can be accessed in a
non-banked method via the FSRs. This can simplify
access to large memory structures. See Section 3.7.2
“Linear Data Memory” for more information.
3.4.3 COMMON RAM
There are 16 bytes of common RAM accessible from all
banks.
FIGURE 3-2: BANKED MEMORY
PARTITIONING
3.4.4 DEVICE MEMORY MAPS
The memory maps for the device family are as shown
in Tables 3-3 through 3-8.
0Bh
0Ch
1Fh
20h
6Fh
70h
7Fh
00h
Common RAM
(16 bytes)
General Purpose RAM
(80 bytes maximum)
Core Registers
(12 bytes)
Special Function Registers
(20 bytes maximum)
Memory Region
7-bit Bank Offset
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 24 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 3-3: PIC16(L)F1705 MEMORY MAP (BANKS 0-7)
Legend: = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: Unimplemented on PIC16LF1705.
BANK 0 BANK 1 BANK 2 BANK 3 BANK 4 BANK 5 BANK 6 BANK 7
000h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
080h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
100h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
180h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
200h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
280h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
300h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
380h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
00Bh 08Bh 10Bh 18Bh 20Bh 28Bh 30Bh 38Bh
00Ch PORTA 08Ch TRISA 10Ch LATA 18Ch ANSELA 20Ch WPUA 28Ch ODCONA 30Ch SLRCONA 38Ch INLVLA
00Dh 08Dh 10Dh 18Dh 20Dh 28Dh 30Dh 38Dh
00Eh PORTC 08Eh TRISC 10Eh LATC 18Eh ANSELC 20Eh WPUC 28Eh ODCONC 30Eh SLRCONC 38Eh INLVLC
00Fh —08Fh—10Fh—18Fh—20Fh—28Fh—30Fh—38Fh
010h —090h—110h—190h—210h—290h 310h 390h
011h PIR1 091h PIE1 111h CM1CON0 191h PMADRL 211h SSP1BUF 291h CCPR1L 311h 391h IOCAP
012h PIR2 092h PIE2 112h CM1CON1 192h PMADRH 212h SSP1ADD 292h CCPR1H 312h 392h IOCAN
013h PIR3 093h PIE3 113h CM2CON0 193h PMDATL 213h SSP1MSK 293h CCP1CON 313h 393h IOCAF
014h —094h 114h CM2CON1 194h PMDATH 214h SSP1STAT 294h 314h 394h
015h TMR0 095h OPTION_REG 115h CMOUT 195h PMCON1 215h SSP1CON 295h 315h 395h
016h TMR1L 096h PCON 116h BORCON 196h PMCON2 216h SSP1CON2 296h 316h 396h
017h TMR1H 097h WDTCON 117h FVRCON 197h VREGCON(1) 217h SSP1CON3 297h 317h 397h IOCCP
018h T1CON 098h OSCTUNE 118h DAC1CON0 198h —218h 298h CCPR2L 318h 398h IOCCN
019h T1GCON 099h OSCCON 119h DAC1CON1 199h RC1REG 219h 299h CCPR2H 319h 399h IOCCF
01Ah TMR2 09Ah OSCSTAT 11Ah 19Ah TX1REG 21Ah 29Ah CCP2CON 31Ah —39Ah
01Bh PR2 09Bh ADRESL 11Bh 19Bh SP1BRGL 21Bh —29Bh—31Bh—39Bh
01Ch T2CON 09Ch ADRESH 11Ch ZCD1CON 19Ch SP1BRGH 21Ch 29Ch 31Ch 39Ch
01Dh 09Dh ADCON0 11Dh 19Dh RC1STA 21Dh 29Dh 31Dh 39Dh
01Eh 09Eh ADCON1 11Eh 19Eh TX1STA 21Eh 29Eh CCPTMRS 31Eh —39Eh
01Fh 09Fh ADCON2 11Fh 19Fh BAUD1CON 21Fh —29Fh—31Fh—39Fh
020h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
0A0h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
120h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
1A0h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
220h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
2A0h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
320h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
3A0h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
06Fh 0EFh 16Fh 1EFh 26Fh 2EFh 36Fh 3EFh
070h
Common RAM
70h – 7Fh
0F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
170h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
1F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
270h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
2F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
370h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
3F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
07Fh 0FFh 17Fh 1FFh 27Fh 2FFh 37Fh 3FFh
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 25
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 3-4: PIC16(L)F1709 MEMORY MAP (BANKS 0-7)
Legend: = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: Unimplemented on PIC16LF1709.
BANK 0 BANK 1 BANK 2 BANK 3 BANK 4 BANK 5 BANK 6 BANK 7
000h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
080h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
100h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
180h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
200h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
280h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
300h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
380h
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
00Bh 08Bh 10Bh 18Bh 20Bh 28Bh 30Bh 38Bh
00Ch PORTA 08Ch TRISA 10Ch LATA 18Ch ANSELA 20Ch WPUA 28Ch ODCONA 30Ch SLRCONA 38Ch INLVLA
00Dh PORTB 08Dh TRISB 10Dh LATB 18Dh ANSELB 20Dh WPUB 28Dh ODCONB 30Dh SLRCONB 38Dh INLVLB
00Eh PORTC 08Eh TRISC 10Eh LATC 18Eh ANSELC 20Eh WPUC 28Eh ODCONC 30Eh SLRCONC 38Eh INLVLC
00Fh —08Fh—10Fh—18Fh—20Fh—28Fh—30Fh—38Fh
010h —090h—110h—190h—210h—290h 310h 390h
011h PIR1 091h PIE1 111h CM1CON0 191h PMADRL 211h SSP1BUF 291h CCPR1L 311h 391h IOCAP
012h PIR2 092h PIE2 112h CM1CON1 192h PMADRH 212h SSP1ADD 292h CCPR1H 312h 392h IOCAN
013h PIR3 093h PIE3 113h CM2CON0 193h PMDATL 213h SSP1MSK 293h CCP1CON 313h 393h IOCAF
014h —094h 114h CM2CON1 194h PMDATH 214h SSP1STAT 294h 314h 394h IOCBP
015h TMR0 095h OPTION_REG 115h CMOUT 195h PMCON1 215h SSP1CON 295h 315h 395h IOCBN
016h TMR1L 096h PCON 116h BORCON 196h PMCON2 216h SSP1CON2 296h 316h 396h IOCBF
017h TMR1H 097h WDTCON 117h FVRCON 197h VREGCON(1) 217h SSP1CON3 297h 317h 397h IOCCP
018h T1CON 098h OSCTUNE 118h DAC1CON0 198h —218h 298h CCPR2L 318h 398h IOCCN
019h T1GCON 099h OSCCON 119h DAC1CON1 199h RC1REG 219h 299h CCPR2H 319h 399h IOCCF
01Ah TMR2 09Ah OSCSTAT 11Ah 19Ah TX1REG 21Ah 29Ah CCP2CON 31Ah —39Ah
01Bh PR2 09Bh ADRESL 11Bh 19Bh SP1BRGL 21Bh —29Bh—31Bh—39Bh
01Ch T2CON 09Ch ADRESH 11Ch ZCD1CON 19Ch SP1BRGH 21Ch 29Ch 31Ch 39Ch
01Dh 09Dh ADCON0 11Dh 19Dh RC1STA 21Dh 29Dh 31Dh 39Dh
01Eh 09Eh ADCON1 11Eh 19Eh TX1STA 21Eh 29Eh CCPTMRS 31Eh —39Eh
01Fh 09Fh ADCON2 11Fh 19Fh BAUD1CON 21Fh —29Fh—31Fh—39Fh
020h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
0A0h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
120h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
1A0h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
220h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
2A0h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
320h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
3A0h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
06Fh 0EFh 16Fh 1EFh 26Fh 2EFh 36Fh 3EFh
070h
Common RAM
70h – 7Fh
0F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
170h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
1F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
270h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
2F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
370h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
3F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
07Fh 0FFh 17Fh 1FFh 27Fh 2FFh 37Fh 3FFh
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 26 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 3-5: PIC16(L)F1705/9 MEMORY MAP, BANK 8-23
BANK 8 BANK 9 BANK 10 BANK 11 BANK 12 BANK 13 BANK 14 BANK 15
400h
40Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
480h
48Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
500h
50Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
580h
58Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
600h
60Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
680h
68Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
700h
70Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
780h
78Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
40Ch 48Ch 50Ch 58Ch 60Ch 68Ch 70Ch 78Ch
40Dh 48Dh 50Dh 58Dh 60Dh 68Dh 70Dh 78Dh
40Eh —48Eh—50Eh—58Eh—60Eh—68Eh—70Eh—78Eh
40Fh —48Fh—50Fh—58Fh—60Fh—68Fh—70Fh—78Fh
410h —490h—510h—590h—610h—690h 710h 790h
411h —491h 511h OPA1CON 591h —611h—691h
COG1PHR 711h 791h
412h —492h—512h—592h—612h—692h
COG1PHF 712h 792h
413h —493h—513h—593h—613h—693h
COG1BLKR 713h 793h
414h —494h—514h—594h—614h—694h
COG1BLKF 714h 794h
415h TMR4 495h 515h OPA2CON 595h —615h—695h
COG1DBR 715h 795h
416h PR4 496h —516h—596h—616h—696h
COG1DBF 716h 796h
417h T4CON 497h —517h—597h 617h PWM3DCL 697h COG1CON0 717h 797h
418h —498h—518h—598h 618h PWM3DCH 698h COG1CON1 718h 798h
419h —499h—519h—599h 619h PWM3CON 699h COG1RIS 719h 799h
41Ah —49Ah—51Ah—59Ah 61Ah PWM4DCL 69Ah COG1RSIM 71Ah —79Ah
41Bh —49Bh—51Bh—59Bh 61Bh PWM4DCH 69Bh COG1FIS 71Bh —79Bh
41Ch TMR6 49Ch 51Ch 59Ch 61Ch PWM4CON 69Ch COG1FSIM 71Ch 79Ch
41Dh PR6 49Dh 51Dh 59Dh 61Dh 69Dh COG1ASD0 71Dh 79Dh
41Eh T6CON 49Eh —51Eh—59Eh—61Eh—69Eh
COG1ASD1 71Eh —79Eh
41Fh —49Fh—51Fh—59Fh—61Fh—69Fh
COG1STR 71Fh —79Fh
420h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
4A0h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
520h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
5A0h
General
Purpose
Register
80 Bytes
620h General
Purpose
Register
48 Bytes’
6A0h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0
720h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0
7A0h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0
64Fh
650h Unimplemented
Read as ‘0
46Fh 4EFh 56Fh 5EFh 66Fh 6EFh 76Fh 7EFh
470h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
4F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
570h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
5F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
670h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
6F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
770h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
7F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
47Fh 4FFh 57Fh 5FFh 67Fh 6FFh 77Fh 7FFh
BANK 16 BANK 17 BANK 18 BANK 19 BANK 20 BANK 21 BANK 22 BANK 23
800h
80Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
880h
88Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
900h
90Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
980h
98Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
A00h
A0Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
A80h
A8Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
B00h
B0Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
B80h
B8Bh
Core Registers
(Table 3-2)
80Ch
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0
88Ch
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0
90Ch
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0
98Ch
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0
A0Ch
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0
A8Ch
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0
B0Ch
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0
B8Ch
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0
86Fh 8EFh 96Fh 9EFh A6Fh AEFh B6Fh BEFh
870h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
8F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
970h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
9F0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
A70h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
AF0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
B70h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
BF0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
87Fh 8FFh 97Fh 9FFh A7Fh AFFh B7Fh BFFh
Legend: = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 27
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 3-6: PIC16(L)F1705/9 MEMORY MAP, BANK 24-31
Legend: = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’.
BANK 24 BANK 25 BANK 26 BANK 27 BANK 28 BANK 29 BANK 30 BANK 31
C00h
C0Bh
Core Registers
(Ta b l e 3 - 2 )
C80h
C8Bh
Core Registers
(Ta b l e 3 - 2 )
D00h
D0Bh
Core Registers
(Ta b l e 3 - 2 )
D80h
D8Bh
Core Registers
(Ta b l e 3 - 2 )
E00h
E0Bh
Core Registers
(Ta b l e 3 - 2 )
E80h
E8Bh
Core Registers
(Ta b l e 3 - 2 )
F00h
F0Bh
Core Registers
(Ta b l e 3 - 2 )
F80h
F8Bh
Core Registers
(Ta b l e 3 - 2 )
C0Ch —C8Ch—D0Ch—D8Ch—E0Ch
See Ta b l e 3 - 7 for
register mapping
details
E8Ch
See Ta b l e 3 - 7 for
register mapping
details
F0Ch
See Ta b l e 3 - 7 for
register mapping
details
F8Ch
See Ta b l e 3 - 8 for
register mapping
details
C0Dh —C8Dh—D0Dh—D8Dh E0Dh E8Dh F0Dh F8Dh
C0Eh —C8Eh—D0Eh—D8Eh E0Eh E8Eh F0Eh F8Eh
C0Fh —C8Fh—D0Fh—D8Fh E0Fh E8Fh F0Fh F8Fh
C10h —C90h—D10h—D90h E10h E90h F10h F90h
C11h —C91h—D11h—D91h E11h E91h F11h F91h
C12h —C92h—D12h—D92h E12h E92h F12h F92h
C13h —C93h—D13h—D93h E13h E93h F13h F93h
C14h —C94h—D14h—D94h E14h E94h F14h F94h
C15h —C95h—D15h—D95h E15h E95h F15h F95h
C16h —C96h—D16h—D96h E16h E96h F16h F96h
C17h —C97h—D17h—D97h E17h E97h F17h F97h
C18h —C98h—D18h—D98h E18h E98h F18h F98h
C19h —C99h—D19h—D99h E19h E99h F19h F99h
C1Ah —C9Ah—D1Ah—D9Ah E1Ah E9Ah F1Ah F9Ah
C1Bh —C9Bh—D1Bh—D9Bh E1Bh E9Bh F1Bh F9Bh
C1Ch —C9Ch—D1Ch—D9Ch E1Ch E9Ch F1Ch F9Ch
C1Dh —C9Dh—D1Dh—D9Dh E1Dh E9Dh F1Dh F9Dh
C1Eh —C9Eh—D1Eh—D9Eh E1Eh E9Eh F1Eh F9Eh
C1Fh —C9Fh—D1Fh—D9Fh E1Fh E9Fh F1Fh F9Fh
C20h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0
CA0h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0
D20h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0
DA0h
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0
E20h EA0h F20h FA0h
C6Fh CEFh D6Fh DEFh E6Fh EEFh F6Fh FEFh
C70h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
CF0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
D70h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
DF0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
E70h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
EF0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
F70h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
FF0h
Accesses
70h – 7Fh
CFFh CFFh D7Fh DFFh E7Fh EFFh F7Fh FFFh
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 28 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 3-7: PIC16(L)F1705/9 MEMORY MAP, BANK 28-30
Legend: = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’,
Note 1: Only available on PIC16(L)F1709 devices
Bank 28 Bank 29 Bank 30
E0Ch —E8Ch—F0Ch
E0Dh —E8Dh—F0Dh
E0Eh —E8Eh—F0Eh
E0Fh PPSLOCK E8Fh F0Fh CLCDATA
E10h INTPPS E90h RA0PPS F10h CLC1CON
E11h T0CKIPPS E91h RA1PPS F11h CLC1POL
E12h T1CKIPPS E92h RA2PPS F12h CLC1SEL0
E13h T1GPPS E93h F13h CLC1SEL1
E14h CCP1PPS E94h RA4PPS F14h CLC1SEL2
E15h CCP2PPS E95h RA5PPS F15h CLC1SEL3
E16h E96h F16h CLC1GLS0
E17h COGINPPS E97h F17h CLC1GLS1
E18h E98h F18h CLC1GLS2
E19h —E99h F19h CLC1GLS3
E1Ah E9Ah F1Ah CLC2CON
E1Bh —E9Bh F1Bh CLC2POL
E1Ch —E9ChRB4PPS
(1) F1Ch CLC2SEL0
E1Dh —E9DhRB5PPS
(1) F1Dh CLC2SEL1
E1Eh —E9EhRB6PPS
(1) F1Eh CLC2SEL2
E1Fh —E9FhRB7PPS
(1) F1Fh CLC2SEL3
E20h SSPCLKPPS EA0h RC0PPS F20h CLC2GLS0
E21h SSPDATPPS EA1h RC1PPS F21h CLC2GLS1
E22h SSPSSPPS EA2h RC2PPS F22h CLC2GLS2
E23h EA3h RC3PPS F23h CLC2GLS3
E24h RXPPS EA4h RC4PPS F24h CLC3CON
E25h CKPPS EA5h RC5PPS F25h CLC3POL
E26h EA6h RC6PPS(1) F26h CLC3SEL0
E27h EA7h RC7PPS(1) F27h CLC3SEL1
E28h CLCIN0PPS EA8h F28h CLC3SEL2
E29h CLCIN1PPS EA9h F29h CLC3SEL3
E2Ah CLCIN2PPS EAAh F2Ah CLC3GLS0
E2Bh CLCIN3PPS EABh F2Bh CLC3GLS1
E2Ch —EACh F2Ch CLC3GLS2
E2Dh —EADh F2Dh CLC3GLS3
E2Eh EAEh —F2Eh
E2Fh —EAFh—F2Fh
E30h EB0h —F30h
E31h EB1h —F31h
E32h EB2h —F32h
E33h EB3h —F33h
E34h EB4h —F34h
E35h EB5h —F35h
E36h EB6h —F36h
E37h EB7h —F37h
E38h EB8h —F38h
E39h EB9h —F39h
E3Ah EBAh —F3Ah
E3Bh EBBh —F3Bh
E3Ch EBCh —F3Ch
E3Dh —EBDh—F3Dh
E3Eh EBEh —F3Eh
E3Fh EBFh —F3Fh
E40h
EC0h
F40h
E6Fh EEFh F6Fh
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 29
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 3-8: PIC16(L)F1705/9 MEMORY
MAP, BANK 31
Legend: = Unimplemented data memory locations,
read as ‘0’,
Bank 31
F8Ch Unimplemented
Read as ‘0
FE3h
FE4h STATUS_SHAD
FE5h WREG_SHAD
FE6h BSR_SHAD
FE7h PCLATH_SHAD
FE8h FSR0L_SHAD
FE9h FSR0H_SHAD
FEAh FSR1L_SHAD
FEBh FSR1H_SHAD
FECh
FEDh STKPTR
FEEh TOSL
FEFh TOSH
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 30 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
3.4.5 CORE FUNCTION REGISTERS
SUMMARY
The Core Function registers listed in Table 3-9 can be
addressed from any Bank.
TABLE 3-9: CORE FUNCTION REGISTERS SUMMARY(1)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
Bank 0-31
x00h or
x80h INDF0 Addressing this location uses contents of FSR0H/FSR0L to address data memory
(not a physical register) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
x01h or
x81h INDF1 Addressing this location uses contents of FSR1H/FSR1L to address data memory
(not a physical register) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
x02h or
x82h PCL Program Counter (PC) Least Significant Byte 0000 0000 0000 0000
x03h or
x83h STATUS —TOPD ZDCC---1 1000 ---q quuu
x04h or
x84h FSR0L Indirect Data Memory Address 0 Low Pointer 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
x05h or
x85h FSR0H Indirect Data Memory Address 0 High Pointer 0000 0000 0000 0000
x06h or
x86h FSR1L Indirect Data Memory Address 1 Low Pointer 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
x07h or
x87h FSR1H Indirect Data Memory Address 1 High Pointer 0000 0000 0000 0000
x08h or
x88h BSR BSR4 BSR3 BSR2 BSR1 BSR0 ---0 0000 ---0 0000
x09h or
x89h WREG Working Register 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
x0Ah or
x8Ah PCLATH Write Buffer for the upper 7 bits of the Program Counter -000 0000 -000 0000
x0Bh or
x8Bh INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 0000 0000 0000 0000
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved.
Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as0’.
Note 1: These registers can be addressed from any bank.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 31
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other
Resets
Bank 0
00Ch PORTA RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 --xx xxxx --uu uuuu
00Dh PORTB(3) RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 xxxx ---- uuuu ----
00Eh PORTC RC7(3) RC6(3) RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
00Fh Unimplemented
010h Unimplemented
011h PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSP1IF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0-00 0000 0-00
012h PIR2 OSFIF C2IF C1IF BCL1IF TMR6IF TMR4IF CCP2IF 000- 00-- 000- 00--
013h PIR3 COGIF ZCDIF CLC3IF CLC2IF CLC1IF --00 -000 --00 -000
014h Unimplemented
015h TMR0 Timer0 Module Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
016h TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
017h TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
018h T1CON TMR1CS<1:0> T1CKPS<1:0> T1OSCEN T1SYNC —TMR1ON0000 00-0 uuuu uu-u
019h T1GCON TMR1GE T1GPOL T1GTM T1GSPM T1GGO/
DONE
T1GVAL T1GSS<1:0> 0000 0x0 0 uuuu uxuu
01Ah TMR2 Holding Register for the 8-bit TMR2 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
01Bh PR2 TMR2 Period Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
01Ch T2CON T2OUTPS<3:0> TMR2ON T2CKPS<1:0> -000 0000 -000 0000
01Dh
to
01Fh
Unimplemented
Bank 1
08Ch TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 (1) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 --11 111 1 --11 1111
08Dh TRISB(3) TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 1111 ---- 1111 ----
08Eh TRISC TRISC7(3) TRISC6(3) TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 1111 1111 1111 1111
08Fh Unimplemented
090h Unimplemented
091h PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSP1IE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 000 0 0000 0000
092h PIE2 OSFIE C2IE C1IE BCL1IE TMR6IE TMR4IE CCP2IE 000- 000 0 000- 0000
093h PIE3 COGIE ZCDIE CLC3IE CLC2IE CLC1IE --00 -00 0 --00 -000
094h Unimplemented
095h
OPTION_REG
WPUEN INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE PSA PS<2:0> 1111 1111 1111 1111
096h PCON STKOVF STKUNF —RWDTRMCLR RI POR BOR 00-1 11q q qq-q qquu
097h WDTCON WDTPS<4:0> SWDTEN --01 0110 --01 0110
098h OSCTUNE TUN<5:0> --00 0000 --00 0000
099h OSCCON SPLLEN IRCF<3:0> —SCS<1:0>0011 1-00 0011 1-00
09Ah OSCSTAT SOSCR PLLR OSTS HFIOFR HFIOFL MFIOFR LFIOFR HFIOFS 00q0 --0 0 qqqq --0q
09Bh ADRESL ADC Result Register Low xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
09Ch ADRESH ADC Result Register High xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
09Dh ADCON0 —CHS<4:0>
GO/DONE
ADON -000 000 0 -000 0000
09Eh ADCON1 ADFM ADCS<2:0> ADNREF ADREF<1:0> 0000 -000 0000 -000
09Fh ADCON2 TRIGSEL<3:0> 0000 --- - 0000 ----
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved.
Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
4: Unimplemented on PIC16LF1705/9.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 32 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Bank 2
10Ch LATA —LATA5LATA4 LATA2 LATA1 LATA0 --xx -xxx --uu -uuu
10Dh LATB(3) LATB7 LATB6 LATB5 LATB4 xxxx ---- uuuu ----
10Eh LATC LATC7(3) LATC6(3) LATC5 LATC4 LATC3 LATC2 LATC1 LATC0 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
10Fh Unimplemented
110h Unimplemented
111h CM1CON0 C1ON C1OUT C1POL C1ZLF C1SP C1HYS C1SYNC 00-0 010 0 00-0 0100
112h CM1CON1 C1INTP C1INTN C1PCH<2:0> C1NCH<2:0> 0000 000 0 0000 0000
113h CM2CON0 C2ON C2OUT C2POL C2ZLF C2SP C2HYS C2SYNC 00-0 010 0 00-0 0100
114h CM2CON1 C2INTP C2INTN C2PCH<2:0> C2NCH<2:0> 0000 000 0 0000 0000
115h CMOUT MC2OUT MC1OUT ---- --00 ---- --00
116h BORCON SBOREN BORFS BORRDY 1x-- --- q uu-- ---u
117h FVRCON FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG CDAFVR<1:0> ADFVR<1:0> 0q00 0000 0q00 0000
118h DAC1CON0 DAC1EN --- DAC1OE1 DAC1OE2 DAC1PSS<1:0> --- DAC1NSS 0-00 00- 0 0-00 00-0
119h DAC1CON1 DAC1R<7:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000
11Ah Unimplemented
11Bh Unimplemented
11Ch ZCD1CON ZCD1EN ZCD1OUT ZCD1POL ZCD1INTP ZCD1INTN 0-00 --00 0-00 --00
11Dh Unimplemented
11Eh Unimplemented
11Fh Unimplemented
Bank 3
18Ch ANSELA ANSA4 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 ---1 1111 ---1 1111
18Dh ANSELB(3) ANSB5 ANSB4 --11 ---- --11 ----
18Eh ANSELC ANSC7(3) ANSC6(3) ANSC5(2) ANSC4(2) ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 1111 1111 1111 1111
18Fh Unimplemented
190h Unimplemented
191h PMADRL Program Memory Address Register Low Byte 0000 0000 0000 0000
192h PMADRH (1) Program Memory Address Register High Byte 1000 0000 1000 0000
193h PMDATL Program Memory Read Data Register Low Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
194h PMDATH Program Memory Read Data Register High Byte --xx xxxx --uu uuuu
195h PMCON1 CFGS LWLO FREE WRERR WREN WR RD -000 x00 0 -000 q000
196h PMCON2 Program Memory Control Register 2 0000 0000 0000 0000
197h VREGCON(4) —VREGPMReserved ---- --01 ---- --01
198h Unimplemented
199h RC1REG USART Receive Data Register 0000 0000 0000 0000
19Ah TX1REG USART Transmit Data Register 0000 0000 0000 0000
19Bh SP1BRGL BRG<7:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000
19Ch SP1BRGH BRG<15:8> 0000 0000 0000 0000
19Dh RC1STA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 0000 0000 0000 0000
19Eh TX1STA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC SENDB BRGH TRMT TX9D 0000 0010 0000 0010
19Fh BAUD1CON ABDOVF RCIDL —SCKPBRG16—WUEABDEN01-0 0-00 01-0 0-00
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other
Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved.
Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
4: Unimplemented on PIC16LF1705/9.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 33
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Bank 4
20Ch WPUA WPUA5 WPUA4 WPUA3 WPUA2 WPUA1 WPUA0 --11 1111 --11 1111
20Dh WPUB(3) WPUB7 WPUB6 WPUB5 WPUB4 1111 ---- 1111 ----
20Eh WPUC WPUC7(3) WPUC6(3) WPUC5 WPUC4 WPUC3 WPUC2 WPUC1 WPUC0 1111 1111 1111 1111
20Fh Unimplemented
210h Unimplemented
211h SSP1BUF Synchronous Serial Port Receive Buffer/Transmit Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
212h SSP1ADD ADD<7:0> 0000 000 0 0000 0000
213h SSP1MSK MSK<7:0> 1111 1111 1111 1111
214h SSP1STAT SMP CKE D/A PSR/WUA BF 0000 0000 0000 0000
215h SSP1CON1 WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPM<3:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000
216h SSP1CON2 GCEN ACKSTAT ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN 0000 0000 0000 0000
217h SSP1CON3 ACKTIM PCIE SCIE BOEN SDAHT SBCDE AHEN DHEN 0000 0000 0000 0000
218h
21Fh Unimplemented
Bank 5
28Ch ODCONA ODA5 ODA4 ODA2 ODA1 ODA0 --00 -000 --00 -000
28Dh ODCONB(3) ODB7 ODB6 ODB5 ODB4 0000 ---- 0000 ----
28Eh ODCONC ODC7(3) ODC6(3) ODC5 ODC4 ODC3 ODC2 ODC1 ODC0 0000 0000 0000 0000
28Fh Unimplemented
290h Unimplemented
291h CCPR1L Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (LSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
292h CCPR1H Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (MSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
293h CCP1CON DC1B<1:0> CCP1M<3:0> --00 0000 --00 0000
294h
297h Unimplemented
298h CCPR2L Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 (LSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
299h CCPR2H Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 (MSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
29Ah CCP2CON DC2B<1:0> CCP2M<3:0> --00 000 0 --00 0000
29Bh
29Dh Unimplemented
29Eh CCPTMRS P4TSEL<1:0> P3TSEL<1:0> C2TSEL<1:0> C1TSEL<1:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000
29Fh Unimplemented
Bank 6
30Ch SLRCONA —SLRA5SLRA4 SLRA2 SLRA1 SLRA0 --00 -000 --00 -000
30Dh SLRCONB(3) SLRB7 SLRB6 SLRB5 SLRB4 0000 ---- 0000 ----
30Eh SLRCONC SLRC7(3) SLRC6(3) SLRC5 SLRC4 SLRC3 SLRC2 SLRC1 SLRC0 0000 0000 0000 0000
30Fh
31Fh Unimplemented
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other
Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved.
Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
4: Unimplemented on PIC16LF1705/9.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 34 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Bank 7
38Ch INLVLA INLVLA5 INLVLA4 INLVLA3 INLVLA2 INLVLA1 INLVLA0 --11 1111 --11 1111
38Dh INLVLB(3) INLVLB7 INLVLB6 INLVLB5 INLVLB4 1111 --- - 1111 ----
38Eh INLVLC INLVLC7(3) INLVLC6(3) INLVLC5 INLVLC4 INLVLC3 INLVLC2 INLVLC1 INLVLC0 1111 111 1 1111 1111
38Fh Unimplemented
390h Unimplemented
391h IOCAP IOCAP5 IOCAP4 IOCAP3 IOCAP2 IOCAP1 IOCAP0 --00 000 0 --00 0000
392h IOCAN IOCAN5 IOCAN4 IOCAN3 IOCAN2 IOCAN1 IOCAN0 --00 0000 --00 0000
393h IOCAF IOCAF5 IOCAF4 IOCAF3 IOCAF2 IOCAF1 IOCAF0 --00 0000 --00 0000
394h IOCBP(3) IOCBP7 IOCBP6 IOCBP5 IOCBP4 0000 --- - 0000 ----
395h IOCBN(3) IOCBN7 IOCBN6 IOCBN5 IOCBN4 0000 ---- 0000 ----
396h IOCBF(3) IOCBF7 IOCBF6 IOCBF5 IOCBF4 0000 ---- 0000 ----
397h IOCCP IOCCP7(3) IOCCP6(3) IOCCP5 IOCCP4 IOCCP3 IOCCP2 IOCCP1 IOCCP0 0000 0000 0000 0000
398h IOCCN IOCCN7(3) IOCCN6(3) IOCCN5 IOCCN4 IOCCN3 IOCCN2 IOCCN1 IOCCN0 0000 0000 0000 0000
399h IOCCF IOCCF7(3) IOCCF6(3) IOCCF5 IOCCF4 IOCCF3 IOCCF2 IOCCF1 IOCCF0 0000 0000 0000 0000
39Ah
39Fh Unimplemented
Bank 8
40Ch
414h Unimplemented
415h TMR4 Holding Register for the 8-bit TMR4 Register xxxx xxx x uuuu uuuu
416h PR4 TMR4 Period Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
417h T4CON T4OUTPS<3:0> TMR4ON T4CKPS<1:0> -000 0000 -000 0000
418h
41Bh Unimplemented
41Ch TMR6 Holding Register for the 8-bit TMR6 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
41Dh PR6 TMR6 Period Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
41Eh T6CON T6OUTPS<3:0> TMR6ON T6CKPS<1:0> -000 0000 -000 0000
41Fh Unimplemented
Bank 9
48Ch
to
49Fh
Unimplemented
Bank 10
50Ch
510h Unimplemented
511h OPA1CON OPA1EN OPA1SP —OPA1UG OPA1PCH<1:0> 00-0 --00 00-0 --00
512h
514h
Unimplemented
515h OPA2CON OPA2EN OPA2SP —OPA2UG OPA2PCH<1:0> 00-0 --0 0 00-0 --00
516h
51Fh Unimplemented
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other
Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved.
Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
4: Unimplemented on PIC16LF1705/9.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 35
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Bank 11
D8Ch
to
DADh
Unimplemented
Bank 12
60Ch
to
616h
Unimplemented
617h PWM3DCL PWMxDCL<1:0> xx-- --- - uu-- ----
618h PWM3DCH PWMxDCH<9:2> xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
619h PWM3CON PWM3EN PWM3OUT PWM3POL 0-x0 ---- u-uu ----
61Ah PWM4DCL PWMxDCL<1:0> 00-- ---- uu-- ----
61Bh PWM4DCH PWMxDCH<9:2> 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
61Ch PWM4CON PWM4EN PWM4OUT PWM4POL 0-x0 ---- u-uu ----
61Dh
61Fh Unimplemented
Bank 13
68Ch
to
690h
Unimplemented
691h COG1PHR COG Rising Edge Phase Delay Count Register --xx xxxx --uu uuuu
692h COG1PHF COG Falling Edge Phase Delay Count Register --xx xxxx --uu uuuu
693h COG1BLKR COG Rising Edge Blanking Count Register --xx xxxx --uu uuuu
694h COG1BLKF COG Falling Edge Blanking Count Register --xx xxxx --uu uuuu
695h COG1DBR COG Rising Edge Dead-band Count Register --xx xxxx --uu uuuu
696h COG1DBF COG Falling Edge Dead-band Count Register --xx xxxx --uu uuuu
697h COG1CON0 G1EN G1LD G1CS<1:0> G1MD<2:0> 00-0 0000 00-0 0000
698h COG1CON1 G1RDBS G1FDBS G1POLD G1POLC G1POLB G1POLA 00-- 0000 00-- 0000
699h COG1RIS G1RIS6 G1RIS5 G1RIS4 G1RIS3 G1RIS2 G1RIS1 G1RIS0 -000 000 0 -000 0000
69Ah COG1RSIM G1RSIM6 G1RSIM5 G1RSIM4 G1RSIM3 G1RSIM2 G1RSIM1 G1RSIM0 -000 0000 -000 0000
69Bh COG1FIS G1FIS6 G1FIS5 G1FIS4 G1FIS3 G1FIS2 G1FIS1 G1FIS0 -000 0000 -000 0000
69Ch COG1FSIM G1FSIM6 G1FSIM5 G1FSIM4 G1FSIM3 G1FSIM2 G1FSIM1 G1FSIM0 -000 0000 -000 0000
69Dh COG1ASD0 G1ASE G1ARSEN G1ASDBD<1:0> G1ASDAC<1:0> 0001 01-- 0001 01--
69Eh COG1ASD1 G1AS3E G1AS2E G1AS1E G1AS0E ---- 0000 ---- 0000
69Fh COG1STR G1SDATD G1SDATC G1SDATB G1SDATA G1STRD G1STRC G1STRB G1STRA 0000 000 1 0000 0001
Bank 14-27
x0Ch/
x8Ch
x1Fh/
x9Fh
Unimplemented
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other
Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved.
Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
4: Unimplemented on PIC16LF1705/9.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 36 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Bank 28
E0Ch
E0Eh
Unimplemented
E0Fh PPSLOCK PPSLOCKED ---- ---0 ---- ---0
E10h INTPPS INTPPS<4:0> ---0 001 0 ---u uuuu
E11h T0CKIPPS T0CKIPPS<4:0> ---0 0010 ---u uuuu
E12h T1CKIPPS T1CKIPPS<4:0> ---0 0101 ---u uuuu
E13h T1GPPS T1GPPS<4:0> ---0 0100 ---u uuuu
E14h CCP1PPS CCP1PPS<4:0> ---1 0101 ---u uuuu
E15h CCP2PPS CCP2PPS<4:0> ---1 0011 ---u uuuu
E16h Unimplemented
E17h COGINPPS COGINPPS<4:0> ---0 0010 ---u uuuu
E18h
E1Fh
Unimplemented
E20h SSPCLKPPS SSPCLKPPS<4:0> ---1 0000(3) ---u uuuu
SSPCLKPPS<4:0> ---0 1110(4) ---u uuuu
E21h SSPDATPPS SSPDATPPS<4:0> ---1 0001(3) ---u uuuu
SSPDATPPS<4:0> ---0 1100(4) ---u uuuu
E22h SSPSSPPS SSPSSPPS<4:0> ---1 0011(3) ---u uuuu
SSPSSPPS<4:0> ---1 0110(4) ---u uuuu
E23h Unimplemented
E24h RXPPS RXPPS<4:0> ---1 0101(3) ---u uuuu
RXPPS<4:0> ---0 110 1(4) ---u uuuu
E25h CKPPS CKPPS<4:0> ---1 0100(3) ---u uuuu
CKPPS<4:0> ---0 111 1(4) ---u uuuu
E26h Unimplemented
E27h Unimplemented
E28h CLCIN0PPS CLCIN0PPS<4:0> ---1 001 1 ---u uuuu
E29h CLCIN1PPS CLCIN1PPS<4:0> ---1 010 0 ---u uuuu
E2Ah CLCIN2PPS CLCIN2PPS<4:0> ---1 0001 ---u uuuu
E2Bh CLCIN3PPS CLCIN3PPS<4:0> ---0 0101 ---u uuuu
E2Ch
to
E7Fh
Unimplemented
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other
Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved.
Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
4: Unimplemented on PIC16LF1705/9.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 37
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Bank 29
E8Ch
E8Fh Unimplemented
E90h RA0PPS RA0PPS<4:0> ---0 000 0 ---u uuuu
E91h RA1PPS RA1PPS<4:0> ---0 000 0 ---u uuuu
E92h RA2PPS RA2PPS<4:0> ---0 000 0 ---u uuuu
E93h Unimplemented
E94h RA4PPS RA4PPS<4:0> ---0 000 0 ---u uuuu
E95h RA5PPS RA5PPS<4:0> ---0 000 0 ---u uuuu
E96h Unimplemented
E97h Unimplemented
E98h Unimplemented
E99h Unimplemented
E9Ah Unimplemented
E9Bh Unimplemented
E9Ch RB4PPS(3) RB4PPS<4:0> ---0 000 0 ---u uuuu
E9Dh RB5PPS(3) RB5PPS<4:0> ---0 000 0 ---u uuuu
E9Eh RB6PPS(3) RB6PPS<4:0> ---0 000 0 ---u uuuu
E9Fh RB7PPS(3) RB7PPS<4:0> ---0 000 0 ---u uuuu
EA0h RC0PPS RC0PPS<4:0> ---0 000 0 ---u uuuu
EA1h RC1PPS RC1PPS<4:0> ---0 000 0 ---u uuuu
EA2h RC2PPS RC2PPS<4:0> ---0 000 0 ---u uuuu
EA3h RC3PPS RC3PPS<4:0> ---0 000 0 ---u uuuu
EA4h RC4PPS RC4PPS<4:0> ---0 000 0 ---u uuuu
EA5h RC5PPS RC5PPS<4:0> ---0 000 0 ---u uuuu
EA6h RC6PPS(3) RC6PPS<4:0> ---0 000 0 ---u uuuu
EA7h RC7PPS(3) RC7PPS<4:0> ---0 000 0 ---u uuuu
EA8h
EEFh Unimplemented
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other
Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved.
Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
4: Unimplemented on PIC16LF1705/9.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 38 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Bank 30
F0Ch
F0Eh Unimplemented
F0Fh CLCDATA MLC3OUT MLC2OUT MLC1OUT ---- -000 ---- -000
F10h CLC1CON LC1EN LC1OUT LC1INTP LC1INTN LC1MODE<2:0> 0-x0 000 0 0-00 0000
F11h CLC1POL LC1POL LC1G4POL LC1G3POL LC1G2POL LC1G1POL x--- xxxx 0--- uuuu
F12h CLC1SEL0 LC1D1S<4:0> ---x xxxx ---u uuuu
F13h CLC1SEL1 LC1D2S<4:0> ---x xxxx ---u uuuu
F14h CLC1SEL2 LC1D3S<4:0> ---x xxxx ---u uuuu
F15h CLC1SEL3 LC1D4S<4:0> ---x xxxx ---u uuuu
F16h CLC1GLS0 LC1G1D4T LC1G1D4N LC1G1D3T LC1G1D3N LC1G1D2T LC1G1D2N LC1G1D1T LC1G1D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
F17h CLC1GLS1 LC1G2D4T LC1G2D4N LC1G2D3T LC1G2D3N LC1G2D2T LC1G2D2N LC1G2D1T LC1G2D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
F18h CLC1GLS2 LC1G3D4T LC1G3D4N LC1G3D3T LC1G3D3N LC1G3D2T LC1G3D2N LC1G3D1T LC1G3D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
F19h CLC1GLS3 LC1G4D4T LC1G4D4N LC1G4D3T LC1G4D3N LC1G4D2T LC1G4D2N LC1G4D1T LC1G4D1N xxxx xxx x uuuu uuuu
F1Ah CLC2CON LC2EN LC2OUT LC2INTP LC2INTN LC2MODE<2:0> 0-00 000 0 0-00 0000
F1Bh CLC2POL LC2POL LC2G4POL LC2G3POL LC2G2POL LC2G1POL 0--- xxxx 0--- uuuu
F1Ch CLC2SEL0 LC2D1S<4:0> ---x xxxx ---u uuuu
F1Dh CLC2SEL1 LC2D2S<4:0> ---x xxxx ---u uuuu
F1Eh CLC2SEL2 LC2D3S<4:0> ---x xxx x ---u uuuu
F1Fh CLC2SEL3 LC2D4S<4:0> ---x xxx x ---u uuuu
F20h CLC2GLS0 LC2G1D4T LC2G1D4N LC2G1D3T LC2G1D3N LC2G1D2T LC2G1D2N LC2G1D1T LC2G1D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
F21h CLC2GLS1 LC2G2D4T LC2G2D4N LC2G2D3T LC2G2D3N LC2G2D2T LC2G2D2N LC2G2D1T LC2G2D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
F22h CLC2GLS2 LC2G3D4T LC2G3D4N LC2G3D3T LC2G3D3N LC2G3D2T LC2G3D2N LC2G3D1T LC2G3D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
F23h CLC2GLS3 LC2G4D4T LC2G4D4N LC2G4D3T LC2G4D3N LC2G4D2T LC2G4D2N LC2G4D1T LC2G4D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
F24h CLC3CON LC3EN LC3OUT LC3INTP LC3INTN LC3MODE<2:0> 0-00 000 0 0-00 0000
F25h CLC3POL LC3POL LC3G4POL LC3G3POL LC3G2POL LC3G1POL 0--- xxxx 0--- uuuu
F26h CLC3SEL0 LC3D1S<4:0> ---x xxxx ---u uuuu
F27h CLC3SEL1 LC3D2S<4:0> ---x xxxx ---u uuuu
F28h CLC3SEL2 LC3D3S<4:0> ---x xxxx ---u uuuu
F29h CLC3SEL3 LC3D4S<4:0> ---x xxxx ---u uuuu
F2Ah CLC3GLS0 LC3G1D4T LC3G1D4N LC3G1D3T LC3G1D3N LC3G1D2T LC3G1D2N LC3G1D1T LC3G1D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
F2Bh CLC3GLS1 LC3G2D4T LC3G2D4N LC3G2D3T LC3G2D3N LC3G2D2T LC3G2D2N LC3G2D1T LC3G2D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
F2Ch CLC3GLS2 LC3G3D4T LC3G3D4N LC3G3D3T LC3G3D3N LC3G3D2T LC3G3D2N LC3G3D1T LC3G3D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
F2Dh CLC3GLS3 LC3G4D4T LC3G4D4N LC3G4D3T LC3G4D3N LC3G4D2T LC3G4D2N LC3G4D1T LC3G4D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
F2Eh
F6Fh
Unimplemented
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other
Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved.
Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
4: Unimplemented on PIC16LF1705/9.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 39
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Bank 31
F8Ch
to
FE3h
Unimplemented
FE4h STATUS_
SHAD
—ZDCC---- -xxx ---- -uuu
FE5h WREG_
SHAD
Working Register Shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
FE6h BSR_SHAD Bank Select Register Shadow ---x xxxx ---u uuuu
FE7h PCLATH_
SHAD
Program Counter Latch High Register Shadow -xxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
FE8h FSR0L_
SHAD
Indirect Data Memory Address 0 Low Pointer Shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
FE9h FSR0H_
SHAD
Indirect Data Memory Address 0 High Pointer Shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
FEAh FSR1L_
SHAD
Indirect Data Memory Address 1 Low Pointer Shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
FEBh FSR1H_
SHAD
Indirect Data Memory Address 1 High Pointer Shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
FECh Unimplemented
FEDh STKPTR Current Stack Pointer ---1 1111 ---1 1111
FEEh TOSL Top of Stack Low byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
FEFh TOSH Top of Stack High byte -xxx xxxx -uuu uuuu
TABLE 3-10: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other
Resets
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved.
Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
4: Unimplemented on PIC16LF1705/9.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 40 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
3.5 PCL and PCLATH
The Program Counter (PC) is 15 bits wide. The low byte
comes from the PCL register, which is a readable and
writable register. The high byte (PC<14:8>) is not directly
readable or writable and comes from PCLATH. On any
Reset, the PC is cleared. Figure 3-3 shows the five
situations for the loading of the PC.
FIGURE 3-3: LOADING OF PC IN
DIFFERENT SITUATIONS
3.5.1 MODIFYING PCL
Executing any instruction with the PCL register as the
destination simultaneously causes the Program
Counter PC<14:8> bits (PCH) to be replaced by the
contents of the PCLATH register. This allows the entire
contents of the program counter to be changed by
writing the desired upper seven bits to the PCLATH
register. When the lower eight bits are written to the
PCL register, all 15 bits of the program counter will
change to the values contained in the PCLATH register
and those being written to the PCL register.
3.5.2 COMPUTED GOTO
A computed GOTO is accomplished by adding an offset to
the program counter (ADDWF PCL). When performing a
table read using a computed GOTO method, care should
be exercised if the table location crosses a PCL memory
boundary (each 256-byte block). Refer to Application
Note AN556, “Implementing a Table Read” (DS00556).
3.5.3 COMPUTED FUNCTION CALLS
A computed function CALL allows programs to maintain
tables of functions and provide another way to execute
state machines or look-up tables. When performing a
table read using a computed function CALL, care
should be exercised if the table location crosses a PCL
memory boundary (each 256-byte block).
If using the CALL instruction, the PCH<2:0> and PCL
registers are loaded with the operand of the CALL
instruction. PCH<6:3> is loaded with PCLATH<6:3>.
The CALLW instruction enables computed calls by com-
bining PCLATH and W to form the destination address.
A computed CALLW is accomplished by loading the W
register with the desired address and executing CALLW.
The PCL register is loaded with the value of W and
PCH is loaded with PCLATH.
3.5.4 BRANCHING
The branching instructions add an offset to the PC.
This allows relocatable code and code that crosses
page boundaries. There are two forms of branching,
BRW and BRA. The PC will have incremented to fetch
the next instruction in both cases. When using either
branching instruction, a PCL memory boundary may be
crossed.
If using BRW, load the W register with the desired
unsigned address and execute BRW. The entire PC will
be loaded with the address PC + 1 + W.
If using BRA, the entire PC will be loaded with PC + 1 +,
the signed value of the operand of the BRA instruction.
PCLPCH 0
14
PC
06 7
ALU Result
8
PCLATH
PCLPCH 0
14
PC
06 4
OPCODE <10:0>
11
PCLATH
PCLPCH 0
14
PC
06 7
W
8
PCLATH
Instruction with
PCL as
Destination
GOTO, CALL
CALLW
PCL
PCH 0
14
PC
PC + W
15
BRW
PCLPCH 0
14
PC
PC + OPCODE <8:0>
15
BRA
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 41
PIC16(L)F1705/9
3.6 Stack
All devices have a 16-level x 15-bit wide hardware
stack (refer to Figure 3-1). The stack space is not part
of either program or data space. The PC is PUSHed
onto the stack when CALL or CALLW instructions are
executed or an interrupt causes a branch. The stack is
POPed in the event of a RETURN, RETLW or a RETFIE
instruction execution. PCLATH is not affected by a
PUSH or POP operation.
The stack operates as a circular buffer if the STVREN
bit is programmed to ‘0‘ (Configuration Words). This
means that after the stack has been PUSHed sixteen
times, the seventeenth PUSH overwrites the value that
was stored from the first PUSH. The eighteenth PUSH
overwrites the second PUSH (and so on). The
STKOVF and STKUNF flag bits will be set on an Over-
flow/Underflow, regardless of whether the Reset is
enabled.
3.6.1 ACCESSING THE STACK
The stack is available through the TOSH, TOSL and
STKPTR registers. STKPTR is the current value of the
Stack Pointer. TOSH:TOSL register pair points to the
TOP of the stack. Both registers are read/writable. TOS
is split into TOSH and TOSL due to the 15-bit size of the
PC. To access the stack, adjust the value of STKPTR,
which will position TOSH:TOSL, then read/write to
TOSH:TOSL. STKPTR is five bits to allow detection of
overflow and underflow.
During normal program operation, CALL, CALLW and
Interrupts will increment STKPTR while RETLW,
RETURN, and RETFIE will decrement STKPTR. At any
time, STKPTR can be inspected to see how much
stack is left. The STKPTR always points at the currently
used place on the stack. Therefore, a CALL or CALLW
will increment the STKPTR and then write the PC, and
a return will unload the PC and then decrement the
STKPTR.
Reference Figure 3-4 through Figure 3-7 for examples
of accessing the stack.
FIGURE 3-4: ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 1
Note: There are no instructions/mnemonics
called PUSH or POP. These are actions
that occur from the execution of the CALL,
CALLW, RETURN, RETLW and RETFIE
instructions or the vectoring to an interrupt
address.
Note: Care should be taken when modifying the
STKPTR while interrupts are enabled.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 42 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 3-5: ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 2
FIGURE 3-6: ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 3
0x0F
0x0E
0x0D
0x0C
0x0B
0x0A
0x09
0x08
0x07
0x06
0x05
0x04
0x03
0x02
0x01
Return Address0x00 STKPTR = 0x00
This figure shows the stack configuration
after the first CALL or a single interrupt.
If a RETURN instruction is executed, the
return address will be placed in the
Program Counter and the Stack Pointer
decremented to the empty state (0x1F).
TOSH:TOSL
0x0F
0x0E
0x0D
0x0C
0x0B
0x0A
0x09
0x08
0x07
Return Address0x06
Return Address0x05
Return Address0x04
Return Address0x03
Return Address0x02
Return Address0x01
Return Address0x00
STKPTR = 0x06
After seven CALLs or six CALLs and an
interrupt, the stack looks like the figure
on the left. A series of RETURN instructions
will repeatedly place the return addresses
into the Program Counter and pop the stack.
TOSH:TOSL
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 43
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 3-7: ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 4
3.6.2 OVERFLOW/UNDERFLOW RESET
If the STVREN bit in Configuration Words is
programmed to ‘1’, the device will be reset if the stack
is PUSHed beyond the sixteenth level or POPed
beyond the first level, setting the appropriate bits
(STKOVF or STKUNF, respectively) in the PCON
register.
3.7 Indirect Addressing
The INDFn registers are not physical registers. Any
instruction that accesses an INDFn register actually
accesses the register at the address specified by the
File Select Registers (FSR). If the FSRn address
specifies one of the two INDFn registers, the read will
return ‘0’ and the write will not occur (though Status bits
may be affected). The FSRn register value is created
by the pair FSRnH and FSRnL.
The FSR registers form a 16-bit address that allows an
addressing space with 65536 locations. These locations
are divided into three memory regions:
Traditional Data Memory
Linear Data Memory
Program Flash Memory
0x0F
0x0E
0x0D
0x0C
0x0B
0x0A
0x09
0x08
0x07
0x06
0x05
0x04
0x03
0x02
0x01
Return Address0x00 STKPTR = 0x10
When the stack is full, the next CALL or
an interrupt will set the Stack Pointer to
0x10. This is identical to address 0x00
so the stack will wrap and overwrite the
return address at 0x00. If the Stack
Overflow/Underflow Reset is enabled, a
Reset will occur and location 0x00 will
not be overwritten.
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
TOSH:TOSL
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 44 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 3-8: INDIR ECT ADDRESSI NG
0x0000
0x0FFF
Traditional
FSR
Address
Range
Data Memory
0x1000 Reserved
Linear
Data Memory
Reserved
0x2000
0x29AF
0x29B0
0x7FFF
0x8000
0xFFFF
0x0000
0x0FFF
0x0000
0x7FFF
Program
Flash Memory
Note: Not all memory regions are completely implemented. Consult device memory tables for memory limits.
0x1FFF
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 45
PIC16(L)F1705/9
3.7.1 TRADITIONAL DATA MEMORY
The traditional data memory is a region from FSR
address 0x000 to FSR address 0xFFF. The addresses
correspond to the absolute addresses of all SFR, GPR
and common registers.
FIGURE 3-9: TRADITIONAL DATA MEMORY MAP
Indirect AddressingDirect Addressing
Bank Select Location Select
4BSR 6 0
From Opcode FSRxL70
Bank Select Location Select
00000 00001 00010 11111
0x00
0x7F
Bank 0 Bank 1 Bank 2 Bank 31
0FSRxH70
0000
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 46 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
3.7.2 LINEAR DATA MEMORY
The linear data memory is the region from FSR
address 0x2000 to FSR address 0x29AF. This region is
a virtual region that points back to the 80-byte blocks of
GPR memory in all the banks.
Unimplemented memory reads as 0x00. Use of the
linear data memory region allows buffers to be larger
than 80 bytes because incrementing the FSR beyond
one bank will go directly to the GPR memory of the next
bank.
The 16 bytes of common memory are not included in
the linear data memory region.
FIGURE 3-10: LINEAR DATA MEMORY
MAP
3.7.3 PROGRAM FLASH MEMORY
To make constant data access easier, the entire
program Flash memory is mapped to the upper half of
the FSR address space. When the MSB of FSRnH is
set, the lower 15 bits are the address in program
memory which will be accessed through INDF. Only the
lower eight bits of each memory location is accessible
via INDF. Writing to the program Flash memory cannot
be accomplished via the FSR/INDF interface. All
instructions that access program Flash memory via the
FSR/INDF interface will require one additional
instruction cycle to complete.
FIGURE 3-11: PROGRAM FLASH
MEMORY MAP
7
01
7
00
Location Select 0x2000
FSRnH FSRnL
0x020
Bank 0
0x06F
0x0A0
Bank 1
0x0EF
0x120
Bank 2
0x16F
0xF20
Bank 30
0xF6F
0x29AF
0
7
1
7
00
Location Select 0x8000
FSRnH FSRnL
0x0000
0x7FFF
0xFFFF
Program
Flash
Memory
(low 8
bits)
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 47
PIC16(L)F1705/9
4.0 DEVICE CONFIGURATION
Device configuration consists of Configuration Words,
Code Protection and Device ID.
4.1 Configuration Words
There are several Configuration Word bits that allow
different oscillator and memory protection options.
These are implemented as Configuration Word 1 at
8007h and Configuration Word 2 at 8008h.
Note: The DEBUG bit in Configuration Words is
managed automatically by device
development tools including debuggers
and programmers. For normal device
operation, this bit should be maintained as
a ‘1’.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 48 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.2 Register Definitions: Configuration Words
REGISTER 4-1: CONFIG1: CONFIGURATION WORD 1
R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 U-1
FCMEN IESO CLKOUTEN BOREN<1:0>
bit 13 bit 8
R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
CP(1) MCLRE PWRTE WDTE<1:0> FOSC<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit P = Programmable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared ‘1’ = Bit is set -n = Value when blank or after Bulk Erase
bit 13 FCMEN: Fail-Safe Clock Monitor Enable bit
1 = Fail-Safe Clock Monitor and internal/external switchover are both enabled.
0 = Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is disabled
bit 12 IESO: Internal External Switchover bit
1 = Internal/External Switchover mode is enabled
0 = Internal/External Switchover mode is disabled
bit 11 CLKOUTEN: Clock Out Enable bit
If FOSC Configuration bits are set to LP, XT, HS modes:
This bit is ignored, CLKOUT function is disabled. Oscillator function on the CLKOUT pin.
All other FOSC modes:
1 = CLKOUT function is disabled. I/O function on the CLKOUT pin.
0 = CLKOUT function is enabled on the CLKOUT pin
bit 10-9 BOREN<1:0>: Brown-out Reset Enable bits
11 = BOR enabled
10 = BOR enabled during operation and disabled in Sleep
01 = BOR controlled by SBOREN bit of the BORCON register
00 = BOR disabled
bit 8 Unimplemented: Read as1
bit 7 CP: Code Protection bit(1)
1 = Program memory code protection is disabled
0 = Program memory code protection is enabled
bit 6 MCLRE: MCLR/VPP Pin Function Select bit
If LVP bit = 1:
This bit is ignored.
If LVP bit = 0:
1 =MCLR
/VPP pin function is MCLR; Weak pull-up enabled.
0 =MCLR
/VPP pin function is digital input; MCLR internally disabled; Weak pull-up under control of
WPUA3 bit.
bit 5 PWRTE: Power-up Timer Enable bit
1 = PWRT disabled
0 = PWRT enabled
bit 4-3 WDTE<1:0>: Watchdog Timer Enable bit
11 = WDT enabled
10 = WDT enabled while running and disabled in Sleep
01 = WDT controlled by the SWDTEN bit in the WDTCON register
00 = WDT disabled
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 49
PIC16(L)F1705/9
bit 2-0 FOSC<2:0>: Oscillator Selection bits
111 = ECH: External Clock, High-Power mode (4-20 MHz): device clock supplied to CLKIN pin
110 = ECM: External Clock, Medium-Power mode (0.5-4 MHz): device clock supplied to CLKIN pin
101 = ECL: External Clock, Low-Power mode (0-0.5 MHz): device clock supplied to CLKIN pin
100 = INTOSC oscillator: I/O function on CLKIN pin
011 = EXTRC oscillator: External RC circuit connected to CLKIN pin
010 = HS oscillator: High-speed crystal/resonator connected between OSC1 and OSC2 pins
001 = XT oscillator: Crystal/resonator connected between OSC1 and OSC2 pins
000 = LP oscillator: Low-power crystal connected between OSC1 and OSC2 pins
Note 1: The entire Flash program memory will be erased when the code protection is turned off during an erase.
When a Bulk Erase Program Memory Command is executed, the entire program Flash memory and
configuration memory will be erased.
REGISTER 4-1: CONFIG1: CONFIGURATION WORD 1 (CONTINUED)
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 50 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 4-2: CONFIG2: CONFIGURATION WORD 2
R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
LVP(1) DEBUG(2) LPBOR BORV(3) STVREN PLLEN
bit 13 bit 8
R/P-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
ZCDDIS PPS1WAY WRT<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit P = Programmable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared ‘1’ = Bit is set -n = Value when blank or after Bulk Erase
bit 13 LVP: Low-Voltage Programming Enable bit(1)
1 = Low-voltage programming enabled
0 = High-voltage on MCLR must be used for programming
bit 12 DEBUG: In-Circuit Debugger Mode bit(2)
1 = In-Circuit Debugger disabled, ICSPCLK and ICSPDAT are general purpose I/O pins
0 = In-Circuit Debugger enabled, ICSPCLK and ICSPDAT are dedicated to the debugger
bit 11 LPBOR: Low-Power BOR Enable bit
1 = Low-Power Brown-out Reset is disabled
0 = Low-Power Brown-out Reset is enabled
bit 10 BORV: Brown-out Reset Voltage Selection bit(3)
1 = Brown-out Reset voltage (VBOR), low trip point selected
0 = Brown-out Reset voltage (VBOR), high trip point selected
bit 9 STVREN: Stack Overflow/Underflow Reset Enable bit
1 = Stack Overflow or Underflow will cause a Reset
0 = Stack Overflow or Underflow will not cause a Reset
bit 8 PLLEN: PLL Enable bit
1 = 4xPLL enabled
0 = 4xPLL disabled
bit 7 ZCDDIS: ZCD Disable bit
1 = ZCD disabled. ZCD can be enabled by setting the ZCDSEN bit of ZCDCON
0 = ZCD always enabled
bit 6-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1
bit 2 PPS1WAY: PPSLOCK Bit One-Way Set Enable bit
1 = The PPSLOCK bit can only be set once after an unlocking sequence is executed; once PPSLOCK is set, all
future changes to PPS registers are prevented
0 = The PPSLOCK bit can be set and cleared as needed (provided an unlocking sequence is executed)
bit 1-0 WRT<1:0>: Flash Memory Self-Write Protection bits
8 kW Flash memory
11 = Write prot0ection off
10 = 0000h to 1FFh write protected, 0200h to 1FFFh may be modified by PMCON control
01 = 0000h to 0FFFh write protected, 1000h to 1FFFh may be modified by PMCON control
00 = 0000h to 1FFFh write protected, no addresses may be modified by PMCON control
Note 1: The LVP bit cannot be programmed to ‘0’ when Programming mode is entered via LVP.
2: The DEBUG bit in Configuration Words is managed automatically by device development tools including debuggers
and programmers. For normal device operation, this bit should be maintained as a ‘1’.
3: See VBOR parameter for specific trip point voltages.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 51
PIC16(L)F1705/9
4.3 Code Protection
Code protection allows the device to be protected from
unauthorized access. Program memory protection is
controlled independently. Internal access to the
program memory is unaffected by any code protection
setting.
4.3.1 PROGRAM MEMORY PROTECTION
The entire program memory space is protected from
external reads and writes by the CP bit in Configuration
Words. When CP = 0, external reads and writes of
program memory are inhibited and a read will return all
0s. The CPU can continue to read program memory,
regardless of the protection bit settings. Writing the
program memory is dependent upon the write
protection setting. See Section 4.4 “Write
Protection” for more information.
4.4 Write Protection
Write protection allows the device to be protected from
unintended self-writes. Applications, such as boot
loader software, can be protected while allowing other
regions of the program memory to be modified.
The WRT<1:0> bits in Configuration Words define the
size of the program memory block that is protected.
4.5 User ID
Four memory locations (8000h-8003h) are designated
as ID locations where the user can store checksum or
other code identification numbers. These locations are
readable and writable during normal execution. See
Section 10.4 “User ID, Device ID and Configuration
Word Access for more information on accessing
these memory locations. For more information on
checksum calculation, see the “PIC16(L)F170X
Memory Programming Specification” (DS41683).
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 52 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.6 Device ID and Revision ID
The 14-bit device ID word is located at 8006h and the
14-bit revision ID is located at 8005h. These locations
are read-only and cannot be erased or modified. See
Section 10.4 “User ID, Device ID and Configuration
Word Access for more information on accessing
these memory locations.
Development tools, such as device programmers and
debuggers, may be used to read the Device ID and
Revision ID.
4.7 Register Definitions: Device and Revision
REGISTER 4-3: DEVID: DEVICE ID REGISTER
RRRRRR
DEV<13:8>
bit 13 bit 8
RRRRRRRR
DEV<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 13-0 DEV<13:0>: Device ID bits
REGISTER 4-4: REVID: REVISION ID REGISTER
RRRRRR
REV<13:8>
bit 13 bit 8
RRRRRRRR
REV<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 13-0 REV<13:0>: Revision ID bits
Device DEVID<13:0> Values
PIC16F1705 11 0000 0101 0101 (3055h)
PIC16LF1705 11 0000 0101 0111 (3057h)
PIC16F1709 11 0000 0101 0100 (3054h)
PIC16LF1709 11 0000 0101 0110 (3056h)
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 53
PIC16(L)F1705/9
5.0 RESETS
There are multiple ways to reset this device:
Power-On Reset (POR)
Brown-Out Reset (BOR)
Low-Power Brown-Out Reset (LPBOR)
•MCLR Reset
•WDT Reset
RESET instruction
Stack Overflow
Stack Underflow
Programming mode exit
To allow VDD to stabilize, an optional Power-up Timer
can be enabled to extend the Reset time after a BOR
or POR event.
A simplified block diagram of the On-Chip Reset Circuit
is shown in Figure 5-1.
FIGURE 5-1: S I MPLI FIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT
Device
Reset
Power-on
Reset
WDT
Time-out
Brown-out
Reset
LPBOR
Reset
RESET Instruction
MCLRE
Sleep
BOR
Active(1)
PWRTE
LFINTOSC
VDD
ICSP™ Programming Mode Exit
Stack Underflow
Stack Overlfow
VPP/MCLR
RPower-up
Timer
Rev. 10-000006A
8/14/2013
Note 1: See Table 5-1 for BOR active conditions.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 54 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
5.1 Power-On Reset (POR)
The POR circuit holds the device in Reset until VDD has
reached an acceptable level for minimum operation.
Slow rising VDD, fast operating speeds or analog
performance may require greater than minimum VDD.
The PWRT, BOR or MCLR features can be used to
extend the start-up period until all device operation
conditions have been met.
5.1.1 POWER-UP TIMER (PWRT)
The Power-up Timer provides a nominal 64 ms
time-out on POR or Brown-out Reset.
The device is held in Reset as long as PWRT is active.
The PWRT delay allows additional time for the VDD to
rise to an acceptable level. The Power-up timer is
enabled by clearing the PWRTE bit in Configuration
Words.
The Power-up Timer starts after the release of the POR
and BOR.
For additional information, refer to Application Note
AN607, “Power-up Trouble Shooting” (DS00607).
5.2 Brown-Out Reset (BOR)
The BOR circuit holds the device in Reset when VDD
reaches a selectable minimum level. Between the
POR and BOR, complete voltage range coverage for
execution protection can be implemented.
The Brown-out Reset module has four operating
modes controlled by the BOREN<1:0> bits in Configu-
ration Words. The four operating modes are:
BOR is always on
BOR is off when in Sleep
BOR is controlled by software
BOR is always off
Refer to Table 5 -1 for more information.
The Brown-out Reset voltage level is selectable by
configuring the BORV bit in Configuration Words.
A VDD noise rejection filter prevents the BOR from
triggering on small events. If VDD falls below VBOR for
a duration greater than parameter TBORDC, the device
will reset. See Figure 5-2 for more information.
TABLE 5-1: BOR OPERATING MODES
5.2.1 BOR IS ALWAYS ON
When the BOREN bits of Configuration Words are
programmed to11’, the BOR is always on. The device
start-up will be delayed until the BOR is ready and VDD
is higher than the BOR threshold.
BOR protection is active during Sleep. The BOR does
not delay wake-up from Sleep.
5.2.2 BOR IS OFF IN SLEEP
When the BOREN bits of Configuration Words are
programmed to10’, the BOR is on, except in Sleep.
The device start-up will be delayed until the BOR is
ready and VDD is higher than the BOR threshold.
BOR protection is not active during Sleep. The device
wake-up will be delayed until the BOR is ready.
5.2.3 BOR CONTROLLED BY SOFTWARE
When the BOREN bits of Configuration Words are
programmed to ‘01, the BOR is controlled by the
SBOREN bit of the BORCON register. The device
start-up is not delayed by the BOR ready condition or
the VDD level.
BOR protection begins as soon as the BOR circuit is
ready. The status of the BOR circuit is reflected in the
BORRDY bit of the BORCON register.
BOR protection is unchanged by Sleep.
BOREN<1:0> SBOREN Device Mode BOR Mode Instruction Execution upon:
Release of POR or Wake-up from Sleep
11 X X Active Waits for BOR ready(1) (BORRDY = 1)
10 X Awake Active Waits for BOR ready (BORRDY = 1)
Sleep Disabled
01 1X Active Waits for BOR ready(1) (BORRDY = 1)
0XDisabled
Begins immediately (BORRDY = x)
00 X XDisabled
Note 1: In these specific cases, “Release of POR” and “Wake-up from Sleep”, there is no delay in start-up. The BOR
ready flag, (BORRDY = 1), will be set before the CPU is ready to execute instructions because the BOR
circuit is forced on by the BOREN<1:0> bits.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 55
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 5-2: BROWN-OUT SITUATIONS
5.3 R e g is ter De finition s : B O R C o nt r ol
REGISTER 5-1: BORCON: BROWN-OUT RESET CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-1/u R/W-0/u U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-q/u
SBOREN BORFS(1) BORRDY
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 SBOREN: Software Brown-out Reset Enable bit
If BOREN <1:0> in Configuration Words 01:
SBOREN is read/write, but has no effect on the BOR.
If BOREN <1:0> in Configuration Words = 01:
1 =BOR Enabled
0 =BOR Disabled
bit 6 BORFS: Brown-out Reset Fast Start bit(1)
If BOREN<1:0> = 11 (Always on) or BOREN<1:0> = 00 (Always off)
BORFS is Read/Write, but has no effect.
If BOREN <1:0> = 10 (Disabled in Sleep) or BOREN<1:0> = 01 (Under software control):
1 = Band gap is forced on always (covers sleep/wake-up/operating cases)
0 = Band gap operates normally, and may turn off
bit 5-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 0 BORRDY: Brown-out Reset Circuit Ready Status bit
1 = The Brown-out Reset circuit is active
0 = The Brown-out Reset circuit is inactive
Note 1: BOREN<1:0> bits are located in Configuration Words.
TPWRT(1)
VBOR
VDD
Internal
Reset
VBOR
VDD
Internal
Reset TPWRT(1)
< TPWRT
TPWRT(1)
VBOR
VDD
Internal
Reset
Note 1: TPWRT delay only if PWRTE bit is programmed to ‘0’.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 56 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
5.4 Low-Power Brown-Out Reset
(LPBOR)
The Low-Power Brown-Out Reset (LPBOR) is an
essential part of the Reset subsystem. Refer to
Figure 5-1 to see how the BOR interacts with other
modules.
The LPBOR is used to monitor the external VDD pin.
When too low of a voltage is detected, the device is
held in Reset. When this occurs, a register bit (BOR) is
changed to indicate that a BOR Reset has occurred.
The same bit is set for both the BOR and the LPBOR.
Refer to Register 5-2.
5.4.1 ENABLING LPBOR
The LPBOR is controlled by the LPBOR bit of
Configuration Words. When the device is erased, the
LPBOR module defaults to disabled.
5.4.1.1 LPBOR Module Output
The output of the LPBOR module is a signal indicating
whether or not a Reset is to be asserted. This signal is
OR’d together with the Reset signal of the BOR
module to provide the generic BOR signal, which goes
to the PCON register and to the power control block.
5.5 MCLR
The MCLR is an optional external input that can reset
the device. The MCLR function is controlled by the
MCLRE bit of Configuration Words and the LVP bit of
Configuration Words (Table 5-2).
5.5.1 MCLR ENABLED
When MCLR is enabled and the pin is held low, the
device is held in Reset. The MCLR pin is connected to
VDD through an internal weak pull-up.
The device has a noise filter in the MCLR Reset path.
The filter will detect and ignore small pulses.
5.5.2 MCLR DISABLED
When MCLR is disabled, the pin functions as a general
purpose input and the internal weak pull-up is under
software control. See Section 11.1 “PORTA Regis-
ters” for more information.
5.6 Watchdog Timer (WDT) Reset
The Watchdog Timer generates a Reset if the firmware
does not issue a CLRWDT instruction within the time-out
period. The TO and PD bits in the STATUS register are
changed to indicate the WDT Reset. See Section 9.0
“Watchdog T im er (WDT)” for more information.
5.7 RESET Instruction
A RESET instruction will cause a device Reset. The RI
bit in the PCON register will be set to ‘0’. See Table 5- 4
for default conditions after a RESET instruction has
occurred.
5.8 Stack Overflow/Underflow Reset
The device can reset when the Stack Overflows or
Underflows. The STKOVF or STKUNF bits of the PCON
register indicate the Reset condition. These Resets are
enabled by setting the STVREN bit in Configuration
Words. See Section 3.6.2 “Overflow/Underflow
Reset” for more information.
5.9 Programming Mode Exit
Upon exit of Programming mode, the device will
behave as if a POR had just occurred.
5.10 Power-Up Timer
The Power-up Timer optionally delays device execution
after a BOR or POR event. This timer is typically used to
allow VDD to stabilize before allowing the device to start
running.
The Power-up Timer is controlled by the PWRTE bit of
Configuration Words.
5.11 Start-up Sequence
Upon the release of a POR or BOR, the following must
occur before the device will begin executing:
1. Power-up Timer runs to completion (if enabled).
2. Oscillator start-up timer runs to completion (if
required for oscillator source).
3. MCLR must be released (if enabled).
The total time-out will vary based on oscillator configu-
ration and Power-up Timer configuration. See
Section 6.0 “Oscillator Module (with Fail-Safe
Clock Monitor)” for more information.
The Power-up Timer and oscillator start-up timer run
independently of MCLR Reset. If MCLR is kept low
long enough, the Power-up Timer and oscillator
start-up timer will expire. Upon bringing MCLR high, the
device will begin execution after 10 FOSC cycles (see
Figure 5-3). This is useful for testing purposes or to
synchronize more than one device operating in parallel.
TABLE 5-2: MCLR CONFIG URATION
MCLRE LVP MCLR
00Disabled
10Enabled
x1Enabled
Note: A Reset does not drive the MCLR pin low.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 57
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 5-3: RESET START-UP SEQUENCE
TOST
TMCLR
TPWRT
VDD
Internal POR
Power-up Timer
MCLR
Internal RESET
Oscillator Modes
Oscillator Start-up Timer
Oscillator
FOSC
Internal Oscillator
Oscillator
FOSC
External Clock (EC)
CLKIN
FOSC
External Cryst al
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 58 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
5.12 Determining the Cause of a Reset
Upon any Reset, multiple bits in the STATUS and
PCON register are updated to indicate the cause of the
Reset. Ta bl e 5- 3 and Tabl e 5-4 show the Reset
conditions of these registers.
TABLE 5-3: RESET STATUS BITS AND THEIR SIGNIFICANCE
TABLE 5-4: RESET CONDITION FOR SPECIAL REGISTERS
STKOVF STKUNF RWDT RMCLR RI POR BOR TO PD Condition
0 0 1 1 10 x11Power-on Reset
0 0 1 1 10 x0xIllegal, TO is set on POR
0 0 1 1 10 xx0Illegal, PD is set on POR
0 0 u 1 1u 011Brown-out Reset
u u 0 u uu u0uWDT Reset
u u u u uu u00WDT Wake-up from Sleep
u u u u uu u10Interrupt Wake-up from Sleep
u u u 0 uu uuuMCLR Reset during normal operation
u u u 0 uu u10MCLR Reset during Sleep
u u u u 0 u u u u RESET Instruction Executed
1 u u u uu uuuStack Overflow Reset (STVREN = 1)
u 1 u u uu uuuStack Underflow Reset (STVREN = 1)
Condition Program
Counter STATUS
Register PCON
Register
Power-on Reset 0000h ---1 1000 00-- 110x
MCLR Reset during normal operation 0000h ---u uuuu uu-- 0uuu
MCLR Reset during Sleep 0000h ---1 0uuu uu-- 0uuu
WDT Reset 0000h ---0 uuuu uu-- uuuu
WDT Wake-up from Sleep PC + 1 ---0 0uuu uu-- uuuu
Brown-out Reset 0000h ---1 1uuu 00-- 11u0
Interrupt Wake-up from Sleep PC + 1(1) ---1 0uuu uu-- uuuu
RESET Instruction Executed 0000h ---u uuuu uu-- u0uu
Stack Overflow Reset (STVREN = 1) 0000h ---u uuuu 1u-- uuuu
Stack Underflow Reset (STVREN = 1) 0000h ---u uuuu u1-- uuuu
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’.
Note1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and Global Enable bit (GIE) is set, the return address is pushed on
the stack and PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h) after execution of PC + 1.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 59
PIC16(L)F1705/9
5.13 Power Control (PCON) Register
The Power Control (PCON) register contains flag bits
to differentiate between a:
Power-on Reset (POR)
Brown-out Reset (BOR)
Reset Instruction Reset (RI)
•MCLR Reset (RMCLR)
Watchdog Timer Reset (RWDT)
Stack Underflow Reset (STKUNF)
Stack Overflow Reset (STKOVF)
The PCON register bits are shown in Register 5-2.
5.14 Register Definitions: Power Control
REGISTER 5-2: PCON: POWER CONTROL REGISTER
R/W/HS-0/q R/W/HS-0/q U-0 R/W/HC-1/q R/W/HC-1/q R/W/HC-1/q R/W/HC-q/u R/W/HC-q/u
STKOVF STKUNF RWDT RMCLR RI POR BOR
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
HC = Bit is cleared by hardware HS = Bit is set by hardware
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -m/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 STKOVF: Stack Overflow Flag bit
1 = A Stack Overflow occurred
0 = A Stack Overflow has not occurred or cleared by firmware
bit 6 STKUNF: Stack Underflow Flag bit
1 = A Stack Underflow occurred
0 = A Stack Underflow has not occurred or cleared by firmware
bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 4 RWDT: Watchdog Timer Reset Flag bit
1 = A Watchdog Timer Reset has not occurred or set to ‘1’ by firmware
0 = A Watchdog Timer Reset has occurred (cleared by hardware)
bit 3 RMCLR: MCLR Reset Flag bit
1 = A MCLR Reset has not occurred or set to ‘1 by firmware
0 = A MCLR Reset has occurred (cleared by hardware)
bit 2 RI: RESET Instruction Flag bit
1 = A RESET instruction has not been executed or set to ‘1’ by firmware
0 = A RESET instruction has been executed (cleared by hardware)
bit 1 POR: Power-on Reset Status bit
1 = No Power-on Reset occurred
0 = A Power-on Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset occurs)
bit 0 BOR: Brown-out Reset Status bit
1 = No Brown-out Reset occurred
0 = A Brown-out Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset or Brown-out Reset
occurs)
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 60 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 5-5: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH RESETS
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
BORCON SBOREN BORFS ———— BORRDY 55
PCON STKOVF STKUNF —RWDTRMCLR RI POR BOR 59
STATUS —TOPD ZDC C22
WDTCON WDTPS<4:0> SWDTEN 99
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Resets.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 61
PIC16(L)F1705/9
6.0 OSCILLATOR MODULE (WITH
FAIL-SAFE CLOCK MONITOR)
6.1 Overview
The oscillator module has a wide variety of clock
sources and selection features that allow it to be used
in a wide range of applications while maximizing perfor-
mance and minimizing power consumption. Figure 6-1
illustrates a block diagram of the oscillator module.
Clock sources can be supplied from external oscillators,
quartz crystal resonators, ceramic resonators and
Resistor-Capacitor (RC) circuits. In addition, the system
clock source can be supplied from one of two internal
oscillators and PLL circuits, with a choice of speeds
selectable via software. Additional clock features
include:
Selectable system clock source between external
or internal sources via software.
Two-Speed Start-up mode, which minimizes
latency between external oscillator start-up and
code execution.
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) designed to
detect a failure of the external clock source (LP,
XT, HS, ECH, ECM, ECL or EXTRC modes) and
switch automatically to the internal oscillator.
Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) ensures stability
of crystal oscillator sources.
The oscillator module can be configured in one of the
following clock modes.
1. ECL – External Clock Low-Power mode
(0 MHz to 0.5 MHz)
2. ECM – External Clock Medium-Power mode
(0.5 MHz to 4 MHz)
3. ECH – External Clock High-Power mode
(4 MHz to 32 MHz)
4. LP – 32 kHz Low-Power Crystal mode.
5. XT – Medium Gain Crystal or Ceramic Resonator
Oscillator mode (up to 4 MHz)
6. HS – High Gain Crystal or Ceramic Resonator
mode (4 MHz to 20 MHz)
7. EXTRC – External Resistor-Capacitor
8. INTOSC – Internal oscillator (31 kHz to 32 MHz)
Clock Source modes are selected by the FOSC<2:0>
bits in the Configuration Words. The FOSC bits
determine the type of oscillator that will be used when
the device is first powered.
The ECH, ECM, and ECL clock modes rely on an
external logic level signal as the device clock source.
The LP, XT, and HS clock modes require an external
crystal or resonator to be connected to the device.
Each mode is optimized for a different frequency range.
The EXTRC clock mode requires an external resistor
and capacitor to set the oscillator frequency.
The INTOSC internal oscillator block produces low,
medium, and high-frequency clock sources,
designated LFINTOSC, MFINTOSC and HFINTOSC.
(see Internal Oscillator Block, Figure 6-1). A wide
selection of device clock frequencies may be derived
from these three clock sources.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 62 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 6-1: SIMPLIFIED PIC® MCU CLOCK SOURCE BLOCK DIAGRAM
Secondary
T1OSCEN
Enable
Oscillator
SOSCO
SOSCI
Timer1 Clock Source Option
for other modules
OSC1
OSC2
Sleep
LP, XT, HS, RC, EC
T1OSC
To CPU and
Postscaler
MUX
16 MHz
8 MHz
4 MHz
2 MHz
1 MHz
250 kHz
500 kHz
IRCF<3:0>
31 kHz
500 kHz
Source
Internal
Oscillator
Block
WDT, PWRT, Fail-Safe Clock Monitor
16 MHz
INTOSC
(HFINTOSC)
SCS<1:0>
HFPLL
31 kHz (LFINTOSC)
Two-Speed Start-up and other modules
Oscillator
31 kHz
Source
500 kHz
(MFINTOSC)
125 kHz
31.25 kHz
62.5 kHz
Peripherals
Sleep
External
Timer1
4 x PLL
1X
01
00
1
0
0
1
PRIMUX
PLLMUX
0000
1111
Inputs Outputs
SCS FOSC<2:0> PLLEN or
SPLLEN IRCF PRIMUX PLLMUX
=00
=100
0x10
1=1110 1 1
1110 1 0
100 0x00
1x01
00 X X X X X
FOSC
Oscillator
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 63
PIC16(L)F1705/9
6.2 Clock Source Types
Clock sources can be classified as external or internal.
External clock sources rely on external circuitry for the
clock source to function. Examples are: oscillator
modules (ECH, ECM, ECL mode), quartz crystal reso-
nators or ceramic resonators (LP, XT and HS modes)
and Resistor-Capacitor (EXTRC) mode circuits.
Internal clock sources are contained within the
oscillator module. The internal oscillator block has two
internal oscillators and a dedicated Phase Lock Loop
(HFPLL) that are used to generate three internal
system clock sources: the 16 MHz High-Frequency
Internal Oscillator (HFINTOSC), 500 kHz (MFINTOSC)
and the 31 kHz Low-Frequency Internal Oscillator
(LFINTOSC).
The system clock can be selected between external or
internal clock sources via the System Clock Select
(SCS) bits in the OSCCON register. See Section 6.3
“Clock Switching” for additional information.
6.2.1 EXTERNAL CLOCK SOURCES
An external clock source can be used as the device
system clock by performing one of the following
actions:
Program the FOSC<2:0> bits in the Configuration
Words to select an external clock source that will
be used as the default system clock upon a
device Reset.
Write the SCS<1:0> bits in the OSCCON register
to switch the system clock source to:
- Secondary oscillator during run-time, or
- An external clock source determined by the
value of the FOSC bits.
See Se ction 6.3 “Clock Switching for more informa-
tion.
6.2.1.1 EC Mode
The External Clock (EC) mode allows an externally
generated logic level signal to be the system clock
source. When operating in this mode, an external clock
source is connected to the OSC1 input.
OSC2/CLKOUT is available for general purpose I/O or
CLKOUT. Figure 6-2 shows the pin connections for EC
mode.
EC mode has three power modes to select from through
Configuration Words:
ECH – High power, 4-32 MHz
ECM – Medium power, 0.5-4 MHz
ECL – Low power, 0-0.5 MHz
The Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) is disabled when
EC mode is selected. Therefore, there is no delay in
operation after a Power-on Reset (POR) or wake-up
from Sleep. Because the PIC® MCU design is fully
static, stopping the external clock input will have the
effect of halting the device while leaving all data intact.
Upon restarting the external clock, the device will
resume operation as if no time had elapsed.
FIGURE 6-2: EXTERNAL CLOCK (EC)
MODE OPERATION
6.2.1.2 LP, XT, HS Modes
The LP, XT and HS modes support the use of quartz
crystal resonators or ceramic resonators connected to
OSC1 and OSC2 (Figure 6-3). The three modes select
a low, medium or high gain setting of the internal
inverter-amplifier to support various resonator types
and speed.
LP Oscillator mode selects the lowest gain setting of the
internal inverter-amplifier. LP mode current consumption
is the least of the three modes. This mode is designed to
drive only 32.768 kHz tuning-fork type crystals (watch
crystals).
XT Oscillator mode selects the intermediate gain
setting of the internal inverter-amplifier. XT mode
current consumption is the medium of the three modes.
This mode is best suited to drive resonators with a
medium drive level specification.
HS Oscillator mode selects the highest gain setting of the
internal inverter-amplifier. HS mode current consumption
is the highest of the three modes. This mode is best
suited for resonators that require a high drive setting.
Figure 6-3 and Figure 6-4 show typical circuits for
quartz crystal and ceramic resonators, respectively.
OSC1/CLKIN
OSC2/CLKOUT
Clock from
Ext. System PIC® MCU
FOSC/4 or I/O(1)
Note 1: Output depends upon CLKOUTEN bit of the
Configuration Words.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 64 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 6-3: QUARTZ CRYSTAL
OPERATION (LP, XT OR
HS MODE)
FIGURE 6-4: CERAMIC RESONATOR
OPERATION
(XT OR HS MODE)
6.2.1.3 Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
If the oscillator module is configured for LP, XT or HS
modes, the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) counts
1024 oscillations from OSC1. This occurs following a
Power-on Reset (POR) and when the Power-up Timer
(PWRT) has expired (if configured), or a wake-up from
Sleep. During this time, the program counter does not
increment and program execution is suspended,
unless either FSCM or Two-Speed Start-Up are
enabled. In this case, code will continue to execute at
the selected INTOSC frequency while the OST is
counting. The OST ensures that the oscillator circuit,
using a quartz crystal resonator or ceramic resonator,
has started and is providing a stable system clock to
the oscillator module.
In order to minimize latency between external oscillator
start-up and code execution, the Two-Speed Clock
Start-up mode can be selected (see Section 6.4
“Two-Speed Clock Start-up Mode”).
Note 1: Quartz crystal characteristics vary
according to type, package and
manufacturer. The user should consult the
manufacturer data sheets for specifications
and recommended application.
2: Always verify oscillator performance over
the VDD and temperature range that is
expected for the application.
3: For oscillator design assistance, reference
the following Microchip Application Notes:
• AN826, “Crystal Oscillator Basics and
Crystal Selection for rfPIC® and PIC®
Devices” (DS00826)
• AN849, “Basic PIC® Oscillator Design
(DS00849)
• AN943, “Practical PIC® Oscillator
Analysis and Design” (DS00943)
• AN949, “Making Y our Oscillator Work
(DS00949)
Note 1: A series resistor (RS) may be required for
quartz crystals with low drive level.
2: The value of RF varies with the Oscillator mode
selected (typically between 2 M to 10 M.
C1
C2
Quartz
RS(1)
OSC1/CLKIN
RF(2) Sleep
To Internal
Logic
PIC® MCU
Crystal
OSC2/CLKOUT
Note 1: A series resistor (RS) may be required for
ceramic resonators with low drive level.
2: The value of RF varies with the Oscillator mode
selected (typically between 2 M to 10 M.
3: An additional parallel feedback resistor (RP)
may be required for proper ceramic resonator
operation.
C1
C2 Ceramic RS(1)
OSC1/CLKIN
RF(2) Sleep
To Internal
Logic
PIC® MCU
RP(3)
Resonator
OSC2/CLKOUT
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 65
PIC16(L)F1705/9
6.2.1.4 4x PLL
The oscillator module contains a 4x PLL that can be
used with both external and internal clock sources to
provide a system clock source. The input frequency for
the 4x PLL must fall within specifications. See the PLL
Clock Timing Specifications in Table 32-9.
The 4x PLL may be enabled for use by one of two
methods:
1. Program the PLLEN bit in Configuration Words
to a ‘1’.
2. Write the SPLLEN bit in the OSCCON register to
a ‘1’. If the PLLEN bit in Configuration Words is
programmed to a ‘1’, then the value of SPLLEN
is ignored.
6.2.1.5 Secondary Oscillator
The secondary oscillator is a separate crystal oscillator
that is associated with the Timer1 peripheral. It is
optimized for timekeeping operations with a 32.768
kHz crystal connected between the SOSCO and
SOSCI device pins.
The secondary oscillator can be used as an alternate
system clock source and can be selected during
run-time using clock switching. Refer to Section 6.3
“Clock Switching” for more information.
FIGURE 6-5: QUARTZ CRYSTAL
OPERATION
(SECONDARY
OSCILLATOR)
C1
C2
32.768 kHz
SOSCI
To Internal
Logic
PIC® MCU
Crystal
SOSCO
Quartz
Note 1: Quartz crystal characteristics vary
according to type, package and
manufacturer. The user should consult the
manufacturer data sheets for specifications
and recommended application.
2: Always verify oscillator performance over
the VDD and temperature range that is
expected for the application.
3: For oscillator design assistance, reference
the following Microchip Application Notes:
• AN826, “Crystal Oscillator Basics and
Crystal Selection for rfPIC® and PIC®
Devices” (DS00826)
• AN849, “Basic PIC® Oscillator Design
(DS00849)
• AN943, “Practical PIC® Oscillator
Analysis and Design” (DS00943)
• AN949, “Making Your Oscillator Work
(DS00949)
• TB097, “Interfacing a Micro Crystal
MS1V -T1K 32.768 kHz Tuning Fork
Crystal to a PIC16F690/SS” (DS91097)
• AN1288, “Design Practices for
Low-Power External Oscillators
(DS01288)
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 66 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
6.2.1.6 External RC Mode
The external Resistor-Capacitor (EXTRC) mode sup-
ports the use of an external RC circuit. This allows the
designer maximum flexibility in frequency choice while
keeping costs to a minimum when clock accuracy is not
required.
The RC circuit connects to OSC1. OSC2/CLKOUT is
available for general purpose I/O or CLKOUT. The
function of the OSC2/CLKOUT pin is determined by the
CLKOUTEN bit in Configuration Words.
Figure 6-6 shows the external RC mode connections.
FIGURE 6-6: E XTERNAL RC MODES
The RC oscillator frequency is a function of the supply
voltage, the resistor (REXT) and capacitor (CEXT) values
and the operating temperature. Other factors affecting
the oscillator frequency are:
threshold voltage variation
component tolerances
packaging variations in capacitance
The user also needs to take into account variation due
to tolerance of external RC components used.
6.2.2 INTERNAL CLOCK SOURCES
The device may be configured to use the internal
oscillator block as the system clock by performing one
of the following actions:
Program the FOSC<2:0> bits in Configuration
Words to select the INTOSC clock source, which
will be used as the default system clock upon a
device Reset.
Write the SCS<1:0> bits in the OSCCON register
to switch the system clock source to the internal
oscillator during run-time. See Section 6.3
“Clock Switching” for more information.
In INTOSC mode, OSC1/CLKIN is available for general
purpose I/O. OSC2/CLKOUT is available for general
purpose I/O or CLKOUT.
The function of the OSC2/CLKOUT pin is determined
by the CLKOUTEN bit in Configuration Words.
The internal oscillator block has two independent
oscillators and a dedicated Phase Lock Loop, HFPLL
that can produce one of three internal system clock
sources.
1. The HFINTOSC (High-Frequency Internal
Oscillator) is factory calibrated and operates at
16 MHz. The HFINTOSC source is generated
from the 500 kHz MFINTOSC source and the
dedicated Phase Lock Loop, HFPLL. The
frequency of the HFINTOSC can be
user-adjusted via software using the OSCTUNE
register (Register 6-3).
2. The MFINTOSC (Medium-Frequency Internal
Oscillator) is factory calibrated and operates at
500 kHz. The frequency of the MFINTOSC can
be user-adjusted via software using the
OSCTUNE register (Register 6-3).
3. The LFINTOSC (Low-Frequency Internal
Oscillator) is uncalibrated and operates at
31 kHz.
OSC2/CLKOUT
CEXT
REXT
PIC® MCU
OSC1/CLKIN
FOSC/4 or
Internal
Clock
VDD
VSS
Recommended values: 10 k REXT 100 k, <3V
3 k REXT 100 k, 3-5V
CEXT > 20 pF, 2-5V
Note 1: Output depends upon CLKOUTEN bit of the
Configuration Words.
I/O(1)
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 67
PIC16(L)F1705/9
6.2.2.1 HFINTOSC
The High-Frequency Internal Oscillator (HFINTOSC) is
a factory calibrated 16 MHz internal clock source. The
frequency of the HFINTOSC can be altered via
software using the OSCTUNE register (Register 6-3).
The output of the HFINTOSC connects to a postscaler
and multiplexer (see Figure 6-1). One of multiple
frequencies derived from the HFINTOSC can be
selected via software using the IRCF<3:0> bits of the
OSCCON register. See Section 6.2.2.7 “Internal
Oscillator Clock Switch Timing” for more information.
The HFINTOSC is enabled by:
Configure the IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON
register for the desired HF frequency, and
•FOSC<2:0> = 100, or
Set the System Clock Source (SCS) bits of the
OSCCON register to ‘1x
A fast start-up oscillator allows internal circuits to power
up and stabilize before switching to HFINTOSC.
The High-Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit
(HFIOFR) of the OSCSTAT register indicates when the
HFINTOSC is running.
The High-Frequency Internal Oscillator Status Locked
bit (HFIOFL) of the OSCSTAT register indicates when
the HFINTOSC is running within 2% of its final value.
The High-Frequency Internal Oscillator Stable bit
(HFIOFS) of the OSCSTAT register indicates when the
HFINTOSC is running within 0.5% of its final value.
6.2.2.2 MFINTOSC
The Medium-Frequency Internal Oscillator
(MFINTOSC) is a factory calibrated 500 kHz internal
clock source. The frequency of the MFINTOSC can be
altered via software using the OSCTUNE register
(Register 6-3).
The output of the MFINTOSC connects to a postscaler
and multiplexer (see Figure 6-1). One of nine
frequencies derived from the MFINTOSC can be
selected via software using the IRCF<3:0> bits of the
OSCCON register. See Section 6.2.2.7 “Internal
Oscillator Clock Switch Timing” for more information.
The MFINTOSC is enabled by:
Configure the IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON
register for the desired HF frequency, and
•FOSC<2:0> = 100, or
Set the System Clock Source (SCS) bits of the
OSCCON register to ‘1x
The Medium-Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit
(MFIOFR) of the OSCSTAT register indicates when the
MFINTOSC is running.
6.2.2.3 Internal Oscillator Frequency
Adjustment
The 500 kHz internal oscillator is factory calibrated.
This internal oscillator can be adjusted in software by
writing to the OSCTUNE register (Register 6-3). Since
the HFINTOSC and MFINTOSC clock sources are
derived from the 500 kHz internal oscillator a change in
the OSCTUNE register value will apply to both.
The default value of the OSCTUNE register is ‘0’. The
value is a 6-bit two’s complement number. A value of
1Fh will provide an adjustment to the maximum
frequency. A value of 20h will provide an adjustment to
the minimum frequency.
When the OSCTUNE register is modified, the oscillator
frequency will begin shifting to the new frequency. Code
execution continues during this shift. There is no
indication that the shift has occurred.
OSCTUNE does not affect the LFINTOSC frequency.
Operation of features that depend on the LFINTOSC
clock source frequency, such as the Power-up Timer
(PWRT), Watchdog Timer (WDT), Fail-Safe Clock
Monitor (FSCM) and peripherals, are not affected by the
change in frequency.
6.2.2.4 LFINTOSC
The Low-Frequency Internal Oscillator (LFINTOSC) is
an uncalibrated 31 kHz internal clock source.
The output of the LFINTOSC connects to a multiplexer
(see Figure 6-1). Select 31 kHz, via software, using the
IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register. See
Section 6.2.2.7 “Internal Oscillator Clock Switch
Timing” for more information. The LFINTOSC is also
the frequency for the Power-up Timer (PWRT),
Watchdog Timer (WDT) and Fail-Safe Clock Monitor
(FSCM).
The LFINTOSC is enabled by selecting 31 kHz
(IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register = 000) as the
system clock source (SCS bits of the OSCCON
register = 1x), or when any of the following are
enabled:
Configure the IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON
register for the desired LF frequency, and
•FOSC<2:0> = 100, or
Set the System Clock Source (SCS) bits of the
OSCCON register to ‘1x
Peripherals that use the LFINTOSC are:
Power-up Timer (PWRT)
Watchdog Timer (WDT)
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM)
The Low-Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit
(LFIOFR) of the OSCSTAT register indicates when the
LFINTOSC is running.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 68 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
6.2.2.5 Internal Oscillator Frequency
Selection
The system clock speed can be selected via software
using the Internal Oscillator Frequency Select bits
IRCF<3:0> of the OSCCON register.
The postscaled output of the 16 MHz HFINTOSC,
500 kHz MFINTOSC, and 31 kHz LFINTOSC connect
to a multiplexer (see Figure 6-1). The Internal Oscillator
Frequency Select bits IRCF<3:0> of the OSCCON
register select the frequency output of the internal
oscillators. One of the following frequencies can be
selected via software:
- 32 MHz (requires 4x PLL)
-16 MHz
-8 MHz
-4 MHz
-2 MHz
-1 MHz
- 500 kHz (default after Reset)
- 250 kHz
- 125 kHz
- 62.5 kHz
- 31.25 kHz
- 31 kHz (LFINTOSC)
The IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register allow
duplicate selections for some frequencies. These
duplicate choices can offer system design trade-offs.
Lower power consumption can be obtained when
changing oscillator sources for a given frequency.
Faster transition times can be obtained between
frequency changes that use the same oscillator source.
6.2.2.6 32 MHz Internal Oscillator
Frequency Selection
The Internal Oscillator Block can be used with the
4x PLL associated with the External Oscillator Block to
produce a 32 MHz internal system clock source. The
following settings are required to use the 32 MHz
internal clock source:
The FOSC bits in Configuration Words must be
set to use the INTOSC source as the device
system clock (FOSC<2:0> = 100).
The SCS bits in the OSCCON register must be
cleared to use the clock determined by
FOSC<2:0> in Configuration Words
(SCS<1:0> = 00).
The IRCF bits in the OSCCON register must be
set to the 8 MHz HFINTOSC set to use
(IRCF<3:0> = 1110).
The SPLLEN bit in the OSCCON register must be
set to enable the 4x PLL, or the PLLEN bit of the
Configuration Words must be programmed to a
1’.
The 4x PLL is not available for use with the internal
oscillator when the SCS bits of the OSCCON register
are set to ‘1x’. The SCS bits must be set to ‘00’ to use
the 4x PLL with the internal oscillator.
Note: Following any Reset, the IRCF<3:0> bits
of the OSCCON register are set to ‘0111
and the frequency selection is set to
500 kHz. The user can modify the IRCF
bits to select a different frequency.
Note: When using the PLLEN bit of the
Configuration Words, the 4x PLL cannot
be disabled by software and the SPLLEN
option will not be available.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 69
PIC16(L)F1705/9
6.2.2.7 Internal Oscillator Clock Switch
Timing
When switching between the HFINTOSC, MFINTOSC
and the LFINTOSC, the new oscillator may already be
shut down to save power (see Figure 6-7). If this is the
case, there is a delay after the IRCF<3:0> bits of the
OSCCON register are modified before the frequency
selection takes place. The OSCSTAT register will
reflect the current active status of the HFINTOSC,
MFINTOSC and LFINTOSC oscillators. The sequence
of a frequency selection is as follows:
1. IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register are
modified.
2. If the new clock is shut down, a clock start-up
delay is started.
3. Clock switch circuitry waits for a falling edge of
the current clock.
4. The current clock is held low and the clock
switch circuitry waits for a rising edge in the new
clock.
5. The new clock is now active.
6. The OSCSTAT register is updated as required.
7. Clock switch is complete.
See Figure 6-7 for more details.
If the internal oscillator speed is switched between two
clocks of the same source, there is no start-up delay
before the new frequency is selected. Clock switching
time delays are shown in Table 6-1.
Start-up delay specifications are located in the
oscillator tables of Section 32.0 “Electrical
Specifications.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 70 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 6-7: INTE RNAL OSCILLATOR SWITCH TIMING
HFINTOSC/
LFINTOSC
IRCF <3:0>
System Clock
HFINTOSC/
LFINTOSC
IRCF <3:0>
System Clock
00
00
Oscillator Delay
(1)
2-cycle Sync Running
2-cycle Sync Running
HFINTOSC/ LFINTOSC (FSCM and WDT disabled)
HFINTOSC/ LFINTOSC (Either FSCM or WDT enabled)
LFINTOSC
HFINTOSC/
IRCF <3:0>
System Clock
= 0 0
2-cycle Sync Running
LFINTOSC HFINTOSC/MFINTOSC LFINTOSC turns off unless WDT or FSCM is enabled
MFINTOSC
MFINTOSC
MFINTOSC
MFINTOSC
MFINTOSC
Oscillator Delay
(1)
Note: See Table 6-1: Oscillator Switching Delays for more information.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 71
PIC16(L)F1705/9
6.3 Clock Switching
The system clock source can be switched between
external and internal clock sources via software using
the System Clock Select (SCS) bits of the OSCCON
register. The following clock sources can be selected
using the SCS bits:
Default system oscillator determined by FOSC
bits in Configuration Words
Timer1 32 kHz crystal oscillator
Internal Oscillator Block (INTOSC)
6.3.1 SYSTEM CLOCK SELECT (SCS)
BITS
The System Clock Select (SCS) bits of the OSCCON
register select the system clock source that is used for
the CPU and peripherals.
When the SCS bits of the OSCCON register = 00,
the system clock source is determined by the
value of the FOSC<2:0> bits in the Configuration
Words.
When the SCS bits of the OSCCON register = 01,
the system clock source is the secondary oscillator.
When the SCS bits of the OSCCON register = 1x,
the system clock source is chosen by the internal
oscillator frequency selected by the IRCF<3:0>
bits of the OSCCON register. After a Reset, the
SCS bits of the OSCCON register are always
cleared.
When switching between clock sources, a delay is
required to allow the new clock to stabilize. These
oscillator delays are shown in Table 6-1.
6.3.2 OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER
STATUS (OSTS) BIT
The Oscillator Start-up Timer Status (OSTS) bit of the
OSCSTAT register indicates whether the system clock
is running from the external clock source, as defined by
the FOSC<2:0> bits in the Configuration Words, or
from the internal clock source. In particular, OSTS
indicates that the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) has
timed out for LP, XT or HS modes. The OST does not
reflect the status of the secondary oscillator.
6.3.3 SECONDARY OSCILLATOR
The secondary oscillator is a separate crystal oscillator
associated with the Timer1 peripheral. It is optimized
for timekeeping operations with a 32.768 kHz crystal
connected between the SOSCO and SOSCI device
pins.
The secondary oscillator is enabled using the
T1OSCEN control bit in the T1CON register. See
Section 25.0 “ T imer1 Modul e with Gate Control” for
more information about the Timer1 peripheral.
6.3.4 SECONDARY OSCILLATOR READY
(SOSCR) BIT
The user must ensure that the secondary oscillator is
ready to be used before it is selected as a system clock
source. The Secondary Oscillator Ready (SOSCR) bit
of the OSCSTAT register indicates whether the
secondary oscillator is ready to be used. After the
SOSCR bit is set, the SCS bits can be configured to
select the secondary oscillator.
Note: Any automatic clock switch, which may
occur from Two-Speed Start-up or
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor, does not update
the SCS bits of the OSCCON register. The
user can monitor the OSTS bit of the
OSCSTAT register to determine the current
system clock source.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 72 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
6.4 Two-Speed Clock Start-up Mode
Two-Speed Start-up mode provides additional power
savings by minimizing the latency between external
oscillator start-up and code execution. In applications
that make heavy use of the Sleep mode, Two-Speed
Start-up will remove the external oscillator start-up
time from the time spent awake and can reduce the
overall power consumption of the device. This mode
allows the application to wake-up from Sleep, perform
a few instructions using the INTOSC internal oscillator
block as the clock source and go back to Sleep without
waiting for the external oscillator to become stable.
Two-Speed Start-up provides benefits when the oscil-
lator module is configured for LP, XT or HS modes.
The Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) is enabled for
these modes and must count 1024 oscillations before
the oscillator can be used as the system clock source.
If the oscillator module is configured for any mode
other than LP, XT or HS mode, then Two-Speed
Start-up is disabled. This is because the external clock
oscillator does not require any stabilization time after
POR or an exit from Sleep.
If the OST count reaches 1024 before the device
enters Sleep mode, the OSTS bit of the OSCSTAT
register is set and program execution switches to the
external oscillator. However, the system may never
operate from the external oscillator if the time spent
awake is very short.
6.4.1 TWO-SPEED START-UP MODE
CONFIGURATION
Two-Speed Start-up mode is configured by the
following settings:
IESO (of the Configuration Words) = 1;
Internal/External Switchover bit (Two-Speed
Start-up mode enabled).
SCS (of the OSCCON register) = 00.
FOSC<2:0> bits in the Configuration Words
configured for LP, XT or HS mode.
Two-Speed Start-up mode is entered after:
Power-on Reset (POR) and, if enabled, after
Power-up Timer (PWRT) has expired, or
Wake-up from Sleep.
TABLE 6-1: OSCILLATOR SWITCHING DELAYS
Note: Executing a SLEEP instruction will abort
the oscillator start-up time and will cause
the OSTS bit of the OSCSTAT register to
remain clear.
Switch From Switch To Frequency Oscillator Delay
Sleep/POR
LFINTOSC(1)
MFINTOSC(1)
HFINTOSC(1)
31 kHz
31.25 kHz-500 kHz
31.25kHz-16MHz
2 cycles
Sleep/POR EC, RC(1) DC – 32 MHz 2 cycles
LFINTOSC EC, RC(1) DC – 32 MHz 1 cycle of each
Sleep/POR Secondary Oscillator
LP, XT, HS(1) 32 kHz-20 MHz 1024 Clock Cycles (OST)
Any clock source MFINTOSC(1)
HFINTOSC(1) 31.25 kHz-500 kHz
31.25kHz-16MHz 2s (approx.)
Any clock source LFINTOSC(1) 31 kHz 1 cycle of each
Any clock source Secondary Oscillator 32 kHz 1024 Clock Cycles (OST)
PLL inactive PLL active 16-32 MHz 2 ms (approx.)
Note 1: PLL inactive.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 73
PIC16(L)F1705/9
6.4.2 TWO-SPEED START-UP
SEQUENCE
1. Wake-up from Power-on Reset or Sleep.
2. Instructions begin execution by the internal
oscillator at the frequency set in the IRCF<3:0>
bits of the OSCCON register.
3. OST enabled to count 1024 clock cycles.
4. OST timed out, wait for falling edge of the
internal oscillator.
5. OSTS is set.
6. System clock held low until the next falling edge
of new clock (LP, XT or HS mode).
7. System clock is switched to external clock
source.
6.4.3 CHECKING TWO-SPEED CLOCK
STATUS
Checking the state of the OSTS bit of the OSCSTAT
register will confirm if the microcontroller is running
from the external clock source, as defined by the
FOSC<2:0> bits in the Configuration Words, or the
internal oscillator.
FIGURE 6-8: TWO -SPEED START-UP
0 1 1022 1023
PC + 1
TOSTT
INTOSC
OSC1
OSC2
Program Counter
System Clock
PC - N PC
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 74 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
6.5 Fail-Safe Clock Monitor
The Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) allows the device
to continue operating should the external oscillator fail.
The FSCM can detect oscillator failure any time after
the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) has expired. The
FSCM is enabled by setting the FCMEN bit in the
Configuration Words. The FSCM is applicable to all
external Oscillator modes (LP, XT, HS, EC, Secondary
Oscillator and RC).
FIGURE 6-9: FSCM BLOCK DIAGRAM
6.5.1 FAIL-SAFE DETECTION
The FSCM module detects a failed oscillator by
comparing the external oscillator to the FSCM sample
clock. The sample clock is generated by dividing the
LFINTOSC by 64. See Figure 6-9. Inside the fail
detector block is a latch. The external clock sets the
latch on each falling edge of the external clock. The
sample clock clears the latch on each rising edge of the
sample clock. A failure is detected when an entire
half-cycle of the sample clock elapses before the
external clock goes low.
6.5.2 FAIL-SAFE OPERATION
When the external clock fails, the FSCM switches the
device clock to an internal clock source and sets the bit
flag OSFIF of the PIR2 register. Setting this flag will
generate an interrupt if the OSFIE bit of the PIE2
register is also set. The device firmware can then take
steps to mitigate the problems that may arise from a
failed clock. The system clock will continue to be
sourced from the internal clock source until the device
firmware successfully restarts the external oscillator
and switches back to external operation.
The internal clock source chosen by the FSCM is
determined by the IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON
register. This allows the internal oscillator to be
configured before a failure occurs.
6.5.3 FAIL-SAFE CONDITION CLEARING
The Fail-Safe condition is cleared after a Reset,
executing a SLEEP instruction or changing the SCS bits
of the OSCCON register. When the SCS bits are
changed, the OST is restarted. While the OST is
running, the device continues to operate from the
INTOSC selected in OSCCON. When the OST times
out, the Fail-Safe condition is cleared after successfully
switching to the external clock source. The OSFIF bit
should be cleared prior to switching to the external
clock source. If the Fail-Safe condition still exists, the
OSFIF flag will again become set by hardware.
6.5.4 RESET OR WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP
The FSCM is designed to detect an oscillator failure
after the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) has expired.
The OST is used after waking up from Sleep and after
any type of Reset. The OST is not used with the EC or
RC Clock modes so that the FSCM will be active as
soon as the Reset or wake-up has completed. When
the FSCM is enabled, the Two-Speed Start-up is also
enabled. Therefore, the device will always be executing
code while the OST is operating.
6.5.5 CLOCK SWITCH BEFORE SLEEP
When a clock switch from an old clock to a new clock is
requested just prior to entering Sleep mode, it is
necessary to confirm that the switch is complete before
the SLEEP instruction is executed. Failure to do so may
result in an incomplete switch and consequential loss
of the system clock altogether. Clock switching is
confirmed by monitoring the clock Status bits in the
OSCSTAT register. Switch confirmation can be
accomplished by sensing that the Ready bit for the new
clock is set or the Ready bit for the old clock is cleared.
For example, when switching between the internal
oscillator with the PLL and the internal oscillator without
the PLL, monitor the PLLR bit. When PLLR is set, the
switch to 32 MHz operation is complete. Conversely,
when PLLR is cleared, the switch from 32 MHz
operation to the selected internal clock is complete.
External
LFINTOSC ÷ 64
S
R
Q
31 kHz
(~32 s)
488 Hz
(~2 ms)
Clock Monitor
Latch
Clock
Failure
Detected
Oscillator
Clock
Q
Sample Clock
Note: Due to the wide range of oscillator start-up
times, the Fail-Safe circuit is not active
during oscillator start-up (i.e., after exiting
Reset or Sleep). After an appropriate
amount of time, the user should check the
Status bits in the OSCSTAT register to
verify the oscillator start-up and that the
system clock switchover has successfully
completed.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 75
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 6-10: FSCM TIMING DIAGRAM
OSCFIF
System
Clock
Output
Sample Clock
Failure
Detected
Oscillator
Failure
Note: The system clock is normally at a much higher frequency than the sample clock. The relative frequencies in
this example have been chosen for clarity.
(Q)
Te s t Test Test
Clock Monitor Output
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 76 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
6.6 Register Definitions: Oscillator Control
REGISTER 6-1: OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
SPLLEN IRCF<3:0> SCS<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 SPLLEN: Software PLL Enable bit
If PLLEN in Configuration Words = 1:
SPLLEN bit is ignored. 4x PLL is always enabled (subject to oscillator requirements)
If PLLEN in Configuration Words = 0:
1 = 4x PLL Is enabled
0 = 4x PLL is disabled
bit 6-3 IRCF<3:0>: Internal Oscillator Frequency Select bits
1111 = 16 MHz HF
1110 = 8 MHz or 32 MHz HF(2)
1101 =4MHz HF
1100 =2MHz HF
1011 =1MHz HF
1010 = 500 kHz HF(1)
1001 = 250 kHz HF(1)
1000 = 125 kHz HF(1)
0111 = 500 kHz MF (default upon Reset)
0110 = 250 kHz MF
0101 = 125 kHz MF
0100 = 62.5 kHz MF
0011 = 31.25 kHz HF(1)
0010 = 31.25 kHz MF
000x =31kHz LF
bit 2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 1-0 SCS<1:0>: System Clock Select bits
1x = Internal oscillator block
01 = Secondary oscillator
00 = Clock determined by FOSC<2:0> in Configuration Words
Note 1: Duplicate frequency derived from HFINTOSC.
2: 32 MHz when SPLLEN bit is set. Refer to Section 6.2.2.6 “32 MHz Internal Oscillator Frequency
Selection”.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 77
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 6-2: OSCSTAT: OSCILLATOR STATUS REGISTER
R-1/q R-0/q R-q/q R-0/q R-0/q R-q/q R-0/0 R-0/q
SOSCR PLLR OSTS HFIOFR HFIOFL MFIOFR LFIOFR HFIOFS
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Conditional
bit 7 SOSCR: Secondary Oscillator Ready bit
If T1OSCEN = 1:
1 = Secondary oscillator is ready
0 = Secondary oscillator is not ready
If T1OSCEN = 0:
1 = Secondary clock source is always ready
bit 6 PLLR 4x PLL Ready bit
1 = 4x PLL is ready
0 = 4x PLL is not ready
bit 5 OSTS: Oscillator Start-up Timer Status bit
1 = Running from the clock defined by the FOSC<2:0> bits of the Configuration Words
0 = Running from an internal oscillator (FOSC<2:0> = 100)
bit 4 HFIOFR: High-Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit
1 = HFINTOSC is ready
0 = HFINTOSC is not ready
bit 3 HFIOFL: High-Frequency Internal Oscillator Locked bit
1 = HFINTOSC is at least 2% accurate
0 = HFINTOSC is not 2% accurate
bit 2 MFIOFR: Medium-Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit
1 = MFINTOSC is ready
0 = MFINTOSC is not ready
bit 1 LFIOFR: Low-Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit
1 = LFINTOSC is ready
0 = LFINTOSC is not ready
bit 0 HFIOFS: High-Frequency Internal Oscillator Stable bit
1 = HFINTOSC is at least 0.5% accurate
0 = HFINTOSC is not 0.5% accurate
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 78 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 6-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CLOCK SOURCES
TABLE 6-3: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH CLOCK SOURCES
REGISTER 6-3: OSCTUNE: OSCILLATOR TUNING REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
TUN<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as0
bit 5-0 TUN<5:0>: Frequency Tuning bits
100000 = Minimum frequency
111111 =
000000 = Oscillator module is running at the factory-calibrated frequency
000001 =
011110 =
011111 = Maximum frequency
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
OSCCON SPLLEN IRCF<3:0> —SCS<1:0>76
OSCSTAT SOSCR PLLR OSTS HFIOFR HFIOFL MFIOFR LFIOFR HFIOFS 77
OSCTUNE —TUN<5:0>78
PIR2 OSFIF C2IF C1IF BCL1IF TMR6IF TMR4IF CCP2IF 89
PIE2 OSFIE C2IE C1IE BCL1IE TMR6IE TMR4IE CCP2IE 86
T1CON TMR1CS<1:0> T1CKPS<1:0> T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1ON 254
Legend: = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by clock sources.
Name Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 1 1/3 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 Bit 8/0 Register
on Page
CONFIG1 13:8 FCMEN IESO CLKOUTEN BOREN<1:0> 48
7:0 CP MCLRE PWRTE WDTE<1:0> FOSC<2:0>
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by clock sources.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 79
PIC16(L)F1705/9
7.0 PIC16(L)F1705/9 INTERRUPTS
The interrupt feature allows certain events to preempt
normal program flow. Firmware is used to determine
the source of the interrupt and act accordingly. Some
interrupts can be configured to wake the MCU from
Sleep mode.
This chapter contains the following information for
Interrupts:
Operation
Interrupt Latency
Interrupts During Sleep
•INT Pin
Automatic Context Saving
Many peripherals produce interrupts. Refer to the
corresponding chapters for details.
A block diagram of the interrupt logic is shown in
Figure 7-1.
FIGURE 7-1: INTERRUP T LOGIC
TMR0IF
TMR0IE
INTF
INTE
IOCIF
IOCIE Interrupt
to CPU
Wake-up
(If in Sleep mode)
GIE
(TMR1IF) PIR1<0>
PIRn<7>
PEIE
(TMR1IE) PIE1<0>
Peripheral Interrupts
PIEn<7>
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 80 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
7.1 Operation
Interrupts are disabled upon any device Reset. They
are enabled by setting the following bits:
GIE bit of the INTCON register
Interrupt Enable bit(s) for the specific interrupt
event(s)
PEIE bit of the INTCON register (if the Interrupt
Enable bit of the interrupt event is contained in the
PIE1 or PIE2 registers)
The INTCON, PIR1 and PIR2 registers record individ-
ual interrupts via interrupt flag bits. Interrupt flag bits will
be set, regardless of the status of the GIE, PEIE and
individual interrupt enable bits.
The following events happen when an interrupt event
occurs while the GIE bit is set:
Current prefetched instruction is flushed
GIE bit is cleared
Current Program Counter (PC) is pushed onto the
stack
Critical registers are automatically saved to the
shadow registers (See Sec tion 7.5 “Automatic
Context Savi ng”)
PC is loaded with the interrupt vector 0004h
The firmware within the Interrupt Service Routine (ISR)
should determine the source of the interrupt by polling
the interrupt flag bits. The interrupt flag bits must be
cleared before exiting the ISR to avoid repeated
interrupts. Because the GIE bit is cleared, any interrupt
that occurs while executing the ISR will be recorded
through its interrupt flag, but will not cause the
processor to redirect to the interrupt vector.
The RETFIE instruction exits the ISR by popping the
previous address from the stack, restoring the saved
context from the shadow registers and setting the GIE
bit.
For additional information on a specific interrupt’s
operation, refer to its peripheral chapter.
7.2 Interrupt Latency
Interrupt latency is defined as the time from when the
interrupt event occurs to the time code execution at the
interrupt vector begins. The latency for synchronous
interrupts is three or four instruction cycles. For
asynchronous interrupts, the latency is three to five
instruction cycles, depending on when the interrupt
occurs. See Figure 7-2 and Figure 7-3 for more details.
Note 1: Individual interrupt flag bits are set,
regardless of the state of any other
enable bits.
2: All interrupts will be ignored while the GIE
bit is cleared. Any interrupt occurring
while the GIE bit is clear will be serviced
when the GIE bit is set again.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 81
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 7-2: INTE RRUPT LATENCY
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
CLKR
PC 0004h 0005h
PC
Inst(0004h)NOP
GIE
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
1 Cycle Instruction at PC
PC
Inst(0004h)NOP
2 Cycle Instruction at PC
FSR ADDR PC+1 PC+2 0004h 0005h
PC
Inst(0004h)NOP
GIE
PCPC-1
3 Cycle Instruction at PC
Execute
Interrupt
Inst(PC)
Interrupt Sampled
during Q1
Inst(PC)
PC-1 PC+1
NOP
PC New PC/
PC+1 0005hPC-1 PC+1/FSR
ADDR 0004h
NOP
Interrupt
GIE
Interrupt
INST(PC) NOPNOP
FSR ADDR PC+1 PC+2 0004h 0005h
PC
Inst(0004h)NOP
GIE
PCPC-1
3 Cycle Instruction at PC
Interrupt
INST(PC) NOPNOP NOP
Inst(0005h)
Execute
Execute
Execute
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 82 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 7-3: INT PIN INTERRUPT TIMING
Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4
OSC1
CLKOUT
INT pin
INTF
GIE
INSTRUCTION FLOW
PC
Instruction
Fetched
Instruction
Executed
Interrupt Latency
PC PC + 1 PC + 1 0004h 0005h
Inst (0004h) Inst (0005h)
Forced NOP
Inst (PC) Inst (PC + 1)
Inst (PC – 1) Inst (0004h)
Forced NOP
Inst (PC)
Note 1: INTF flag is sampled here (every Q1).
2: Asynchronous interrupt latency = 3-5 TCY. Synchronous latency = 3-4 TCY, where TCY = instruction cycle time.
Latency is the same whether Inst (PC) is a single cycle or a 2-cycle instruction.
3: CLKOUT not available in all oscillator modes.
4: For minimum width of INT pulse, refer to AC specifications in Section 32.0 “Electrical Specifications”.
5: INTF is enabled to be set any time during the Q4-Q1 cycles.
(1) (2)
(3) (4)
(5)
(1)
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 83
PIC16(L)F1705/9
7.3 Interrupts During Sleep
Some interrupts can be used to wake from Sleep. To
wake from Sleep, the peripheral must be able to
operate without the system clock. The interrupt source
must have the appropriate Interrupt Enable bit(s) set
prior to entering Sleep.
On waking from Sleep, if the GIE bit is also set, the
processor will branch to the interrupt vector. Otherwise,
the processor will continue executing instructions after
the SLEEP instruction. The instruction directly after the
SLEEP instruction will always be executed before
branching to the ISR. Refer to Section 8.0
“Power-Down Mode (Sleep)” for more details.
7.4 INT Pin
The INT pin can be used to generate an asynchronous
edge-triggered interrupt. This interrupt is enabled by
setting the INTE bit of the INTCON register. The
INTEDG bit of the OPTION_REG register determines on
which edge the interrupt will occur. When the INTEDG
bit is set, the rising edge will cause the interrupt. When
the INTEDG bit is clear, the falling edge will cause the
interrupt. The INTF bit of the INTCON register will be set
when a valid edge appears on the INT pin. If the GIE and
INTE bits are also set, the processor will redirect
program execution to the interrupt vector.
7.5 Automatic Context Saving
Upon entering an interrupt, the return PC address is
saved on the stack. Additionally, the following registers
are automatically saved in the shadow registers:
W register
STATUS register (except for TO and PD)
BSR register
FSR registers
PCLATH register
Upon exiting the Interrupt Service Routine, these regis-
ters are automatically restored. Any modifications to
these registers during the ISR will be lost. If modifica-
tions to any of these registers are desired, the corre-
sponding shadow register should be modified and the
value will be restored when exiting the ISR. The
shadow registers are available in Bank 31 and are
readable and writable. Depending on the user’s
application, other registers may also need to be saved.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 84 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
7.6 R e g is t er D e finitions : Inter r u pt C on trol
REGISTER 7-1: INTCON: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R-0/0
GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 GIE: Global Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables all active interrupts
0 = Disables all interrupts
bit 6 PEIE: Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables all active peripheral interrupts
0 = Disables all peripheral interrupts
bit 5 TMR0IE: Timer0 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer0 interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer0 interrupt
bit 4 INTE: INT External Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the INT external interrupt
0 = Disables the INT external interrupt
bit 3 IOCIE: Interrupt-on-Change Enable bit
1 = Enables the interrupt-on-change
0 = Disables the interrupt-on-change
bit 2 TMR0IF: Timer0 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR0 register has overflowed
0 = TMR0 register did not overflow
bit 1 INTF: INT External Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The INT external interrupt occurred
0 = The INT external interrupt did not occur
bit 0 IOCIF: Interrupt-on-Change Interrupt Flag bit(1)
1 = When at least one of the interrupt-on-change pins changed state
0 = None of the interrupt-on-change pins have changed state
Note 1: The IOCIF Flag bit is read-only and cleared when all the interrupt-on-change flags in the IOCxF registers
have been cleared by software.
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs, regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON register.
User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear
prior to enabling an interrupt.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 85
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 7-2: PIE1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 1
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSP1IE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 TMR1GIE: Timer1 Gate Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer1 gate acquisition interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer1 gate acquisition interrupt
bit 6 ADIE: Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the ADC interrupt
0 = Disables the ADC interrupt
bit 5 RCIE: USART Receive Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the USART receive interrupt
0 = Disables the USART receive interrupt
bit 4 TXIE: USART Transmit Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the USART transmit interrupt
0 = Disables the USART transmit interrupt
bit 3 SSP1IE: Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the MSSP interrupt
0 = Disables the MSSP interrupt
bit 2 CCP1IE: CCP1 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the CCP1 interrupt
0 = Disables the CCP1 interrupt
bit 1 TMR2IE: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer2 to PR2 match interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer2 to PR2 match interrupt
bit 0 TMR1IE: Timer1 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer1 overflow interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer1 overflow interrupt
Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be
set to enable any peripheral interrupt.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 86 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 7-3: PIE2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 2
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
OSFIE C2IE C1IE BCL1IE TMR6IE TMR4IE CCP2IE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 OSFIE: Oscillator Fail Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Oscillator Fail interrupt
0 = Disables the Oscillator Fail interrupt
bit 6 C2IE: Comparator C2 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Comparator C2 interrupt
0 = Disables the Comparator C2 interrupt
bit 5 C1IE: Comparator C1 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Comparator C1 interrupt
0 = Disables the Comparator C1 interrupt
bit 4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 3 BCL1IE: MSSP Bus Collision Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the MSSP Bus Collision interrupt
0 = Disables the MSSP Bus Collision interrupt
bit 2 TMR6IE: TMR6 to PR6 Match Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer6 to PR6 match interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer6 to PR6 match interrupt
bit 1 TMR4IE: TMR4to PR4 Match Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer4 to PR4 match interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer4 to PR4 match interrupt
bit 0 CCP2IE: CCP2 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the CCP2 interrupt
0 = Disables the CCP2 interrupt
Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be
set to enable any peripheral interrupt.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 87
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 7-4: PIE3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 3
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
COGIE ZCDIE CLC3IE CLC2IE CLC1IE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5 COGIE: COG Auto-Shutdown Interrupt Enable bit
1 = COG interrupt enabled
0 = COG interrupt disabled
bit 4 ZCDIE: Zero-Cross Detection Interrupt Enable bit
1 = ZCD interrupt enabled
0 = ZCD interrupt disabled
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 2 CLC3IE: CLC3 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CLC3 interrupt enabled
0 = CLC3 interrupt disabled
bit 1 CLC2IE: CLC2 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CLC2 interrupt enabled
0 = CLC2 interrupt disabled
bit 0 CLC1IE: CLC1 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CLC1 interrupt enabled
0 = CLC1 interrupt disabled
Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be
set to enable any peripheral interrupt.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 88 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 7-5: PIR1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 1
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSP1IF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 TMR1GIF: Timer1 Gate Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 6 ADIF: Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 5 RCIF: USART Receive Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 4 TXIF: USART Transmit Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 3 SSP1IF: Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 2 CCP1IF: CCP1 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 1 TMR2IF: Timer2 to PR2 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 0 TMR1IF: Timer1 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs, regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON register.
User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear
prior to enabling an interrupt.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 89
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 7-6: PIR2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 2
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
OSFIF C2IF C1IF BCL1IF TMR6IF TMR4IF CCP2IF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 OSFIF: Oscillator Fail Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 6 C2IF: Comparator C2 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 5 C1IF: Comparator C1 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 3 BCL1IF: MSSP Bus Collision Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 2 TMR6IF: Timer6 to PR6 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 1 TMR4IF: Timer4 to PR4 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 0 CCP2IF: CCP2 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs, regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON register.
User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear
prior to enabling an interrupt.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 90 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 7-7: PIR3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 3
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
COGIF ZCDIF CLC3IF CLC2IF CLC1IF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5 COGIF: COG Auto-Shutdown Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 4 ZCDIF: Zero-Cross Detection Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 2 CLC3IF: CLC3 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 1 CLC2IF: CLC2 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 0 CLC1IF: CLC1 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs, regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON register.
User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear
prior to enabling an interrupt.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 91
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 7-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERRUPTS
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
OPTION_REG WPUEN INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE PSA PS<2:0> 245
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSP1IE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 85
PIE2 OSFIE C2IE C1IE BCL1IE TMR6IE TMR4IE CCP2IE 86
PIE3 COGIE ZCDIE CLC3IE CLC2IE CLC1IE 87
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSP1IF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 88
PIR2 OSFIF C2IF C1IF BCL1IF TMR6IF TMR4IF CCP2IF 89
PIR3 COGIF ZCDIF CLC3IF CLC2IF CLC1IF 90
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as0’. Shaded cells are not used by interrupts.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 92 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
8.0 POWER-DOWN MODE (SLEEP)
The Power-down mode is entered by executing a
SLEEP instruction.
Upon entering Sleep mode, the following conditions
exist:
1. WDT will be cleared but keeps running, if
enabled for operation during Sleep.
2. PD bit of the STATUS register is cleared.
3. TO bit of the STATUS register is set.
4. CPU clock is disabled.
5. 31 kHz LFINTOSC is unaffected and peripherals
that operate from it may continue operation in
Sleep.
6. Timer1 and peripherals that operate from
Timer1 continue operation in Sleep when the
Timer1 clock source selected is:
•LFINTOSC
•T1CKI
Secondary oscillator
7. ADC is unaffected, if the dedicated FRC
oscillator is selected.
8. I/O ports maintain the status they had before
SLEEP was executed (driving high, low or
high-impedance).
9. Resets other than WDT are not affected by
Sleep mode.
Refer to individual chapters for more details on
peripheral operation during Sleep.
To minimize current consumption, the following
conditions should be considered:
I/O pins should not be floating
External circuitry sinking current from I/O pins
Internal circuitry sourcing current from I/O pins
Current draw from pins with internal weak pull-ups
Modules using 31 kHz LFINTOSC
Modules using secondary oscillator
I/O pins that are high-impedance inputs should be
pulled to VDD or VSS externally to avoid switching
currents caused by floating inputs.
Examples of internal circuitry that might be sourcing
current include modules such as the DAC and FVR
modules. See Section 22.0 “8-Bit Digital-to-Analog
Converter (DAC1) Module” and Sec t ion 14.0 “Fixed
Voltage Reference (FVR)” for more information on
these modules.
8.1 Wake-up from Sleep
The device can wake-up from Sleep through one of the
following events:
1. External Reset input on MCLR pin, if enabled
2. BOR Reset, if enabled
3. POR Reset
4. Watchdog Timer, if enabled
5. Any external interrupt
6. Interrupts by peripherals capable of running
during Sleep (see individual peripheral for more
information)
The first three events will cause a device Reset. The
last three events are considered a continuation of
program execution. To determine whether a device
Reset or wake-up event occurred, refer to
Section 5.12 “Determining the Cause of a Reset”.
When the SLEEP instruction is being executed, the next
instruction (PC + 1) is prefetched. For the device to
wake-up through an interrupt event, the corresponding
interrupt enable bit must be enabled. Wake-up will
occur regardless of the state of the GIE bit. If the GIE
bit is disabled, the device continues execution at the
instruction after the SLEEP instruction. If the GIE bit is
enabled, the device executes the instruction after the
SLEEP instruction, the device will then call the Interrupt
Service Routine. In cases where the execution of the
instruction following SLEEP is not desirable, the user
should have a NOP after the SLEEP instruction.
The WDT is cleared when the device wakes up from
Sleep, regardless of the source of wake-up.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 93
PIC16(L)F1705/9
8.1.1 WAKE-UP USING INTERRUPTS
When global interrupts are disabled (GIE cleared) and
any interrupt source has both its interrupt enable bit
and interrupt flag bit set, one of the following will occur:
If the interrupt occurs before the execution of a
SLEEP instruction
-SLEEP instruction will execute as a NOP
- WDT and WDT prescaler will not be cleared
-TO
bit of the STATUS register will not be set
-PD
bit of the STATUS register will not be
cleared
If the interrupt occurs during or after the execu-
tion of a SLEEP instruction
-SLEEP instruction will be completely
executed
- Device will immediately wake-up from Sleep
- WDT and WDT prescaler will be cleared
-TO
bit of the STATUS register will be set
-PD bit of the STATUS register will be cleared
Even if the flag bits were checked before executing a
SLEEP instruction, it may be possible for flag bits to
become set before the SLEEP instruction completes. To
determine whether a SLEEP instruction executed, test
the PD bit. If the PD bit is set, the SLEEP instruction
was executed as a NOP.
FIGURE 8-1: WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP THROUGH INTERRUPT
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
CLKIN(1)
CLKOUT(2)
Interrupt flag
GIE bit
(INTCON reg.)
Instruction Flow
PC
Instruction
Fetched
Instruction
Executed
PC PC + 1 PC + 2
Inst(PC) = Sleep
Inst(PC - 1)
Inst(PC + 1)
Sleep
Processor in
Sleep
Interrupt Latency(4)
Inst(PC + 2)
Inst(PC + 1)
Inst(0004h) Inst(0005h)
Inst(0004h)
Forced NOP
PC + 2 0004h 0005h
Forced NOP
TOST(3)
PC + 2
Note 1: External clock. High, Medium, Low mode assumed.
2: CLKOUT is shown here for timing reference.
3: TOST = 1024 TOSC. This delay does not apply to EC, RC and INTOSC Oscillator modes or Two-Speed Start-up (see Section 6.4
“Two-Speed Clock Start-up Mode”.
4: GIE = 1 assumed. In this case after wake-up, the processor calls the ISR at 0004h. If GIE = 0, execution will continue in-line.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 94 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
8.2 Low-Power Sleep Mode
The PIC16F1705/9 devices contain an internal Low
Dropout (LDO) voltage regulator, which allows the
device I/O pins to operate at voltages up to 5.5V while
the internal device logic operates at a lower voltage.
The LDO and its associated reference circuitry must
remain active when the device is in Sleep mode. The
PIC16F1705/9 allow the user to optimize the operating
current in Sleep, depending on the application
requirements.
A Low-Power Sleep mode can be selected by setting
the VREGPM bit of the VREGCON register. With this
bit set, the LDO and reference circuitry are placed in a
low-power state when the device is in Sleep.
8.2.1 SLEEP CURRENT VS. WAKE-UP
TIME
In the default operating mode, the LDO and reference
circuitry remain in the normal configuration while in
Sleep. The device is able to exit Sleep mode quickly
since all circuits remain active. In Low-Power Sleep
mode, when waking up from Sleep, an extra delay time
is required for these circuits to return to the normal
configuration and stabilize.
The Low-Power Sleep mode is beneficial for applica-
tions that stay in Sleep mode for long periods of time.
The Normal mode is beneficial for applications that
need to wake from Sleep quickly and frequently.
8.2.2 PERIPHERAL USAGE IN SLEEP
Some peripherals that can operate in Sleep mode will
not operate properly with the Low-Power Sleep mode
selected. The Low-Power Sleep mode is intended for
use only with the following peripherals:
Brown-Out Reset (BOR)
Watchdog Timer (WDT)
External interrupt pin/Interrupt-on-change pins
Timer1 (with external clock source <100 kHz)
Note: The PIC16LF1705/9 do not have a
configurable Low-Power Sleep mode.
PIC16LF1705/9 are unregulated devices
and are always in the lowest power state
when in Sleep, with no wake-up time
penalty. These devices have a lower
maximum VDD and I/O voltage than the
PIC16F1705/9. See Section 32.0
“Electrical Specifications” for more
information.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 95
PIC16(L)F1705/9
8.3 Register Definitions: Voltage Regulator Control
TABLE 8-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH POWER-DOWN MODE
REGISTER 8-1: VREGCON: VOLTAGE REGULATOR CONTROL REGISTER(1)
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1
—VREGPMReserved
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 1 VREGPM: Voltage Regulator Power Mode Selection bit
1 = Low-Power Sleep mode enabled in Sleep(2)
Draws lowest current in Sleep, slower wake-up
0 = Normal-Power mode enabled in Sleep(2)
Draws higher current in Sleep, faster wake-up
bit 0 Reserved: Read as ‘1’. Maintain this bit set.
Note 1: PIC16F1705/9 only.
2: See Section 32.0 “Electrical Specifications”.
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
IOCAP IOCAP5 IOCAP4 IOCAP3 IOCAP2 IOCAP1 IOCAP0 146
IOCAN IOCAN5 IOCAN4 IOCAN3 IOCAN2 IOCAN1 IOCAN0 146
IOCAF IOCAF5 IOCAF4 IOCAF3 IOCAF2 IOCAF1 IOCAF0 147
IOCBP(1) IOCBP7 IOCBP6 IOCBP5 IOCBP4 147
IOCBN(1) IOCBN7 IOCBN6 IOCBN5 IOCBN4 148
IOCBF(1) IOCBF7 IOCBF6 IOCBF5 IOCBF4 148
IOCCP IOCCP7(1) IOCCP6(1) IOCCP5 IOCCP4 IOCCP3 IOCCP2 IOCCP1 IOCCP0 149
IOCCN IOCCN7(1) IOCCN6(1) IOCCN5 IOCCN4 IOCCN3 IOCCN2 IOCCN1 IOCCN0 149
IOCCF IOCCF7(1) IOCCF6(1) IOCCF5 IOCCF4 IOCCF3 IOCCF2 IOCCF1 IOCCF0 149
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSP1IE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 85
PIE2 OSFIE C2IE C1IE BCL1IE TMR6IE TMR4IE CCP2IE 86
PIE3 COGIE ZCDIE CLC3IE CLC2IE CLC1IE 87
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSP1IF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 88
PIR2 OSFIF C2IF C1IF BCL1IF TMR6IF TMR4IF CCP2IF 89
PIR3 COGIF ZCDIF CLC3IF CLC2IF CLC1IF 90
STATUS —TOPD ZDC C 22
VREGCON(2) —VREGPMReserved 95
WDTCON —WDTPS<4:0>SWDTEN99
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0. Shaded cells are not used in Power-Down mode.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2: PIC16F1705/9 only.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 96 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
9.0 WATCHDOG TIMER (WDT)
The Watchdog Timer is a system timer that generates
a Reset if the firmware does not issue a CLRWDT
instruction within the time-out period. The Watchdog
Timer is typically used to recover the system from
unexpected events.
The WDT has the following features:
Independent clock source
Multiple operating modes
- WDT is always on
- WDT is off when in Sleep
- WDT is controlled by software
- WDT is always off
Configurable time-out period is from 1 ms to 256
seconds (nominal)
Multiple Reset conditions
Operation during Sleep
FIGURE 9-1: WATCHDOG TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM
LFINTOSC 23-bit Programmable
Prescaler WDT WDT Time-out
WDTPS<4:0>
SWDTEN
Sleep
WDTE<1:0> = 11
WDTE<1:0> = 01
WDTE<1:0> = 10
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 97
PIC16(L)F1705/9
9.1 Independent Clock Source
The WDT derives its time base from the 31 kHz
LFINTOSC internal oscillator. Time intervals in this
chapter are based on a nominal interval of 1 ms. See
Table : for the LFINTOSC specification.
9.2 WDT Operating Modes
The Watchdog Timer module has four operating modes
controlled by the WDTE<1:0> bits in Configuration
Words. See Ta bl e 9 - 1 .
9.2.1 WDT IS ALWAYS ON
When the WDTE bits of Configuration Words are set to
11’, the WDT is always on.
WDT protection is active during Sleep.
9.2.2 WDT IS OFF IN SLEEP
When the WDTE bits of Configuration Words are set to
10’, the WDT is on, except in Sleep.
WDT protection is not active during Sleep.
9.2.3 WDT CONTROLLED BY SOFTWARE
When the WDTE bits of Configuration Words are set to
01’, the WDT is controlled by the SWDTEN bit of the
WDTCON register.
WDT protection is unchanged by Sleep. See Table 9-1
for more details.
TABLE 9-1: WDT OPERATING MODES
9.3 Time-Out Pe riod
The WDTPS bits of the WDTCON register set the
time-out period from 1 ms to 256 seconds (nominal).
After a Reset, the default time-out period is two
seconds.
9.4 Clearing the WDT
The WDT is cleared when any of the following
conditions occur:
•Any Reset
CLRWDT instruction is executed
Device enters Sleep
Device wakes up from Sleep
Oscillator fail
WDT is disabled
Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) is running
See Table 9-2 for more information.
9.5 Operation During Sleep
When the device enters Sleep, the WDT is cleared. If
the WDT is enabled during Sleep, the WDT resumes
counting.
When the device exits Sleep, the WDT is cleared
again. The WDT remains clear until the OST, if
enabled, completes. See Section 6.0 “Oscillator
Module (with Fail-Safe Clock Monitor)” for more
information on the OST.
When a WDT time-out occurs while the device is in
Sleep, no Reset is generated. Instead, the device
wakes up and resumes operation. The TO and PD bits
in the STATUS register are changed to indicate the
event. See STATUS Register (Register 3-1) for more
information.
WDTE<1:0> SWDTEN Device
Mode WDT
Mode
11 X XActive
10 X Awake Active
Sleep Disabled
01 1XActive
0Disabled
00 X XDisabled
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 98 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 9-2: WDT CLEARING CONDITIONS
Conditions WDT
WDTE<1:0> = 00
Cleared
WDTE<1:0> = 01 and SWDTEN = 0
WDTE<1:0> = 10 and enter Sleep
CLRWDT Command
Oscillator Fail Detected
Exit Sleep + System Clock = T1OSC, EXTRC, INTOSC, EXTCLK
Exit Sleep + System Clock = XT, HS, LP Cleared until the end of OST
Change INTOSC divider (IRCF bits) Unaffected
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 99
PIC16(L)F1705/9
9.6 Register Definitions: Watchdog Control
REGISTER 9-1: WDTCON: WATCHDOG TIMER CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-0/0
WDTPS<4:0>(1) SWDTEN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -m/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-1 WDTPS<4:0>: Watchdog Timer Period Select bits(1)
Bit Value = Prescale Rate
11111 = Reserved. Results in minimum interval (1:32)
10011 = Reserved. Results in minimum interval (1:32)
10010 = 1:8388608 (223) (Interval 256s nominal)
10001 = 1:4194304 (222) (Interval 128s nominal)
10000 = 1:2097152 (221) (Interval 64s nominal)
01111 = 1:1048576 (220) (Interval 32s nominal)
01110 = 1:524288 (219) (Interval 16s nominal)
01101 = 1:262144 (218) (Interval 8s nominal)
01100 = 1:131072 (217) (Interval 4s nominal)
01011 = 1:65536 (Interval 2s nominal) (Reset value)
01010 = 1:32768 (Interval 1s nominal)
01001 = 1:16384 (Interval 512 ms nominal)
01000 = 1:8192 (Interval 256 ms nominal)
00111 = 1:4096 (Interval 128 ms nominal)
00110 = 1:2048 (Interval 64 ms nominal)
00101 = 1:1024 (Interval 32 ms nominal)
00100 = 1:512 (Interval 16 ms nominal)
00011 = 1:256 (Interval 8 ms nominal)
00010 = 1:128 (Interval 4 ms nominal)
00001 = 1:64 (Interval 2 ms nominal)
00000 = 1:32 (Interval 1 ms nominal)
bit 0 SWDTEN: Software Enable/Disable for Watchdog Timer bit
If WDTE<1:0> = 1x:
This bit is ignored.
If WDTE<1:0> = 01:
1 = WDT is turned on
0 = WDT is turned off
If WDTE<1:0> = 00:
This bit is ignored.
Note 1: Times are approximate. WDT time is based on 31 kHz LFINTOSC.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 100 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 9-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH WATCHDOG TIMER
TABLE 9-4: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH WA TCHDOG TIMER
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
OSCCON SPLLEN IRCF<3:0> —SCS<1:0>
76
STATUS ———TOPD ZDC C22
WDTCON WDTPS<4:0> SWDTEN 99
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by
Watchdog Timer.
Name Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 Bit 8/0 Register
on Page
CONFIG1 13:8 FCMEN IESO CLKOUTEN BOREN<1:0> 48
7:0 CP MCLRE PWRTE WDTE<1:0> FOSC<2:0>
Legend: = unimplemented location, read as0’. Shaded cells are not used by Watchdog Timer.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 101
PIC16(L)F1705/9
10.0 FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
CONTROL
The Flash program memory is readable and writable
during normal operation over the full VDD range.
Program memory is indirectly addressed using Special
Function Registers (SFRs). The SFRs used to access
program memory are:
•PMCON1
•PMCON2
•PMDATL
•PMDATH
PMADRL
•PMADRH
When accessing the program memory, the
PMDATH:PMDATL register pair forms a 2-byte word
that holds the 14-bit data for read/write, and the
PMADRH:PMADRL register pair forms a 2-byte word
that holds the 15-bit address of the program memory
location being read.
The write time is controlled by an on-chip timer. The
write/erase voltages are generated by an on-chip charge
pump rated to operate over the operating voltage range
of the device.
The Flash program memory can be protected in two
ways; by code protection (CP bit in Configuration Words)
and write protection (WRT<1:0> bits in Configuration
Words).
Code protection (CP = 0)(1), disables access, reading
and writing, to the Flash program memory via external
device programmers. Code protection does not affect
the self-write and erase functionality. Code protection
can only be reset by a device programmer performing
a Bulk Erase to the device, clearing all Flash program
memory, Configuration bits and User IDs.
Write protection prohibits self-write and erase to a
portion or all of the Flash program memory as defined
by the bits WRT<1:0>. Write protection does not affect
a device programmers ability to read, write or erase the
device.
10.1 PMADRL and PMADRH Registers
The PMADRH:PMADRL register pair can address up
to a maximum of 32K words of program memory. When
selecting a program address value, the MSB of the
address is written to the PMADRH register and the LSB
is written to the PMADRL register.
10.1.1 PMCON1 AND PMCON2
REGISTERS
PMCON1 is the control register for Flash program
memory accesses.
Control bits RD and WR initiate read and write,
respectively. These bits cannot be cleared, only set, in
software. They are cleared by hardware at completion
of the read or write operation. The inability to clear the
WR bit in software prevents the accidental, premature
termination of a write operation.
The WREN bit, when set, will allow a write operation to
occur. On power-up, the WREN bit is clear. The
WRERR bit is set when a write operation is interrupted
by a Reset during normal operation. In these situations,
following Reset, the user can check the WRERR bit
and execute the appropriate error handling routine.
The PMCON2 register is a write-only register. Attempting
to read the PMCON2 register will return all ‘0’s.
To enable writes to the program memory, a specific
pattern (the unlock sequence), must be written to the
PMCON2 register. The required unlock sequence
prevents inadvertent writes to the program memory
write latches and Flash program memory.
10.2 Flash Program Memory Overview
It is important to understand the Flash program memory
structure for erase and programming operations. Flash
program memory is arranged in rows. A row consists of
a fixed number of 14-bit program memory words. A row
is the minimum size that can be erased by user software.
After a row has been erased, the user can reprogram
all or a portion of this row. Data to be written into the
program memory row is written to 14-bit wide data write
latches. These write latches are not directly accessible
to the user, but may be loaded via sequential writes to
the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair.
See Table 10-1 for Erase Row size and the number of
write latches for Flash program memory.
Note 1: Code protection of the entire Flash
program memory array is enabled by
clearing the CP bit of Configuration Words.
Note: If the user wants to modify only a portion
of a previously programmed row, then the
contents of the entire row must be read
and saved in RAM prior to the erase.
Then, new data and retained data can be
written into the write latches to reprogram
the row of Flash program memory. How-
ever, any unprogrammed locations can be
written without first erasing the row. In this
case, it is not necessary to save and
rewrite the other previously programmed
locations.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 102 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.2.1 READING THE FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY
To read a program memory location, the user must:
1. Write the desired address to the
PMADRH:PMADRL register pair.
2. Clear the CFGS bit of the PMCON1 register.
3. Then, set control bit RD of the PMCON1 register.
Once the read control bit is set, the program memory
Flash controller will use the second instruction cycle to
read the data. This causes the second instruction
immediately following theBSF PMCON1,RD” instruction
to be ignored. The data is available in the very next cycle,
in the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair; therefore, it can
be read as two bytes in the following instructions.
PMDATH:PMDATL register pair will hold this value until
another read or until it is written to by the user.
FIGURE 10-1: FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY READ
FLOWCHART
TABLE 10-1: FLASH MEMORY
ORGANIZATION BY DEVICE
Device Row Erase
(words)
Write
Latches
(words)
PIC16(L)F1705 32 32
PIC16(L)F1709
Note: The two instructions following a program
memory read are required to be NOPs.
This prevents the user from executing a
2-cycle instruction on the next instruction
after the RD bit is set.
Start
Read Operation
Select
Program or Configuration Memory
(CFGS)
Select
Word Address
(PMADRH:PMADRL)
End
Read Operation
Instruction Fetched ignored
NOP execution forced
Instruction Fetched ignored
NOP execution forced
Initiate Read operation
(RD = 1)
Data read now in
PMDATH:PMDATL
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 103
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 10-2: FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY READ CYCLE EXECUTION
EXAMPLE 10-1: FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY READ
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
BSF PMCON1,RD
executed here
INSTR(PC + 1)
executed here
PC
PC + 1 PMADRH,PMADRL PC+3 PC + 5
Flash ADDR
RD bit
PMDATH,PMDATL
PC + 3 PC + 4
INSTR (PC + 1)
INSTR(PC - 1)
executed here INSTR(PC + 3)
executed here INSTR(PC + 4)
executed here
Flash Data
PMDATH
PMDATL
Register
INSTR (PC) INSTR (PC + 3) INSTR (PC + 4)
instruction ignored
Forced NOP
INSTR(PC + 2)
executed here
instruction ignored
Forced NOP
* This code block will read 1 word of program
* memory at the memory address:
PROG_ADDR_HI : PROG_ADDR_LO
* data will be returned in the variables;
* PROG_DATA_HI, PROG_DATA_LO
BANKSEL PMADRL ; Select Bank for PMCON registers
MOVLW PROG_ADDR_LO ;
MOVWF PMADRL ; Store LSB of address
MOVLW PROG_ADDR_HI ;
MOVWF PMADRH ; Store MSB of address
BCF PMCON1,CFGS ; Do not select Configuration Space
BSF PMCON1,RD ; Initiate read
NOP ; Ignored (Figure 10-1)
NOP ; Ignored (Figure 10-1)
MOVF PMDATL,W ; Get LSB of word
MOVWF PROG_DATA_LO ; Store in user location
MOVF PMDATH,W ; Get MSB of word
MOVWF PROG_DATA_HI ; Store in user location
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 104 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.2.2 FLASH MEMORY UNLOCK
SEQUENCE
The unlock sequence is a mechanism that protects the
Flash program memory from unintended self-write pro-
gramming or erasing. The sequence must be executed
and completed without interruption to successfully
complete any of the following operations:
•Row Erase
Load program memory write latches
Write of program memory write latches to
program memory
Write of program memory write latches to User
IDs
The unlock sequence consists of the following steps:
1. Write 55h to PMCON2
2. Write AAh to PMCON2
3. Set the WR bit in PMCON1
4. NOP instruction
5. NOP instruction
Once the WR bit is set, the processor will always force
two NOP instructions. When an Erase Row or Program
Row operation is being performed, the processor will stall
internal operations (typical 2 ms), until the operation is
complete and then resume with the next instruction.
When the operation is loading the program memory write
latches, the processor will always force the two NOP
instructions and continue uninterrupted with the next
instruction.
Since the unlock sequence must not be interrupted,
global interrupts should be disabled prior to the unlock
sequence and re-enabled after the unlock sequence is
completed.
FIGURE 10-3: FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY UNLOCK
SEQUENCE FLOWCHART
Write 055h to
PMCON2
Start
Unlock Sequence
Write 0AAh to
PMCON2
Initiate
Write or Erase operation
(WR = 1)
Instruction Fetched ignored
NOP execution forced
End
Unlock Sequence
Instruction Fetched ignored
NOP execution forced
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 105
PIC16(L)F1705/9
10.2.3 ERASING FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY
While executing code, program memory can only be
erased by rows. To erase a row:
1. Load the PMADRH:PMADRL register pair with
any address within the row to be erased.
2. Clear the CFGS bit of the PMCON1 register.
3. Set the FREE and WREN bits of the PMCON1
register.
4. Write 55h, then AAh, to PMCON2 (Flash
programming unlock sequence).
5. Set control bit WR of the PMCON1 register to
begin the erase operation.
See Example 10-2.
After theBSF PMCON1,WR” instruction, the processor
requires two cycles to set up the erase operation. The
user must place two NOP instructions immediately fol-
lowing the WR bit set instruction. The processor will
halt internal operations for the typical 2 ms erase time.
This is not Sleep mode as the clocks and peripherals
will continue to run. After the erase cycle, the processor
will resume operation with the third instruction after the
PMCON1 write instruction.
FIGURE 10-4: FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY ERASE
FLOWCHART
Disable Interrupts
(GIE = 0)
Start
Erase Operation
Select
Program or Configuration Memory
(CFGS)
Select Row Address
(PMADRH:PMADRL)
Select Erase Operation
(FREE = 1)
Enable Write/Erase Operation
(WREN = 1)
Unlock Sequence
(FIGURE x-x)
Disable Write/Erase Operation
(WREN = 0)
Re-enable Interrupts
(GIE = 1)
End
Erase Operation
CPU stalls while
Erase operation completes
(2ms typical)
Figure 10-3
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 106 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
EXAMPLE 10-2: ERASING ONE ROW OF PROGRAM MEMORY
; This row erase routine assumes the following:
; 1. A valid address within the erase row is loaded in ADDRH:ADDRL
; 2. ADDRH and ADDRL are located in shared data memory 0x70 - 0x7F (common RAM)
BCF INTCON,GIE ; Disable ints so required sequences will execute properly
BANKSEL PMADRL
MOVF ADDRL,W ; Load lower 8 bits of erase address boundary
MOVWF PMADRL
MOVF ADDRH,W ; Load upper 6 bits of erase address boundary
MOVWF PMADRH
BCF PMCON1,CFGS ; Not configuration space
BSF PMCON1,FREE ; Specify an erase operation
BSF PMCON1,WREN ; Enable writes
MOVLW 55h ; Start of required sequence to initiate erase
MOVWF PMCON2 ; Write 55h
MOVLW 0AAh ;
MOVWF PMCON2 ; Write AAh
BSF PMCON1,WR ; Set WR bit to begin erase
NOP ; NOP instructions are forced as processor starts
NOP ; row erase of program memory.
;
; The processor stalls until the erase process is complete
; after erase processor continues with 3rd instruction
BCF PMCON1,WREN ; Disable writes
BSF INTCON,GIE ; Enable interrupts
Required
Sequence
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 107
PIC16(L)F1705/9
10.2.4 WRITING TO FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY
Program memory is programmed using the following
steps:
1. Load the address in PMADRH:PMADRL of the
row to be programmed.
2. Load each write latch with data.
3. Initiate a programming operation.
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until all data is written.
Before writing to program memory, the word(s) to be
written must be erased or previously unwritten.
Program memory can only be erased one row at a time.
No automatic erase occurs upon the initiation of the
write.
Program memory can be written one or more words at
a time. The maximum number of words written at one
time is equal to the number of write latches. See
Figure 10-5 (row writes to program memory with 32
write latches) for more details.
The write latches are aligned to the Flash row address
boundary defined by the upper 10-bits of
PMADRH:PMADRL, (PMADRH<6:0>:PMADRL<7:5>)
with the lower five bits of PMADRL, (PMADRL<4:0>)
determining the write latch being loaded. Write opera-
tions do not cross these boundaries. At the completion
of a program memory write operation, the data in the
write latches is reset to contain 0x3FFF.
The following steps should be completed to load the
write latches and program a row of program memory.
These steps are divided into two parts. First, each write
latch is loaded with data from the PMDATH:PMDATL
using the unlock sequence with LWLO = 1. When the
last word to be loaded into the write latch is ready, the
LWLO bit is cleared and the unlock sequence
executed. This initiates the programming operation,
writing all the latches into Flash program memory.
1. Set the WREN bit of the PMCON1 register.
2. Clear the CFGS bit of the PMCON1 register.
3. Set the LWLO bit of the PMCON1 register.
When the LWLO bit of the PMCON1 register is
1’, the write sequence will only load the write
latches and will not initiate the write to Flash
program memory.
4. Load the PMADRH:PMADRL register pair with
the address of the location to be written.
5. Load the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair with
the program memory data to be written.
6. Execute the unlock sequence (Section 10.2.2
“Flash Memory Unlock Sequence). The write
latch is now loaded.
7. Increment the PMADRH:PMADRL register pair
to point to the next location.
8. Repeat steps 5 through 7 until all but the last
write latch has been loaded.
9. Clear the LWLO bit of the PMCON1 register.
When the LWLO bit of the PMCON1 register is
0’, the write sequence will initiate the write to
Flash program memory.
10. Load the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair with
the program memory data to be written.
11. Execute the unlock sequence (Section 10.2.2
“Flash Memory Unlock Sequence”). The
entire program memory latch content is now
written to Flash program memory.
An example of the complete write sequence is shown in
Example 10-3. The initial address is loaded into the
PMADRH:PMADRL register pair; the data is loaded
using indirect addressing.
Note: The special unlock sequence is required
to load a write latch with data or initiate a
Flash programming operation. If the
unlock sequence is interrupted, writing to
the latches or program memory will not be
initiated.
Note: The program memory write latches are
reset to the blank state (0x3FFF) at the
completion of every write or erase
operation. As a result, it is not necessary
to load all the program memory write
latches. Unloaded latches will remain in
the blank state.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 108 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 10-5: BLOCK WRITES TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY WITH 32 WRITE LATCHES
6 8
14
1414
Write Latch #31
1Fh
1414
Program Memory Write Latches
14 14 14
PMADRH<6:0>:
PMADRL<7:5>
Flash Program Memory
Row
Row
Address
Decode
Addr
Write Latch #30
1Eh
Write Latch #1
01h
Write Latch #0
00h
Addr Addr Addr
000h 001Fh
001Eh
0000h 0001h
001h 003Fh
003Eh
0020h 0021h
002h 005Fh005Eh0040h 0041h
3FEh 7FDFh7FDEh
7FC0h 7FC1h
3FFh 7FFFh7FFEh7FE0h 7FE1h
14
PMADRL<4:0>
400h 8009h - 801Fh8000h - 8003h
Configuration
Words
USER ID 0 - 3
8007h – 8008h8006h
DEVICE ID
Dev / Rev
reserved reserved
Configuration Memory
CFGS = 0
CFGS = 1
PMADRH PMADRL
7 6 0 7 5 4 0
c4 c3 c2 c1 c0r9 r8 r7 r6 r5 r4 r3-r1 r0r2
5
10
PMDATH PMDATL
7 5 0 7 0
--
8004h – 8005h
Rev. 10-000004A_A0
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 109
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 10-6: FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY WRITE FLOWCHART
Disable Interrupts
(GIE = 0)
Start
Write Operation
Select
Program or Config. Memory
(CFGS)
Select Row Address
(PMADRH:PMADRL)
Select Write Operation
(FREE = 0)
Enable Write/Erase
Operation (WREN = 1)
Unlock Sequence
(Figure x-x)
Disable
Write/Erase Operation
(WREN = 0)
Re-enable Interrupts
(GIE = 1)
End
Write Operation
No delay when writing to
Program Memory Latches
Determine number of words
to be written into Program or
Configuration Memory.
The number of words cannot
exceed the number of words
per row.
(word_cnt) Load the value to write
(PMDATH:PMDATL)
Update the word counter
(word_cnt--)
Last word to
write ?
Increment Address
(PMADRH:PMADRL++)
Unlock Sequence
(Figure x-x)
CPU stalls while Write
operation completes
(2ms typical)
Load Write Latches Only
(LWLO = 1)
Write Latches to Flash
(LWLO = 0)
No
Yes
Figure 10-3
Figure 10-3
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 110 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
EXAMPLE 10-3: WRITING TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
; This write routine assumes the following:
; 1. 64 bytes of data are loaded, starting at the address in DATA_ADDR
; 2. Each word of data to be written is made up of two adjacent bytes in DATA_ADDR,
; stored in little endian format
; 3. A valid starting address (the least significant bits = 00000) is loaded in ADDRH:ADDRL
; 4. ADDRH and ADDRL are located in shared data memory 0x70 - 0x7F (common RAM)
;BCF INTCON,GIE ; Disable ints so required sequences will execute properly
BANKSEL PMADRH ; Bank 3
MOVF ADDRH,W ; Load initial address
MOVWF PMADRH ;
MOVF ADDRL,W ;
MOVWF PMADRL ;
MOVLW LOW DATA_ADDR ; Load initial data address
MOVWF FSR0L ;
MOVLW HIGH DATA_ADDR ; Load initial data address
MOVWF FSR0H ;
BCF PMCON1,CFGS ; Not configuration space
BSF PMCON1,WREN ; Enable writes
BSF PMCON1,LWLO ; Only Load Write Latches
LOOP MOVIW FSR0++ ; Load first data byte into lower
MOVWF PMDATL ;
MOVIW FSR0++ ; Load second data byte into upper
MOVWF PMDATH ;
MOVF PMADRL,W ; Check if lower bits of address are '00000'
XORLW 0x1F ; Check if we're on the last of 32 addresses
ANDLW 0x1F ;
BTFSC STATUS,Z ; Exit if last of 32 words,
GOTO START_WRITE ;
MOVLW 55h ; Start of required write sequence:
MOVWF PMCON2 ; Write 55h
MOVLW 0AAh ;
MOVWF PMCON2 ; Write AAh
BSF PMCON1,WR ; Set WR bit to begin write
NOP ; NOP instructions are forced as processor
; loads program memory write latches
NOP ;
INCF PMADRL,F ; Still loading latches Increment address
GOTO LOOP ; Write next latches
START_WRITE
BCF PMCON1,LWLO ; No more loading latches - Actually start Flash program
; memory write
MOVLW 55h ; Start of required write sequence:
MOVWF PMCON2 ; Write 55h
MOVLW 0AAh ;
MOVWF PMCON2 ; Write AAh
BSF PMCON1,WR ; Set WR bit to begin write
NOP ; NOP instructions are forced as processor writes
; all the program memory write latches simultaneously
NOP ; to program memory.
; After NOPs, the processor
; stalls until the self-write process in complete
; after write processor continues with 3rd instruction
BCF PMCON1,WREN ; Disable writes
BSF INTCON,GIE ; Enable interrupts
Required
Sequence
Required
Sequence
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 111
PIC16(L)F1705/9
10.3 Modifying Flash Program Memory
When modifying existing data in a program memory
row, and data within that row must be preserved, it must
first be read and saved in a RAM image. Program
memory is modified using the following steps:
1. Load the starting address of the row to be
modified.
2. Read the existing data from the row into a RAM
image.
3. Modify the RAM image to contain the new data
to be written into program memory.
4. Load the starting address of the row to be
rewritten.
5. Erase the program memory row.
6. Load the write latches with data from the RAM
image.
7. Initiate a programming operation.
FIGURE 10-7: FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY MODIFY
FLOWCHART
Start
Modify Operation
Read Operation
(Figure x.x)
Erase Operation
(Figure x.x)
Modify Image
The words to be modified are
changed in the RAM image
End
Modify Operation
Write Operation
use RAM image
(Figure x.x)
An image of the entire row read
must be stored in RAM
Figure 10-1
Figure 10-4
Figure 10-6
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 112 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.4 User ID, Device ID and
Configurati on Word Access
Instead of accessing program memory, the User ID’s,
Device ID/Revision ID and Configuration Words can be
accessed when CFGS = 1 in the PMCON1 register.
This is the region that would be pointed to by
PC<15> = 1, but not all addresses are accessible.
Different access may exist for reads and writes. Refer
to Table 1 0- 2.
When read access is initiated on an address outside
the parameters listed in Table 10-2, the
PMDATH:PMDATL register pair is cleared, reading
back ‘0’s.
TABLE 10-2: USER ID, DEVICE ID AND CONFIGURATION WORD ACCESS (CFGS = 1)
EXAMPLE 10-4: CONF IGURATION WORD AND DEVICE ID ACCESS
Address Function Read Access Write Access
8000h-8003h User IDs Yes Yes
8005h-8006h Device ID/Revision ID Yes No
8007h-8008h Configuration Words 1 and 2 Yes No
* This code block will read 1 word of program memory at the memory address:
* PROG_ADDR_LO (must be 00h-08h) data will be returned in the variables;
* PROG_DATA_HI, PROG_DATA_LO
BANKSEL PMADRL ; Select correct Bank
MOVLW PROG_ADDR_LO ;
MOVWF PMADRL ; Store LSB of address
CLRF PMADRH ; Clear MSB of address
BSF PMCON1,CFGS ; Select Configuration Space
BCF INTCON,GIE ; Disable interrupts
BSF PMCON1,RD ; Initiate read
NOP ; Executed (See Figure 10-2)
NOP ; Ignored (See Figure 10-2)
BSF INTCON,GIE ; Restore interrupts
MOVF PMDATL,W ; Get LSB of word
MOVWF PROG_DATA_LO ; Store in user location
MOVF PMDATH,W ; Get MSB of word
MOVWF PROG_DATA_HI ; Store in user location
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 113
PIC16(L)F1705/9
10.5 Write/Verify
It is considered good programming practice to verify that
program memory writes agree with the intended value.
Since program memory is stored as a full page then the
stored program memory contents are compared with the
intended data stored in RAM after the last write is
complete.
FIGURE 10-8: FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY VERIFY
FLOWCHART
Start
Verify Operation
Read Operation
(Figure x.x)
End
Verify Operation
This routine assumes that the last row
of data written was from an image
saved in RAM. This image will be used
to verify the data currently stored in
Flash Program Memory.
PMDAT =
RAM image
?
Last
Word ?
Fail
Verify Operation
No
Yes
Yes
No
Figure 10-1
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 114 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.6 Register Definitions: Flash Program Memory Control
REGISTER 10-1: PMDATL: PROGRAM MEMORY DATA LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
PMDAT<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 PMDAT<7:0>: Read/write value for Least Significant bits of program memory
REGISTER 10-2: PMDATH: PROGRAM MEMORY DATA HIGH BYTE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
—PMDAT<13:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-0 PMDAT<13:8>: Read/write value for Most Significant bits of program memory
REGISTER 10-3: PMADRL: PROGRAM MEMORY ADDRESS LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
PMADR<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 PMADR<7:0>: Specifies the Least Significant bits for program memory address
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 115
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 10-4: PMADRH: PROGRAM MEMORY ADDRESS HIGH BYTE REGISTER
U-1 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
(1) PMADR<14:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1
bit 6-0 PMADR<14:8>: Specifies the Most Significant bits for program memory address
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 116 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 10-5: PMCON1: PROGRAM MEMORY CONTROL 1 REGISTER
U-1 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W/HC-0/0 R/W/HC-x/q(2) R/W-0/0 R/S/HC-0/0 R/S/HC-0/0
(1) CFGS LWLO(3) FREE WRERR WREN WR RD
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0
S = Bit can only be set x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Bit is cleared by hardware
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1
bit 6 CFGS: Configuration Select bit
1 = Access Configuration, User ID and Device ID Registers
0 = Access Flash program memory
bit 5 LWLO: Load Write Latches Only bit(3)
1 = Only the addressed program memory write latch is loaded/updated on the next WR command
0 = The addressed program memory write latch is loaded/updated and a write of all program memory write
latches will be initiated on the next WR command
bit 4 FREE: Program Flash Erase Enable bit
1 = Performs an erase operation on the next WR command (hardware cleared upon completion)
0 = Performs a write operation on the next WR command
bit 3 WRERR: Program/Erase Error Flag bit
1 = Condition indicates an improper program or erase sequence attempt or termination (bit is set automati-
cally on any set attempt (write ‘1’) of the WR bit).
0 = The program or erase operation completed normally
bit 2 WREN: Program/Erase Enable bit
1 = Allows program/erase cycles
0 = Inhibits programming/erasing of program Flash
bit 1 WR: Write Control bit
1 = Initiates a program Flash program/erase operation.
The operation is self-timed and the bit is cleared by hardware once operation is complete.
The WR bit can only be set (not cleared) in software.
0 = Program/erase operation to the Flash is complete and inactive
bit 0 RD: Read Control bit
1 = Initiates a program Flash read. Read takes one cycle. RD is cleared in hardware. The RD bit can only be set
(not cleared) in software.
0 = Does not initiate a program Flash read
Note 1: Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’.
2: The WRERR bit is automatically set by hardware when a program memory write or erase operation is started (WR = 1).
3: The LWLO bit is ignored during a program memory erase operation (FREE = 1).
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 117
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 10-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
TABLE 10-4: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
REGISTER 10-6: PMCON2: PROGRAM MEMORY CONTROL 2 REGISTER
W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0
Program Memory Control Register 2
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
S = Bit can only be set x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 Flash Memory Unlock Pattern bits
To unlock writes, a 55h must be written first, followed by an AAh, before setting the WR bit of the
PMCON1 register. The value written to this register is used to unlock the writes. There are specific
timing requirements on these writes.
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
PMCON1 (1) CFGS LWLO FREE WRERR WREN WR RD 116
PMCON2 Program Memory Control Register 2 117
PMADRL PMADRL<7:0> 114
PMADRH (1) PMADRH<6:0> 115
PMDATL PMDATL<7:0> 114
PMDATH —PMDATH<5:0>114
Legend: = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Flash program memory.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
Name Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 Bit 8/0 Register
on Page
CONFIG1 13:8 CLKOUTEN BOREN<1:0> 48
7:0 CP MCLRE PWRTE WDTE<1:0> FOSC<1:0>
CONFIG2 13:8 LVP DEBUG LPBOR BORV STVREN PLLEN 50
7:0 ZCDDIS PPS1WAY WRT<1:0>
Legend: = unimplemented location, read as 0’. Shaded cells are not used by Flash program memory.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 118 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
11.0 I/O PORTS
Each port has six standard registers for its operation.
These registers are:
TRISx registers (data direction)
PORTx registers (reads the levels on the pins of
the device)
LATx registers (output latch)
INLVLx (input level control)
ODCONx registers (open-drain)
SLRCONx registers (slew rate
Some ports may have one or more of the following
additional registers. These registers are:
ANSELx (analog select)
WPUx (weak pull-up)
In general, when a peripheral is enabled on a port pin,
that pin cannot be used as a general purpose output.
However, the pin can still be read.
The Data Latch (LATx registers) is useful for
read-modify-write operations on the value that the I/O
pins are driving.
A write operation to the LATx register has the same
effect as a write to the corresponding PORTx register.
A read of the LATx register reads of the values held in
the I/O PORT latches, while a read of the PORTx
register reads the actual I/O pin value.
Ports that support analog inputs have an associated
ANSELx register. When an ANSEL bit is set, the digital
input buffer associated with that bit is disabled.
Disabling the input buffer prevents analog signal levels
on the pin between a logic high and low from causing
excessive current in the logic input circuitry. A
simplified model of a generic I/O port, without the
interfaces to other peripherals, is shown in Figure 11-1.
FIGURE 11-1: GENERIC I/O PORT
OPERATION
TABLE 11-1: PORT AVAILABILITY PER
DEVICE
Device
PORT A
PORTB
PORTC
PIC16(L)F1705 ●●
PIC16(L)F1709 ●●●
QD
CK
Write LATx
Data Register
I/O pin
Read PORTx
Write PORTx
TRISx
Read LATx
Data Bus
To digital peripherals
ANSELx
VDD
VSS
To analog peripherals
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 119
PIC16(L)F1705/9
11.1 PORTA Registers
11.1.1 DATA REGISTER
PORTA is a 6-bit wide, bidirectional port. The
corresponding data direction register is TRISA
(Register 11-2). Setting a TRISA bit (= 1) will make the
corresponding PORTA pin an input (i.e., disable the
output driver). Clearing a TRISA bit (= 0) will make the
corresponding PORTA pin an output (i.e., enables
output driver and puts the contents of the output latch
on the selected pin). The exception is RA3, which is
input-only and its TRIS bit will always read as1’.
Example 11-1 shows how to initialize PORTA.
Reading the PORTA register (Register 11-1) reads the
status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the
PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write
operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the
port pins are read, this value is modified and then
written to the PORT data latch (LATA).
11.1.2 DIRECTION CONTROL
The TRISA register (Register 11-2) controls the
PORTA pin output drivers, even when they are being
used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits
in the TRISA register are maintained set when using
them as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog
inputs always read ‘0’.
11.1.3 OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL
The ODCONA register (Register 11-6) controls the
open-drain feature of the port. Open-drain operation is
independently selected for each pin. When an
ODCONA bit is set, the corresponding port output
becomes an open-drain driver capable of sinking
current only. When an ODCONA bit is cleared, the
corresponding port output pin is the standard push-pull
drive capable of sourcing and sinking current.
11.1.4 SLEW RATE CONTROL
The SLRCONA register (Register 11-7) controls the
slew rate option for each port pin. Slew rate control is
independently selectable for each port pin. When an
SLRCONA bit is set, the corresponding port pin drive is
slew rate limited. When an SLRCONA bit is cleared,
The corresponding port pin drive slews at the maximum
rate possible.
11.1.5 INPUT THRESHOLD CONTROL
The INLVLA register (Register 11-8) controls the input
voltage threshold for each of the available PORTA input
pins. A selection between the Schmitt Trigger CMOS or
the TTL Compatible thresholds is available. The input
threshold is important in determining the value of a read
of the PORTA register and also the level at which an
interrupt-on-change occurs, if that feature is enabled.
See Table 32-4: I/O Ports for more information on
threshold levels.
11.1.6 ANALOG CONTROL
The ANSELA register (Register 11-4) is used to
configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog.
Setting the appropriate ANSELA bit high will cause all
digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow
analog functions on the pin to operate correctly.
The state of the ANSELA bits has no effect on digital
output functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSEL set
will still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode
will be analog. This can cause unexpected behavior
when executing read-modify-write instructions on the
affected port.
EXAMPL E 11-1: INITIA LI ZI NG PORTA
Note: Changing the input threshold selection
should be performed while all peripheral
modules are disabled. Changing the
threshold level during the time a module is
active may inadvertently generate a
transition associated with an input pin,
regardless of the actual voltage level on
that pin.
Note: The ANSELA bits default to the Analog
mode after Reset. To use any pins as
digital general purpose or peripheral
inputs, the corresponding ANSEL bits
must be initialized to0’ by user software.
; This code example illustrates
; initializing the PORTA register. The
; other ports are initialized in the same
; manner.
BANKSEL PORTA ;
CLRF PORTA ;Init PORTA
BANKSEL LATA ;Data Latch
CLRF LATA ;
BANKSEL ANSELA ;
CLRF ANSELA ;digital I/O
BANKSEL TRISA ;
MOVLW B'00111000' ;Set RA<5:3> as inputs
MOVWF TRISA ;and set RA<2:0> as
;outputs
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 120 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
11.1.7 PORTA FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT
PRIORITIES
Each PORTA pin is multiplexed with other functions.
Each pin defaults to the PORT latch data after Reset.
Other functions are selected with the peripheral pin
select logic. See Section 12.0 “Periphera l Pin Select
(PPS) Module” for more information.
Analog input functions, such as ADC and comparator
inputs are not shown in the peripheral pin select lists.
These inputs are active when the I/O pin is set for
Analog mode using the ANSELA register. Digital output
functions may continue to control the pin when it is in
Analog mode.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 121
PIC16(L)F1705/9
11.2 R e g i s t er Definition s : P O R TA
REGISTER 11-1: PORTA: PORTA REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x
RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-0 RA<5:0>: PORTA I/O Value bits(1)
1 = Port pin is > VIH
0 = Port pin is < VIL
Note 1: Writes to PORTA are actually written to corresponding LATA register. Reads from PORTA register is return
of actual I/O pin values.
REGISTER 11-2: TRISA: PORTA TRI-STATE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 U-1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
TRISA5 TRISA4 (1) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-4 TRISA<5:4>: PORTA Tri-State Control bit
1 = PORTA pin configured as an input (tri-stated)
0 = PORTA pin configured as an output
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1
bit 2-0 TRISA<2:0>: PORTA Tri-State Control bit
1 = PORTA pin configured as an input (tri-stated)
0 = PORTA pin configured as an output
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 122 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 11-3: LATA: PORTA DATA LATCH REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
—LATA5LATA4 LATA2 LATA1 LATA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-4 LATA<5:4>: RA<5:4> Output Latch Value bits(1)
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 2-0 LATA<2:0>: RA<2:0> Output Latch Value bits(1)
Note 1: Writes to PORTA are actually written to corresponding LATA register. Reads from PORTA register is return
of actual I/O pin values.
REGISTER 11-4: ANSELA: PORTA ANALOG SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
ANSA4 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 4 ANSA4: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pin RA4
1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital input buffer disabled.
0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function.
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 2-0 ANSA<2:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RA<2:0>, respectively
1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital input buffer disabled.
0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function.
Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to
allow external control of the voltage on the pin.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 123
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 11-5: WPUA: WEAK PULL-UP PORTA REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
WPUA5 WPUA4 WPUA3 WPUA2 WPUA1 WPUA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-0 WPUA<5:0>: Weak Pull-up Register bits(1),(2)
1 = Pull-up enabled
0 = Pull-up disabled
Note 1: Global WPUEN bit of the OPTION_REG register must be cleared for individual pull-ups to be enabled.
2: The weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is configured as an output.
REGISTER 11-6: ODCONA: PORTA OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ODA5 ODA4 ODA2 ODA1 ODA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-4 ODA<5:4>: PORTA Open-Drain Enable bits
For RA<5:4> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin operates as open-drain drive (sink current only)
0 = Port pin operates as standard push-pull drive (source and sink current)
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 2-0 ODA<2:0>: PORTA Open-Drain Enable bits
For RA<2:0> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin operates as open-drain drive (sink current only)
0 = Port pin operates as standard push-pull drive (source and sink current)
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 124 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 11-7: SLRCONA: PORTA SLEW RATE CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
SLRA5 SLRA4 SLRA2 SLRA1 SLRA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-4 SLRA<5:4>: PORTA Slew Rate Enable bits
For RA<5:4> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin slew rate is limited
0 = Port pin slews at maximum rate
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 2-0 SLRA<2:0>: PORTA Slew Rate Enable bits
For RA<2:0> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin slew rate is limited
0 = Port pin slews at maximum rate
REGISTER 11-8: INLVLA: PORTA INPUT LEVEL CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
INLVLA5 INLVLA4 INLVLA3 INLVLA2 INLVLA1 INLVLA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-0 INLVLA<5:0>: PORTA Input Level Select bits
For RA<5:0> pins, respectively
1 = ST input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
0 = TTL input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 125
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 11-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTA
TABLE 11-3: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH PORTA
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELA —— ANSA4 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 122
INLVLA INLVLA5 INLVLA4 INLVLA3 INLVLA2 INLVLA1 INLVLA0 124
LATA —LATA5LATA4 LATA2 LATA1 LATA0 122
ODCONA ODA5 ODA4 ODA2 ODA1 ODA0 123
OPTION_REG WPUEN INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE PSA PS<2:0> 245
PORTA RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 121
SLRCONA SLRA5 SLRA4 SLRA2 SLRA1 SLRA0 124
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 (1) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 121
WPUA WPUA5 WPUA4 WPUA3 WPUA2 WPUA1 WPUA0 123
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by
PORTA.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
Name Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 Bit 8/0 Register
on Pag e
CONFIG1 13:8 FCMEN IESO CLKOUTEN BOREN<1:0> 48
7:0 CP MCLRE PWRTE WDTE<1:0> FOSC<2:0>
Legend: = unimplemented location, read as 0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTA.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 126 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
11.3 PORTB Registers
(PIC16(L)F1709 only)
PORTB is a 4-bit wide, bidirectional port. The
corresponding data direction register is TRISB
(Register 11-10). Setting a TRISB bit (= 1) will make the
corresponding PORTB pin an input (i.e., put the
corresponding output driver in a High-Impedance mode).
Clearing a TRISB bit (= 0) will make the corresponding
PORTB pin an output (i.e., enable the output driver and
put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin).
Example 11-1 shows how to initialize an I/O port.
Reading the PORTB register (Register 11-9) reads the
status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the
PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write
operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the
port pins are read, this value is modified and then written
to the PORT data latch (LATB).
11.3.1 DIRECTION CONTROL
The TRISB register (Register 11-10) controls the
PORTB pin output drivers, even when they are being
used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits in
the TRISB register are maintained set when using them
as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog inputs
always read ‘0’.
11.3.2 OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL
The ODCONB register (Register 11-14) controls the
open-drain feature of the port. Open-drain operation is
independently selected for each pin. When an
ODCONB bit is set, the corresponding port output
becomes an open-drain driver capable of sinking
current only. When an ODCONB bit is cleared, the
corresponding port output pin is the standard push-pull
drive capable of sourcing and sinking current.
11.3.3 SLEW RATE CONTROL
The SLRCONB register (Register 11-15) controls the
slew rate option for each port pin. Slew rate control is
independently selectable for each port pin. When an
SLRCONB bit is set, the corresponding port pin drive is
slew rate limited. When an SLRCONB bit is cleared,
The corresponding port pin drive slews at the maximum
rate possible.
11.3.4 INPUT THRESHOLD CONTROL
The INLVLB register (Register 11-16) controls the input
voltage threshold for each of the available PORTB input
pins. A selection between the Schmitt Trigger CMOS or
the TTL Compatible thresholds is available. The input
threshold is important in determining the value of a read
of the PORTB register and also the level at which an
interrupt-on-change occurs, if that feature is enabled.
See Table 32-4: I/O Ports for more information on
threshold levels.
11.3.5 ANALOG CONTROL
The ANSELB register (Register 11-12) is used to
configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog.
Setting the appropriate ANSELB bit high will cause all
digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow
analog functions on the pin to operate correctly.
The state of the ANSELB bits has no effect on digital out-
put functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSELB set will
still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode will be
analog. This can cause unexpected behavior when exe-
cuting read-modify-write instructions on the affected
port.
11.3.6 PORTB FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT
PRIORITIES
Each pin defaults to the PORT latch data after Reset.
Other functions are selected with the peripheral pin
select logic. See Section 12.0 “Periphera l Pin Sele ct
(PPS) Module” for more information. Analog input
functions, such as ADC and op amp inputs, are not
shown in the peripheral pin select lists. These inputs
are active when the I/O pin is set for Analog mode using
the ANSELB register. Digital output functions may
continue to control the pin when it is in Analog mode.
Note: Changing the input threshold selection
should be performed while all peripheral
modules are disabled. Changing the
threshold level during the time a module is
active may inadvertently generate a
transition associated with an input pin,
regardless of the actual voltage level on
that pin.
Note: The ANSELB bits default to the Analog
mode after Reset. To use any pins as
digital general purpose or peripheral
inputs, the corresponding ANSEL bits
must be initialized to0’ by user software.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 127
PIC16(L)F1705/9
11.4 R e g i s t er Definition s : P O R T B
REGISTER 11-9: PORTB: PORTB REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 RB<7:4>: PORTB General Purpose I/O Pin bits(1)
1 = Port pin is > VIH
0 = Port pin is < VIL
bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
Note 1: Writes to PORTB are actually written to corresponding LATB register. Reads from PORTB register is
return of actual I/O pin values.
REGISTER 11-10: TRISB: PORTB TRI-STATE REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 TRISB<7:4>: PORTB Tri-State Control bits
1 = PORTB pin configured as an input (tri-stated)
0 = PORTB pin configured as an output
bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 128 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 11-11: LATB: PORTB DATA LATCH REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
LATB7 LATB6 LATB5 LATB4
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 LATB<7:4>: PORTB Output Latch Value bits(1)
bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
Note 1: Writes to PORTB are actually written to corresponding LATB register. Reads from PORTB register is
return of actual I/O pin values.
REGISTER 11-12: ANSELB: PORTB ANALOG SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
ANSB5 ANSB4
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-4 ANSB<5:4>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RB<5:4>, respectively
0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function.
1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital input buffer disabled.
bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to
allow external control of the voltage on the pin.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 129
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 11-13: WPUB: WEAK PULL-UP PORTB REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
WPUB7 WPUB6 WPUB5 WPUB4
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 WPUB<7:4>: Weak Pull-up Register bits
1 = Pull-up enabled
0 = Pull-up disabled
bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
Note 1: Global WPUEN bit of the OPTION_REG register must be cleared for individual pull-ups to be enabled.
2: The weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is configured as an output.
REGISTER 11-14: ODCONB: PORTB OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
ODB7 ODB6 ODB5 ODB4
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 ODB<7:4>: PORTB Open-Drain Enable bits
For RB<7:4> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin operates as open-drain drive (sink current only)
0 = Port pin operates as standard push-pull drive (source and sink current)
bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 130 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 11-4: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTB
REGISTER 11-15: SLRCONB: PORTB SLEW RATE CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
SLRB7 SLRB6 SLRB5 SLRB4
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 SLRB<7:4>: PORTB Slew Rate Enable bits
For RB<7:4> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin slew rate is limited
0 = Port pin slews at maximum rate
bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
REGISTER 11-16: INLVLB: PORTB INPUT LEVEL CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
INLVLB7 INLVLB6 INLVLB5 INLVLB4
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 INLVLB<7:4>: PORTB Input Level Select bits
For RB<7:4> pins, respectively
1 = ST input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
0 = TTL input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELB ANSB5 ANSB4 128
INLVLB INLVLB7 INLVLB6 INLVLB5 INLVLB4 130
LATB LATB7 LATB6 LATB5 LATB4 128
ODCONB ODB7 ODB6 ODB5 ODB4 129
PORTB RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 127
SLRCONB SLRB7 SLRB6 SLRB5 SLRB4 130
TRISB TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 130
WPUB WPUB7 WPUB6 WPUB5 WPUB4 129
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by
PORTB.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 131
PIC16(L)F1705/9
11.5 PORTC Registers
11.5.1 DATA REGISTER
PORTC is a 6-bit wide bidirectional port in the
PIC16(L)F1705 devices and 8-bit wide bidirectional port
in the PIC16(L)F1709 devices. The corresponding data
direction register is TRISC (Register 11-18). Setting a
TRISC bit (= 1) will make the corresponding PORTC pin
an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in a
High-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRISC bit (= 0) will
make the corresponding PORTC pin an output (i.e.,
enable the output driver and put the contents of the
output latch on the selected pin). Example 11-1 shows
how to initialize an I/O port.
Reading the PORTC register (Register 11-17) reads the
status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the
PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write
operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the
port pins are read, this value is modified and then written
to the PORT data latch (LATC).
11.5.2 DIRECTION CONTROL
The TRISC register (Register 11-18) controls the
PORTC pin output drivers, even when they are being
used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits in
the TRISC register are maintained set when using them
as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog inputs
always read ‘0’.
11.5.3 INPUT THRESHOLD CONTROL
The INLVLC register (Register 11-24) controls the input
voltage threshold for each of the available PORTC
input pins. A selection between the Schmitt Trigger
CMOS or the TTL Compatible thresholds is available.
The input threshold is important in determining the
value of a read of the PORTC register and also the
level at which an interrupt-on-change occurs, if that
feature is enabled. See Table 32-4: I/O Ports for more
information on threshold levels.
11.5.4 OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL
The ODCONC register (Register 11-22) controls the
open-drain feature of the port. Open-drain operation is
independently selected for each pin. When an
ODCONC bit is set, the corresponding port output
becomes an open-drain driver capable of sinking
current only. When an ODCONC bit is cleared, the
corresponding port output pin is the standard push-pull
drive capable of sourcing and sinking current.
11.5.5 SLEW RATE CONTROL
The SLRCONC register (Register 11-23) controls the
slew rate option for each port pin. Slew rate control is
independently selectable for each port pin. When an
SLRCONC bit is set, the corresponding port pin drive is
slew rate limited. When an SLRCONC bit is cleared,
The corresponding port pin drive slews at the maximum
rate possible.
11.5.6 ANALOG CONTROL
The ANSELC register (Register 11-20) is used to
configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog.
Setting the appropriate ANSELC bit high will cause all
digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow
analog functions on the pin to operate correctly.
The state of the ANSELC bits has no effect on digital out-
put functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSELC set will
still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode will be
analog. This can cause unexpected behavior when exe-
cuting read-modify-write instructions on the affected
port.
11.5.7 PORTC FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT
PRIORITIES
Each pin defaults to the PORT latch data after Reset.
Other functions are selected with the peripheral pin
select logic. See Section 12.0 “Periphera l Pin Sele ct
(PPS) Module” for more information.
Analog input functions, such as ADC and comparator
inputs, are not shown in the peripheral pin select lists.
These inputs are active when the I/O pin is set for
Analog mode using the ANSELC register. Digital output
functions may continue to control the pin when it is in
Analog mode.
Note: Changing the input threshold selection
should be performed while all peripheral
modules are disabled. Changing the
threshold level during the time a module is
active may inadvertently generate a
transition associated with an input pin,
regardless of the actual voltage level on
that pin.
Note: The ANSELC bits default to the Analog
mode after Reset. To use any pins as
digital general purpose or peripheral
inputs, the corresponding ANSEL bits
must be initialized to0’ by user software.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 132 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
11.6 R e g i s t er Definition s : P O R T C
REGISTER 11-17: PORTC: PORTC REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
RC7(2) RC6(2) RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 RC<7:0>: PORTC General Purpose I/O Pin bits(1, 2)
1 = Port pin is > VIH
0 = Port pin is < VIL
Note 1: Writes to PORTC are actually written to corresponding LATC register. Reads from PORTC register is
return of actual I/O pin values.
2: RC<7:6> are available on PIC16(L)F1709 only.
REGISTER 11-18: TRISC: PORTC TRI-STATE REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
TRISC7(1) TRISC6(1) TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 TRISC<7:0>: PORTC Tri-State Control bits(1)
1 = PORTC pin configured as an input (tri-stated)
0 = PORTC pin configured as an output
Note 1: TRISC<7:6> are available on PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 133
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 11-19: LATC: PORTC DATA LATCH REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LATC7(1) LATC6(1) LATC5 LATC4 LATC3 LATC2 LATC1 LATC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 LATC<7:0>: PORTC Output Latch Value bits(1)
Note 1: LATC<7:6> are available on PIC16(L)F1709 only.
REGISTER 11-20: ANSELC: PORTC ANALOG SELECT REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
ANSC7(2) ANSC6(2) ANSC5(3) ANSC4(3) ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ANSC<7:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RC<7:0>, respectively(1)
0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function.
1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital input buffer disabled.
Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to
allow external control of the voltage on the pin.
2: ANSC<7:6> are available on PIC16(L)F1709 only.
3: ANSC<5:4> are available on PIC16(L)F1705 only.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 134 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 11-21: WPUC: WEAK PULL-UP PORTC REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
WPUC7(3) WPUC6(3) WPUC5 WPUC4 WPUC3 WPUC2 WPUC1 WPUC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 WPUC<7:0>: Weak Pull-up Register bits(1),(2)
1 = Pull-up enabled
0 = Pull-up disabled
Note 1: Global WPUEN bit of the OPTION_REG register must be cleared for individual pull-ups to be enabled.
2: The weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is configured as an output.
3: WPUC<7:6> are available on PIC16(L)F1709 only.
REGISTER 11-22: ODCONC: PORTC OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ODC7(1) ODC6(1) ODC5 ODC4 ODC3 ODC2 ODC1 ODC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ODC<7:0>: PORTC Open-Drain Enable bits(1)
For RC<7:0> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin operates as open-drain drive (sink current only)
0 = Port pin operates as standard push-pull drive (source and sink current)
Note 1: ODC<7:6> are available on PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 135
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 11-23: SLRCONC: PORTC SLEW RATE CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
SLRC7(1) SLRC6(1) SLRC5 SLRC4 SLRC3 SLRC2 SLRC1 SLRC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SLRC<7:0>: PORTC Slew Rate Enable bits(1)
For RC<7:0> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin slew rate is limited
0 = Port pin slews at maximum rate
Note 1: SLRC<7:6> are available on PIC16(L)F1709 only.
REGISTER 11-24: INLVLC: PORTC INPUT LEVEL CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
INLVLC7(1) INLVLC6(1) INLVLC5 INLVLC4 INLVLC3 INLVLC2 INLVLC1 INLVLC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 INLVLC<7:0>: PORTC Input Level Select bits(1)
For RC<7:0> pins, respectively
1 = ST input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
0 = TTL input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
Note 1: INLVLC<7:6> are available on PIC16(L)F1709 only.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 136 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 11-5: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTC
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELC ANSC7(1) ANSC6(1) ANSC5(2) ANSC4(2) ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 133
INLVLC INLVLC7(1) INLVLC6(1) INLVLC5 INLVLC4 INLVLC3 INLVLC2 INLVLC1 INLVLC0 135
LATC LATC7(1) LATC6(1) LATC5 LATC4 LATC3 LATC2 LATC1 LATC0 133
ODCONC ODC7(1) ODC6(1) ODC5 ODC4 ODC3 ODC2 ODC1 ODC0 134
PORTC RC7(1) RC6(1) RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 132
SLRCONC SLRC7(1) SLRC6(1) SLRC5 SLRC4 SLRC3 SLRC2 SLRC1 SLRC0 135
TRISC TRISC7(1) TRISC6(1) TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 132
WPUC WPUC7(1) WPUC6(1) WPUC5 WPUC4 WPUC3 WPUC2 WPUC1 WPUC0 134
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by
PORTC.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 137
PIC16(L)F1705/9
12.0 P ERIPHERAL PIN SELECT
(PPS) MODULE
The Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) module connects
peripheral inputs and outputs to the device I/O pins.
Only digital signals are included in the selections. All
analog inputs and outputs remain fixed to their
assigned pins. Input and output selections are
independent as shown in the simplified block diagram
Figure 12-1.
12.1 PPS Inputs
Each peripheral has a PPS register with which the
inputs to the peripheral are selected. Inputs include the
device pins.
Multiple peripherals can operate from the same source
simultaneously. Port reads always return the pin level
regardless of peripheral PPS selection. If a pin also has
associated analog functions, the ANSEL bit for that pin
must be cleared to enable the digital input buffer.
Although every peripheral has its own PPS input selec-
tion register, the selections are identical for every
peripheral as shown in Register 12-1 for
PIC16(L)F1705 devices and Register 12-2 for
PIC16(L)F1709 devices.
12.2 PPS Outputs
Each I/O pin has a PPS register with which the pin
output source is selected. With few exceptions, the port
TRIS control associated with that pin retains control
over the pin output driver. Peripherals that control the
pin output driver as part of the peripheral operation will
override the TRIS control as needed. These
peripherals include:
EUSART (synchronous operation)
MSSP (I2C)
COG (auto-shutdown)
Although every pin has its own PPS peripheral
selection register, the selections are identical for every
pin as shown in Register 12-3.
FIGURE 12-1: SIMPLI FI ED PPS BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note: The notation “xxx” in the register name is
a place holder for the peripheral identifier.
For example, CLC1PPS.
Note: The notation “Rxy” is a place holder for the
pin identifier. For example, RA0PPS.
RA0
Rxy
RA0PPS
RxyPPS
RC7
RC7PPS
PPS Outputs
PPS Inputs
Peripheral abc
Peripheral xyz
abcPPS
xyzPPS
RA0
RC7
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 138 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
12.3 Bidirectional Pins
PPS selections for peripherals with bidirectional
signals on a single pin must be made so that the PPS
input and PPS output select the same pin. Peripherals
that have bidirectional signals include:
EUSART (synchronous operation)
MSSP (I2C)
12.4 PPS Lock
The PPS includes a mode in which all input and output
selections can be locked to prevent inadvertent
changes. PPS selections are locked by setting the
PPSLOCKED bit of the PPSLOCK register. Setting and
clearing this bit requires a special sequence as an extra
precaution against inadvertent changes. Examples of
setting and clearing the PPSLOCKED bit are shown in
Example 12-1.
EXAMPLE 12-1: PP S LOCK/UNLOCK
SEQUENCE
12.5 PPS Permanent Lock
The PPS can be permanently locked by setting the
PPS1WAY Configuration bit. When this bit is set, the
PPSLOCKED bit can only be cleared and set one time
after a device Reset. This allows for clearing the
PPSLOCKED bit so that the input and output selections
can be made during initialization. When the
PPSLOCKED bit is set after all selections have been
made, it will remain set and cannot be cleared until after
the next device Reset event.
12.6 Operation During Sleep
PPS input and output selections are unaffected by
Sleep.
12.7 Effect s of a Reset
A device Power-On-Reset (POR) clears all PPS input
and output selections to their default values. All other
Resets leave the selections unchanged. Default input
selections are shown in pin allocation Table and Table .
Note: The I2C default input pins are I2C and
SMBus compatible and are the only pins
on the device with this compatibility.
; suspend interrupts
bcf INTCON,GIE
; BANKSEL PPSLOCK ; set bank
; required sequence, next 5 instructions
movlw 0x55
movwf PPSLOCK
movlw 0xAA
movwf PPSLOCK
; Set PPSLOCKED bit to disable writes or
; Clear PPSLOCKED bit to enable writes
bsf PPSLOCK,PPSLOCKED
; restore interrupts
bsf INTCON,GIE
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 139
PIC16(L)F1705/9
12.8 Register Definitions: PPS Input Selection
REGISTER 12-1: xxxPPS: PERIPHERAL xxx INPUT SELECTION (PIC16(L)F1705)
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-q/u R/W-q/u R/W-q/u R/W-q/u R/W-q/u
xxxPPS<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = value depends on peripheral
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 4-0 xxxPPS<4:0>: Peripheral xxx Input Selection bits
11xxx = Reserved. Do not use.
1011x = Reserved. Do not use.
10101 = Peripheral input is RC5
10100 = Peripheral input is RC4
10011 = Peripheral input is RC3
10010 = Peripheral input is RC2
10001 = Peripheral input is RC1
10000 = Peripheral input is RC0
01xxx = Reserved. Do not use.
0011X = Reserved. Do not use.
00101 = Peripheral input is RA5
00100 = Peripheral input is RA4
00011 = Peripheral input is RA3
00010 = Peripheral input is RA2
00001 = Peripheral input is RA1
00000 = Peripheral input is RA0
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 140 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 12-2: xxxPPS: PERIPHERAL xxx INPUT SELECTION (PIC16(L)F1709)
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-q/u R/W-q/u R/W-q/u R/W-q/u R/W-q/u
xxxPPS<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = value depends on peripheral
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 4-0 xxxPPS<4:0>: Peripheral xxx Input Selection bits
11xxx = Reserved. Do not use.
10111 = Peripheral input is RC7
10110 = Peripheral input is RC6
10101 = Peripheral input is RC5
10100 = Peripheral input is RC4
10011 = Peripheral input is RC3
10010 = Peripheral input is RC2
10001 = Peripheral input is RC1
10000 = Peripheral input is RC0
01111 = Peripheral input is RB7
01110 = Peripheral input is RB6
01101 = Peripheral input is RB5
01100 = Peripheral input is RB4
010xx = Reserved. Do not use.
0011X = Reserved. Do not use.
00101 = Peripheral input is RA5
00100 = Peripheral input is RA4
00011 = Peripheral input is RA3
00010 = Peripheral input is RA2
00001 = Peripheral input is RA1
00000 = Peripheral input is RA0
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 141
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 12-3: RxyPPS: PIN Rxy OUTPUT SOURCE SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u
RxyPPS<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 4-0 RxyPPS<4:0>: Pin Rxy Output Source Selection bits
11xxx = Reserved
10111 = Rxy source is C2OUT
10110 = Rxy source is C1OUT
10101 = Rxy source is DT(1)
10100 = Rxy source is TX/CK(1)
10011 = Reserved
10010 = Rxy source is SDO
10001 = Rxy source is SDA(1)
10000 = Rxy source is SCK/SCL(1)
01111 = Rxy source is PWM4OUT
01110 = Rxy source is PWM3OUT
01101 = Rxy source is CCP2
01100 = Rxy source is CCP1
01011 = Rxy source is COG1D(1)
01010 = Rxy source is COG1C(1)
01001 = Rxy source is COG1B(1)
01000 = Rxy source is COG1A(1)
00111 = Reserved
00110 = Rxy source is LC3OUT
00101 = Rxy source is LC2OUT
00100 = Rxy source is LC1OUT
00011 = Reserved
00010 = Reserved
00001 = Reserved
00000 = Rxy source is LATxy
Note 1: TRIS control is overridden by the peripheral as required.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 142 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 12-4: PPSLOCK: PPS LOCK REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0
—————— PPSLOCKED
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 0 PPSLOCKED: PPS Locked bit
1 = PPS is locked. PPS selections can not be changed.
0 = PPS is not locked. PPS selections can be changed.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 143
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 12-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PPS MODULE
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on page
PPSLOCK —————— PPSLOCKED 142
INTPPS —— INTPPS<4:0> 140
T0CKIPPS —— T0CKIPPS<4:0> 140
T1CKIPPS —— T1CKIPPS<4:0> 140
T1GPPS —— T1GPPS<4:0> 140
CCP1PPS —— CCP1PPS<4:0> 140
CCP2PPS —— CCP2PPS<4:0> 140
COGPPS —— COGPPS<4:0> 140
SSPCLKPPS —— SSPCLKPPS<4:0> 140
SSPDATPPS —— SSPDATPPS<4:0> 140
SSPSSPPS —— SSPSSPPS<4:0> 140
RXPPS —— RXPPS<4:0> 140
CKPPS —— CKPPS<4:0> 140
CLCIN0PPS —— CLCIN0PPS<4:0> 140
CLCIN1PPS —— CLCIN1PPS<4:0> 140
CLCIN2PPS —— CLCIN2PPS<4:0> 140
CLCIN3PPS —— CLCIN3PPS<4:0> 140
RA0PPS —— RA0PPS<4:0> 141
RA1PPS —— RA1PPS<4:0> 141
RA2PPS —— RA2PPS<4:0> 141
RA4PPS —— RA4PPS<4:0> 141
RA5PPS —— RA5PPS<4:0> 141
RB4PPS(1) —— RB4PPS<4:0> 141
RB5PPS(1) —— RB5PPS<4:0> 141
RB6PPS(1) —— RB6PPS<4:0> 141
RB7PPS(1) —— RB7PPS<4:0> 141
RC0PPS —— RC0PPS<4:0> 141
RC1PPS —— RC1PPS<4:0> 141
RC2PPS —— RC2PPS<4:0> 141
RC3PPS —— RC3PPS<4:0> 141
RC4PPS —— RC4PPS<4:0> 141
RC5PPS —— RC5PPS<4:0> 141
RC6PPS(1) —— RC6PPS<4:0> 141
RC7PPS(1) —— RC7PPS<4:0> 141
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are unused by the PPS module.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 144 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
13.0 INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE
All pins on all ports can be configured to operate as
Interrupt-on-Change (IOC) pins. An interrupt can be
generated by detecting a signal that has either a rising
edge or a falling edge. Any individual pin, or combination
of pins, can be configured to generate an interrupt. The
interrupt-on-change module has the following features:
Interrupt-on-Change enable (Master Switch)
Individual pin configuration
Rising and falling edge detection
Individual pin interrupt flags
Figure 13-1 is a block diagram of the IOC module.
13.1 Enabling the Module
To allow individual pins to generate an interrupt, the
IOCIE bit of the INTCON register must be set. If the
IOCIE bit is disabled, the edge detection on the pin will
still occur, but an interrupt will not be generated.
13.2 Individual Pin Configuration
For each pin, a rising edge detector and a falling edge
detector are present. To enable a pin to detect a rising
edge, the associated bit of the IOCxP register is set. To
enable a pin to detect a falling edge, the associated bit
of the IOCxN register is set.
A pin can be configured to detect rising and falling
edges simultaneously by setting the associated bits in
both of the IOCxP and IOCxN registers.
13.3 Interrupt Flags
The bits located in the IOCxF registers are status flags
that correspond to the interrupt-on-change pins of each
port. If an expected edge is detected on an appropriately
enabled pin, then the status flag for that pin will be set,
and an interrupt will be generated if the IOCIE bit is set.
The IOCIF bit of the INTCON register reflects the status
of all IOCxF bits.
13.4 Clearing Interrupt Flags
The individual status flags, (IOCxF register bits), can be
cleared by resetting them to zero. If another edge is
detected during this clearing operation, the associated
status flag will be set at the end of the sequence,
regardless of the value actually being written.
In order to ensure that no detected edge is lost while
clearing flags, only AND operations masking out known
changed bits should be performed. The following
sequence is an example of what should be performed.
EXAMPLE 13-1: CLEA RING INTERRUPT
FLAGS
(PORTA EXAMPLE)
13.5 Operation in Sleep
The interrupt-on-change interrupt sequence will wake
the device from Sleep mode, if the IOCIE bit is set.
If an edge is detected while in Sleep mode, the affected
IOCxF register will be updated prior to the first instruction
executed out of Sleep.
MOVLW 0xff
XORWF IOCAF, W
ANDWF IOCAF, F
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 145
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 13-1: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE BLOCK DIAGRAM (PORTA EXAMPLE)
IOCANx
IOCAPx
Q2
Q4Q1
data bus =
0 or 1
write IOCAFx
IOCIE
to data bus
IOCAFx
edge
detect
IOC interrupt
to CPU core
from all other
IOCnFx individual
pin detectors
DQ
S
DQ
R
DQ
R
RAx
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q4Q1
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q4Q1 Q4Q1Q4Q1
FOSC
Rev . 10-000 037A
6/2/201 4
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 146 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
13.6 Register Definitions: Interrupt-on-Change Control
REGISTER 13-1: IOCAP: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTA POSITIVE EDGE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
IOCAP5 IOCAP4 IOCAP3 IOCAP2 IOCAP1 IOCAP0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-0 IOCAP<5:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTA Positive Edge Enable bits
1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a positive going edge. IOCAFx bit and IOCIF flag will
be set upon detecting an edge.
0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin.
REGISTER 13-2: IOCAN: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTA NEGATIVE EDGE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
IOCAN5 IOCAN4 IOCAN3 IOCAN2 IOCAN1 IOCAN0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-0 IOCAN<5:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTA Negative Edge Enable bits
1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a negative going edge. IOCAFx bit and IOCIF flag will
be set upon detecting an edge.
0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 147
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 13-3: IOCAF: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTA FLAG REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0
IOCAF5 IOCAF4 IOCAF3 IOCAF2 IOCAF1 IOCAF0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS - Bit is set in hardware
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-0 IOCAF<5:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTA Flag bits
1 = An enabled change was detected on the associated pin.
Set when IOCAPx = 1 and a rising edge was detected on RAx, or when IOCANx = 1 and a falling
edge was detected on RAx.
0 = No change was detected, or the user cleared the detected change.
REGISTER 13-4: IOCBP: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTB POSITIV E EDGE REGISTER (1)
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
IOCBP7 IOCBP6 IOCBP5 IOCBP4
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 IOCBP<7:4>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTB Positive Edge Enable bits
1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a positive going edge. IOCBFx bit and IOCIF flag will
be set upon detecting an edge.
0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin.
bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 148 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 13-5: IOCBN: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTB NEGATIVE EDGE REGISTER(1)
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
IOCBN7 IOCBN6 IOCBN5 IOCBN4
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 IOCBN<7:4>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTB Negative Edge Enable bits
1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a negative going edge. IOCBFx bit and IOCIF flag will
be set upon detecting an edge.
0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin.
bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
REGISTER 13-6: IOCBF: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTB FLAG REGISTER(1)
R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
IOCBF7 IOCBF6 IOCBF5 IOCBF4
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS - Bit is set in hardware
bit 7-4 IOCBF<7:4>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTB Flag bits
1 = An enabled change was detected on the associated pin.
Set when IOCBPx = 1 and a rising edge was detected on RBx, or when IOCBNx = 1 and a falling
edge was detected on RBx.
0 = No change was detected, or the user cleared the detected change.
bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 149
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 13-7: IOCCP: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTC POSITIV E EDGE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
IOCCP7(1) IOCCP6(1) IOCCP5 IOCCP4 IOCCP3 IOCCP2 IOCCP1 IOCCP0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 IOCCP<7:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTC Positive Edge Enable bits
1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a positive going edge. IOCCFx bit and IOCIF flag will
be set upon detecting an edge.
0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
REGISTER 13-8: IOCCN: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTC NEGATIVE EDGE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
IOCCN7(1) IOCCN6(1) IOCCN5 IOCCN4 IOCCN3 IOCCN2 IOCCN1 IOCCN0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 IOCCN<7:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTC Negative Edge Enable bits
1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a negative going edge. IOCCFx bit and IOCIF flag will
be set upon detecting an edge.
0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
REGISTER 13-9: IOCCF: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTC FLAG REGISTER
R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0
IOCCF7(1) IOCCF6(1) IOCCF5 IOCCF4 IOCCF3 IOCCF2 IOCCF1 IOCCF0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS - Bit is set in hardware
bit 7-0 IOCCF<7:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTC Flag bits
1 = An enabled change was detected on the associated pin.
Set when IOCCPx = 1 and a rising edge was detected on RCx, or when IOCCNx = 1 and a falling edge was
detected on RCx.
0 = No change was detected, or the user cleared the detected change.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 150 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 13-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELA —ANSA4 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 122
ANSELB(1) ANSB5 ANSB4 128
ANSELC ANSC7(1) ANSC6(1) ANSC5(2) ANSC4(2) ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 133
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
IOCAF IOCAF5 IOCAF4 IOCAF3 IOCAF2 IOCAF1 IOCAF0 147
IOCAN IOCAN5 IOCAN4 IOCAN3 IOCAN2 IOCAN1 IOCAN0 146
IOCAP IOCAP5 IOCAP4 IOCAP3 IOCAP2 IOCAP1 IOCAP0 146
IOCBF(1) IOCBF7 IOCBF6 IOCBF5 IOCBF4 ————148
IOCBN(1) IOCBN7 IOCBN6 IOCBN5 IOCBN4 ————148
IOCBP(1) IOCBP7 IOCBP6 IOCBP5 IOCBP4 ————147
IOCCF IOCCF7(1) IOCCF6(1) IOCCF5 IOCCF4 IOCCF3 IOCCF2 IOCCF1 IOCCF0 149
IOCCN IOCCN7(1) IOCCN6(1) IOCCN5 IOCCN4 IOCCN3 IOCCN2 IOCCN1 IOCCN0 149
IOCCP IOCCP7(1) IOCCP6(1) IOCCP5 IOCCP4 IOCCP3 IOCCP2 IOCCP1 IOCCP0 149
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 (3) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 121
TRISB(1) TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 127
TRISC TRISC7(1) TRISC6(1) TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 132
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by interrupt-on-change.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 151
PIC16(L)F1705/9
14.0 FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE
(FVR)
The Fixed Voltage Reference, or FVR, is a stable
voltage reference, independent of VDD, with 1.024V,
2.048V or 4.096V selectable output levels. The output
of the FVR can be configured to supply a reference
voltage to the following:
ADC input channel
ADC positive reference
Comparator positive input
Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC)
The FVR can be enabled by setting the FVREN bit of
the FVRCON register.
14.1 Independent Gain Amplifiers
The output of the FVR supplied to the ADC,
Comparators, and DAC is routed through two
independent programmable gain amplifiers. Each
amplifier can be programmed for a gain of 1x, 2x or 4x,
to produce the three possible voltage levels.
The ADFVR<1:0> bits of the FVRCON register are
used to enable and configure the gain amplifier settings
for the reference supplied to the ADC module.
Reference Section 20.0 “Analog-to-Digital Con-
verter (ADC) Module” for additional information.
The CDAFVR<1:0> bits of the FVRCON register are
used to enable and configure the gain amplifier settings
for the reference supplied to the DAC and comparator
module. Reference Section 22.0 “8-Bit Digi-
tal-to-Analog Converter (DAC1) Module” and
Section 16.0 “Comparator Module” for additional
information.
14.2 FVR Stabilizat ion Period
When the Fixed Voltage Reference module is enabled, it
requires time for the reference and amplifier circuits to
stabilize. Once the circuits stabilize and are ready for use,
the FVRRDY bit of the FVRCON register will be set. See
Figure 33-76: FVR Stabilization Period. PIC16LF1705/9
Only.
14.3 FVR Buffer Stabi lization Period
When either FVR Buffer1 or Buffer2 is enabled then the
buffer amplifier circuits require 30 us to stabilize.This
stabilization time is required even when the FVR is
already operating and stable.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 152 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 14-1: VOLTAGE REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM
ADFVR<1:0>
CDAFVR<1:0>
X1
X2
X4
X1
X2
X4
2
2
FVR BUFFER1
(To ADC Module)
FVR BUFFER2
(To Comparators, DAC)
+
_
FVREN FVRRDY
Any peripheral requiring the
Fixed Reference
(See Table 14-1)
To BOR, LDO
HFINTOSC Enable
HFINTOSC
TABLE 14-1: PERIPHERALS REQUIRING THE FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE (FVR)
Peripheral Conditions Description
HFINTOSC FOSC<2:0> = 100 and
IRCF<3:0> 000x INTOSC is active and device is not in Sleep
BOR
BOREN<1:0> = 11 BOR always enabled
BOREN<1:0> = 10 and BORFS = 1BOR disabled in Sleep mode, BOR Fast Start enabled
BOREN<1:0> = 01 and BORFS = 1BOR under software control, BOR Fast Start enabled
LDO All PIC16F1705/9 devices, when
VREGPM = 1 and not in Sleep
The device runs off of the ULP regulator when in Sleep mode
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 153
PIC16(L)F1705/9
14.4 Register Definitions: FVR Control
TABLE 14-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE
REGISTER 14-1: FVRCON: FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R-q/q R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
FVREN FVRRDY(1) TSEN(3) TSRNG(3) CDAFVR<1:0> ADFVR<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 FVREN: Fixed Voltage Reference Enable bit
1 = Fixed Voltage Reference is enabled
0 = Fixed Voltage Reference is disabled
bit 6 FVRRDY: Fixed Voltage Reference Ready Flag bit(1)
1 = Fixed Voltage Reference output is ready for use
0 = Fixed Voltage Reference output is not ready or not enabled
bit 5 TSEN: Temperature Indicator Enable bit(3)
1 = Temperature Indicator is enabled
0 = Temperature Indicator is disabled
bit 4 TSRNG: Temperature Indicator Range Selection bit(3)
1 =VOUT = VDD - 4VT (High Range)
0 =V
OUT = VDD - 2VT (Low Range)
bit 3-2 CDAFVR<1:0>: Comparator FVR Buffer Gain Selection bits
11 = Comparator FVR Buffer Gain is 4x, with output VCDAFVR = 4x VFVR(2)
10 = Comparator FVR Buffer Gain is 2x, with output VCDAFVR = 2x VFVR(2)
01 = Comparator FVR Buffer Gain is 1x, with output VCDAFVR = 1x VFVR
00 = Comparator FVR Buffer is off
bit 1-0 ADFVR<1:0>: ADC FVR Buffer Gain Selection bit
11 = ADC FVR Buffer Gain is 4x, with output VADFVR = 4x VFVR(2)
10 = ADC FVR Buffer Gain is 2x, with output VADFVR = 2x VFVR(2)
01 = ADC FVR Buffer Gain is 1x, with output VADFVR = 1x VFVR
00 = ADC FVR Buffer is off
Note 1: FVRRDY is always ‘1’ on PIC16F1705/9 only.
2: Fixed Voltage Reference output cannot exceed VDD.
3: See Section 15.0 “Temperature Indicator Module” for additional information.
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on page
FVRCON FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG CDAFVR<1:0> ADFVR<1:0> 153
Legend: Shaded cells are not used with the Fixed Voltage Reference.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 154 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
15.0 TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
MODULE
This family of devices is equipped with a temperature
circuit designed to measure the operating temperature
of the silicon die. The circuit’s range of operating
temperature falls between -40°C and +85°C. The
output is a voltage that is proportional to the device
temperature. The output of the temperature indicator is
internally connected to the device ADC.
The circuit may be used as a temperature threshold
detector or a more accurate temperature indicator,
depending on the level of calibration performed. A one-
point calibration allows the circuit to indicate a
temperature closely surrounding that point. A two-point
calibration allows the circuit to sense the entire range
of temperature more accurately. Reference Application
Note AN1333, Use and Calibration of the Internal
Temperature Indicator” (DS01333) for more details
regarding the calibration process.
15.1 Circuit Operation
Figure 15-1 shows a simplified block diagram of the
temperature circuit. The proportional voltage output is
achieved by measuring the forward voltage drop across
multiple silicon junctions.
Equation 15-1 describes the output characteristics of
the temperature indicator.
EQUATION 15-1: VOUT RANGES
The temperature sense circuit is integrated with the
Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) module. See
Section 14.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)” for
more information.
The circuit is enabled by setting the TSEN bit of the
FVRCON register. When disabled, the circuit draws no
current.
The circuit operates in either high or low range. The high
range, selected by setting the TSRNG bit of the
FVRCON register, provides a wider output voltage. This
provides more resolution over the temperature range,
but may be less consistent from part to part. This range
requires a higher bias voltage to operate and thus, a
higher VDD is needed.
The low range is selected by clearing the TSRNG bit of
the FVRCON register. The low range generates a lower
voltage drop and thus, a lower bias voltage is needed to
operate the circuit. The low range is provided for low
voltage operation.
FIGURE 15-1: TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT
DIAGRAM
15.2 Minimum Operating VDD
When the temperature circuit is operated in low range,
the device may be operated at any operating voltage
that is within specifications.
When the temperature circuit is operated in high range,
the device operating voltage, VDD, must be high
enough to ensure that the temperature circuit is
correctly biased.
Table 15-1 shows the recommended minimum VDD vs.
range setting.
TABLE 15-1: RECOMMENDED VDD VS.
RANGE
15.3 Temperature Output
The output of the circuit is measured using the internal
Analog-to-Digital Converter. A channel is reserved for
the temperature circuit output. Refer to Section 20.0
“Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Module” for
detailed information.
High Range: VOUT = VDD - 4VT
Low R ange: VOUT = VDD - 2VT
Min. VDD, TSRNG = 1Min. VDD, TSRNG = 0
3.6V 1.8V
TSEN
TSRNG
VDD
VOUT To ADC
Temp. Indicator
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 155
PIC16(L)F1705/9
15.4 ADC Acquisition Time
To ensure accurate temperature measurements, the
user must wait at least 200 s after the ADC input
multiplexer is connected to the temperature indicator
output before the conversion is performed. In addition,
the user must wait 200 s between sequential
conversions of the temperature indicator output.
TABLE 15-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE T EMPERATURE INDICATOR
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on page
FVRCON FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG CDFVR<1:0> ADFVR<1:0> 153
Legend: Shaded cells are unused by the temperature indicator module.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 156 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
16.0 COMPARATOR MODULE
Comparators are used to interface analog circuits to a
digital circuit by comparing two analog voltages and
providing a digital indication of their relative magnitudes.
Comparators are very useful mixed signal building
blocks because they provide analog functionality
independent of program execution. The analog
comparator module includes the following features:
Independent comparator control
Programmable input selection
Comparator output is available internally/externally
Programmable output polarity
Interrupt-on-change
Wake-up from Sleep
Programmable Speed/Power optimization
•PWM shutdown
Programmable and Fixed Voltage Reference
16.1 Compara tor Overview
A single comparator is shown in Figure 16-1 along with
the relationship between the analog input levels and
the digital output. When the analog voltage at VIN+ is
less than the analog voltage at VIN-, the output of the
comparator is a digital low level. When the analog
voltage at VIN+ is greater than the analog voltage at
VIN-, the output of the comparator is a digital high level.
The comparators available for this device are located in
Table 16-1.
FIGURE 16-1: SINGLE COMPARATOR
TABLE 16-1: AVAILABLE COMPARATORS
Device C1 C2
PIC16(L)F1705/9 ●●
+
VIN+
VIN-Output
Output
VIN+
VIN-
Note: The black areas of the output of the
comparator represents the uncertainty
due to input offsets and response time.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 157
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 16-2: COMPARATOR MODULE SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note 1: When CxON = 0, the comparator will produce a ‘0’ at the output.
2: When CxON = 0, all multiplexer inputs are disconnected.
MUX
Cx
CxON(1)
CxNCH<2:0>
3
0
1
CXPCH<2:0>
CXIN1-
CXIN2-
CXIN3-
CXIN+
MUX
-
+
CxVN
CxVP Q1
D
EN
Q
Set CxIF
0
1
CXSYNC
CXOUT
DQ
DAC_Output
FVR Buffer2
CXIN0-
2
CxSP
CxHYS
det
Interrupt
det
Interrupt
CxINTN
CxINTP
3
3
AGND
TRIS bit
CxON
(2)
(2)
From Timer1
tmr1_clk
FVR Buffer2
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
AGND
4
5
6
7
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
sync_CxOUT To Ti m er1
to CMXCON0 (CXOUT)
and CM2CON1 (MCXOUT)
CXPOL
0
1
CxZLF
ZLF
async_CxOUT
Reserved
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 158 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
16.2 Comparator Control
Each comparator has two control registers: CMxCON0
and CMxCON1.
The CMxCON0 register (see Register 16-1) contains
Control and Status bits for the following:
Enable
•Output
Output polarity
Zero latency filter
Speed/Power selection
Hysteresis enable
Output synchronization
The CMxCON1 register (see Register 16-2) contains
Control bits for the following:
Interrupt enable
Interrupt edge polarity
Positive input channel selection
Negative input channel selection
16.2.1 COMPARATOR ENABLE
Setting the CxON bit of the CMxCON0 register enables
the comparator for operation. Clearing the CxON bit
disables the comparator resulting in minimum current
consumption.
16.2.2 COMPARATOR OUTPUT
SELECTION
The output of the comparator can be monitored by
reading either the CxOUT bit of the CMxCON0 register
or the MCxOUT bit of the CMOUT register. In order to
make the output available for an external connection,
the following conditions must be true:
Desired pin PPS control
Corresponding TRIS bit must be cleared
CxON bit of the CMxCON0 register must be set
16.2.3 COMPARATOR OUTPUT POLARITY
Inverting the output of the comparator is functionally
equivalent to swapping the comparator inputs. The
polarity of the comparator output can be inverted by
setting the CxPOL bit of the CMxCON0 register.
Clearing the CxPOL bit results in a non-inverted output.
Table 16-2 shows the output state versus input
conditions, including polarity control.
16.2.4 COMPARATOR SPEED/POWER
SELECTION
The trade-off between speed or power can be
optimized during program execution with the CxSP
control bit. The default state for this bit is ‘1’, which
selects the Normal-Speed mode. Device power
consumption can be optimized at the cost of slower
comparator propagation delay by clearing the CxSP bit
to ‘0’.
Note 1: The internal output of the comparator is
latched with each instruction cycle.
Unless otherwise specified, external out-
puts are not latched.
TABLE 16-2: COMPARATOR OUTPUT
STATE VS. INPUT
CONDITIONS
Input Condition CxPOL CxOUT
CxVN > CxVP00
CxVN < CxVP01
CxVN > CxVP11
CxVN < CxVP10
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 159
PIC16(L)F1705/9
16.3 Comparator Hysteresis
A selectable amount of separation voltage can be
added to the input pins of each comparator to provide a
hysteresis function to the overall operation. Hysteresis
is enabled by setting the CxHYS bit of the CMxCON0
register.
See Comparator Specifications in Table 32-18:
Comparator Specifications for more information.
16.4 Timer1 Gate Operation
The output resulting from a comparator operation can
be used as a source for gate control of Timer1. See
Section 25.6 “Timer1 Gate” for more information.
This feature is useful for timing the duration or interval
of an analog event.
It is recommended that the comparator output be
synchronized to Timer1. This ensures that Timer1 does
not increment while a change in the comparator is
occurring.
16.4.1 COMPARATOR OUTPUT
SYNCHRONIZATION
The output from a comparator can be synchronized
with Timer1 by setting the CxSYNC bit of the
CMxCON0 register.
Once enabled, the comparator output is latched on the
falling edge of the Timer1 source clock. If a prescaler is
used with Timer1, the comparator output is latched after
the prescaling function. To prevent a race condition, the
comparator output is latched on the falling edge of the
Timer1 clock source and Timer1 increments on the
rising edge of its clock source. See the Comparator
Block Diagram (Figure 16-2) and the Timer1 Block
Diagram (Figure 25-1) for more information.
16.5 Comparator Interrupt
An interrupt can be generated upon a change in the
output value of the comparator for each comparator, a
rising edge detector and a falling edge detector are
present.
When either edge detector is triggered and its associ-
ated enable bit is set (CxINTP and/or CxINTN bits of
the CMxCON1 register), the Corresponding Interrupt
Flag bit (CxIF bit of the PIR2 register) will be set.
To enable the interrupt, you must set the following bits:
CxON, CxPOL and CxSP bits of the CMxCON0
register
CxIE bit of the PIE2 register
CxINTP bit of the CMxCON1 register (for a rising
edge detection)
CxINTN bit of the CMxCON1 register (for a falling
edge detection)
PEIE and GIE bits of the INTCON register
The associated interrupt flag bit, CxIF bit of the PIR2
register, must be cleared in software. If another edge is
detected while this flag is being cleared, the flag will still
be set at the end of the sequence.
16.6 Comparator Positive Input
Selection
Configuring the CxPCH<2:0> bits of the CMxCON1
register directs an internal voltage reference or an
analog pin to the non-inverting input of the comparator:
CxIN+ analog pin
DAC output
FVR (Fixed Voltage Reference)
•VSS (Ground)
See Section 14.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)”
for more information on the Fixed Voltage Reference
module.
See Se ction 22.0 “8-Bit Digit al-to-Analog Converter
(DAC1) Module” for more information on the DAC
input signal.
Any time the comparator is disabled (CxON = 0), all
comparator inputs are disabled.
16.7 Comparator Negative Input
Selection
The CxNCH<2:0> bits of the CMxCON0 register direct
an analog input pin and internal reference voltage or
analog ground to the inverting input of the comparator:
•CxIN- pin
FVR (Fixed Voltage Reference)
Analog Ground
Some inverting input selections share a pin with the
operational amplifier output function. Enabling both
functions at the same time will direct the operational
amplifier output to the comparator inverting input.
Note: Although a comparator is disabled, an
interrupt can be generated by changing
the output polarity with the CxPOL bit of
the CMxCON0 register, or by switching
the comparator on or off with the CxON bit
of the CMxCON0 register.
Note: To use CxINy+ and CxINy- pins as analog
input, the appropriate bits must be set in
the ANSEL register and the correspond-
ing TRIS bits must also be set to disable
the output drivers.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 160 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
16.8 Comparator Response Time
The comparator output is indeterminate for a period of
time after the change of an input source or the selection
of a new reference voltage. This period is referred to as
the response time. The response time of the comparator
differs from the settling time of the voltage reference.
Therefore, both of these times must be considered when
determining the total response time to a comparator
input change. See the Comparator and Voltage
Reference Specifications in Table 32-18: Comparator
Specifications for more details.
16.9 Zero Latency Filter
In high-speed operation, and under proper circuit
conditions, it is possible for the comparator output to
oscillate. This oscillation can have adverse effects on
the hardware and software relying on this signal.
Therefore, a digital filter has been added to the
comparator output to suppress the comparator output
oscillation. Once the comparator output changes, the
output is prevented from reversing the change for a
nominal time of 20 ns. This allows the comparator
output to stabilize without affecting other dependent
devices. Refer to Figure 16-3.
FIGURE 16-3: COMPARATOR ZERO LATENCY FILTER OPERATION
CxOUT From Comparator
CxOUT From ZLF TZLF
Output waiting for TZLF to expire before an output change is allowed.
TZLF has expired so output change of ZLF is immediate based on
comparator output change.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 161
PIC16(L)F1705/9
16.10 Analog Input Connection
Considerations
A simplified circuit for an analog input is shown in
Figure 16-4. Since the analog input pins share their
connection with a digital input, they have reverse
biased ESD protection diodes to VDD and VSS. The
analog input, therefore, must be between VSS and VDD.
If the input voltage deviates from this range by more
than 0.6V in either direction, one of the diodes is
forward biased and a latch-up may occur.
A maximum source impedance of 10 k is recommended
for the analog sources. Also, any external component
connected to an analog input pin, such as a capacitor or
a Zener diode, should have very little leakage current to
minimize inaccuracies introduced.
FIGURE 16-4: ANALOG INPUT MODEL
Note 1: When reading a PORT register, all pins
configured as analog inputs will read as a
0’. Pins configured as digital inputs will
convert as an analog input, according to
the input specification.
2: Analog levels on any pin defined as a
digital input, may cause the input buffer to
consume more current than is specified.
VA
Rs < 10K
CPIN
5 pF
VDD
VT 0.6V
VT 0.6V
RIC
ILEAKAGE(1)
Vss
Legend: CPIN = Input Capacitance
ILEAKAGE = Leakage Current at the pin due to various junctions
RIC = Interconnect Resistance
RS= Source Impedance
VA= Analog Voltage
VT= Threshold Voltage
To Comparator
Note 1: See I/O Ports in Table 32-4: I/O Ports.
Analog
Input
pin
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 162 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
16.11 Register Definitions: Comparator Control
REGISTER 16-1: CMxCON0: COMPARATOR Cx CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 R-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
CxON CxOUT CxPOL CxZLF CxSP CxHYS CxSYNC
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 CxON: Comparator Enable bit
1 = Comparator is enabled
0 = Comparator is disabled and consumes no active power
bit 6 CxOUT: Comparator Output bit
If CxPOL = 1 (inverted polarity):
1 = CxVP < CxVN
0 = CxVP > CxVN
If CxPOL = 0 (non-inverted polarity):
1 = CxVP > CxVN
0 = CxVP < CxVN
bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as0
bit 4 CxPOL: Comparator Output Polarity Select bit
1 = Comparator output is inverted
0 = Comparator output is not inverted
bit 3 CxZLF: Comparator Zero Latency Filter Enable bit
1 = Comparator output is filtered
0 = Comparator output is unfiltered
bit 2 CxSP: Comparator Speed/Power Select bit
1 = Comparator operates in Normal-Power, higher speed mode
0 = Comparator operates in Low-Power, Low-Speed mode
bit 1 CxHYS: Comparator Hysteresis Enable bit
1 = Comparator hysteresis enabled
0 = Comparator hysteresis disabled
bit 0 CxSYNC: Comparator Output Synchronous Mode bit
1 = Comparator output to Timer1 and I/O pin is synchronous to changes on Timer1 clock source.
Output updated on the falling edge of Timer1 clock source.
0 = Comparator output to Timer1 and I/O pin is asynchronous
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 163
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 16-2: CMxCON1: COMPARATOR Cx CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
CxINTP CxINTN CxPCH<2:0> CxNCH<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 CxINTP: Comparator Interrupt on Positive Going Edge Enable bits
1 = The CxIF interrupt flag will be set upon a positive going edge of the CxOUT bit
0 = No interrupt flag will be set on a positive going edge of the CxOUT bit
bit 6 CxINTN: Comparator Interrupt on Negative Going Edge Enable bits
1 = The CxIF interrupt flag will be set upon a negative going edge of the CxOUT bit
0 = No interrupt flag will be set on a negative going edge of the CxOUT bit
bit 5-3 CxPCH<2:0>: Comparator Positive Input Channel Select bits
111 = CxVP connects to AGND
110 = CxVP connects to FVR Buffer 2
101 = CxVP connects to VDAC
100 = CxVP unconnected, input floating
011 = CxVP unconnected, input floating
010 = CxVP unconnected, input floating
001 = CxVN unconnected, input floating
000 = CxVP connects to CxIN+ pin
bit 2-0 CxNCH<2:0>: Comparator Negative Input Channel Select bits
111 = CxVN connects to AGND
110 = CxVN connects to FVR Buffer 2
101 = CxVN unconnected, input floating
100 = CxVN unconnected, input floating
011 = CxVN connects to CxIN3- pin
010 = CxVN connects to CxIN2- pin
001 = CxVN connects to CxIN1- pin
000 = CxVN connects to CxIN0- pin
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 164 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 16-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH COMPARATOR MODULE
REGISTER 16-3: CMOUT: COMPARATOR OUTPUT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-0/0 R-0/0
MC2OUT MC1OUT
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 1 MC2OUT: Mirror Copy of C2OUT bit
bit 0 MC1OUT: Mirror Copy of C1OUT bit
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bi t 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 B it 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reg ister
on Page
ANSELA ANSA4 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 122
ANSELB(1) ANSB5 ANSB4 ————128
ANSELC ANSC7(1) ANSC6(1) ANSC5(2) ANSC4(2) ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 133
CM1CON0 C1ON C1OUT C1POL C1ZLF C1SP C1HYS C1SYNC 162
CM2CON0 C2ON C2OUT C2POL C2ZLF C2SP C2HYS C2SYNC 162
CM1CON1 C1INTP C1INTN C1PCH<2:0> C1NCH<2:0> 163
CM2CON1 C2INTP C2INTN C2PCH<2:0> C2NCH<2:0> 163
CMOUT MC2OUT MC1OUT 164
FVRCON FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG CDAFVR<1:0> ADFVR<1:0> 153
DAC1CON0 DAC1EN DAC1OE1 DAC1OE2 DAC1PSS<1:0> —DAC1NSS238
DAC1CON1 DAC1R<7:0> 238
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
PIE2 OSFIE C2IE C1IE BCL1IE TMR6IE TMR4IE CCP2IE 86
PIR2 OSFIF C2IF C1IF BCL1IF TMR6IF TMR4IF CCP2IF 89
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 (3) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 121
TRISB(1) TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 ————127
TRISC TRISC7(1) TRISC6(1) TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 132
Legend: = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are unused by the comparator module.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 165
PIC16(L)F1705/9
17.0 PULSE-WIDTH MODULATION
(PWM)
The PWM module generates a Pulse-Width Modulated
signal determined by the duty cycle, period, and
resolution that are configured by the following registers:
•PR2
•T2CON
PWMxDCH
PWMxDCL
•PWMxCON
Figure 17-1 shows a simplified block diagram of PWM
operation.
Figure 17-2 shows a typical waveform of the PWM
signal.
FIGURE 17-1: S I MPLI FI ED PWM BLOCK DIAGRAM
For a step-by-step procedure on how to set up this
module for PWM operation, refer to Section 17.1.9
“Setup for PWM Operation using PWMx Pins”.
FIGURE 17-2: PW M OUT P UT
PWMxDCH
Comparator
TMR2
Comparator
PR2
(1)
RQ
S
Duty Cycle registers PWMxDCL<7:6>
Clear Timer,
PWMx pin and
latch Duty Cycle
PWMx
Note 1: 8-bit timer is concatenated with the two Least Significant bits of 1/FOSC adjusted by the Timer2 prescaler to
create a 10-bit time base.
Latched
(Not visible to user)
Q
Output Polarity (PWMxPOL)
TMR2 Module
0
1
PWMxOUT
to other peripherals: CLC and CWG
Period
Pulse Width
TMR2 = 0
TMR2 =
TMR2 = PR2
PWMxDCH<7:0>:PWMxDCL<7:6>
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 166 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.1 PWMx Pin Configuration
All PWM outputs are multiplexed with the PORT data
latch. The user must configure the pins as outputs by
clearing the associated TRIS bits.
17.1.1 FUNDAMENTAL OPERATION
The PWM module produces a 10-bit resolution output.
Timer2 and PR2 set the period of the PWM. The
PWMxDCL and PWMxDCH registers configure the
duty cycle. The period is common to all PWM modules,
whereas the duty cycle is independently controlled.
All PWM outputs associated with Timer2 are set when
TMR2 is cleared. Each PWMx is cleared when TMR2
is equal to the value specified in the corresponding
PWMxDCH (8 MSb) and PWMxDCL<7:6> (2 LSb)
registers. When the value is greater than or equal to
PR2, the PWM output is never cleared (100% duty
cycle).
17.1.2 PWM OUTPUT POLARITY
The output polarity is inverted by setting the PWMxPOL
bit of the PWMxCON register.
17.1.3 PWM PERIOD
The PWM period is specified by the PR2 register of
Timer2. The PWM period can be calculated using the
formula of Equation 17-1.
EQUATION 17-1: PWM PERIOD
When TMR2 is equal to PR2, the following three events
occur on the next increment cycle:
•TMR2 is cleared
The PWM output is active. (Exception: When the
PWM duty cycle = 0%, the PWM output will
remain inactive.)
The PWMxDCH and PWMxDCL register values
are latched into the buffers.
17.1.4 PWM DUTY CYCLE
The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing a 10-bit value
to the PWMxDCH and PWMxDCL register pair. The
PWMxDCH register contains the eight MSbs and the
PWMxDCL<7:6>, the two LSbs. The PWMxDCH and
PWMxDCL registers can be written to at any time.
Equation 17-2 is used to calculate the PWM pulse
width.
Equation 17-3 is used to calculate the PWM duty cycle
ratio.
EQUATION 17-2: PULSE WIDTH
EQUATION 17-3: DUTY CYCLE RATIO
The 8-bit timer TMR2 register is concatenated with the
two Least Significant bits of 1/FOSC, adjusted by the
Timer2 prescaler to create the 10-bit time base. The
system clock is used if the Timer2 prescaler is set to 1:1.
Note: The Timer2 postscaler is not used in the
determination of the PWM frequency. The
postscaler could be used to have a servo
update rate at a different frequency than the
PWM output.
Note: The PWMxDCH and PWMxDCL registers
are double buffered. The buffers are updated
when Timer2 matches PR2. Care should be
taken to update both registers before the
timer match occurs.
PWM Period PR21+4TOSC =
(TM R2 Prescale Value)
Note: TOSC = 1/FOSC
Note: The Timer2 postscaler has no effect on the
PWM operation.
Pulse Width PWMxDCH:PWMxDCL<7:6>
=
TOSC
(TMR2 Prescale Value)
Note: TOSC = 1/FOSC
Duty Cycle Ratio PWMxDCH:PWMxDCL<7:6>
4 PR2 1+
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------=
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 167
PIC16(L)F1705/9
17.1.5 PWM RESOLUTION
The resolution determines the number of available duty
cycles for a given period. For example, a 10-bit resolution
will result in 1024 discrete duty cycles, whereas an 8-bit
resolution will result in 256 discrete duty cycles.
The maximum PWM resolution is ten bits when PR2 is
255. The resolution is a function of the PR2 register
value as shown by Equation 17-4.
EQUATION 17-4: PWM RESOLUTION
17.1.6 OPERATION IN SLEEP MODE
In Sleep mode, the TMR2 register will not increment
and the state of the module will not change. If the
PWMx pin is driving a value, it will continue to drive that
value. When the device wakes up, TMR2 will continue
from its previous state.
17.1.7 CHANGES IN SYSTEM CLOCK
FREQUENCY
The PWM frequency is derived from the system clock
frequency (FOSC). Any changes in the system clock
frequency will result in changes to the PWM frequency.
Refer to Section 6.0 “Oscillator Module (with
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor)” for additional details.
17.1.8 EFFECTS OF RESET
Any Reset will force all ports to Input mode and the
PWM registers to their Reset states.
Note: If the pulse width value is greater than the
period the assigned PWM pin(s) will
remain unchanged.
Resolution 4PR2 1+log 2log
------------------------------------------ bits=
TABLE 17-1: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 20 MHz)
PWM Frequency 0.31 kHz 4.88 kHz 19.53 kHz 78.12 kHz 156.3 kHz 208.3 kHz
Timer Prescale 64 4 1 1 1 1
PR2 Value 0xFF 0xFF 0xFF 0x3F 0x1F 0x17
Maximum Resolution (bits) 10 10 10 8 7 6.6
TABLE 17-2: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 8 MHz)
PWM Frequency 0.31 kHz 4.90 kHz 19.61 kHz 76.92 kHz 153.85 kHz 200.0 kHz
Timer Prescale 64 4 1 1 1 1
PR2 Value 0x65 0x65 0x65 0x19 0x0C 0x09
Maximum Resolution (bits) 8 8 8 6 5 5
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 168 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.1.9 SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION
USING PWMx PINS
The following steps should be taken when configuring
the module for PWM operation using the PWMx pins:
1. Disable the PWMx pin output driver(s) by setting
the associated TRIS bit(s).
2. Clear the PWMxCON register.
3. Load the PR2 register with the PWM period value.
4. Load the PWMxDCH register and bits <7:6> of
the PWMxDCL register with the PWM duty cycle
value.
5. Configure and start Timer2:
Clear the TMR2IF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1
register. See Note below.
Configure the T2CKPS bits of the T2CON
register with the Timer2 prescale value.
Enable Timer2 by setting the TMR2ON bit of
the T2CON register.
6. Enable PWM output pin and wait until Timer2
overflows, TMR2IF bit of the PIR1 register is set.
See Note below.
7. Enable the PWMx pin output driver(s) by clear-
ing the associated TRIS bit(s) and setting the
desired pin PPS control bits.
8. Configure the PWM module by loading the
PWMxCON register with the appropriate values.
17.1.10 SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION TO
OTHER DEVICE PERIPHERALS
The following steps should be taken when configuring
the module for PWM operation to be used by other
device peripherals:
1. Disable the PWMx pin output driver(s) by setting
the associated TRIS bit(s).
2. Clear the PWMxCON register.
3. Load the PR2 register with the PWM period value.
4. Load the PWMxDCH register and bits <7:6> of
the PWMxDCL register with the PWM duty cycle
value.
5. Configure and start Timer2:
Clear the TMR2IF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1
register. See Note below.
Configure the T2CKPS bits of the T2CON
register with the Timer2 prescale value.
Enable Timer2 by setting the TMR2ON bit of
the T2CON register.
6. Enable PWM output pin:
Wait until Timer2 overflows, TMR2IF bit of the
PIR1 register is set. See Note below.
7. Configure the PWM module by loading the
PWMxCON register with the appropriate values.
Note 1: In order to send a complete duty cycle
and period on the first PWM output, the
above steps must be followed in the order
given. If it is not critical to start with a
complete PWM signal, then move Step 8
to replace Step 4.
2: For operation with other peripherals only,
disable PWMx pin outputs.
Note: In order to send a complete duty cycle and
period on the first PWM output, the above
steps must be included in the setup
sequence. If it is not critical to start with a
complete PWM signal on the first output,
then step 6 may be ignored.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 169
PIC16(L)F1705/9
17.2 R e g is ter De finiti o n s: PWM Contr o l
REGISTER 17-1: PWMxCON: PWM CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 U-0 R-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
PWMxEN PWMxOUT PWMxPOL
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 PWMxEN: PWM Module Enable bit
1 = PWM module is enabled
0 = PWM module is disabled
bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as0
bit 5 PWMxOUT: PWM module output level when bit is read.
bit 4 PWMxPOL: PWMx Output Polarity Select bit
1 = PWM output is active-low
0 = PWM output is active-high
bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as0
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 170 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 17-2: PWMxDCH: PWM DUTY CYCLE HIGH BITS
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
PWMxDCH<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 PWMxDCH<7:0>: PWM Duty Cycle Most Significant bits
These bits are the MSbs of the PWM duty cycle. The two LSbs are found in the PWMxDCL Register.
REGISTER 17-3: PWMxDCL: PWM DUTY CYCLE LOW BITS
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
PWMxDCL<7:6>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 PWMxDCL<7:6>: PWM Duty Cycle Least Significant bits
These bits are the LSbs of the PWM duty cycle. The MSbs are found in the PWMxDCH Register.
bit 5-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
TABLE 17-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PWM
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 B it 2 Bit 1 B it 0 Register
on Page
CCPTMRS P4TSEL<1:0> P3TSEL<1:0> C2TSEL<1:0> C1TSEL<1:0> 261
PR2 Timer2 module Period Register 257
PWM3CON PWM3EN PWM3OUT PWM3POL 169
PWM3DCH PWMxDCH<7:0> 170
PWM3DCL PWMxDCL<7:6> 170
PWM4CON PWM4EN PWM4OUT PWM4POL 169
PWM4DCH PWMxDCH<7:0> 170
PWM4DCL PWMxDCL<7:6> 170
RxyPPS RxyPPS<4:0> 141
T2CON T2OUTPS3 T2OUTPS2 T2OUTPS1 T2OUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 259
TMR2 Timer2 module Register 257
Legend: - = Unimplemented locations, read as ‘0’, u = unchanged, x = unknown. Shaded cells are not used by the PWM.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 171
PIC16(L)F1705/9
18.0 COMPLEMENTARY OUTPUT
GENERATOR (COG) MODULE
The primary purpose of the Complementary Output
Generator (COG) is to convert a single output PWM sig-
nal into a two-output complementary PWM signal. The
COG can also convert two separate input events into a
single or complementary PWM output.
The COG PWM frequency and duty cycle are deter-
mined by a rising event input and a falling event input.
The rising event and falling event may be the same
source. Sources may be synchronous or asynchronous
to the COG_clock.
The rate at which the rising event occurs determines
the PWM frequency. The time from the rising event
input to the falling event input determines the duty
cycle.
A selectable clock input is used to generate the phase
delay, blanking, and dead-band times. Dead-band time
can also be generated with a programmable time delay,
which is independent from all clock sources.
Simplified block diagrams of the various COG modes
are shown in Figure 18-2 through Figure 18-6.
The COG module has the following features:
Six modes of operation:
- Steered PWM mode
- Synchronous Steered PWM mode
- Forward Full-Bridge mode
- Reverse Full-Bridge mode
- Half-Bridge mode
- Push-Pull mode
Selectable COG_clock clock source
Independently selectable rising event sources
Independently selectable falling event sources
Independently selectable edge or level event
sensitivity
Independent output polarity selection
Phase delay with independent rising and falling
delay times
Dead-band control with:
- independent rising and falling event
dead-band times
- Synchronous and asynchronous timing
Blanking control with independent rising and
falling event blanking times
Auto-shutdown control with:
- Independently selectable shutdown sources
- Auto-restart enable
- Auto-shutdown pin override control
(high, low, off, and High-Z)
18.1 Fundamental Operation
18.1.1 STEERED PWM MODES
In steered PWM mode, the PWM signal derived from
the input event sources is output as a single phase
PWM which can be steered to any combination of the
four COG outputs. Outputs are selected by the
GxSTRA through GxSTRD bits of the GxSTR register
(Register 18-9). When the steering bits are cleared the
output data is the static level determined by the
GxDATA through GxSDATD bits of the GxSTR register.
Output steering takes effect on the instruction cycle
following the write to the GxSTR register.
Synchronous steered PWM mode is identical to the
steered PWM mode except that changes to the output
steering take effect on the first rising event after the
GxSTR register write. Static output data is not
synchronized.
Steering mode configurations are shown in Figure 18-2
and Figure 18-3.
Steered PWM and synchronous steered PWM modes
are selected by setting the GxMD bits of the
COGxCON0 register (Register 18-1) to ‘000’ and ‘001
respectively.
18.1.2 FULL-BRIDGE MODES
In both Forward and Reverse Full-Bridge modes, two of
the four COG outputs are active and the other two are
inactive. Of the two active outputs, one is modulated by
the PWM input signal and the other is on at 100% duty
cycle. When the direction is changed, the dead-band
time is inserted to delay the modulated output. This
gives the unmodulated driver time to shut down,
thereby, preventing shoot-through current in the series
connected power devices.
In Forward Full-Bridge mode, the PWM input modu-
lates the COGxD output and drives the COGA output at
100%.
In Reverse Full-Bridge mode, the PWM input modu-
lates the COGxB output and drives the COGxC output
at 100%.
The full-bridge configuration is shown in Figure 18-4.
Typical full-bridge waveforms are shown in
Figure 18-12 and Figure 18-13.
Full-Bridge Forward and Full-Bridge Reverse modes
are selected by setting the GxMD bits of the
COGxCON0 register to ‘010’ and ‘011’, respectively.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 172 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 18-1: EXAMPLE OF FULL-BRID GE APPLICAT ION
COGxA
COGxC
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
V+
V-
Load
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
COGxB
COGxD
QA
QB QD
QC
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 173
PIC16(L)F1705/9
18.1.3 HALF-BRIDGE MODE
In Half-Bridge mode, the COG generates a two-output
complementary PWM waveform from rising and falling
event sources. In the simplest configuration, the rising
and falling event sources are the same signal, which is
a PWM signal with the desired period and duty cycle.
The COG converts this single PWM input into a dual
complementary PWM output. The frequency and duty
cycle of the dual PWM output match those of the single
input PWM signal. The off-to-on transition of each out-
put can be delayed from the on-to-off transition of the
other output, thereby, creating a time immediately after
the PWM transition where neither output is driven. This
is referred to as dead time and is covered in
Section 18.5 “Dead-Band Control”.
A typical operating waveform, with dead-band, generated
from a single CCP1 input is shown in Figure 18-9.
The primary output can be steered to either or both
COGxA and COGxC. The complementary output can be
steered to either or both COGxB and COGxD.
Half-Bridge mode is selected by setting the GxMD bits
of the COGxCON0 register to ‘100’.
18.1.4 PUSH-PULL MODE
In Push-Pull mode, the COG generates a single PWM
output that alternates, every PWM period, between the
two pairs of the COG outputs. COGxA has the same
signal as COGxC. COGxB has the same signal as
COGxD. The output drive activates with the rising input
event and terminates with the falling event input. Each
rising event starts a new period and causes the output
to switch to the COG pair not used in the previous
period.
The push-pull configuration is shown in Figure 18-6. A
typical push-pull waveform generated from a single
CCP1 input is shown in Figure 18-11.
Push-Pull mode is selected by setting the GxMD bits of
the COGxCON0 register to 101’.
18.1.5 EVENT-DRIVEN PWM (ALL MODES)
Besides generating PWM and complementary outputs
from a single PWM input, the COG can also generate
PWM waveforms from a periodic rising event and a
separate falling event. In this case, the falling event is
usually derived from analog feedback within the
external PWM driver circuit. In this configuration, high
power switching transients may trigger a false falling
event that needs to be blanked out. The COG can be
configured to blank falling (and rising) event inputs for
a period of time immediately following the rising (and
falling) event drive output. This is referred to as input
blanking and is covered in Section 18.6 “Blanking
Control”.
It may be necessary to guard against the possibility of
circuit faults. In this case, the active drive must be ter-
minated before the Fault condition causes damage.
This is referred to as auto-shutdown and is covered in
Section 18.8 “Auto-Shutdown Control”.
The COG can be configured to operate in phase
delayed conjunction with another PWM. The active
drive cycle is delayed from the rising event by a phase
delay timer. Phase delay is covered in more detail in
Section 18.7 “Phase Delay”.
A typical operating waveform, with phase delay and
dead band, generated from a single CCP1 input is
shown in Figure 18-10.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 174 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 18-2: SIMPLIFIED COG BLOCK DIAGRAM (STEERED PWM MODE, GXMD = 0)
COG_clock
GxCS<1:0> GxASDBD<1:0>
GxASDAC<1:0>
GxPOLA
GxPOLB
GxARSEN
SQ
R0
1
0
1
SQ
RDQ
Write GxASE Low
GxASE
Auto-shutdown source
Set Dominates
Write GxASE High
Q
Reset Dominates
S
GxEN
clock
count_en
rising_event
clock
count_en
falling_event
src0
src1
src2
src3
src4
src5
src6
src7
src0
src1
src2
src3
src4
src5
src6
src7
Rising Input Block
Falling Input Block
GxASDBD<1:0>
GxASDAC<1:0>
GxPOLC
GxPOLD
0
1
0
1
0
1
GxSDATC
0
1
GxSTRD
GxSDATD
0
1
GxSTRB
GxSDATB
0
1
GxSTRA
GxSDATA
GxSTRC
COGINPPS
C1OUT
C2OUT
COGINPPS
GxAS0E
C1OUT
GxAS1E
C2OUT
GxAS2E
CLC2OUT
GxAS3E
CCP1
CCP2
PWM3OUT
CLC1OUT
unimplemented
Fosc/4
Fosc
HFINTOSC
00
01
10
11
reserved
COGxA
COGxB
COGxC
COGxD
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
COGINPPS
C1OUT
C2OUT
CCP1
CCP2
PWM3OUT
CLC1OUT
unimplemented
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 175
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 18-3: SIMPLIFI ED COG BLOCK DIAGRAM (SYNCHRONOUS STEERED PWM MODE, GXMD = 1)
COG_clock
GxCS<1:0> GxASDBD<1:0>
GxASDAC<1:0>
GxPOLA
GxPOLB
GxARSEN
SQ
R0
1
0
1
SQ
RDQ
Write GxASE Low
GxASE
Auto-shutdown source
Set Dominates
Write GxASE High
Q
Reset Dominates
S
GxEN
clock
count_en
rising_event
clock
count_en
falling_event
src0
src1
src2
src3
src4
src5
src6
src7
src0
src1
src2
src3
src4
src5
src6
src7
Rising Input Block
Falling Input Block
GxASDBD<1:0>
GxASDAC<1:0>
GxPOLC
GxPOLD
0
1
0
1
0
1
GxSDATC
0
1
GxSTRD
GxSDATD
0
1
GxSTRB
GxSDATB
0
1
GxSTRA
GxSDATA
GxSTRC
COGINPPS
C1OUT
C2OUT
COGINPPS
GxAS0E
C1OUT
GxAS1E
C2OUT
GxAS2E
CLC2OUT
GxAS3E
CCP1
CCP2
PWM3OUT
CLC1OUT
unimplemented
Fosc/4
Fosc
HFINTOSC
00
01
10
11
reserved
COGxA
COGxB
COGxC
COGxD
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
COGINPPS
C1OUT
C2OUT
CCP1
CCP2
PWM3OUT
CLC1OUT
unimplemented
DQ
DQ
DQ
DQ
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 176 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 18-4: SIMPLIFIED COG BLOCK DIAGRAM (FULL-BRIDGE MODES, FORWARD: GXMD = 2, REVERSE: GXMD = 3)
COG_clock
GxCS<1:0> GxASDBD<1:0>
GxASDAC<1:0>
GxPOLA
GxPOLB
GxARSEN
SQ
R0
1
0
1
SQ
RDQ
Write GxASE Low
GxASE
Auto-shutdown source
Set Dominates
Write GxASE High
Q
Reset Dominates
S
GxEN
clock
count_en
rising_event
clock
count_en
falling_event
src0
src1
src2
src3
src4
src5
src6
src7
src0
src1
src2
src3
src4
src5
src6
src7
Rising Input Block
Falling Input Block
GxASDBD<1:0>
GxASDAC<1:0>
GxPOLC
GxPOLD
0
1
0
1
COGINPPS
C1OUT
C2OUT
COGINPPS
GxAS0E
C1OUT
GxAS1E
C2OUT
GxAS2E
CLC2OUT
GxAS3E
CCP1
CCP2
PWM3OUT
CLC1OUT
unimplemented
Fosc/4
Fosc
HFINTOSC
00
01
10
11
reserved
COGxA
COGxB
COGxC
COGxD
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
COGINPPS
C1OUT
C2OUT
CCP1
CCP2
PWM3OUT
CLC1OUT
unimplemented
clock
signal_in
signal_out
clock
signal_in
signal_out
Rising Dead-Band Block
Falling Dead-Band Block
DQ
Q
Forward/Reverse
GxMD0
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 177
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 18-5: SIMPLIFIED COG BLOCK DIAGRAM (HALF-BRIDGE MODE, GXMD = 4)
COG_clock
GxCS<1:0>
GxARSEN
SQ
R
SQ
R
Write GxASE Low
Auto-shutdown source
Set Dominates
Write GxASE High
Q
Reset Dominates
GxEN
clock
count_en
rising_event
clock
count_en
falling_event
src0
src1
src2
src3
src4
src5
src6
src7
src0
src1
src2
src3
src4
src5
src6
src7
Rising Input Block
Falling Input Block
COGINPPS
C1OUT
C2OUT
COGINPPS
GxAS0E
C1OUT
GxAS1E
C2OUT
GxAS2E
CLC2OUT
GxAS3E
CCP1
CCP2
PWM3OUT
CLC1OUT
unimplemented
Fosc/4
Fosc
HFINTOSC
00
01
10
11
reserved
COGINPPS
C1OUT
C2OUT
CCP1
CCP2
PWM3OUT
CLC1OUT
unimplemented
clock
signal_in
signal_out
clock
signal_in
signal_out
Rising Dead-Band Block
Falling Dead-Band Block
GxASDBD<1:0>
GxASDAC<1:0>
GxPOLA
GxPOLB
0
1
0
1
DQ
GxASE
S
GxASDBD<1:0>
GxASDAC<1:0>
GxPOLC
GxPOLD
0
1
0
1
COGxA
COGxB
COGxC
COGxD
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 178 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 18-6: SIMPLIFIED COG BLOCK DIAGRAM (PUSH-PULL MODE, GXMD = 5)
COG_clock
GxCS<1:0>
GxARSEN
SQ
R
SQ
R
Write GxASE Low
Auto-shutdown source
Set Dominates
Write GxASE High
Q
Reset Dominates
GxEN
clock
count_en
rising_event
clock
count_en
falling_event
src0
src1
src2
src3
src4
src5
src6
src7
src0
src1
src2
src3
src4
src5
src6
src7
Rising Input Block
Falling Input Block
COGINPPS
C1OUT
C2OUT
COGINPPS
GxAS0E
C1OUT
GxAS1E
C2OUT
GxAS2E
CLC2OUT
GxAS3E
CCP1
CCP2
PWM3OUT
CLC1OUT
unimplemented
Fosc/4
Fosc
HFINTOSC
00
01
10
11
reserved
COGINPPS
C1OUT
C2OUT
CCP1
CCP2
PWM3OUT
CLC1OUT
unimplemented
DQ
Q
Push-Pull
R
GxASDBD<1:0>
GxASDAC<1:0>
GxPOLA
GxPOLB
0
1
0
1
DQ
GxASE
S
GxASDBD<1:0>
GxASDAC<1:0>
GxPOLC
GxPOLD
0
1
0
1
COGxA
COGxB
COGxC
COGxD
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
1
0
High-Z 01
00
10
11
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 179
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 18-7: COG (RISING/FALLING) INPUT BLOCK
Phase
Delay
GxPH(R/F)<3:0>
Blanking
Cnt/Clr
GxBLK(F/R)<3:0>
=
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
clock
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Gx(R/F)SIM7
Gx(R/F)SIM6
Gx(R/F)SIM5
Gx(R/F)SIM4
Gx(R/F)SIM3
Gx(R/F)SIM2
Gx(R/F)SIM1
Gx(R/F)SIM0
(rising/falling)_event
Gx(R/F)IS0
Gx(R/F)IS1
Gx(R/F)IS2
Gx(R/F)IS3
Gx(R/F)IS4
Gx(R/F)IS5
Gx(R/F)IS6
Gx(R/F)IS7
src7
src6
src5
src4
src3
src2
src1
src0
count_en
LE
DQ
LE
DQ
LE
DQ
LE
DQ
LE
DQ
LE
DQ
LE
DQ
LE
DQ
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 180 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 18-8: COG (RISING/FALLING) DEAD-BAND BLOCK
GxDBR<3:0>
Cnt/Clr =
Asynchronous
Delay Chain
1
0
1
0
clock
signal_in signal_out
Synchronous
Delay
Gx(R/F)DBTS
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 181
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 18-9: TYPICAL HALF-BRIDGE MODE COG OPERATION WITH CCP1
FIGURE 18-10: HALF-BRIDGE MODE COG OPERATION WITH CCP1 AND PHASE DELAY
FIGURE 18-11: PUSH-PULL MODE COG OPERATION WITH CCP1
Falling_event Dead Band
Rising_event Dead Band
Falling_event Dead Band
COG_clock
CCP1
COGxA
COGxB
Source
Falling_event
Rising_event
Phase DelayFalling_event Dead Band
CCP1
COGxA
COGxB
COG_clock
Source
Dead Band
Dead Band
CCP1
COGxA
COGxB
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 182 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 18-12: FULL-BRIDGE FORWARD MODE COG OPERATION WITH CCP1
FIGURE 18-13: FULL-BRIDGE MODE COG OPERATION WITH CCP1 AND DIRECTION CHANGE
CCP1
COGxA
COGxB
COGxC
COGxD
CCP1
COGxA
COGxB
COGxC
COGxD
CxMD0
Falling_event Dead Band
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 183
PIC16(L)F1705/9
18.2 Clock Sources
The COG_clock is used as the reference clock to the
various timers in the peripheral. Timers that use the
COG_clock include:
Rising and falling dead-band time
Rising and falling blanking time
Rising and falling event phase delay
Clock sources available for selection include:
8 MHz HFINTOSC (active during Sleep)
Instruction clock (FOSC/4)
System clock (FOSC)
The clock source is selected with the GxCS<1:0> bits
of the COGxCON0 register (Register 18-1).
18.3 Selectable Event Sources
The COG uses any combination of independently
selectable event sources to generate the complemen-
tary waveform. Sources fall into two categories:
Rising event sources
Falling event sources
The rising event sources are selected by setting bits in
the COGxRIS register (Register 18-3). The falling event
sources are selected by setting bits in the COGxFIS
register (Register 18-5). All selected sources are ‘OR’d
together to generate the corresponding event signal.
Refer to Figure 18-7.
18.3.1 EDGE VS. LEVEL SENSING
Event input detection may be selected as level or edge
sensitive. The detection mode is individually selectable
for every source. Rising source detection modes are
selected with the COGxRSIM register (Register 18-4).
Falling source detection modes are selected with the
COGxFSIM register (Register 18-6). A set bit enables
edge detection for the corresponding event source. A
cleared bit enables level detection.
In general, events that are driven from a periodic
source should be edge detected and events that are
derived from voltage thresholds at the target circuit
should be level sensitive. Consider the following two
examples:
1. The first example is an application in which the
period is determined by a 50% duty cycle clock and the
COG output duty cycle is determined by a voltage level
fed back through a comparator. If the clock input is level
sensitive, duty cycles less than 50% will exhibit erratic
operation.
2. The second example is similar to the first except that
the duty cycle is close to 100%. The feedback compara-
tor high-to-low transition trips the COG drive off, but
almost immediately the period source turns the drive
back on. If the off cycle is short enough, the comparator
input may not reach the low side of the hysteresis band
precluding an output change. The comparator output
stays low and without a high-to-low transition to trigger
the edge sense, the drive of the COG output will be stuck
in a constant drive-on condition. See Figure 18-14.
FIGURE 18-14: EDGE VS LEVEL SENSE
18.3.2 RISING EVENT
The rising event starts the PWM output active duty
cycle period. The rising event is the low-to-high
transition of the rising_event output. When the rising
event phase delay and dead-band time values are zero,
the primary output starts immediately. Otherwise, the
primary output is delayed. The rising event source
causes all the following actions:
Start rising event phase delay counter (if enabled).
Clear complementary output after phase delay.
Start falling event input blanking (if enabled).
Start dead-band delay (if enabled).
Set primary output after dead-band delay expires.
18.3.3 FALLING EVENT
The falling event terminates the PWM output active duty
cycle period. The falling event is the high-to-low
transition of the falling_event output. When the falling
event phase delay and dead-band time values are zero,
the complementary output starts immediately. Otherwise,
the complementary output is delayed. The falling event
source causes all the following actions:
Start falling event phase delay counter (if enabled).
Clear primary output.
Start rising event input blanking (if enabled).
Start falling event dead-band delay (if enabled).
Set complementary output after dead-band delay
expires.
Rising (CCP1)
Falling (C1OUT)
C1IN-
COGOUT
hyst
Edge Sensitive
Rising (CCP1)
Falling (C1OUT)
C1IN-
COGOUT
hyst
Level Sensitive
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 184 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
18.4 Output Control
Upon disabling, or immediately after enabling the COG
module, the primary COG outputs are inactive and
complementary COG outputs are active.
18.4.1 OUTPUT ENABLES
There are no output enable controls in the COG mod-
ule. Instead, each device pin has an individual output
selection control called the PPS register. All four COG
outputs are available for selection in the PPS register
of every pin.
When a COG output is enabled by PPS selection, the
output on the pin has several possibilities, which
depend on the steering control, GxEN bit, and shut-
down state as shown in Table 18-1
.
18.4.2 POLARITY CONTROL
The polarity of each COG output can be selected
independently. When the output polarity bit is set, the
corresponding output is active-low. Clearing the output
polarity bit configures the corresponding output as
active-high. However, polarity affects the outputs in
only one of the four shutdown override modes. See
Section 18.8 “Auto-Shutdown Control” for more
details.
Output polarity is selected with the GxPOLA through
GxPOLD bits of the COGxCON1 register
(Register 18-2).
18.5 Dead-Band Control
The dead-band control provides for non-overlapping
PWM output signals to prevent shoot-through current
in the external power switches. Dead time affects the
output only in the Half-Bridge mode and when chang-
ing direction in the Full-Bridge mode.
The COG contains two dead-band timers. One
dead-band timer is used for rising event dead-band
control. The other is used for falling event dead-band
control. Timer modes are selectable as either:
Asynchronous delay chain
Synchronous counter
The dead-band timer mode is selected for the
rising_event and falling_event dead-band times with
the respective GxRDBS and GxFDBS bits of the
COGxCON1 register (Register 18-2).
In Half-Bridge mode, the rising_event dead-band time
delays all selected primary outputs from going active
for the selected dead time after the rising event.
COGxA and COGxC are the primary outputs in
Half-Bridge mode.
In Half-Bridge mode, the falling_event dead-band time
delays all selected complementary outputs from going
active for the selected dead time after the falling event.
COGxB and COGxD are the complementary outputs in
Half-Bridge mode.
In Full-Bridge mode, the dead-time delay occurs only
during direction changes. The modulated output is
delayed for the falling_event dead time after a direction
change from forward to reverse. The modulated output
is delayed for the rising_event dead time after a direc-
tion change from reverse to forward.
18.5.1 ASYNCHRONOUS DELAY CHAIN
DEAD-BAND DELAY
Asynchronous dead-band delay is determined by the
time it takes the input to propagate through a series of
delay elements. Each delay element is a nominal five
nanoseconds.
Set the COGxDBR register (Register 18-10) value to
the desired number of delay elements in the
rising_event dead-band time. Set the COGxDBF regis-
ter (Register 18-11) value to the desired number of
delay elements in the falling_event dead-band time.
When the value is zero, dead-band delay is disabled.
18.5.2 SYNCHRONOUS COUNTER
DEAD-BAND DELAY
Synchronous counter dead band is timed by counting
COG_clock periods from zero up to the value in the
dead-band count register. Use Equation 18-1 to
calculate dead-band times.
Set the COGxDBR count register value to obtain the
desired rising_event dead-band time. Set the
COGxDBF count register value to obtain the desired
falling_event dead-band time. When the value is zero,
dead-band delay is disabled.
18.5.3 SYNCHRONOUS COUNTER
DEAD-BAND TIME UNCERTAINTY
When the rising and falling events that trigger the
dead-band counters come from asynchronous inputs,
it creates uncertainty in the synchronous counter
dead-band time. The maximum uncertainty is equal to
one COG_clock period. Refer to Example 18-1 for
more detail.
When event input sources are asynchronous with no
phase delay, use the asynchronous delay chain
dead-band mode to avoid the dead-band time
uncertainty.
TABLE 18-1: PIN OUTPUT STATES
GxEN GxSTR
bit Shutdown Output
x0Inactive Static steering data
x1Active Shutdown override
01Inactive Inactive state
11Inactive Active PWM signal
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 185
PIC16(L)F1705/9
18.5.4 RISING EVENT DEAD-BAND
Rising event dead band delays the turn-on of the pri-
mary outputs from when complementary outputs are
turned off. The rising event dead-band time starts
when the rising_ event output goes true.
See Section 18.5.1 “Asynchronous Delay Chain
Dead-Band Delay” and Section 18.5.2 “Synchro-
nous Counter Dead-Band Delay” for more informa-
tion on setting the rising edge dead-band time.
18.5.5 FALLING EVENT DEAD-BAND
Falling event dead band delays the turn-on of comple-
mentary outputs from when the primary outputs are
turned off. The falling event dead-band time starts
when the falling_ event output goes true.
See Section 18.5.1 “Asynchronous Delay Chain
Dead-Band Delay” and Section 18.5.2 “Synchro-
nous Counter Dead-Band Delay” for more informa-
tion on setting the rising edge dead-band time.
18.5.6 DEAD-BAND OVERLAP
There are two cases of dead-band overlap:
Rising-to-falling
Falling-to-rising
18.5.6.1 Rising-to-Falling Overlap
In this case, the falling event occurs while the rising
event dead-band counter is still counting. When this
happens, the primary drives are suppressed and the
dead-band extends by the falling event dead-band
time. At the termination of the extended dead-band
time, the complementary drive goes true.
18.5.6.2 Falling-to-Rising Overlap
In this case, the rising event occurs while the falling
event dead-band counter is still counting. When this
happens, the complementary drive is suppressed and
the dead-band extends by the rising event dead-band
time. At the termination of the extended dead-band
time, the primary drive goes true.
18.6 Blanking Control
Input blanking is a function, whereby, the event inputs
can be masked or blanked for a short period of time.
This is to prevent electrical transients caused by the
turn-on/off of power components from generating a
false input event.
The COG contains two blanking counters: one trig-
gered by the rising event and the other triggered by
the falling event. The counters are cross coupled with
the events they are blanking. The falling event blank-
ing counter is used to blank rising input events and the
rising event blanking counter is used to blank falling
input events. Once started, blanking extends for the
time specified by the corresponding blanking counter.
Blanking is timed by counting COG_clock periods from
zero up to the value in the blanking count register. Use
Equation 18-1 to calculate blanking times.
18.6.1 FALLING EVENT BLANKING OF
RISING EVENT INPUTS
The falling event blanking counter inhibits rising event
inputs from triggering a rising event. The falling event
blanking time starts when the rising event output drive
goes false.
The falling event blanking time is set by the value con-
tained in the COGxBLKF register (Register 18-13).
Blanking times are calculated using the formula shown
in Equation 18-1.
When the COGxBLKF value is zero, falling event
blanking is disabled and the blanking counter output is
true, thereby, allowing the event signal to pass straight
through to the event trigger circuit.
18.6.2 RISING EVENT BLANKING OF
FALLING EVENT INPUTS
The rising event blanking counter inhibits falling event
inputs from triggering a falling event. The rising event
blanking time starts when the falling event output drive
goes false.
The rising event blanking time is set by the value
contained in the COGxBLKR register (Register 18-12).
When the COGxBLKR value is zero, rising event
blanking is disabled and the blanking counter output is
true, thereby, allowing the event signal to pass straight
through to the event trigger circuit.
18.6.3 BLANKING TIME UNCERTAINTY
When the rising and falling sources that trigger the
blanking counters are asynchronous to the
COG_clock, it creates uncertainty in the blanking time.
The maximum uncertainty is equal to one COG_clock
period. Refer to Equation 18-1 and Example 18-1 for
more detail.
18.7 Phase Delay
It is possible to delay the assertion of either or both the
rising event and falling events. This is accomplished
by placing a non-zero value in COGxPHR or
COGxPHF phase-delay count register, respectively
(Register 18-14 and Register 18-15). Refer to
Figure 18-10 for COG operation with CCP1 and phase
delay. The delay from the input rising event signal
switching to the actual assertion of the events is calcu-
lated the same as the dead-band and blanking delays.
Refer to Equation 18-1.
When the phase-delay count value is zero, phase
delay is disabled and the phase-delay counter output
is true, thereby, allowing the event signal to pass
straight through to the complementary output driver
flop.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 186 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
18.7.1 CUMULATIVE UNCERTAINTY
It is not possible to create more than one COG_clock of
uncertainty by successive stages. Consider that the
phase-delay stage comes after the blanking stage, the
dead-band stage comes after either the blanking or
phase-delay stages, and the blanking stage comes
after the dead-band stage. When the preceding stage
is enabled, the output of that stage is necessarily
synchronous with the COG_clock, which removes any
possibility of uncertainty in the succeeding stage.
EQUA TION 18-1: PHASE, DEAD-BAND AND
BLANKING TIME
CALCULATION
EXAMPLE 18-1: TIMER UNCERTAINTY
Tmin Count=
Tmax Count 1+
FCOG_clock
--------------------------=
Tuncertainty Tmax Tmin
=
Tuncertainty 1
FCOG_clock
--------------------------=
Also:
Where:
T Count
Rising Phase Delay COGxPHR
Falling Phase Delay COGxPHF
Rising Dead Band COGxDBR
Falling Dead Band COGxDBF
Rising Event Blanking COGxBLKR
Falling Event Blanking COGxBLKF
COG_clock
F
Given:
Therefore:
Count Ah 10d==
FCOG_Clock 8MHz=
Tuncertainty 1
FCOG_clock
--------------------------=
1
8MHz
---------------=125ns=
Proof: Tmin Count
FCOG_clock
--------------------------=
125ns 10d= 1.25s=
Tmax Count 1+
FCOG_clock
--------------------------=
125ns 10d1+=
1.375s=
Therefore:
Tuncertainty Tmax Tmin
=
1.375s1.25s=
125ns=
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 187
PIC16(L)F1705/9
18.8 Auto-Shutdown Control
Auto-shutdown is a method to immediately override
the COG output levels with specific overrides that
allow for safe shutdown of the circuit.
The shutdown state can be either cleared automati-
cally or held until cleared by software. In either case,
the shutdown overrides remain in effect until the first
rising event after the shutdown is cleared.
18.8.1 SHUTDOWN
The shutdown state can be entered by either of the
following two mechanisms:
Software generated
External Input
18.8.1.1 Software Generated Shutdown
Setting the GxASE bit of the COGxASD0 register
(Register 18-7) will force the COG into the shutdown
state.
When auto-restart is disabled, the shutdown state will
persist until the first rising event after the GxASE bit is
cleared by software.
When auto-restart is enabled, the GxASE bit will clear
automatically and resume operation on the first rising
event after the shutdown input clears. See
Figure 18-15 and Section 18.8.3.2 “Auto-Restart”.
18.8.1.2 External Shutdown Source
External shutdown inputs provide the fastest way to
safely suspend COG operation in the event of a Fault
condition. When any of the selected shutdown inputs
goes true, the output drive latches are reset and the
COG outputs immediately go to the selected override
levels without software delay.
Any combination of the input sources can be selected
to cause a shutdown condition. Shutdown occurs
when the selected source is low. Shutdown input
sources include:
Any input pin selected with the COGxPPS control
•C2OUT
•C1OUT
•CLC2OUT
Shutdown inputs are selected independently with bits
of the COGxASD1 register (Register 18-8).
18.8.2 PIN OVERRIDE LEVELS
The levels driven to the output pins, while the shut-
down is active, are controlled by the GxASDAC<1:0>
and GxASDBC<1:0> bits of the COGxASD0 register
(Register 18-7). GxASDAC<1:0> controls the COGxA
and COGxC override levels and GxASDBC<1:0> con-
trols the COGxB and COGxD override levels. There
are four override options for each output pair:
•Forced low
Forced high
Tri-state
PWM inactive state (same state as that caused by
a falling event)
18.8.3 AUTO-SHUTDOWN RESTART
After an auto-shutdown event has occurred, there are
two ways to resume operation:
Software controlled
Auto-restart
The restart method is selected with the GxARSEN bit
of the COGxASD0 register. Waveforms of a software
controlled automatic restart are shown in Figure 18-15.
18.8.3.1 Software-Controlled Restart
When the GxARSEN bit of the COGxASD0 register is
cleared, software must clear the GxASE bit to restart
COG operation after an auto-shutdown event.
The COG will resume operation on the first rising
event after the GxASE bit is cleared. Clearing the shut-
down state requires all selected shutdown inputs to be
false, otherwise, the GxASE bit will remain set.
18.8.3.2 Auto-Restart
When the GxARSEN bit of the COGxASD0 register is
set, the COG will restart from the auto-shutdown state
automatically.
The GxASE bit will clear automatically and the COG
will resume operation on the first rising event after all
selected shutdown inputs go false.
Note: Shutdown inputs are level sensitive, not
edge sensitive. The shutdown state cannot
be cleared as long as the shutdown input
level persists, except by disabling
auto-shutdown,
Note: The polarity control does not apply to the
forced low and high override levels but
does apply to the PWM inactive state.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 188 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 18-15: AUTO-SHUT DOWN W AV EFORM – CCP1 AS RISING AND FALLING EVENT INPUT SOURCE
1 2 3 4 5
Next rising event
Next rising event
Cleared in software
Cleared in hardware
NORMAL OUTPUT SHUTDOWN NORMAL OUTPUT SHUTDOWN NORMAL OUTPUT
SOFTWARE CONTROLLED RESTART AUTO-RESTART
CCP1
GxARSEN
Shutdown input
GxASE
GxASDAC
GxASDBD
COGxA
COGxB
Operating State
2b00
2b00 2b00
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 189
PIC16(L)F1705/9
18.9 Buffer Updates
Changes to the phase, dead band, and blanking count
registers need to occur simultaneously during COG
operation to avoid unintended operation that may
occur as a result of delays between each register
write. This is accomplished with the GxLD bit of the
COGxCON0 register and double buffering of the
phase, blanking, and dead-band count registers.
Before the COG module is enabled, writing the count
registers loads the count buffers without need of the
GxLD bit. However, when the COG is enabled, the
count buffer updates are suspended after writing the
count registers until after the GxLD bit is set. When the
GxLD bit is set, the phase, dead-band, and blanking
register values are transferred to the corresponding
buffers synchronous with COG operation. The GxLD
bit is cleared by hardware when the transfer is
complete.
18.10 Input and Output Pin Selection
The COG has one selection for an input from a device
pin. That one input can be used as rising and falling
event source or a fault source. The COG1PPS register
is used to select the pin. Refer to Register 12-1 and
Register 12-2.
The pin PPS control registers are used to enable the
COG outputs. Any combination of outputs to pins is
possible including multiple pins for the same output.
See the RxyPPS control register and Section 12.2
“PPS Outputs” for more details.
18.11 Operation During Sleep
The COG continues to operate in Sleep provided that
the COG_clock, rising event, and falling event sources
remain active.
The HFINTSOC remains active during Sleep when the
COG is enabled and the HFINTOSC is selected as the
COG_clock source.
18.12 Configuring the COG
The following steps illustrate how to properly configure
the COG to ensure a synchronous start with the rising
event input:
1. If a pin is to be used for the COG fault or event
input, use the COGxPPS register to configure
the desired pin.
2. Clear all ANSEL register bits associated with
pins that are used for COG functions.
3. Ensure that the TRIS control bits corresponding
to the COG outputs to be used are cleared so
that all are configured as outputs. The COG
module will disable the output drivers as needed
for shutdown.
4. Clear the GxEN bit, if not already cleared.
5. Set desired dead-band times with the
COGxDBR and COGxDBF registers and select
the source with the COGxRDBS and
COGxFDBS bits of the COGxCON1 register.
6. Set desired blanking times with the COGxBLKR
and COGxBLKF registers.
7. Set desired phase delay with the COGxPHR
and COGxPHF registers.
8. Select the desired shutdown sources with the
COGxASD1 register.
9. Setup the following controls in COGxASD0
auto-shutdown register:
Select both output override controls to the
desired levels (this is necessary, even if not
using auto-shutdown because start-up will be
from a shutdown state).
Set the GxASE bit and clear the GxARSEN
bit.
10. Select the desired rising and falling event sources
with the COGxRIS and COGxFIS registers.
11. Select the desired rising and falling event modes
with the COGxRSIM and COGxFSIM registers.
12. Configure the following controls in the
COGxCON1 register:
Select the desired clock source
Select the desired dead-band timing sources
13. Configure the following controls in the
COGxSTR register:
Set the steering bits of the outputs to be
used.
Set the static levels.
14. Set the polarity controls in the COGxCON1
register.
15. Set the GxEN bit.
16. Set the pin PPS controls to direct the COG
outputs to the desired pins.
17. If auto-restart is to be used, set the GxARSEN bit
and the GxASE will be cleared automatically.
Otherwise, clear the GxASE bit to start the COG.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 190 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
18.13 Register Definitions: COG Control
REGISTER 18-1: COGxCON0: COG CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
GxEN GxLD GxCS<1:0> GxMD<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 GxEN: COGx Enable bit
1 = Module is enabled
0 = Module is disabled
bit 6 GxLD: COGx Load Buffers bit
1 = Phase, blanking, and dead-band buffers to be loaded with register values on next input events
0 = Register to buffer transfer is complete
bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 4-3 GxCS<1:0>: COGx Clock Selection bits
11 = Reserved. Do not use.
10 = COG_clock is HFINTOSC (stays active during Sleep)
01 = COG_clock is FOSC
00 = COG_clock is FOSC/4
bit 2-0 GxMD<2:0>: COGx Mode Selection bits
11x = Reserved. Do not use.
101 = COG outputs operate in Push-Pull mode
100 = COG outputs operate in Half-Bridge mode
011 = COG outputs operate in Reverse Full-Bridge mode
010 = COG outputs operate in Forward Full-Bridge mode
001 = COG outputs operate in synchronous steered PWM mode
000 = COG outputs operate in steered PWM mode
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 191
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 18-2: COGxCON1: COG CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
GxRDBS GxFDBS GxPOLD GxPOLC GxPOLB GxPOLA
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 GxRDBS: COGx Rising Event Dead-band Timing Source Select bit
1 = Delay chain and COGxDBR are used for dead-band timing generation
0 = COGx_clock and COGxDBR are used for dead-band timing generation
bit 6 GxFDBS: COGx Falling Event Dead-band Timing Source select bit
1 = Delay chain and COGxDF are used for dead-band timing generation
0 = COGx_clock and COGxDBF are used for dead-band timing generation
bit 5-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’.
bit 3 GxPOLD: COGxD Output Polarity Control bit
1 = Active level of COGxD output is low
0 = Active level of COGxD output is high
bit 2 GxPOLC: COGxC Output Polarity Control bit
1 = Active level of COGxC output is low
0 = Active level of COGxC output is high
bit 1 GxPOLB: COGxB Output Polarity Control bit
1 = Active level of COGxB output is low
0 = Active level of COGxB output is high
bit 0 GxPOLA: COGxA Output Polarity Control bit
1 = Active level of COGxA output is low
0 = Active level of COGxA output is high
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 192 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 18-3: COGxRIS: COG RISING EVENT INPUT SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
GxRIS6 GxRIS5 GxRIS4 GxRIS3 GxRIS2 GxRIS1 GxRIS0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 6 GxRIS6: COGx Rising Event Input Source 6 Enable bit
1 = PWM3 output is enabled as a rising event input
0 = PWM3 has no effect on the rising event
bit 5 GxRIS5: COGx Rising Event Input Source 5 Enable bit
1 = CCP2 output is enabled as a rising event input
0 = CCP2 output has no effect on the rising event
bit 4 GxRIS4: COGx Rising Event Input Source 4 Enable bit
1 = CCP1 is enabled as a rising event input
0 = CCP1 has no effect on the rising event
bit 3 GxRIS3: COGx Rising Event Input Source 3 Enable bit
1 = CLC1 output is enabled as a rising event input
0 = CLC1 output has no effect on the rising event
bit 2 GxRIS2: COGx Rising Event Input Source 2 Enable bit
1 = Comparator 2 output is enabled as a rising event input
0 = Comparator 2 output has no effect on the rising event
bit 1 GxRIS1: COGx Rising Event Input Source 1 Enable bit
1 = Comparator 1 output is enabled as a rising event input
0 = Comparator 1 output has no effect on the rising event
bit 0 GxRIS0: COGx Rising Event Input Source 0 Enable bit
1 = Pin selected with COGxPPS control register is enabled as rising event input
0 = Pin selected with COGxPPS control has no effect on the rising event
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 193
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 18-4: COGxRSIM: COG RISING EVENT SOURCE INPUT MODE REGISTER
U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
GxRSIM6 GxRSIM5 GxRSIM4 GxRSIM3 GxRSIM2 GxRSIM1 GxRSIM0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 6 GxRSIM6: COGx Rising Event Input Source 6 Mode bit
GxRIS6 = 1:
1 = PWM3 output low-to-high transition will cause a rising event after rising event phase delay
0 = PWM3 output high level will cause an immediate rising event
GxRIS6 = 0:
PWM3 output has no effect on rising event
bit 5 GxRSIM5: COGx Rising Event Input Source 5 Mode bit
GxRIS5 = 1:
1 = CCP2 output low-to-high transition will cause a rising event after rising event phase delay
0 = CCP2 output high level will cause an immediate rising event
GxRIS5 = 0:
CCP2 output has no effect on rising event
bit 4 GxRSIM4: COGx Rising Event Input Source 4 Mode bit
GxRIS4 = 1:
1 = CCP1 low-to-high transition will cause a rising event after rising event phase delay
0 = CCP1 high level will cause an immediate rising event
GxRIS4 = 0:
CCP1 has no effect on rising event
bit 3 GxRSIM3: COGx Rising Event Input Source 3 Mode bit
GxRIS3 = 1:
1 = CLC1 output low-to-high transition will cause a rising event after rising event phase delay
0 = CLC1 output high level will cause an immediate rising event
GxRIS3 = 0:
CLC1 output has no effect on rising event
bit 2 GxRSIM2: COGx Rising Event Input Source 2 Mode bit
GxRIS2 = 1:
1 = Comparator 2 low-to-high transition will cause a rising event after rising event phase delay
0 = Comparator 2 high level will cause an immediate rising event
GxRIS2 = 0:
Comparator 2 has no effect on rising event
bit 1 GxRSIM1: COGx Rising Event Input Source 1 Mode bit
GxRIS1 = 1:
1 = Comparator 1 low-to-high transition will cause a rising event after rising event phase delay
0 = Comparator 1 high level will cause an immediate rising event
GxRIS1 = 0:
Comparator 1 has no effect on rising event
bit 0 GxRSIM0: COGx Rising Event Input Source 0 Mode bit
GxRIS0 = 1:
1 = Pin selected with COGxPPS control low-to-high transition will cause a rising event after rising event phase
delay
0 = Pin selected with COGxPPS control high level will cause an immediate rising event
GxRIS0 = 0:
Pin selected with COGxPPS control has no effect on rising event
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 194 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 18-5: COGxFIS: COG FALLING EVENT INPUT SELECTION REGIST ER
U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
GxFIS6 GxFIS5 GxFIS4 GxFIS3 GxFIS2 GxFIS1 GxFIS0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 6 GxFIS6: COGx Falling Event Input Source 6 Enable bit
1 = PWM3 output is enabled as a falling event input
0 = PWM3 has no effect on the falling event
bit 5 GxFIS5: COGx Falling Event Input Source 5 Enable bit
1 = CCP2 output is enabled as a falling event input
0 = CCP2 output has no effect on the falling event
bit 4 GxFIS4: COGx Falling Event Input Source 4 Enable bit
1 = CCP1 is enabled as a falling event input
0 = CCP1 has no effect on the falling event
bit 3 GxFIS3: COGx Falling Event Input Source 3 Enable bit
1 = CLC1 output is enabled as a falling event input
0 = CLC1 output has no effect on the falling event
bit 2 GxFIS2: COGx Falling Event Input Source 2 Enable bit
1 = Comparator 2 output is enabled as a falling event input
0 = Comparator 2 output has no effect on the falling event
bit 1 GxFIS1: COGx Falling Event Input Source 1 Enable bit
1 = Comparator 1 output is enabled as a falling event input
0 = Comparator 1 output has no effect on the falling event
bit 0 GxFIS0: COGx Falling Event Input Source 0 Enable bit
1 = Pin selected with COGxPPS control register is enabled as falling event input
0 = Pin selected with COGxPPS control has no effect on the falling event
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 195
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 18-6: COGxFSIM: COG FALLING EVENT SOURCE INPUT MODE REGISTER
U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
GxFSIM6 GxFSIM5 GxFSIM4 GxFSIM3 GxFSIM2 GxFSIM1 GxFSIM0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set 0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as0
bit 6 GxFSIM6: COGx Falling Event Input Source 6 Mode bit
GxFIS6 = 1:
1 = PWM3 output high-to-low transition will cause a falling event after falling event phase delay
0 = PWM3 output low level will cause an immediate falling event
GxFIS6 = 0:
PWM3 output has no effect on falling event
bit 5 GxFSIM5: COGx Falling Event Input Source 5 Mode bit
GxFIS5 = 1:
1 = CCP2 output high-to-low transition will cause a falling event after falling event phase delay
0 = CCP2 output low level will cause an immediate falling event
GxFIS5 = 0:
CCP2 output has no effect on falling event
bit 4 GxFSIM4: COGx Falling Event Input Source 4 Mode bit
GxFIS4 = 1:
1 = CCP1 high-to-low transition will cause a falling event after falling event phase delay
0 = CCP1 low level will cause an immediate falling event
GxFIS4 = 0:
CCP1 has no effect on falling event
bit 3 GxFSIM3: COGx Falling Event Input Source 3 Mode bit
GxFIS3 = 1:
1 = CLC1 output high-to-low transition will cause a falling event after falling event phase delay
0 = CLC1 output low level will cause an immediate falling event
GxFIS3 = 0:
CLC1 output has no effect on falling event
bit 2 GxFSIM2: COGx Falling Event Input Source 2 Mode bit
GxFIS2 = 1:
1 = Comparator 2 high-to-low transition will cause a falling event after falling event phase delay
0 = Comparator 2 low level will cause an immediate falling event
GxFIS2 = 0:
Comparator 2 has no effect on falling event
bit 1 GxFSIM1: COGx Falling Event Input Source 1 Mode bit
GxFIS1 = 1:
1 = Comparator 1 high-to-low transition will cause a falling event after falling event phase delay
0 = Comparator 1 low level will cause an immediate falling event
GxFIS1 = 0:
Comparator 1 has no effect on falling event
bit 0 GxFSIM0: COGx Falling Event Input Source 0 Mode bit
GxFIS0 = 1:
1 = Pin selected with COGxPPS control high-to-low transition will cause a falling event after falling event
phase delay
0 = Pin selected with COGxPPS control low level will cause an immediate falling event
GxFIS0 = 0:
Pin selected with COGxPPS control has no effect on falling event
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 196 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 18-7: COGxASD0: COG AUTO-SHUTDOWN CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0
GxASE GxARSEN GxASDBD<1:0> GxASDAC<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 GxASE: Auto-Shutdown Event Status bit
1 = COG is in the shutdown state
0 = COG is either not in the shutdown state or will exit the shutdown state on the next rising event
bit 6 GxARSEN: Auto-Restart Enable bit
1 = Auto-restart is enabled
0 = Auto-restart is disabled
bit 5-4 GxASDBD<1:0>: COGxB and COGxD Auto-shutdown Override Level Select bits
11 = A logic ‘1’ is placed on COGxB and COGxD when shutdown is active
10 = A logic ‘0’ is placed on COGxB and COGxD when shutdown is active
01 = COGxB and COGxD are tri-stated when shutdown is active
00 = The inactive state of the pin, including polarity, is placed on COGxB and COGxD when shutdown
is active
bit 3-2 GxASDAC<1:0>: COGxA and COGxC Auto-shutdown Override Level Select bits
11 =A logic1’ is placed on COGxA and COGxC when shutdown is active
10 =A logic0’ is placed on COGxA and COGxC when shutdown is active
01 = COGxA and COGxC are tri-stated when shutdown is active
00 = The inactive state of the pin, including polarity, is placed on COGxA and COGxC when shutdown
is active
bit 1-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 197
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 18-8: COGxASD1: COG AUTO-SHUTDOWN CONTROL REGISTER 1
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
GxAS3E GxAS2E GxAS1E GxAS0E
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 3 GxAS3E: COGx Auto-shutdown Source Enable bit 3
1 = COGx is shutdown when CLC2 output is low
0 = CLC2 output has no effect on shutdown
bit 2 GxAS2E: COGx Auto-shutdown Source Enable bit 2
1 = COGx is shutdown when Comparator 2 output is low
0 = Comparator 2 output has no effect on shutdown
bit 1 GxAS1E: COGx Auto-shutdown Source Enable bit 1
1 = COGx is shutdown when Comparator 1 output is low
0 = Comparator 1 output has no effect on shutdown
bit 0 GxAS0E: COGx Auto-shutdown Source Enable bit 0
1 = COGx is shutdown when Pin selected with COGxPPS control is low
0 = Pin selected with COGxPPS control has no effect on shutdown
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 198 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 18-9: COGxSTR: COG STEERING CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
GxSDATD GxSDATC GxSDATB GxSDATA GxSTRD GxSTRC GxSTRB GxSTRA
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 GxSDATD: COGxD Static Output Data bit
1 = COGxD static data is high
0 = COGxD static data is low
bit 6 GxSDATC: COGxC Static Output Data bit
1 = COGxC static data is high
0 = COGxC static data is low
bit 5 GxSDATB: COGxB Static Output Data bit
1 = COGxB static data is high
0 = COGxB static data is low
bit 4 GxSDATA: COGxA Static Output Data bit
1 = COGxA static data is high
0 = COGxA static data is low
bit 3 GxSTRD: COGxD Steering Control bit
1 = COGxD output has the COGxD waveform with polarity control from GxPOLD bit
0 = COGxD output is the static data level determined by the GxSDATD bit
bit 2 GxSTRC: COGxC Steering Control bit
1 = COGxC output has the COGxC waveform with polarity control from GxPOLC bit
0 = COGxC output is the static data level determined by the GxSDATC bit
bit 1 GxSTRB: COGxB Steering Control bit
1 = COGxB output has the COGxB waveform with polarity control from GxPOLB bit
0 = COGxB output is the static data level determined by the GxSDATB bit
bit 0 GxSTRA: COGxA Steering Control bit
1 = COGxA output has the COGxA waveform with polarity control from GxPOLA bit
0 = COGxA output is the static data level determined by the GxSDATA bit
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 199
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 18-10: COGxDBR: COG RISING EVENT DEAD-BAND COUNT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
—GxDBR<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-0 GxDBR<5:0>: Rising Event Dead-band Count Value bits
GxRDBS = 0:
= Number of COGx clock periods to delay primary output after rising event
GxRDBS = 1:
= Number of delay chain element periods to delay primary output after rising event
REGISTER 18-11: COGxDBF: COG FALLING EVENT DEAD-BAND COUNT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
—GxDBF<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-0 GxDBF<5:0>: Falling Event Dead-band Count Value bits
GxFDBS = 0:
= Number of COGx clock periods to delay complementary output after falling event input
GxFDBS = 1:
= Number of delay chain element periods to delay complementary output after falling event input
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 200 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 18-12: COGxBLKR: COG RISING EVENT BLANKING COUNT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
GxBLKR<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-0 GxBLKR<5:0>: Rising Event Blanking Count Value bits
= Number of COGx clock periods to inhibit falling event inputs
REGISTER 18-13: COGxBLKF: COG FALLING EVENT BLANKING COUNT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
GxBLKF<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-0 GxBLKF<5:0>: Falling Event Blanking Count Value bits
= Number of COGx clock periods to inhibit rising event inputs
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 201
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 18-14: COGxPHR: COG RISING EDGE PHASE DELAY COUNT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
GxPHR<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-0 GxPHR<5:0>: Rising Edge Phase Delay Count Value bits
= Number of COGx clock periods to delay rising edge event
REGISTER 18-15: COGxPHF: COG FALLING EDGE PHASE DELAY COUNT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
GxPHF<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-0 GxPHF<5:0>: Falling Edge Phase Delay Count Value bits
= Number of COGx clock periods to delay falling edge event
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 202 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 18-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH COG
NameBit 7Bit 6Bit 5Bit 4Bit 3Bit 2Bit 1Bit 0
Register
on Page
ANSELA ANSA4 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 122
ANSELB(1) ANSB5 ANSB4 128
ANSELC ANSC7(1) ANSC6(1) ANSC5(2) ANSC4(2) ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 133
COG1PHR G1PHR<5:0> 201
COG1PHF —G1PHF<5:0>201
COG1BLKR G1BLKR<5:0> 200
COG1BLKF G1BLKF<5:0> 200
COG1DBR —G1DBR<5:0>199
COG1DBF —G1DBF<5:0>199
COG1RIS G1RIS6 G1RIS5 G1RIS4 G1RIS3 G1RIS2 G1RIS1 G1RIS0 192
COG1RSIM G1RSIM6 G1RSIM5 G1RSIM4 G1RSIM3 G1RSIM2 G1RSIM1 G1RSIM0 193
COG1FIS G1FIS6 G1FIS5 G1FIS4 G1FIS3 G1FIS2 G1FIS1 G1FIS0 194
COG1FSIM G1FSIM6 G1FSIM5 G1FSIM4 G1FSIM3 G1FSIM2 G1FSIM1 G1FSIM0 195
COG1CON0 G1EN G1LD G1CS<1:0> G1MD<2:0> 190
COG1CON1 G1RDBS G1FDBS G1POLD G1POLC G1POLB G1POLA 191
COG1ASD0 G1ASE G1ARSEN G1ASDBD<1:0> G1ASDAC<1:0> 196
COG1ASD1 ——— G1AS3E G1AS2E G1AS1E G1AS0E 197
COG1STR G1SDATD G1SDATC G1SDATB G1SDATA G1STRD G1STRC G1STRB G1STRA 198
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
COG1PPS COG1PPS<4:0> 140
PIE2 OSFIE C2IE C1IE BCL1IE TMR6IE TMR4IE CCP2IE 86
PIR2 OSFIF C2IF C1IF —BCL1IF
TMR6IF TMR4IF CCP2IF 89
RxyPPS RxyPPS<4:0> 141
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, = unimplemented locations read as 0’. Shaded cells are not used by COG.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 203
PIC16(L)F1705/9
19.0 CONFIGURABLE LOGIC CELL
(CLC)
The Configurable Logic Cell (CLCx) provides program-
mable logic that operates outside the speed limitations
of software execution. The logic cell takes up to 32
input signals and, through the use of configurable
gates, reduces the 32 inputs to four logic lines that drive
one of eight selectable single-output logic functions.
Input sources are a combination of the following:
I/O pins
Internal clocks
Peripherals
Register bits
The output can be directed internally to peripherals and
to an output pin.
Refer to Figure 19-1 for a simplified diagram showing
signal flow through the CLCx.
Possible configurations include:
Combinatorial Logic
-AND
-NAND
- AND-OR
- AND-OR-INVERT
-OR-XOR
-OR-XNOR
Latches
-S-R
- Clocked D with Set and Reset
- Transparent D with Set and Reset
- Clocked J-K with Reset
FIGURE 19-1: CLCx SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note 1: See Figure 19-2: Input Data Selection and Gating.
2: See Figure 19-3: Programmable Logic Functions.
Input Data Selection Gates(1)
Logic
Function
(2)
lcxg2
lcxg1
lcxg3
lcxg4
LCxMODE<2:0>
lcxq
LCxEN
LCxPOL
det
Interrupt
det
Interrupt
set bit
CLCxIF
LCXINTN
LCXINTP
CLCx
to Peripherals
Q1
LCx_out
LCxOUT
MLCxOUT
DQ
PPS
Module
LCx_in[0]
LCx_in[1]
LCx_in[2]
LCx_in[29]
LCx_in[30]
LCx_in[31]
.
.
.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 204 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
19.1 CLCx Setup
Programming the CLCx module is performed by config-
uring the four stages in the logic signal flow. The four
stages are:
•Data selection
Data gating
Logic function selection
Output polarity
Each stage is setup at run time by writing to the corre-
sponding CLCx Special Function Registers. This has
the added advantage of permitting logic reconfiguration
on-the-fly during program execution.
19.1.1 DATA SELECTION
There are 32 signals available as inputs to the configu-
rable logic. Four 32-input multiplexers are used to
select the inputs to pass on to the next stage.
Data selection is through four multiplexers as indicated
on the left side of Figure 19-2. Data inputs in the figure
are identified by a generic numbered input name.
Table 19-1 correlates the generic input name to the
actual signal for each CLC module. The column labeled
lcxdy indicates the MUX selection code for the selected
data input. DxS is an abbreviation for the MUX select
input codes: LCxD1S<4:0> through LCxD4S<4:0>.
Data inputs are selected with CLCxSEL0 through
CLCxSEL3 registers (Register 19-3 through
Register 19-6).
TABLE 19-1: CLCx DAT A INPUT SELECTION
Note: Data selections are undefined at power-up.
Data Input lcxdy
DxS CLCx
LCx_in[31] 11111 FOSC
LCx_in[30] 11110 HFINTOSC
LCx_in[29] 11101 LFINTOSC
LCx_in[28] 11100 ADCRC
LCx_in[27] 11011 IOCIF set signal (bit?)
LCx_in[26] 11010 T2_match
LCx_in[25] 11001 T1_overflow
LCx_in[24] 11000 T0_overflow
LCx_in[23] 10111 T6_match
LCx_in[22] 10110 T4_match
LCx_in[21] 10101 DT from EUSART
LCx_in[20] 10100 TX/CK from EUSART
LCx_in[19] 10011 ZCDx_out from Zero-Cross Detect
LCx_in[18] 10010 SDO from MSSP
LCx_in[17] 10001 Reserved
LCx_in[16] 10000 SCK from MSSP
LCx_in[15] 01111 PWM4_out
LCx_in[14] 01110 PWM3_out
LCx_in[13] 01101 CCP2 output
LCx_in[12] 01100 CCP1 output
LCx_in[11] 01011 COG1B
LCx_in[10] 01010 COG1A
LCx_in[9] 01001 C2OUT
LCx_in[8] 01000 C1OUT
LCx_in[7] 00111 Reserved
LCx_in[6] 00110 LC3_out from the CLC3
LCx_in[5] 00101 LC2_out from the CLC2
LCx_in[4] 00100 LC1_out from the CLC1
LCx_in[3] 00011 CLCIN3 pin input selected in
CLCIN3PPS register
LCx_in[2] 00010 CLCIN2 pin input selected in
CLCIN2PPS register
LCx_in[1] 00001 CLCIN1 pin input selected in
CLCIN1PPS register
LCx_in[0] 00000 CLCIN0 pin input selected in
CLCIN0PPS register
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 205
PIC16(L)F1705/9
19.1.2 DATA GATING
Outputs from the input multiplexers are directed to the
desired logic function input through the data gating
stage. Each data gate can direct any combination of the
four selected inputs.
The gate stage is more than just signal direction. The
gate can be configured to direct each input signal as
inverted or non-inverted data. Directed signals are
ANDed together in each gate. The output of each gate
can be inverted before going on to the logic function
stage.
The gating is in essence a 1-to-4 input
AND/NAND/OR/NOR gate. When every input is
inverted and the output is inverted, the gate is an OR of
all enabled data inputs. When the inputs and output are
not inverted, the gate is an AND or all enabled inputs.
Table 19-2 summarizes the basic logic that can be
obtained in gate 1 by using the gate logic select bits.
The table shows the logic of four input variables, but
each gate can be configured to use less than four. If
no inputs are selected, the output will be zero or one,
depending on the gate output polarity bit.
It is possible (but not recommended) to select both the
true and negated values of an input. When this is done,
the gate output is zero, regardless of the other inputs,
but may emit logic glitches (transient-induced pulses).
If the output of the channel must be zero or one, the
recommended method is to set all gate bits to zero and
use the gate polarity bit to set the desired level.
Data gating is configured with the logic gate select
registers as follows:
Gate 1: CLCxGLS0 (Register 19-7)
Gate 2: CLCxGLS1 (Register 19-8)
Gate 3: CLCxGLS2 (Register 19-9)
Gate 4: CLCxGLS3 (Register 19-10)
Register number suffixes are different than the gate
numbers because other variations of this module have
multiple gate selections in the same register.
Data gating is indicated in the right side of Figure 19-2.
Only one gate is shown in detail. The remaining three
gates are configured identically with the exception that
the data enables correspond to the enables for that
gate.
19.1.3 LOGIC FUNCTION
There are eight available logic functions including:
AND-OR
•OR-XOR
•AND
S-R Latch
D Flip-Flop with Set and Reset
D Flip-Flop with Reset
J-K Flip-Flop with Reset
Transparent Latch with Set and Reset
Logic functions are shown in Figure 19-3. Each logic
function has four inputs and one output. The four inputs
are the four data gate outputs of the previous stage.
The output is fed to the inversion stage and from there
to other peripherals, an output pin, and back to the
CLCx itself.
19.1.4 OUTPUT POLARITY
The last stage in the configurable logic cell is the output
polarity. Setting the LCxPOL bit of the CLCxCON reg-
ister inverts the output signal from the logic stage.
Changing the polarity while the interrupts are enabled
will cause an interrupt for the resulting output transition.
Note: Data gating is undefined at power-up.
TABLE 19-2: DATA GATING LOGIC
CLCxGLS0 LCxG1POL Gate Logic
0x55 1AND
0x55 0NAND
0xAA 1NOR
0xAA 0OR
0x00 0Logic 0
0x00 1Logic 1
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 206 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
19.1.5 CLCx SETUP STEPS
The following steps should be followed when setting up
the CLCx:
Disable CLCx by clearing the LCxEN bit.
Select desired inputs using CLCxSEL0 through
CLCxSEL3 registers (See Table 19-1).
Clear any associated ANSEL bits.
Set all TRIS bits associated with inputs.
Clear all TRIS bits associated with outputs.
Enable the chosen inputs through the four gates
using CLCxGLS0, CLCxGLS1, CLCxGLS2, and
CLCxGLS3 registers.
Select the gate output polarities with the
LCxPOLy bits of the CLCxPOL register.
Select the desired logic function with the
LCxMODE<2:0> bits of the CLCxCON register.
Select the desired polarity of the logic output with
the LCxPOL bit of the CLCxPOL register. (This
step may be combined with the previous gate out-
put polarity step).
If driving a device pin, set the desired pin PPS
control register and also clear the TRIS bit
corresponding to that output.
If interrupts are desired, configure the following
bits:
- Set the LCxINTP bit in the CLCxCON register
for rising event.
- Set the LCxINTN bit in the CLCxCON
register for falling event.
- Set the CLCxIE bit of the associated PIE
registers.
- Set the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON
register.
Enable the CLCx by setting the LCxEN bit of the
CLCxCON register.
19.2 CLCx Interrupts
An interrupt will be generated upon a change in the
output value of the CLCx when the appropriate interrupt
enables are set. A rising edge detector and a falling
edge detector are present in each CLC for this purpose.
The CLCxIF bit of the associated PIR registers will be
set when either edge detector is triggered and its asso-
ciated enable bit is set. The LCxINTP enables rising
edge interrupts and the LCxINTN bit enables falling
edge interrupts. Both are located in the CLCxCON
register.
To fully enable the interrupt, set the following bits:
LCxON bit of the CLCxCON register
CLCxIE bit of the associated PIE registers
LCxINTP bit of the CLCxCON register (for a rising
edge detection)
LCxINTN bit of the CLCxCON register (for a
falling edge detection)
PEIE and GIE bits of the INTCON register
The CLCxIF bit of the associated PIR registers, must
be cleared in software as part of the interrupt service. If
another edge is detected while this flag is being
cleared, the flag will still be set at the end of the
sequence.
19.3 Output Mirror Copies
Mirror copies of all LCxCON output bits are contained
in the CLCxDATA register. Reading this register reads
the outputs of all CLCs simultaneously. This prevents
any reading skew introduced by testing or reading the
CLCxOUT bits in the individual CLCxCON registers.
19.4 Effect s of a Reset
The CLCxCON register is cleared to zero as the result
of a Reset. All other selection and gating values remain
unchanged.
19.5 Operation During Sleep
The CLC module operates independently from the
system clock and will continue to run during Sleep,
provided that the input sources selected remain active.
The HFINTOSC remains active during Sleep when the
CLC module is enabled and the HFINTOSC is
selected as an input source, regardless of the system
clock source selected.
In other words, if the HFINTOSC is simultaneously
selected as the system clock and as a CLC input
source, when the CLC is enabled, the CPU will go idle
during Sleep, but the CLC will continue to operate and
the HFINTOSC will remain active.
This will have a direct effect on the Sleep mode current.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 207
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 19-2: INPUT DATA SELECTION AND GATING
lcxg1
LCxG1POL
Data GATE 1
LCxD1G1T
lcxg2
lcxg3
lcxg4
Data GATE 2
Data GATE 3
Data GATE 4
LCxD1G1N
LCxD2G1T
LCxD2G1N
LCxD3G1T
LCxD3G1N
LCxD4G1T
LCxD4G1N
LCxD1S<4:0>
LCxD2S<4:0>
LCxD3S<4:0>
LCxD4S<4:0>
LCx_in[0]
LCx_in[31]
00000
11111
Data Selection
Note: All controls are undefined at power-up.
lcxd1T
lcxd1N
lcxd2T
lcxd2N
lcxd3T
lcxd3N
lcxd4T
lcxd4N
(Same as Data GATE 1)
(Same as Data GATE 1)
(Same as Data GATE 1)
LCx_in[0]
LCx_in[31]
00000
11111
LCx_in[0]
LCx_in[31]
00000
11111
LCx_in[0]
LCx_in[31]
00000
11111
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 208 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 19-3: PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC FUNCTIONS
lcxg1
lcxg2
lcxg3
lcxg4
lcxq
lcxg1
lcxg2
lcxg3
lcxg4
lcxq
lcxg1
lcxg2
lcxg3
lcxg4
lcxq
S
R
Q
lcxg1
lcxg2
lcxg3
lcxg4
lcxq
DQ
lcxg1
lcxg2
lcxg3
lcxg4
lcxq
S
R
JQ
lcxg2
lcxg3
lcxg4
lcxq
R
lcxg1
K
DQ
lcxg1
lcxg2
lcxg3
lcxg4
lcxq
S
R
DQ
lcxg1
lcxg3
lcxq
R
lcxg4
lcxg2
LCxMODE<2:0>= 000
LCxMODE<2:0>= 010
LCxMODE<2:0>= 001
LCxMODE<2:0>= 011
LCxMODE<2:0>= 100
LCxMODE<2:0>= 110
LCxMODE<2:0>= 101
LCxMODE<2:0>= 111
LE
AND - OR OR - XOR
4-Input AND S-R Latch
1-Input D Flip-Flop with S and R 2-Input D Flip-Flop with R
1-Input Transparent Latch with S and R
J-K Flip-Flop with R
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 209
PIC16(L)F1705/9
19.6 Register Definitions: CLC Control
REGISTER 19-1: CLCxCON: CONFIGURABLE LOGIC CELL CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 U-0 R-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
LCxEN LCxOUT LCxINTP LCxINTN LCxMODE<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 LCxEN: Configurable Logic Cell Enable bit
1 = Configurable logic cell is enabled and mixing input signals
0 = Configurable logic cell is disabled and has logic zero output
bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5 LCxOUT: Configurable Logic Cell Data Output bit
Read-only: logic cell output data, after LCxPOL; sampled from lcx_out wire.
bit 4 LCxINTP: Configurable Logic Cell Positive Edge Going Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CLCxIF will be set when a rising edge occurs on lcx_out
0 = CLCxIF will not be set
bit 3 LCxINTN: Configurable Logic Cell Negative Edge Going Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CLCxIF will be set when a falling edge occurs on lcx_out
0 = CLCxIF will not be set
bit 2-0 LCxMODE<2:0>: Configurable Logic Cell Functional Mode bits
111 = Cell is 1-input transparent latch with S and R
110 = Cell is J-K flip-flop with R
101 = Cell is 2-input D flip-flop with R
100 = Cell is 1-input D flip-flop with S and R
011 = Cell is S-R latch
010 = Cell is 4-input AND
001 = Cell is OR-XOR
000 = Cell is AND-OR
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 210 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 19-2: CLCxPOL: SIGNAL POLARITY CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LCxPOL LCxG4POL LCxG3POL LCxG2POL LCxG1POL
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 LCxPOL: LCOUT Polarity Control bit
1 = The output of the logic cell is inverted
0 = The output of the logic cell is not inverted
bit 6-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 3 LCxG4POL: Gate 4 Output Polarity Control bit
1 = The output of gate 4 is inverted when applied to the logic cell
0 = The output of gate 4 is not inverted
bit 2 LCxG3POL: Gate 3 Output Polarity Control bit
1 = The output of gate 3 is inverted when applied to the logic cell
0 = The output of gate 3 is not inverted
bit 1 LCxG2POL: Gate 2 Output Polarity Control bit
1 = The output of gate 2 is inverted when applied to the logic cell
0 = The output of gate 2 is not inverted
bit 0 LCxG1POL: Gate 1 Output Polarity Control bit
1 = The output of gate 1 is inverted when applied to the logic cell
0 = The output of gate 1 is not inverted
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 211
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 19-3: CLCxSEL0: GENERIC CLCx DATA 1 SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LCxD1S<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 4-0 LCxD1S<4:0>: CLCx Data1 Input Selection bits
See Table 19-1.
REGISTER 19-4: CLCxSEL1: GENERIC CLCx DATA 2 SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LCxD2S<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 4-0 LCxD2S<4:0>: CLCx Data 2 Input Selection bits
See Table 19-1.
REGISTER 19-5: CLCxSEL2: GENERIC CLCx DATA 3 SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LCxD3S<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 4-0 LCxD3S<4:0>: CLCx Data 3 Input Selection bits
See Table 19-1.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 212 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 19-6: CLCxSEL3: GENERIC CLCx DATA 4 SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LCxD4S<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 4-0 LCxD4S<4:0>: CLCx Data 4 Input Selection bits
See Table 19-1.
REGISTER 19-7: CLCxGLS0: GATE 1 LOGIC SELECT REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LCxG1D4T LCxG1D4N LCxG1D3T LCxG1D3N LCxG1D2T LCxG1D2N LCxG1D1T LCxG1D1N
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 LCxG1D4T: Gate 1 Data 4 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = lcxd4T is gated into lcxg1
0 = lcxd4T is not gated into lcxg1
bit 6 LCxG1D4N: Gate 1 Data 4 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = lcxd4N is gated into lcxg1
0 = lcxd4N is not gated into lcxg1
bit 5 LCxG1D3T: Gate 1 Data 3 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = lcxd3T is gated into lcxg1
0 = lcxd3T is not gated into lcxg1
bit 4 LCxG1D3N: Gate 1 Data 3 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = lcxd3N is gated into lcxg1
0 = lcxd3N is not gated into lcxg1
bit 3 LCxG1D2T: Gate 1 Data 2 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = lcxd2T is gated into lcxg1
0 = lcxd2T is not gated into lcxg1
bit 2 LCxG1D2N: Gate 1 Data 2 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = lcxd2N is gated into lcxg1
0 = lcxd2N is not gated into lcxg1
bit 1 LCxG1D1T: Gate 1 Data 1 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = lcxd1T is gated into lcxg1
0 = lcxd1T is not gated into lcxg1
bit 0 LCxG1D1N: Gate 1 Data 1 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = lcxd1N is gated into lcxg1
0 = lcxd1N is not gated into lcxg1
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 213
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 19-8: CLCxGLS1: GATE 2 LOGIC SELECT REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LCxG2D4T LCxG2D4N LCxG2D3T LCxG2D3N LCxG2D2T LCxG2D2N LCxG2D1T LCxG2D1N
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 LCxG2D4T: Gate 2 Data 4 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = lcxd4T is gated into lcxg2
0 = lcxd4T is not gated into lcxg2
bit 6 LCxG2D4N: Gate 2 Data 4 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = lcxd4N is gated into lcxg2
0 = lcxd4N is not gated into lcxg2
bit 5 LCxG2D3T: Gate 2 Data 3 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = lcxd3T is gated into lcxg2
0 = lcxd3T is not gated into lcxg2
bit 4 LCxG2D3N: Gate 2 Data 3 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = lcxd3N is gated into lcxg2
0 = lcxd3N is not gated into lcxg2
bit 3 LCxG2D2T: Gate 2 Data 2 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = lcxd2T is gated into lcxg2
0 = lcxd2T is not gated into lcxg2
bit 2 LCxG2D2N: Gate 2 Data 2 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = lcxd2N is gated into lcxg2
0 = lcxd2N is not gated into lcxg2
bit 1 LCxG2D1T: Gate 2 Data 1 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = lcxd1T is gated into lcxg2
0 = lcxd1T is not gated into lcxg2
bit 0 LCxG2D1N: Gate 2 Data 1 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = lcxd1N is gated into lcxg2
0 = lcxd1N is not gated into lcxg2
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 214 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 19-9: CLCxGLS2: GATE 3 LOGIC SELECT REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LCxG3D4T LCxG3D4N LCxG3D3T LCxG3D3N LCxG3D2T LCxG3D2N LCxG3D1T LCxG3D1N
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 LCxG3D4T: Gate 3 Data 4 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = lcxd4T is gated into lcxg3
0 = lcxd4T is not gated into lcxg3
bit 6 LCxG3D4N: Gate 3 Data 4 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = lcxd4N is gated into lcxg3
0 = lcxd4N is not gated into lcxg3
bit 5 LCxG3D3T: Gate 3 Data 3 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = lcxd3T is gated into lcxg3
0 = lcxd3T is not gated into lcxg3
bit 4 LCxG3D3N: Gate 3 Data 3 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = lcxd3N is gated into lcxg3
0 = lcxd3N is not gated into lcxg3
bit 3 LCxG3D2T: Gate 3 Data 2 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = lcxd2T is gated into lcxg3
0 = lcxd2T is not gated into lcxg3
bit 2 LCxG3D2N: Gate 3 Data 2 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = lcxd2N is gated into lcxg3
0 = lcxd2N is not gated into lcxg3
bit 1 LCxG3D1T: Gate 3 Data 1 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = lcxd1T is gated into lcxg3
0 = lcxd1T is not gated into lcxg3
bit 0 LCxG3D1N: Gate 3 Data 1 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = lcxd1N is gated into lcxg3
0 = lcxd1N is not gated into lcxg3
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 215
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 19-10: CLCxGLS3: GATE 4 LOGIC SELECT REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LCxG4D4T LCxG4D4N LCxG4D3T LCxG4D3N LCxG4D2T LCxG4D2N LCxG4D1T LCxG4D1N
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 LCxG4D4T: Gate 4 Data 4 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = lcxd4T is gated into lcxg4
0 = lcxd4T is not gated into lcxg4
bit 6 LCxG4D4N: Gate 4 Data 4 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = lcxd4N is gated into lcxg4
0 = lcxd4N is not gated into lcxg4
bit 5 LCxG4D3T: Gate 4 Data 3 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = lcxd3T is gated into lcxg4
0 = lcxd3T is not gated into lcxg4
bit 4 LCxG4D3N: Gate 4 Data 3 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = lcxd3N is gated into lcxg4
0 = lcxd3N is not gated into lcxg4
bit 3 LCxG4D2T: Gate 4 Data 2 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = lcxd2T is gated into lcxg4
0 = lcxd2T is not gated into lcxg4
bit 2 LCxG4D2N: Gate 4 Data 2 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = lcxd2N is gated into lcxg4
0 = lcxd2N is not gated into lcxg4
bit 1 LCxG4D1T: Gate 4 Data 1 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = lcxd1T is gated into lcxg4
0 = lcxd1T is not gated into lcxg4
bit 0 LCxG4D1N: Gate 4 Data 1 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = lcxd1N is gated into lcxg4
0 = lcxd1N is not gated into lcxg4
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 216 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 19-11: CLCDATA: CLC DATA OUTPUT
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0
MLC3OUT MLC2OUT MLC1OUT
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 2 MLC3OUT: Mirror copy of LC3OUT bit
bit 1 MLC2OUT: Mirror copy of LC2OUT bit
bit 0 MLC1OUT: Mirror copy of LC1OUT bit
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 217
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 19-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CLCx
Name Bit7 Bit6 Bit5 Bit4 BIt3 Bit2 Bit1 Bit0 Register
on Page
ANSELA ANSA4 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 122
ANSELB(1) ANSB5 ANSB4 128
ANSELC ANSC7(1) ANSC6(1) ANSC5(2) ANSC4(2) ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 133
CLC1CON LC1EN LC1OUT LC1INTP LC1INTN LC1MODE<2:0> 209
CLC2CON LC2EN LC2OUT LC2INTP LC2INTN LC2MODE<2:0> 209
CLC3CON LC3EN LC3OUT LC3INTP LC3INTN LC3MODE<2:0> 209
CLCDATA MLC3OUT MLC2OUT MLC1OUT 216
CLC1GLS0 LC1G1D4T LC1G1D4N LC1G1D3T LC1G1D3N LC1G1D2T LC1G1D2N LC1G1D1T LC1G1D1N 212
CLC1GLS1 LC1G2D4T LC1G2D4N LC1G2D3T LC1G2D3N LC1G2D2T LC1G2D2N LC1G2D1T LC1G2D1N 213
CLC1GLS2 LC1G3D4T LC1G3D4N LC1G3D3T LC1G3D3N LC1G3D2T LC1G3D2N LC1G3D1T LC1G3D1N 214
CLC1GLS3 LC1G4D4T LC1G4D4N LC1G4D3T LC1G4D3N LC1G4D2T LC1G4D2N LC1G4D1T LC1G4D1N 215
CLC1POL LC1POL LC1G4POL LC1G3POL LC1G2POL LC1G1POL 210
CLC1SEL0 LC1D1S<4:0> 211
CLC1SEL1 LC1D2S<4:0> 211
CLC1SEL2 LC1D3S<4:0> 211
CLC1SEL3 LC1D4S<4:0> 212
CLC2GLS0 LC2G1D4T LC2G1D4N LC2G1D3T LC2G1D3N LC2G1D2T LC2G1D2N LC2G1D1T LC2G1D1N 212
CLC2GLS1 LC2G2D4T LC2G2D4N LC2G2D3T LC2G2D3N LC2G2D2T LC2G2D2N LC2G2D1T LC2G2D1N 213
CLC2GLS2 LC2G3D4T LC2G3D4N LC2G3D3T LC2G3D3N LC2G3D2T LC2G3D2N LC2G3D1T LC2G3D1N 214
CLC2GLS3 LC2G4D4T LC2G4D4N LC2G4D3T LC2G4D3N LC2G4D2T LC2G4D2N LC2G4D1T LC2G4D1N 215
CLC2POL LC2POL LC2G4POL LC2G3POL LC2G2POL LC2G1POL 210
CLC2SEL0 LC2D1S<4:0> 211
CLC2SEL1 LC2D2S<4:0> 211
CLC2SEL2 LC2D3S<4:0> 211
CLC2SEL3 LC2D4S<4:0> 212
CLC3GLS0 LC3G1D4T LC3G1D4N LC3G1D3T LC3G1D3N LC3G1D2T LC3G1D2N LC3G1D1T LC3G1D1N 212
CLC3GLS1 LC3G2D4T LC3G2D4N LC3G2D3T LC3G2D3N LC3G2D2T LC3G2D2N LC3G2D1T LC3G2D1N 213
CLC3GLS2 LC3G3D4T LC3G3D4N LC3G3D3T LC3G3D3N LC3G3D2T LC3G3D2N LC3G3D1T LC3G3D1N 214
CLC3GLS3 LC3G4D4T LC3G4D4N LC3G4D3T LC3G4D3N LC3G4D2T LC3G4D2N LC3G4D1T LC3G4D1N 215
CLC3POL LC3POL LC3G4POL LC3G3POL LC3G2POL LC3G1POL 210
CLC3SEL0 LC3D1S<4:0> 211
CLC3SEL1 LC3D2S<4:0> 211
CLC3SEL2 LC3D3S<4:0> 211
CLC3SEL3 LC3D4S<4:0> 212
CLCxPPS CLCxPPS<4:0> 139, 140
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
PIE3 COGIE ZCDIE CLC3IE CLC2IE CLC1IE 87
PIR3 COGIF ZCDIF CLC3IF CLC2IF CLC1IF 90
RxyPPS RxyPPS<4:0> 141
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 (3) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 121
TRISB(1) TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 127
TRISC TRISC7(1) TRISC6(1) TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 132
Legend: — = unimplemented read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for CLC module.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 218 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
20.0 ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL
CONVERTER (ADC) MODULE
The Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) allows
conversion of an analog input signal to a 10-bit binary
representation of that signal. This device uses analog
inputs, which are multiplexed into a single sample and
hold circuit. The output of the sample and hold is
connected to the input of the converter. The converter
generates a 10-bit binary result via successive
approximation and stores the conversion result into the
ADC result registers (ADRESH:ADRESL register pair).
Figure 20-1 shows the block diagram of the ADC.
The ADC voltage reference is software selectable to be
either internally generated or externally supplied.
The ADC can generate an interrupt upon completion of
a conversion. This interrupt can be used to wake-up the
device from Sleep.
FIGURE 20-1: ADC BLOCK DIAGRAM
VDD
VREF+ADPREF = 10
ADPREF = 00
FVR_Buffer1
Note 1: When ADON = 0, all multiplexer inputs are disconnected.
ADON
GO/DONE
VSS
ADC
00000
00001
00010
00011
00100
00101
00111
00110
01000
01001
01010
01011
CHS<4:0>
AN0
VREF+/AN1
AN2
AN4
AN5
AN6
AN7
AN3
AN8
AN9
AN10
AN11
11111
ADRESH ADRESL
10
16
ADFM 0 = Left Justify
1 = Right Justify
Temp Indicator 11101
DAC_output 11110
VREF- = VSS
ADCREF+ADCREF-
Reserved 11100
ADPREF = 11 FVR_Buffer1
ADNREF = 0
ADNREF = 1
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 219
PIC16(L)F1705/9
20.1 ADC Configuration
When configuring and using the ADC the following
functions must be considered:
Port configuration
Channel selection
ADC voltage reference selection
ADC conversion clock source
Interrupt control
Result formatting
20.1.1 PORT CONFIGURATION
The ADC can be used to convert both analog and
digital signals. When converting analog signals, the I/O
pin should be configured for analog by setting the
associated TRIS and ANSEL bits. Refer to
Section 11.0 “I/O Ports” for more information.
20.1.2 CHANNEL SELECTION
There are up to 17 channel selections available:
AN<13:8, 4:0> pins (PIC16(L)F1705 only)
AN<21,13:0> pins (PIC16(L)F1709 only)
Temperature Indicator
DAC_output
FVR_buffer1
The CHS bits of the ADCON0 register (Register 20-1)
determine which channel is connected to the sample
and hold circuit.
When changing channels, a delay is required before
starting the next conversion. Refer to Section 20.2
“ADC Operation” for more information.
20.1.3 ADC VOLTAGE REFERENCE
The ADPREF bits of the ADCON1 register provides
control of the positive voltage reference. The positive
voltage reference can be:
•V
REF+ pin
•V
DD
FVR 2.048V
FVR 4.096V (Not available on LF devices)
The ADNREF bit of the ADCON1 register provides
control of the negative voltage reference. The negative
voltage reference can be:
•V
REF- pin
•V
SS
See Section 20.0 “Analog-to-Digital Converter
(ADC) Module” for more details on the Fixed Voltage
Reference.
20.1.4 CONVERSION CLOCK
The source of the conversion clock is software select-
able via the ADCS bits of the ADCON1 register. There
are seven possible clock options:
•F
OSC/2
•FOSC/4
•FOSC/8
•F
OSC/16
•FOSC/32
•FOSC/64
FRC (internal RC oscillator)
The time to complete one bit conversion is defined as
TAD. One full 10-bit conversion requires 11.5 TAD
periods as shown in Figure 20-2.
For correct conversion, the appropriate TAD specification
must be met. Refer to Tab le : for more information.
Table 20-1 gives examples of appropriate ADC clock
selections.
Note: Analog voltages on any pin that is defined
as a digital input may cause the input buf-
fer to conduct excess current. Note: Unless using the FRC, any changes in the
system clock frequency will change the
ADC clock frequency, which may
adversely affect the ADC result.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 220 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 20-1: ADC CLOCK PERIOD (TAD) VS. DEVICE OPERATING FREQUENCIES
FIGURE 20-2: ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERSION TAD CYCLES
ADC Clock Period (TAD) Device Frequency (FOSC)
ADC
Clock Source ADCS<2:0> 32 MHz 20 MHz 16 MHz 8 MHz 4 MHz 1 MHz
FOSC/2 000 62.5ns(2) 100 ns(2) 125 ns(2) 250 ns(2) 500 ns(2) 2.0 s
FOSC/4 100 125 ns(2) 200 ns(2) 250 ns(2) 500 ns(2) 1.0 s4.0 s
FOSC/8 001 0.5 s(2) 400 ns(2) 0.5 s(2) 1.0 s2.0 s8.0 s(3)
FOSC/16 101 800 ns 800 ns 1.0 s2.0 s4.0 s16.0 s(3)
FOSC/32 010 1.0 s1.6 s2.0 s4.0 s8.0 s(3) 32.0 s(2)
FOSC/64 110 2.0 s3.2 s4.0 s8.0 s(3) 16.0 s(2) 64.0 s(2)
FRC x11 1.0-6.0 s(1,4) 1.0-6.0 s(1,4) 1.0-6.0 s(1,4) 1.0-6.0 s(1,4) 1.0-6.0 s(1,4) 1.0-6.0 s(1,4)
Legend: Shaded cells are outside of recommended range.
Note 1: See TAD parameter for FRC source typical TAD value.
2: These values violate the required TAD time.
3: Outside the recommended TAD time.
4: The ADC clock period (TAD) and total ADC conversion time can be minimized when the ADC clock is derived from the
system clock FOSC. However, the FRC oscillator source must be used when conversions are to be performed with the
device in Sleep mode.
TAD1 TAD2 TAD3 TAD4 TAD5 TAD6 TAD7 TAD8 TAD9 TAD10 TAD11
Set GO bit
Conversion Starts
Holding capacitor disconnected
from analog input (THCD).
On the following cycle:
ADRESH:ADRESL is loaded,
GO bit is cleared,
ADIF bit is set,
holding capacitor is reconnected to analog input.
b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Enable ADC (ADON bit)
and
Select channel (ACS bits)
THCD
TACQ
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 221
PIC16(L)F1705/9
20.1.5 INTERRUPTS
The ADC module allows for the ability to generate an
interrupt upon completion of an Analog-to-Digital
conversion. The ADC Interrupt Flag is the ADIF bit in
the PIR1 register. The ADC Interrupt Enable is the
ADIE bit in the PIE1 register. The ADIF bit must be
cleared in software.
This interrupt can be generated while the device is
operating or while in Sleep. If the device is in Sleep, the
interrupt will wake-up the device. Upon waking from
Sleep, the next instruction following the SLEEP
instruction is always executed. If the user is attempting
to wake-up from Sleep and resume in-line code
execution, the ADIE bit of the PIE1 register and the
PEIE bit of the INTCON register must both be set and
the GIE bit of the INTCON register must be cleared. If
all three of these bits are set, the execution will switch
to the Interrupt Service Routine.
20.1.6 RESULT FORMATTING
The 10-bit ADC conversion result can be supplied in
two formats, left justified or right justified. The ADFM bit
of the ADCON1 register controls the output format.
Figure 20-3 shows the two output formats.
FIGURE 20-3: 10-BIT ADC CONVERSION RESULT FORMAT
Note 1: The ADIF bit is set at the completion of
every conversion, regardless of whether
or not the ADC interrupt is enabled.
2: The ADC operates during Sleep only
when the FRC oscillator is selected.
ADRESH ADRESL
(ADFM = 0)MSB LSB
bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 bit 0
10-bit ADC Result Unimplemented: Read as 0
(ADFM = 1)MSB LSB
bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 bit 0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0 10-bit ADC Result
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 222 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
20.2 ADC Operation
20.2.1 STARTING A CONVERSION
To enable the ADC module, the ADON bit of the
ADCON0 register must be set to a ‘1. Setting the
GO/DONE bit of the ADCON0 register to a ‘1’ will start
the Analog-to-Digital conversion.
20.2.2 COMPLETION OF A CONVERSION
When the conversion is complete, the ADC module will:
Clear the GO/DONE bit
Set the ADIF Interrupt Flag bit
Update the ADRESH and ADRESL registers with
new conversion result
20.2.3 TERMINATING A CONVERSION
If a conversion must be terminated before completion,
the GO/DONE bit can be cleared in software. The
ADRESH and ADRESL registers will be updated with
the partially complete Analog-to-Digital conversion
sample. Incomplete bits will match the last bit
converted.
20.2.4 ADC OPERATION DURING SLEEP
The ADC module can operate during Sleep. This
requires the ADC clock source to be set to the FRC
option. When the FRC oscillator source is selected, the
ADC waits one additional instruction before starting the
conversion. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be
executed, which can reduce system noise during the
conversion. If the ADC interrupt is enabled, the device
will wake-up from Sleep when the conversion
completes. If the ADC interrupt is disabled, the ADC
module is turned off after the conversion completes,
although the ADON bit remains set.
When the ADC clock source is something other than
FRC, a SLEEP instruction causes the present conver-
sion to be aborted and the ADC module is turned off,
although the ADON bit remains set.
20.2.5 AUTO-CONVERSION TRIGGER
The Auto-conversion Trigger allows periodic ADC mea-
surements without software intervention. When a rising
edge of the selected source occurs, the GO/DONE bit
is set by hardware.
The Auto-conversion Trigger source is selected with
the TRIGSEL<3:0> bits of the ADCON2 register.
Using the Auto-conversion Trigger does not assure
proper ADC timing. It is the user’s responsibility to
ensure that the ADC timing requirements are met.
See Table 20-2 for auto-conversion sources.
Note: The GO/DONE bit should not be set in the
same instruction that turns on the ADC.
Refer to Section 20.2.6 “ADC Conver-
sion Procedure”.
Note: A device Reset forces all registers to their
Reset state. Thus, the ADC module is
turned off and any pending conversion is
terminated.
TABLE 20-2: AUTO-CONVERSION
SOURCES
Source Peripheral Signal Name
CCP1
CCP2
Timer0 T0_overflow
Timer1 T1_overflow
Timer2 T2_match
Timer4 T4_match
Timer6 T6_match
Comparator C1 C1OUT_sync
Comparator C2 C2OUT_sync
CLC1 LC1_out
CLC2 LC2_out
CLC3 LC3_out
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 223
PIC16(L)F1705/9
20.2.6 ADC CONVERSION PROCEDURE
This is an example procedure for using the ADC to
perform an Analog-to-Digital conversion:
1. Configure Port:
Disable pin output driver (Refer to the TRIS
register)
Configure pin as analog (Refer to the ANSEL
register)
2. Configure the ADC module:
Select ADC conversion clock
Configure voltage reference
Select ADC input channel
Turn on ADC module
3. Configure ADC interrupt (optional):
Clear ADC interrupt flag
Enable ADC interrupt
Enable peripheral interrupt
Enable global interrupt(1)
4. Wait the required acquisition time(2).
5. Start conversion by setting the GO/DONE bit.
6. Wait for ADC conversion to complete by one of
the following:
Polling the GO/DONE bit
Waiting for the ADC interrupt (interrupts
enabled)
7. Read ADC Result.
8. Clear the ADC interrupt flag (required if interrupt
is enabled).
EXAMPLE 20-1: ADC CON VERSION
Note 1: The global interrupt can be disabled if the
user is attempting to wake-up from Sleep
and resume in-line code execution.
2: Refer to Section 20.4 “ADC Acquisi-
tion Re quireme nts”.
;This code block configures the ADC
;for polling, Vdd and Vss references, FRC
;oscillator and AN0 input.
;
;Conversion start & polling for completion
; are included.
;
BANKSEL ADCON1 ;
MOVLW B’11110000’ ;Right justify, FRC
;oscillator
MOVWF ADCON1 ;Vdd and Vss Vref
BANKSEL TRISA ;
BSF TRISA,0 ;Set RA0 to input
BANKSEL ANSEL ;
BSF ANSEL,0 ;Set RA0 to analog
BANKSEL ADCON0 ;
MOVLW B’00000001’ ;Select channel AN0
MOVWF ADCON0 ;Turn ADC On
CALL SampleTime ;Acquisiton delay
BSF ADCON0,ADGO ;Start conversion
BTFSC ADCON0,ADGO ;Is conversion done?
GOTO $-1 ;No, test again
BANKSEL ADRESH ;
MOVF ADRESH,W ;Read upper 2 bits
MOVWF RESULTHI ;store in GPR space
BANKSEL ADRESL ;
MOVF ADRESL,W ;Read lower 8 bits
MOVWF RESULTLO ;Store in GPR space
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 224 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
20.3 Register Definitions: ADC Control
REGISTER 20-1: ADCON0: ADC CONTROL REGISTER 0
U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
CHS<4:0> GO/DONE ADON
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 6-2 CHS<4:0>: Analog Channel Select bits
11111 = FVR_buffer1 Output(2)
11110 = DAC_output(1)
11101 = Temperature Indicator(3)
11100 =Reserved
11011 = Reserved. No channel connected.
01100 = Reserved. No channel connected.
01011 =AN11
01010 =AN10
01001 =AN9
01000 =AN8
00111 =AN7
00110 =AN6
00101 =AN5
00100 =AN4
00011 =AN3
00010 =AN2
00001 =AN1
00000 =AN0
bit 1 GO/DONE: ADC Conversion Status bit
1 = ADC conversion cycle in progress. Setting this bit starts an ADC conversion cycle.
This bit is automatically cleared by hardware when the ADC conversion has completed.
0 = ADC conversion completed/not in progress
bit 0 ADON: ADC Enable bit
1 = ADC is enabled
0 = ADC is disabled and consumes no operating current
Note 1: See Section 22.0 “8-Bit Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC1) Module” for more information.
2: See Section 14.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)” for more information.
3: See Section 15.0 “Temperature Indicator Module” for more information.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 225
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 20-2: ADCON1: ADC CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ADFM ADCS<2:0> ADNREF ADPREF<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 ADFM: ADC Result Format Select bit
1 = Right justified. Six Most Significant bits of ADRESH are set to ‘0’ when the conversion result is
loaded.
0 = Left justified. Six Least Significant bits of ADRESL are set to ‘0’ when the conversion result is
loaded.
bit 6-4 ADCS<2:0>: ADC Conversion Clock Select bits
111 = FRC (clock supplied from an internal RC oscillator)
110 =F
OSC/64
101 =F
OSC/16
100 =F
OSC/4
011 = FRC (clock supplied from an internal RC oscillator)
010 =F
OSC/32
001 =F
OSC/8
000 =F
OSC/2
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 2 ADNREF: A/D Negative Voltage Reference Configuration
1 =V
REF- is connected to external VREF
0 =VREF- is connected to VSS
bit 1-0 ADPREF<1:0>: ADC Positive Voltage Reference Configuration bits
11 =V
REF+ is connected to internal FVR_buffer1(1)
10 =VREF+ is connected to external VREF+ pin(1)
01 = Reserved
00 =V
REF+ is connected to VDD
Note 1: When selecting the VREF+ pin as the source of the positive reference, be aware that a minimum voltage
specification exists. See Table : for details.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 226 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 20-3: ADCON2: ADC CONTROL REGISTER 2
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
TRIGSEL<3:0>(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 TRIGSEL<3:0>: Auto-Conversion Trigger Selection bits(1)
0000 = No auto-conversion trigger selected
0001 = CCP1
0010 = CCP2
0011 = Timer0 – T0_overflow(2)
0100 = Timer1 – T1_overflow(2)
0101 = Timer2 – T2_match
0110 = Comparator C1 – C1OUT_sync
0111 = Comparator C2 – C2OUT_sync
1000 = CLC1 – LC1_out
1001 = CLC2 – LC2_out
1010 = CLC3 – LC3_out
1011 = Reserved
1100 = Timer4 – T4_match
1101 = Timer6 – T6_match
1110 = Reserved
1111 = Reserved
bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
Note 1: This is a rising edge sensitive input for all sources.
2: Signal also sets its corresponding interrupt flag.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 227
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 20-4: ADRESH: ADC RESULT REGISTER HIGH (ADRESH) ADFM = 0
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
ADRES<9:2>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADRES<9:2>: ADC Result Register bits
Upper eight bits of 10-bit conversion result
REGISTER 20-5: ADRESL: ADC RESULT REGISTER LOW (ADRESL) ADFM = 0
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
ADRES<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 ADRES<1:0>: ADC Result Register bits
Lower two bits of 10-bit conversion result
bit 5-0 Reserved: Do not use.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 228 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 20-6: ADRESH: ADC RESULT REGISTER HIGH (ADRESH) ADFM = 1
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
ADRES<9:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2 Reserved: Do not use.
bit 1-0 ADRES<9:8>: ADC Result Register bits
Upper two bits of 10-bit conversion result
REGISTER 20-7: ADRESL: ADC RESULT REGISTER LOW (ADRESL) ADFM = 1
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
ADRES<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADRES<7:0>: ADC Result Register bits
Lower eight bits of 10-bit conversion result
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 229
PIC16(L)F1705/9
20.4 ADC Acquisition Requirements
For the ADC to meet its specified accuracy, the charge
holding capacitor (CHOLD) must be allowed to fully
charge to the input channel voltage level. The Analog
Input model is shown in Figure 20-4. The source
impedance (RS) and the internal sampling switch (RSS)
impedance directly affect the time required to charge
the capacitor CHOLD. The sampling switch (RSS)
impedance varies over the device voltage (VDD), refer
to Figure 20-4. The maximum recommended
impedance for analog sources is 10 k. As the
source impedance is decreased, the acquisition time
may be decreased. After the analog input channel is
selected (or changed), an ADC acquisition must be
done before the conversion can be started. To calculate
the minimum acquisition time, Equation 20-1 may be
used. This equation assumes that 1/2 LSb error is used
(1,024 steps for the ADC). The 1/2 LSb error is the
maximum error allowed for the ADC to meet its
specified resolution.
EQUATION 20-1: ACQUISITION TIME EXAMPLE
TACQ Amplifier Settling Time Hold Capacito r Charging Time Temperatu re Co efficient++=
TAMP TCTCOFF++=
2µs TCTemperature - 25°C0.05µs/°C++=
TCCHOLD RIC RSS RS++ ln(1/2047)=
10pF 1k
7k
10k
++ ln(0.0004885)=
1.37=µs
VAPPLIED 1e
Tc
RC
---------



VAPPLIED 11
2n1+
1
--------------------------


=
VAPPLIED 11
2n1+
1
--------------------------


VCHOLD=
VAPPLIED 1e
TC
RC
----------



VCHOLD=
;[1] VCHOLD charged to within 1/2 lsb
;[2] VCHOLD char ge response to VAPPLIED
;combining [1] and [2]
The value for TC can be approximated with the following equations:
Solving for TC:
Therefore:
Temperature 50°C and external impedance of 10k
5.0V V DD=
Assumptions:
Note: Where n = number of bits of the ADC.
TACQ 2µs 892ns 50°C- 25°C0.05µs/°C++=
4.62µs=
Note 1: The reference voltage (VREF) has no effect on the equation, since it cancels itself out.
2: The charge holding capacitor (CHOLD) is not discharged after each conversion.
3: The maximum recommended impedance for analog sources is 10 k. This is required to meet the pin
leakage specification.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 230 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 20-4: ANALOG INPUT MODEL
FIGURE 20-5: ADC TRANS FER FUN CTION
CPIN
VA
Rs
Analog
5 pF
VDD
VT 0.6V
VT 0.6V I LEAKAGE(1)
RIC 1k
Sampling
Switch
SS Rss
CHOLD = 10 pF
Ref-
6V
Sampling Switch
5V
4V
3V
2V
567891011
(k)
VDD
Legend:
CPIN
VT
I LEAKAGE
RIC
SS
CHOLD
= Input Capacitance
= Threshold Voltage
= Leakage current at the pin due to
= Interconnect Resistance
= Sampling Switch
= Sample/Hold Capacitance
various junctions
RSS
Note 1: Refer to Table 32-4: I/O Ports (parameter D060).
RSS = Resistance of Sampling Switch
Input
pin
3FFh
3FEh
ADC Output Code
3FDh
3FCh
03h
02h
01h
00h
Full-Scale
3FBh
0.5 LSB
Ref- Zero-Scale
Transition Ref+
Transition
1.5 LSB
Full-Scale Range
Analog Input Voltage
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 231
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 20-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ADC
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 B it 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ADCON0 CHS<4:0> GO/DONE ADON 224
ADCON1 ADFM ADCS<2:0> ADPREF<1:0> 225
ADCON2 TRIGSEL<3:0> 226
ADRESH ADC Result Register High 227, 228
ADRESL ADC Result Register Low 227, 228
ANSELA ———ANSA4 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 122
ANSELB(1) ANSB5 ANSB4 128
ANSELC ANSC7(1) ANSC6(1) ANSC5(2) ANSC4(2) ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 133
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSP1IE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 85
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSP1IF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 88
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 (3) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 121
TRISB(1) TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 127
TRISC TRISC7(1) TRISC6(1) TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 132
FVRCON FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG CDAFVR<1:0> ADFVR<1:0> 153
DAC1CON0 DAC1EN DAC1OE1 DAC1OE2 DAC1PSS<1:0> —DAC1NSS238
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, = unimplemented read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition. Shaded cells are not
used for the ADC module.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 232 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
21.0 OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
(OPA) MODU L E S
The Operational Amplifier (OPA) is a standard
three-terminal device requiring external feedback to
operate. The OPA module has the following features:
External connections to I/O ports
Low leakage inputs
Factory Calibrated Input Offset Voltage
FIGURE 21-1: O PAx MO DULE BLOCK DIAGRAM
OPA
DAC_output
OPAXEN
OPAXSP(1)
FVR Buffer 2
OPAxNCH<1:0>
OPAXOUT
OPAxIN-
OPAxIN+ 0x
10
11 0
1
OPAXUG
Note 1: The OPAxSP bit must be set. Low-Power mode is not supported.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 233
PIC16(L)F1705/9
21.1 OPA Module Performance
Common AC and DC performance specifications for
the OPA module:
Common Mode Voltage Range
Leakage Current
Input Offset Voltage
Open Loop Gain
Gain Bandwidth Product
Common mo de volta ge range is the specified voltage
range for the OPA+ and OPA- inputs, for which the OPA
module will perform to within its specifications. The
OPA module is designed to operate with input voltages
between VSS and VDD. Behavior for Common mode
voltages greater than VDD, or below VSS, are not
guaranteed.
Leakage current is a measure of the small source or
sink currents on the OPA+ and OPA- inputs. To
minimize the effect of leakage currents, the effective
impedances connected to the OPA+ and OPA- inputs
should be kept as small as possible and equal.
Input offset voltage is a measure of the voltage
difference between the OPA+ and OPA- inputs in a
closed loop circuit with the OPA in its linear region. The
offset voltage will appear as a DC offset in the output
equal to the input offset voltage, multiplied by the gain
of the circuit. The input offset voltage is also affected by
the Common mode voltage. The OPA is factory
calibrated to minimize the input offset voltage of the
module.
Open loop gain is the ratio of the output voltage to the
differential input voltage, (OPA+) - (OPA-). The gain is
greatest at DC and falls off with frequency.
Gain Bandwidth Product or GBWP is the frequency
at which the open loop gain falls off to 0 dB.
21.1.1 OPA MODULE CONTROL
The OPA module is enabled by setting the OPAxEN bit
of the OPAxCON register. When enabled, the OPA
forces the output driver of OPAxOUT pin into tri-state to
prevent contention between the driver and the OPA
output.
21.1.2 UNITY GAIN MODE
The OPAxUG bit of the OPAxCON register selects the
Unity Gain mode. When unity gain is selected, the OPA
output is connected to the inverting input and the
OPAxIN pin is relinquished, releasing the pin for
general purpose input and output.
21.2 Effect s of Reset
A device Reset forces all registers to their Reset state.
This disables the OPA module.
Note: When the OPA module is enabled, the
OPAxOUT pin is driven by the op amp
output, not by the PORT digital driver.
Refer to Table : for the op amp output drive
capability.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 234 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
21.3 Register Definitions: Op Amp Control
TABLE 21-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH OP AMPS
REGISTER 21 -1: OPAxCON: OPERATIONAL AM PLIFIERS (OPAx) CONTROL REGISTERS
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
OPAxEN OPAxSP OPAxUG OPAxCH<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 OPAxEN: Op Amp Enable bit
1 = Op amp is enabled
0 = Op amp is disabled and consumes no active power
bit 6 OPAxSP: Op Amp Speed/Power Select bit
1 = Op amp operates in high GBWP mode
0 = Reserved. Do not use.
bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 4 OPAxUG: Op Amp Unity Gain Select bit
1 = OPA output is connected to inverting input. OPAxIN- pin is available for general purpose I/O.
0 = Inverting input is connected to the OPAxIN- pin
bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 1-0 OPAxCH<1:0>: Non-inverting Channel Selection bits
11 = Non-inverting input connects to FVR_buffer2 output
10 = Non-inverting input connects to DAC_output
0x = Non-inverting input connects to OPAxIN+ pin
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELB(1) ANSB5 ANSB4 128
ANSELC ANSC7(1) ANSC6(1) ANSC5(2) ANSC4(2) ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 128
DAC1CON0 DAC1EN DAC1OE1 DAC1OE2 DAC1PSS<1:0> —DAC1NSS238
DAC1CON1 DAC1R<7:0> 238
FVRCON FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG CDAFVR<1:0> ADFVR<1:0> 153
OPA1CON OPA1EN OPA1SP —OPA1UG OPA1PCH<1:0> 234
OPA2CON OPA2EN OPA2SP —OPA2UG OPA2PCH<1:0> 234
TRISB(1) TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 127
TRISC TRISC7(1) TRISC6(1) TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 132
Legend: = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by op amps.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 235
PIC16(L)F1705/9
22.0 8-BIT DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG
CONVERTER (DAC1) MODULE
The Digital-to-Analog Converter supplies a variable
voltage reference, ratiometric with the input source,
with 256 selectable output levels.
The input of the DAC can be connected to:
•External V
REF pins
•VDD supply voltage
FVR (Fixed Voltage Reference)
The output of the DAC can be configured to supply a
reference voltage to the following:
Comparator positive input
ADC input channel
DAC1OUT1 pin
DAC1OUT2 pin
The Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) is enabled by
setting the DAC1EN bit of the DAC1CON0 register.
22.1 Output Voltage Selection
The DAC has 256 voltage level ranges. The 256 levels
are set with the DAC1R<7:0> bits of the DAC1CON1
register.
The DAC output voltage is determined by Equation 22-1:
EQUATION 22-1: DAC OUTPUT VOLTAGE
22.2 Ratiometric Output Level
The DAC output value is derived using a resistor ladder
with each end of the ladder tied to a positive and
negative voltage reference input source. If the voltage
of either input source fluctuates, a similar fluctuation will
result in the DAC output value.
The value of the individual resistors within the ladder
can be found in Table : .
22.3 DAC Voltage Refer ence Output
The DAC voltage can be output to the DAC1OUT1 and
DAC1OUT2 pins by setting the respective DAC1OE1
and DAC1OE2 bits of the DAC1CON0 register.
Selecting the DAC voltage for output on either
DAC1OUTX pin automatically overrides the digital
output buffer and digital input threshold detector
functions of that pin. Reading the DAC1OUTX pin when
it has been configured for DAC reference voltage
output will always return a ‘0’.
Due to the limited current drive capability, a buffer must
be used on the DAC voltage output for external
connections to either DAC1OUTx pin. Figure 22-2
shows an example buffering technique.
IF DAC1EN = 1
VSOURCE+ = VDD, VREF, or FVR BUFFER 2
VSOURCE- = VSS
VOUT VSOURCE+VSOURCE-
DAC1R 7:0
28
---------------------------------


VSOURCE-+=
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 236 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 22-1: DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG CONVERTER BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 22-2: VOLTAGE REFERENCE OUTPUT BUFFER EXAMPLE
256-to-1 MUX
DAC1R<7:0>
R
VREF-
DAC1NSS
R
R
R
R
R
R
256 DAC1_Output
DAC1OUT1
8
(To Comparator and
ADC Modules)
DAC1OE1
VDD
VREF+
DAC1PSS<1:0> 2
DAC1EN
Steps
Digita l-to-Ana log Conver ter (DAC)
FVR Buffer2
R
VSOURCE-
VSOURCE+
VSS
DAC1OUT2
DAC1OE2
DAC1OUTXBuffered DAC Output
+
DAC
Module
Voltage
Reference
Output
Impedance
R
PIC® MCU
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 237
PIC16(L)F1705/9
22.4 Operation During Sleep
The DAC continues to function during Sleep. When the
device wakes up from Sleep through an interrupt or a
Watchdog Timer time-out, the contents of the
DAC1CON0 register are not affected. To minimize
current consumption in Sleep mode, the voltage
reference should be disabled.
22.5 Effects of a Reset
A device Reset affects the following:
DAC is disabled.
DAC output voltage is removed from the
DAC1OUT pin.
The DAC1R<4:0> range select bits are cleared.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 238 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
22.6 Register Definitions: DAC Control
TABLE 22-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE DAC1 MODULE
REGISTER 22-1: DAC1CON0: VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0
DAC1EN DAC1OE1 DAC1OE2 DAC1PSS<1:0> DAC1NSS
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 DAC1EN: DAC1 Enable bit
1 = DAC is enabled
0 = DAC is disabled
bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5 DAC1OE1: DAC1 Voltage Output 1 Enable bit
1 = DAC voltage level is also an output on the DAC1OUT1 pin
0 = DAC voltage level is disconnected from the DAC1OUT1 pin
bit 4 DAC1OE2: DAC1 Voltage Output 2 Enable bit
1 = DAC voltage level is also an output on the DAC1OUT2 pin
0 = DAC voltage level is disconnected from the DAC1OUT2 pin
bit 3-2 DAC1PSS<1:0>: DAC1 Positive Source Select bits
11 = Reserved, do not use
10 = FVR Buffer2 output
01 =VREF+ pin
00 =VDD
bit 1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 0 DAC1NSS: DAC1 Negative Source Select bits
1 =VREF- pin
0 =VSS
REGISTER 22-2: DAC1CON1: VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
DAC1R<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 DAC1R<7:0>: DAC1 Voltage Output Select bits
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on page
DAC1CON0 DAC1EN DAC1OE1 DAC1OE2 DAC1PSS<1:0> —DAC1NSS238
DAC1CON1 DAC1R<7:0> 238
Legend: = Unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used with the DAC module.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 239
PIC16(L)F1705/9
23.0 ZE RO- CROSS DETECTION
(ZCD) MODULE
The ZCD module detects when an A/C signal crosses
through the ground potential. The actual zero-crossing
threshold is the zero-crossing reference voltage,
ZCPINV, which is typically 0.75V above ground.
The connection to the signal to be detected is through
a series current limiting resistor. The module applies a
current source or sink to the ZCD pin to maintain a
constant voltage on the pin, thereby preventing the pin
voltage from forward biasing the ESD protection
diodes. When the applied voltage is greater than the
reference voltage, the module sinks current. When the
applied voltage is less than the reference voltage, the
module sources current. The current source and sink
action keeps the pin voltage constant over the full
range of the applied voltage. The ZCD module is
shown in the simplified block diagram Figure 23-2.
The ZCD module is useful when monitoring an A/C
waveform for, but not limited to, the following purposes:
A/C period measurement
Accurate long term time measurement
Dimmer phase delayed drive
Low EMI cycle switching
23.1 External Resistor Selection
The ZCD module requires a current limiting resistor in
series with the external voltage source. The impedance
and rating of this resistor depends on the external
source peak voltage. Select a resistor value that will
drop all of the peak voltage when the current through
the resistor is nominally 300 µA (refer to Equation 23-1
and Figure 23-1). Make sure that the ZCD I/O pin inter-
nal weak pull-up is disabled so it does not interfere with
the current source and sink.
EQUATION 23-1: EXTERNAL RESISTOR
FIGURE 23-1: EXTERNAL VOLTAGE
FIGURE 23-2: SIMPL I FI ED ZCD BLOCK DIAGRAM
RSERIES VPEAK
34
10
-----------------=
VPEAK
ZCPINV
VMAXPEAK
VMINPEAK
ZCD pin
+
-
ZCPINV
External current
limiting resistor
External
voltage
source
Interrupt
det
Interrupt
det
ZCDxINTP
ZCDxINTN
Sets
ZCDIF flag
ZCDxOUT
Q1
DQ
LE
ZCDxPOL
ZCDx_output
VDD
RSERIES
RPULLUP
VPULLUP
optional
RPULLDOWN
optional
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 240 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
23.2 ZCD Logic Output
The ZCD module includes a Status bit, which can be
read to determine whether the current source or sink is
active. The ZCDxOUT bit of the ZCDxCON register is
set when the current sink is active, and cleared when
the current source is active. The ZCDxOUT bit is
affected by the polarity bit.
23.3 ZCD Logic Polarity
The ZCDxPOL bit of the ZCDxCON register inverts the
ZCDxOUT bit relative to the current source and sink
output. When the ZCDxPOL bit is set, a ZCDxOUT high
indicates that the current source is active, and a low
output indicates that the current sink is active.
The ZCDxPOL bit affects the ZCD interrupts. See
Section 23.4 “ZCD Interrupts.
23.4 ZCD Interrupts
An interrupt will be generated upon a change in the
ZCD logic output when the appropriate interrupt
enables are set. A rising edge detector and a falling
edge detector are present in the ZCD for this purpose.
The ZCDIF bit of the PIR3 register will be set when
either edge detector is triggered and its associated
enable bit is set. The ZCDxINTP enables rising edge
interrupts and the ZCDxINTN bit enables falling edge
interrupts. Both are located in the ZCDxCON register.
To fully enable the interrupt, the following bits must be set:
ZCDIE bit of the PIE3 register
ZCDxINTP bit of the ZCDxCON register
(for a rising edge detection)
ZCDxINTN bit of the ZCDxCON register
(for a falling edge detection)
PEIE and GIE bits of the INTCON register
Changing the ZCDxPOL bit will cause an interrupt,
regardless of the level of the ZCDxEN bit.
The ZCDIF bit of the PIR3 register must be cleared in
software as part of the interrupt service. If another edge
is detected while this flag is being cleared, the flag will
still be set at the end of the sequence.
23.5 Correcting for ZCPINV offset
The actual voltage at which the ZCD switches is the
reference voltage at the non-inverting input of the ZCD
op amp. For external voltage source waveforms, other
than square waves, this voltage offset from zero
causes the zero-cross event to occur either too early or
too late. When the waveform is varying relative to VSS,
then the zero cross is detected too early as the
waveform falls and too late as the waveform rises.
When the waveform is varying relative to VDD, then the
zero cross is detected too late as the waveform rises
and too early as the waveform falls. The actual offset
time can be determined for sinusoidal waveforms with
the corresponding equations shown in Equation 23-2.
EQUATION 23-2: ZCD EVENT OFFSET
This offset time can be compensated for by adding a
pull-up or pull-down biasing resistor to the ZCD pin. A
pull-up resistor is used when the external voltage
source is varying relative to VSS. A pull-down resistor is
used when the voltage is varying relative to VDD. The
resistor adds a bias to the ZCD pin so that the target
external voltage source must go to zero to pull the pin
voltage to the ZCPINV switching voltage. The pull-up or
pull-down value can be determined with the equations
shown in Equation 23-3 or Equation 23-4.
EQUATION 23-3: ZCD PULL-UP/DOWN
TOFFSET
ZCPINV
VPEAK
------------------


asin
2Freq
-----------------------------------=
When External Voltage Source is relative to Vss:
TOFFSET
VDD ZCPINV
VPEAK
---------------------------------


asin
2Freq
-------------------------------------------------=
When External Voltage Source is relative to VDD:
RPULLUP RSERIES VPULLUP ZCPINV
ZCPINV
-------------------------------------------------------------------------=
When External Signal is relative to Vss:
When External Signal is relative to VDD:
RPULLDOWN RSERIES ZCPINV
VDD ZCPINV
---------------------------------------------=
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 241
PIC16(L)F1705/9
The pull-up and pull-down resistor values are
significantly affected by small variations of ZCPINV.
Measuring ZCPINV can be difficult, especially when the
waveform is relative to VDD. However, by combining
Equations 23-2 and 23-3, the resistor value can be
determined from the time difference between the
ZCDx_output high and low periods. Note that the time
difference, T, is 4*TOFFSET. The equation for
determining the pull-up and pull-down resistor values
from the high and low ZCDx_output periods is shown in
Equation 23-4. The ZCDx_output signal can be directly
observed on a pin by routing the ZCDx_output signal
through one of the CLCs.
EQUATION 23-4:
23.6 Handling VPEAK Variations
If the peak amplitude of the external voltage is
expected to vary, the series resistor must be selected
to keep the ZCD current source and sink below the
design maximum range of ± 600 A and above a
reasonable minimum range. A general rule of thumb is
that the maximum peak voltage can be no more than
six times the minimum peak voltage. To ensure that the
maximum current does not exceed ± 600 A and the
minimum is at least ± 100 A, compute the series
resistance as shown in Equation 23-5. The
compensating pull-up for this series resistance can be
determined with Equation 23-3 because the pull-up
value is independent from the peak voltage.
EQUATION 23-5: SERIES R FOR V RANGE
23.7 Operation During Sleep
The ZCD current sources and interrupts are unaffected
by Sleep.
23.8 Effect s of a Reset
The ZCD circuit can be configured to default to the active
or inactive state on Power-On-Reset (POR). When the
ZCDDIS Configuration bit is cleared, the ZCD circuit will
be active at POR. When the ZCDDIS Configuration bit is
set, the ZCDxEN bit of the ZCDxCON register must be
set to enable the ZCD module.
RRSERIES VBIAS
VPEAK Freq T
2
------------


sin


---------------------------------------------------------------- 1





=
R is pull-up or pull-down resistor.
VBIAS is VPULLUP when R is pull-up or VDD when R
is pull-down.
T is the ZCDOUT high and low period difference.
RSERIES VMAXPEAK VMINPEAK+
74
10
---------------------------------------------------------=
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 242 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
23.9 Register Definitions: ZCD Control
TABLE 23-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ZCD MODULE
TABLE 23-2: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH THE ZCD MODULE
REGISTER 23-1: ZCDxCON: ZERO-CROSS DETECTION CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 U-0 R-x/x R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ZCDxEN ZCDxOUT ZCDxPOL ZCDxINTP ZCDxINTN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = value depends on configuration bits
bit 7 ZCDxEN: Zero-Cross Detection Enable bit(1)
1 = Zero-cross detect is enabled. ZCD pin is forced to output to source and sink current.
0 = Zero-cross detect is disabled. ZCD pin operates according to PPS and TRIS controls.
bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5 ZCDxOUT: Zero-Cross Detection Logic Level bit
ZCDxPOL bit = 0:
1 = ZCD pin is sinking current
0 = ZCD pin is sourcing current
ZCDxPOL bit = 1:
1 = ZCD pin is sourcing current
0 = ZCD pin is sinking current
bit 4 ZCDxPOL: Zero-Cross Detection Logic Output Polarity bit
1 = ZCD logic output is inverted
0 = ZCD logic output is not inverted
bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 1 ZCDxINTP: Zero-Cross Positive Edge Interrupt Enable bit
1 = ZCDIF bit is set on low-to-high ZCDx_output transition
0 = ZCDIF bit is unaffected by low-to-high ZCDx_output transition
bit 0 ZCDxINTN: Zero-Cross Negative Edge Interrupt Enable bit
1 = ZCDIF bit is set on high-to-low ZCDx_output transition
0 = ZCDIF bit is unaffected by high-to-low ZCDx_output transition
Note 1: The ZCDxEN bit has no effect when the ZCDDIS Configuration bit is cleared.
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reg ister
on pa ge
PIE3 COGIE ZCDIE 87
PIR3 CWGIF ZCDIF 90
ZCD1CON ZCD1EN ZCD1OUT ZCD1POL ZCD1INTP ZCD1INTN 242
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are unused by the ZCD module.
Name Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 Bit 8/0 Register
on Page
CONFIG2 13:8 LVP DEBUG LPBOR BORV STVREN PLLEN 50
7:0 ZCDDIS WRT<1:0>
Legend: = unimplemented location, read as 0’. Shaded cells are not used by the ZCD module.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 243
PIC16(L)F1705/9
24.0 TIMER0 MODULE
The Timer0 module is an 8-bit timer/counter with the
following features:
8-bit timer/counter register (TMR0)
8-bit prescaler (independent of Watchdog Timer)
Programmable internal or external clock source
Programmable external clock edge selection
Interrupt on overflow
TMR0 can be used to gate Timer1
Figure 24-1 is a block diagram of the Timer0 module.
24.1 Timer0 Operation
The Timer0 module can be used as either an 8-bit timer
or an 8-bit counter.
24.1.1 8-BIT TIMER MODE
The Timer0 module will increment every instruction
cycle, if used without a prescaler. 8-bit Timer mode is
selected by clearing the TMR0CS bit of the
OPTION_REG register.
When TMR0 is written, the increment is inhibited for
two instruction cycles immediately following the write.
24.1.2 8-BIT COUNTER MODE
In 8-Bit Counter mode, the Timer0 module will increment
on every rising or falling edge of the T0CKI pin.
8-Bit Counter mode using the T0CKI pin is selected by
setting the TMR0CS bit in the OPTION_REG register to
1’.
The rising or falling transition of the incrementing edge
for either input source is determined by the TMR0SE bit
in the OPTION_REG register.
FIGURE 24-1: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE TIMER0
Note: The value written to the TMR0 register
can be adjusted, in order to account for
the two instruction cycle delay when
TMR0 is written.
T0CKI
TMR0SE
TMR0
PS<2:0>
Data Bus
Set Flag bit TMR0IF
on Overflow
TMR0CS
0
1
0
18
8
8-bit
Prescaler
FOSC/4
PSA
Sync
2 TCY
Overflow to Timer1
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 244 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
24.1.3 SOFTWARE PROGRAMMABLE
PRESCALER
A software programmable prescaler is available for
exclusive use with Timer0. The prescaler is enabled by
clearing the PSA bit of the OPTION_REG register.
There are eight prescaler options for the Timer0 mod-
ule ranging from 1:2 to 1:256. The prescale values are
selectable via the PS<2:0> bits of the OPTION_REG
register. In order to have a 1:1 prescaler value for the
Timer0 module, the prescaler must be disabled by
setting the PSA bit of the OPTION_REG register.
The prescaler is not readable or writable. All instructions
writing to the TMR0 register will clear the prescaler.
24.1.4 TIMER0 INTERRUPT
Timer0 will generate an interrupt when the TMR0
register overflows from FFh to 00h. The TMR0IF
interrupt flag bit of the INTCON register is set every
time the TMR0 register overflows, regardless of
whether or not the Timer0 interrupt is enabled. The
TMR0IF bit can only be cleared in software. The Timer0
interrupt enable is the TMR0IE bit of the INTCON
register.
24.1.5 8-BIT COUNTER MODE
SYNCHRONIZATION
When in 8-Bit Counter mode, the incrementing edge on
the T0CKI pin must be synchronized to the instruction
clock. Synchronization can be accomplished by
sampling the prescaler output on the Q2 and Q4 cycles
of the instruction clock. The high and low periods of the
external clocking source must meet the timing
requirements as shown in Table : .
24.1.6 OPERATION DURING SLEEP
Timer0 cannot operate while the processor is in Sleep
mode. The contents of the TMR0 register will remain
unchanged while the processor is in Sleep mode.
Note: The Watchdog Timer (WDT) uses its own
independent prescaler.
Note: The Timer0 interrupt cannot wake the
processor from Sleep since the timer is
frozen during Sleep.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 245
PIC16(L)F1705/9
24.2 Register Definitions: Option Register
TABLE 24-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0
REGISTER 24-1: OPTION_REG: OPTION REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
WPUEN INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE PSA PS<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 WPUEN: Weak Pull-Up Enable bit
1 = All weak pull-ups are disabled (except MCLR, if it is enabled)
0 = Weak pull-ups are enabled by individual WPUx latch values
bit 6 INTEDG: Interrupt Edge Select bit
1 = Interrupt on rising edge of INT pin
0 = Interrupt on falling edge of INT pin
bit 5 TMR0CS: Timer0 Clock Source Select bit
1 = Transition on T0CKI pin
0 = Internal instruction cycle clock (FOSC/4)
bit 4 TMR0SE: Timer0 Source Edge Select bit
1 = Increment on high-to-low transition on T0CKI pin
0 = Increment on low-to-high transition on T0CKI pin
bit 3 PSA: Prescaler Assignment bit
1 = Prescaler is not assigned to the Timer0 module
0 = Prescaler is assigned to the Timer0 module
bit 2-0 PS<2:0>: Prescaler Rate Select bits
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
OPTION_REG WPUEN INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE PSA PS<2:0> 245
TMR0 Timer0 Module Register 243*
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 (1) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 121
Legend: — = Unimplemented location, read as0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer0 module.
* Page provides register information.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
1 : 2
1 : 4
1 : 8
1 : 16
1 : 32
1 : 64
1 : 128
1 : 256
Bit Value Timer0 Rate
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 246 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
25.0 TIMER1 MODULE WITH GATE
CONTROL
The Timer1 module is a 16-bit timer/counter with the
following features:
16-bit timer/counter register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L)
Programmable internal or external clock source
2-bit prescaler
Dedicated 32 kHz oscillator circuit
Optionally synchronized comparator out
Multiple Timer1 gate (count enable) sources
Interrupt on overflow
Wake-up on overflow (external clock,
Asynchronous mode only)
Time base for the Capture/Compare function
Auto-conversion Trigger (with CCP)
Selectable Gate Source Polarity
Gate Toggle mode
Gate Single-pulse mode
Gate Value Status
Gate Event Interrupt
Figure 25-1 is a block diagram of the Timer1 module.
FIGURE 25-1: TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
TMR1H TMR1L
T1SYNC
T1CKPS<1:0>
Prescaler
1, 2, 4, 8
0
1
Synchronized
clock input
2
TMR1(2)
TMR1ON
Note 1: ST Buffer is high speed type when using T1CKI.
2: Timer1 register increments on rising edge.
3: Synchronize does not operate while in Sleep.
T1G
SOSC
FOSC/4
Internal
Clock
SOSCO
SOSCI
T1OSCEN
1
0
T1CKI
TMR1CS<1:0>
(1)
Synchronize(3)
det
Sleep input
TMR1GE
0
1
00
01
10
11
T1GPOL
D
Q
CK
Q
0
1
T1GVAL
T1GTM
Single-Pulse
Acq. Control
T1GSPM
T1GGO/DONE
T1GSS<1:0>
EN
OUT
10
11
00
01
FOSC
Internal
Clock
R
D
EN
Q
Q1
RD
T1GCON
Data Bus
det
Interrupt
TMR1GIF
Set
T1CLK
FOSC/2
Internal
Clock
D
EN
Q
t1g_in
TMR1ON
LFINTOSC
From Timer0
Overflow
sync_C2OUT
sync_C1OUT
To Comparator Module
To Clock Switching Modules
Set flag bit
TMR1IF on
Overflow
To ADC Auto-Conversion
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 247
PIC16(L)F1705/9
25.1 Timer1 Operation
The Timer1 module is a 16-bit incrementing counter
which is accessed through the TMR1H:TMR1L register
pair. Writes to TMR1H or TMR1L directly update the
counter.
When used with an internal clock source, the module is
a timer and increments on every instruction cycle.
When used with an external clock source, the module
can be used as either a timer or counter and incre-
ments on every selected edge of the external source.
Timer1 is enabled by configuring the TMR1ON and
TMR1GE bits in the T1CON and T1GCON registers,
respectively. Table 25-1 displays the Timer1 enable
selections.
25.2 Clock Source Selection
The TMR1CS<1:0> and T1OSCEN bits of the T1CON
register are used to select the clock source for Timer1.
Table 25-2 displays the clock source selections.
25.2.1 INTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE
When the internal clock source is selected, the
TMR1H:TMR1L register pair will increment on multiples
of FOSC as determined by the Timer1 prescaler.
When the FOSC internal clock source is selected, the
Timer1 register value will increment by four counts every
instruction clock cycle. Due to this condition, a 2 LSB
error in resolution will occur when reading the Timer1
value. To utilize the full resolution of Timer1, an
asynchronous input signal must be used to gate the
Timer1 clock input.
The following asynchronous sources may be used:
Asynchronous event on the T1G pin to Timer1
gate
C1 or C2 comparator input to Timer1 gate
25.2.2 EXTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE
When the external clock source is selected, the Timer1
module may work as a timer or a counter.
When enabled to count, Timer1 is incremented on the
rising edge of the external clock input T1CKI, which can
be synchronized to the microcontroller system clock or
can run asynchronously.
When used as a timer with a clock oscillator, an
external 32.768 kHz crystal can be used in conjunction
with the dedicated internal oscillator circuit.
TABLE 25-1: TIMER1 ENABLE
SELECTIONS
TMR1ON TMR1GE Timer1
Operation
00Off
01Off
10Always On
11Count Enabled
Note: In Counter mode, a falling edge must be
registered by the counter prior to the first
incrementing rising edge after any one or
more of the following conditions:
Timer1 enabled after POR
Write to TMR1H or TMR1L
Timer1 is disabled
Timer1 is disabled (TMR1ON = 0)
when T1CKI is high then Timer1 is
enabled (TMR1ON=1) when T1CKI is
low.
TABLE 25-2: CLOCK SOURCE SELECTIONS
TMR1CS<1:0> T1OSCEN Clock Source
11 x LFINTOSC
10 0 External Clocking on T1CKI Pin
01 x System Clock (FOSC)
00 x Instruction Clock (FOSC/4)
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 248 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
25.3 Timer1 Prescaler
Timer1 has four prescaler options allowing 1, 2, 4 or 8
divisions of the clock input. The T1CKPS bits of the
T1CON register control the prescale counter. The
prescale counter is not directly readable or writable;
however, the prescaler counter is cleared upon a write to
TMR1H or TMR1L.
25.4 Timer1 (Secondary) Oscillator
A dedicated low-power 32.768 kHz oscillator circuit is
built-in between pins SOSCI (input) and SOSCO
(amplifier output). This internal circuit is to be used in
conjunction with an external 32.768 kHz crystal.
The oscillator circuit is enabled by setting the
T1OSCEN bit of the T1CON register. The oscillator will
continue to run during Sleep.
25.5 Timer1 Operation in
Asynchronous Counter Mode
If the control bit T1SYNC of the T1CON register is set,
the external clock input is not synchronized. The timer
increments asynchronously to the internal phase
clocks. If the external clock source is selected then the
timer will continue to run during Sleep and can
generate an interrupt on overflow, which will wake-up
the processor. However, special precautions in
software are needed to read/write the timer (see
Section 25.5.1 “Reading and Writing Timer1 in
Asynchronous Counter Mode”).
25.5.1 READING AND WRITING TIMER1 IN
ASYNCHRONOUS COUNTER
MODE
Reading TMR1H or TMR1L while the timer is running
from an external asynchronous clock will ensure a valid
read (taken care of in hardware). However, the user
should keep in mind that reading the 16-bit timer in two
8-bit values itself, poses certain problems, since the
timer may overflow between the reads.
For writes, it is recommended that the user simply stop
the timer and write the desired values. A write
contention may occur by writing to the timer registers,
while the register is incrementing. This may produce an
unpredictable value in the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair.
25.6 Timer1 Gate
Timer1 can be configured to count freely or the count
can be enabled and disabled using Timer1 gate
circuitry. This is also referred to as Timer1 Gate Enable.
Timer1 gate can also be driven by multiple selectable
sources.
25.6.1 TIMER1 GATE ENABLE
The Timer1 Gate Enable mode is enabled by setting
the TMR1GE bit of the T1GCON register. The polarity
of the Timer1 Gate Enable mode is configured using
the T1GPOL bit of the T1GCON register.
When Timer1 Gate Enable mode is enabled, Timer1
will increment on the rising edge of the Timer1 clock
source. When Timer1 Gate Enable mode is disabled,
no incrementing will occur and Timer1 will hold the
current count. See Figure 25-3 for timing details.
Note: The oscillator requires a start-up and
stabilization time before use. Thus,
T1OSCEN should be set and a suitable
delay observed prior to using Timer1. A
suitable delay similar to the OST delay
can be implemented in software by
clearing the TMR1IF bit then presetting
the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair to
FC00h. The TMR1IF flag will be set when
1024 clock cycles have elapsed, thereby
indicating that the oscillator is running and
reasonably stable.
Note: When switching from synchronous to
asynchronous operation, it is possible to
skip an increment. When switching from
asynchronous to synchronous operation,
it is possible to produce an additional
increment.
TABLE 25-3: TIMER1 GATE ENABLE
SELECTIONS
T1CLK T1GPOL T1G Timer1 Operation
00Counts
01Holds Count
10Holds Count
11Counts
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 249
PIC16(L)F1705/9
25.6.2 TIMER1 GATE SOURCE
SELECTION
Timer1 gate source selections are shown in Table 25-4.
Source selection is controlled by the T1GSS bits of the
T1GCON register. The polarity for each available source
is also selectable. Polarity selection is controlled by the
T1GPOL bit of the T1GCON register.
TABLE 25-4: TIMER1 GATE SOURCES
25.6.2.1 T1G Pin Gate Operation
The T1G pin is one source for Timer1 gate control. It
can be used to supply an external source to the Timer1
gate circuitry.
25.6.2.2 Timer0 Overflow Gate Operation
When Timer0 increments from FFh to 00h, a
low-to-high pulse will automatically be generated and
internally supplied to the Timer1 gate circuitry.
25.6.2.3 Comparator C1 Gate Operation
The output resulting from a Comparator 1 operation can
be selected as a source for Timer1 gate control. The
Comparator 1 output (sync_C1OUT) can be
synchronized to the Timer1 clock or left asynchronous.
For more information see Section 16.4.1 “Comp arator
Output Synchronization”.
25.6.2.4 Comparator C2 Gate Operation
The output resulting from a Comparator 2 operation
can be selected as a source for Timer1 gate control.
The Comparator 2 output (sync_C2OUT) can be
synchronized to the Timer1 clock or left asynchronous.
For more information see Section 16.4.1 “Comparator
Output Synchronization”.
25.6.3 TIMER1 GATE TOGGLE MODE
When Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled, it is possi-
ble to measure the full-cycle length of a Timer1 gate
signal, as opposed to the duration of a single level
pulse.
The Timer1 gate source is routed through a flip-flop that
changes state on every incrementing edge of the sig-
nal. See Figure 25-4 for timing details.
Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled by setting the
T1GTM bit of the T1GCON register. When the T1GTM
bit is cleared, the flip-flop is cleared and held clear. This
is necessary in order to control which edge is
measured.
25.6.4 TIMER1 GATE SINGLE-PULSE
MODE
When Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse mode is enabled, it is
possible to capture a single-pulse gate event. Timer1
Gate Single-Pulse mode is first enabled by setting the
T1GSPM bit in the T1GCON register. Next, the
T1GGO/DONE bit in the T1GCON register must be set.
The Timer1 will be fully enabled on the next
incrementing edge. On the next trailing edge of the
pulse, the T1GGO/DONE bit will automatically be
cleared. No other gate events will be allowed to
increment Timer1 until the T1GGO/DONE bit is once
again set in software. See Figure 25-5 for timing details.
If the Single-Pulse Gate mode is disabled by clearing the
T1GSPM bit in the T1GCON register, the T1GGO/DONE
bit should also be cleared.
Enabling the Toggle mode and the Single-Pulse mode
simultaneously will permit both sections to work
together. This allows the cycle times on the Timer1 gate
source to be measured. See Figure 25-6 for timing
details.
25.6.5 TIMER1 GATE VALUE STATUS
When Timer1 Gate Value Status is utilized, it is possible
to read the most current level of the gate control value.
The value is stored in the T1GVAL bit in the T1GCON
register. The T1GVAL bit is valid even when the Timer1
gate is not enabled (TMR1GE bit is cleared).
25.6.6 TIMER1 GATE EVENT INTERRUPT
When Timer1 Gate Event Interrupt is enabled, it is
possible to generate an interrupt upon the completion
of a gate event. When the falling edge of T1GVAL
occurs, the TMR1GIF flag bit in the PIR1 register will be
set. If the TMR1GIE bit in the PIE1 register is set, then
an interrupt will be recognized.
The TMR1GIF flag bit operates even when the Timer1
gate is not enabled (TMR1GE bit is cleared).
T1GSS Timer 1 Ga te Sour ce
00 Timer1 Gate Pin
01 Overflow of Timer0
(TMR0 increments from FFh to 00h)
10 Comparator 1 Output sync_C1OUT
(optionally Timer1 synchronized output)
11 Comparator 2 Output sync_C2OUT
(optionally Timer1 synchronized output)
Note: Enabling Toggle mode at the same time
as changing the gate polarity may result in
indeterminate operation.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 250 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
25.7 Timer1 Interrupt
The Timer1 register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L) increments
to FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. When Timer1 rolls
over, the Timer1 interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register is
set. To enable the interrupt on rollover, you must set
these bits:
TMR1ON bit of the T1CON register
TMR1IE bit of the PIE1 register
PEIE bit of the INTCON register
GIE bit of the INTCON register
The interrupt is cleared by clearing the TMR1IF bit in
the Interrupt Service Routine.
25.8 Timer1 Operation During Sleep
Timer1 can only operate during Sleep when setup in
Asynchronous Counter mode. In this mode, an external
crystal or clock source can be used to increment the
counter. To set up the timer to wake the device:
TMR1ON bit of the T1CON register must be set
TMR1IE bit of the PIE1 register must be set
PEIE bit of the INTCON register must be set
T1SYNC bit of the T1CON register must be set
TMR1CS bits of the T1CON register must be
configured
T1OSCEN bit of the T1CON register must be
configured
The device will wake-up on an overflow and execute
the next instructions. If the GIE bit of the INTCON
register is set, the device will call the Interrupt Service
Routine.
Secondary oscillator will continue to operate in Sleep
regardless of the T1SYNC bit setting.
25.9 CCP Capture/Compare Time Base
The CCP modules use the TMR1H:TMR1L register
pair as the time base when operating in Capture or
Compare mode.
In Capture mode, the value in the TMR1H:TMR1L
register pair is copied into the CCPR1H:CCPR1L
register pair on a configured event.
In Compare mode, an event is triggered when the value
CCPR1H:CCPR1L register pair matches the value in
the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair. This event can be an
Auto-conversion Trigger.
For more information, see Section 27.0
“Capture/Compare/PWM Modules”.
25.10 CCP Auto-Conversion Trigger
When any of the CCP’s are configured to trigger an
auto-conversion, the trigger will clear the
TMR1H:TMR1L register pair. This auto-conversion
does not cause a Timer1 interrupt. The CCP module
may still be configured to generate a CCP interrupt.
In this mode of operation, the CCPR1H:CCPR1L
register pair becomes the period register for Timer1.
Timer1 should be synchronized and FOSC/4 should be
selected as the clock source in order to utilize the
Auto-conversion Trigger. Asynchronous operation of
Timer1 can cause an Auto-conversion Trigger to be
missed.
In the event that a write to TMR1H or TMR1L coincides
with an Auto-conversion Trigger from the CCP, the
write will take precedence.
For more information, see Section 27.2.4 “Auto-Con-
version Trigger”.
FIGURE 25-2: TIMER1 INCREMENTING EDGE
Note: The TMR1H:TMR1L register pair and the
TMR1IF bit should be cleared before
enabling interrupts.
T1CKI = 1
when TMR1
Enabled
T1CKI = 0
when TMR1
Enabled
Note 1: Arrows indicate counter increments.
2: In Counter mode, a falling edge must be registered by the counter prior to the first incrementing rising edge of the clock.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 251
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 25-3: TIMER1 GATE ENABLE MODE
FIGURE 25-4: TIMER1 GATE TOGGLE MODE
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
t1g_in
T1CKI
T1GVAL
Timer1 N N + 1 N + 2 N + 3 N + 4
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1GTM
t1g_in
T1CKI
T1GVAL
Timer1
N N + 1 N + 2 N + 3 N + 4 N + 5 N + 6 N + 7 N + 8
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 252 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 25-5: TIMER1 GATE SINGLE-PULSE MODE
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
t1g_in
T1CKI
T1GVAL
Timer1 N N + 1 N + 2
T1GSPM
T1GGO/
DONE
Set by software
Cleared by hardware on
falling edge of T1GVAL
Set by hardware on
falling edge of T1GVAL
Cleared by software
Cleared by
software
TMR1GIF
Counting enabled on
rising edge of T1G
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 253
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 25-6: TIMER1 GATE SINGLE-PULSE AND TOGGLE COMBINED MODE
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
t1g_in
T1CKI
T1GVAL
Timer1 NN + 1
N + 2
T1GSPM
T1GGO/
DONE
Set by software
Cleared by hardware on
falling edge of T1GVAL
Set by hardware on
falling edge of T1GVAL
Cleared by software
Cleared by
software
TMR1GIF
T1GTM
Counting enabled on
rising edge of T1G
N + 4
N + 3
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 254 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
25.11 Register Definitions: Timer1 Control
REGISTER 25-1: T1CON: TIMER1 CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u U-0 R/W-0/u
TMR1CS<1:0> T1CKPS<1:0> T1OSCEN T1SYNC —TMR1ON
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 TMR1CS<1:0>: Timer1 Clock Source Select bits
11 =LFINTOSC
10 = Timer1 clock source is pin or oscillator:
If T1OSCEN = 0:
External clock from T1CKI pin (on the rising edge)
If T1OSCEN = 1:
Crystal oscillator on SOSCI/SOSCO pins
01 = Timer1 clock source is system clock (FOSC)
00 = Timer1 clock source is instruction clock (FOSC/4)
bit 5-4 T1CKPS<1:0>: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits
11 = 1:8 Prescale value
10 = 1:4 Prescale value
01 = 1:2 Prescale value
00 = 1:1 Prescale value
bit 3 T1OSCEN: LP Oscillator Enable Control bit
1 = Dedicated secondary oscillator circuit enabled
0 = Dedicated secondary oscillator circuit disabled
bit 2 T1SYNC: Timer1 Synchronization Control bit
1 = Do not synchronize asynchronous clock input
0 = Synchronize asynchronous clock input with system clock (FOSC)
bit 1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 0 TMR1ON: Timer1 On bit
1 = Enables Timer1
0 = Stops Timer1 and clears Timer1 gate flip-flop
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 255
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 25-2: T1GCON: TIMER1 GATE CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W/HC-0/u R-x/x R/W-0/u R/W-0/u
TMR1GE T1GPOL T1GTM T1GSPM T1GGO/
DONE
T1GVAL T1GSS<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Bit is cleared by hardware
bit 7 TMR1GE: Timer1 Gate Enable bit
If TMR1ON = 0:
This bit is ignored
If TMR1ON = 1:
1 = Timer1 counting is controlled by the Timer1 gate function
0 = Timer1 counts regardless of Timer1 gate function
bit 6 T1GPOL: Timer1 Gate Polarity bit
1 = Timer1 gate is active-high (Timer1 counts when gate is high)
0 = Timer1 gate is active-low (Timer1 counts when gate is low)
bit 5 T1GTM: Timer1 Gate Toggle Mode bit
1 = Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled
0 = Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is disabled and toggle flip-flop is cleared
Timer1 gate flip-flop toggles on every rising edge.
bit 4 T1GSPM: Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse Mode bit
1 = Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse mode is enabled and is controlling Timer1 gate
0 = Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse mode is disabled
bit 3 T1GGO/DONE: Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse Acquisition Status bit
1 = Timer1 gate single-pulse acquisition is ready, waiting for an edge
0 = Timer1 gate single-pulse acquisition has completed or has not been started
bit 2 T1GVAL: Timer1 Gate Value Status bit
Indicates the current state of the Timer1 gate that could be provided to TMR1H:TMR1L
Unaffected by Timer1 Gate Enable (TMR1GE)
bit 1-0 T1GSS<1:0>: Timer1 Gate Source Select bits
11 = Comparator 2 optionally synchronized output (sync_C2OUT)
10 = Comparator 1 optionally synchronized output (sync_C1OUT)
01 = Timer0 overflow output
00 = Timer1 gate pin
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 256 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 25-5: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER1
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELA —ANSA4 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 122
CCP1CON DC1B<1:0> CCP1M<3:0> 269
CCP2CON DC2B<1:0> CCP2M<3:0> 269
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSP1IE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 85
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSP1IF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 88
TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register 246*
TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register 246*
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 (1) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 121
T1CON TMR1CS<1:0> T1CKPS<1:0> T1OSCEN T1SYNC —TMR1ON254
T1GCON TMR1GE T1GPOL T1GTM T1GSPM T1GGO/
DONE
T1GVAL T1GSS<1:0> 255
Legend: = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer1 module.
* Page provides register information.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as1’.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 257
PIC16(L)F1705/9
26.0 TIMER2/ 4/6 MODULE
The Timer2/4/6 modules are 8-bit timers that
incorporate the following features:
8-bit Timer and Period registers (TMR2 and PR2,
respectively)
Readable and writable (both registers)
Software programmable prescaler (1:1, 1:4, 1:16,
and 1:64)
Software programmable postscaler (1:1 to 1:16)
Interrupt on TMR2 match with PR2, respectively
Optional use as the shift clock for the MSSP
module
See Figure 26-1 for a block diagram of Timer2.
Three identical Timer2 modules are implemented on this
device. To maintain consistency with earlier devices, the
timers are named Timer2, Timer4, and Timer6. All
references to Timer2 apply as well to Timer4 and
Timer6.
FIGURE 26-1: TIMER2 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Prescaler
1:1, 1:4, 1:16, 1:64
Fosc/4
2
T2CKPS<1:0> Comparator Postscaler
1:1 to 1:16
4
T2OUTPS<3:0>
set bit
TMR2IF
TMR2 R
PR2
T2_match To Peripherals
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 258 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
26.1 Timer2 Operation
The clock input to the Timer2 modules is the system
instruction clock (FOSC/4).
TMR2 increments from 00h on each clock edge.
A 4-bit counter/prescaler on the clock input allows direct
input, divide-by-4 and divide-by-16 prescale options.
These options are selected by the prescaler control bits,
T2CKPS<1:0> of the T2CON register. The value of
TMR2 is compared to that of the Period register, PR2, on
each clock cycle. When the two values match, the
comparator generates a match signal as the timer
output. This signal also resets the value of TMR2 to 00h
on the next cycle and drives the output
counter/postscaler (see Section 26.2 “Timer2
Interrupt”).
The TMR2 and PR2 registers are both directly readable
and writable. The TMR2 register is cleared on any
device Reset, whereas the PR2 register initializes to
FFh. Both the prescaler and postscaler counters are
cleared on the following events:
a write to the TMR2 register
a write to the T2CON register
Power-on Reset (POR)
Brown-out Reset (BOR)
•MCLR
Reset
Watchdog Timer (WDT) Reset
Stack Overflow Reset
Stack Underflow Reset
RESET Instruction
26.2 Timer2 Interrupt
Timer2 can also generate an optional device interrupt.
The Timer2 output signal (TMR2-to-PR2 match)
provides the input for the 4-bit counter/postscaler. This
counter generates the TMR2 match interrupt flag which
is latched in TMR2IF of the PIR1 register. The interrupt
is enabled by setting the TMR2 Match Interrupt Enable
bit, TMR2IE, of the PIE1 register.
A range of 16 postscale options (from 1:1 through 1:16
inclusive) can be selected with the postscaler control
bits, T2OUTPS<3:0>, of the T2CON register.
26.3 Timer2 Output
The unscaled output of TMR2 is available primarily to
the CCP modules, where it is used as a time base for
operations in PWM mode.
Timer2 can be optionally used as the shift clock source
for the MSSP module operating in SPI mode.
Additional information is provided in Section 28.0
“Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) Module”
26.4 Timer2 Operation During Sleep
The Timer2 timers cannot be operated while the
processor is in Sleep mode. The contents of the TMR2
and PR2 registers will remain unchanged while the
processor is in Sleep mode.
Note: TMR2 is not cleared when T2CON is
written.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 259
PIC16(L)F1705/9
26.5 R e g is ter De finitions: Timer2 C o n tr o l
REGISTER 26-1: T2CON: TIMER2 CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
T2OUTPS<3:0> TMR2ON T2CKPS<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as0
bit 6-3 T2OUTPS<3:0>: Timer2 Output Postscaler Select bits
1111 = 1:16 Postscaler
1110 = 1:15 Postscaler
1101 = 1:14 Postscaler
1100 = 1:13 Postscaler
1011 = 1:12 Postscaler
1010 = 1:11 Postscaler
1001 = 1:10 Postscaler
1000 = 1:9 Postscaler
0111 = 1:8 Postscaler
0110 = 1:7 Postscaler
0101 = 1:6 Postscaler
0100 = 1:5 Postscaler
0011 = 1:4 Postscaler
0010 = 1:3 Postscaler
0001 = 1:2 Postscaler
0000 = 1:1 Postscaler
bit 2 TMR2ON: Timer2 On bit
1 = Timer2 is on
0 = Timer2 is off
bit 1-0 T2CKPS<1:0>: Timer2 Clock Prescale Select bits
11 = Prescaler is 64
10 = Prescaler is 16
01 =Prescaler is 4
00 =Prescaler is 1
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 260 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 26-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER2
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
CCP2CON DC2B<1:0> CCP2M<3:0> 269
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSP1IE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 85
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSP1IF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 88
PR2 Timer2 Module Period Register 257*
T2CON T2OUTPS<3:0> TMR2ON T2CKPS<1:0> 259
TMR2 Holding Register for the 8-bit TMR2 Register 257*
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Timer2 module.
* Page provides register information.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 261
PIC16(L)F1705/9
26.6 CCP/PWM Clock Selection
The PIC16(L)F1705/9 allow each individual CCP and
PWM module to select the timer source that controls
the module. Each module has an independent
selection.
As there are up to three 8-bit timers with auto-reload
(Timer2, Timer4, and Timer6), PWM mode on the CCP
and PWM modules can use any of these timers.
The CCPTMRS register is used to select which timer is
used.
26.7 R e g is ter De finiti o n s: CCP /P WM Time rs C o n tr o l
REGISTER 26-2: CCPTMRS: PWM TIMER SELECTION CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
P4TSEL<1:0> P3TSEL<1:0> C2TSEL<1:0> C1TSEL<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 P4TSEL<1:0>: PWM4 Timer Selection bits
11 =Reserved
10 = PWM4 is based off Timer6
01 = PWM4 is based off Timer4
00 = PWM4 is based off Timer2
bit 5-4 P3TSEL<1:0>: PWM3 Timer Selection bits
11 =Reserved
10 = PWM3 is based off Timer6
01 = PWM3 is based off Timer4
00 = PWM3 is based off Timer2
bit 3-2 C2TSEL<1:0>: CCP2 (PWM2) Timer Selection bits
11 =Reserved
10 = CCP2 is based off Timer6 in PWM mode
01 = CCP2 is based off Timer4 in PWM mode
00 = CCP2 is based off Timer2 in PWM mode
bit 1-0 C1TSEL<1:0>: CCP1 (PWM1) Timer Selection bits
11 =Reserved
10 = CCP1 is based off Timer6 in PWM mode
01 = CCP1 is based off Timer4 in PWM mode
00 = CCP1 is based off Timer2 in PWM mode
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 262 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
27.0 CAPTURE/COMP ARE/PWM
MODULES
The Capture/Compare/PWM module is a peripheral
which allows the user to time and control different
events, and to generate Pulse-Width Modulation
(PWM) signals. In Capture mode, the peripheral allows
the timing of the duration of an event. The Compare
mode allows the user to trigger an external event when
a predetermined amount of time has expired. The
PWM mode can generate Pulse-Width Modulated
signals of varying frequency and duty cycle.
This family of devices contains two standard
Capture/Compare/PWM modules (CCP1 and CCP2).
The Capture and Compare functions are identical for all
CCP modules.
27.1 Capture Mode
The Capture mode function described in this section is
available and identical for all CCP modules.
Capture mode makes use of the 16-bit Timer1
resource. When an event occurs on the CCPx pin, the
16-bit CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair captures and
stores the 16-bit value of the TMR1H:TMR1L register
pair, respectively. An event is defined as one of the
following and is configured by the CCPxM<3:0> bits of
the CCPxCON register:
Every falling edge
Every rising edge
Every 4th rising edge
Every 16th rising edge
When a capture is made, the Interrupt Request Flag bit
CCPxIF of the PIRx register is set. The interrupt flag
must be cleared in software. If another capture occurs
before the value in the CCPRxH, CCPRxL register pair
is read, the old captured value is overwritten by the new
captured value.
Figure 27-1 shows a simplified diagram of the capture
operation.
27.1.1 CCP PIN CONFIGURATION
In Capture mode, the CCPx pin should be configured
as an input by setting the associated TRIS control bit.
FIGURE 27-1: CAPTURE MODE
OPERATION BLOCK
DIAGRAM
Note 1: In devices with more than one CCP
module, it is very important to pay close
attention to the register names used. A
number placed after the module acronym
is used to distinguish between separate
modules. For example, the CCP1CON
and CCP2CON control the same
operational aspects of two completely
different CCP modules.
2: Throughout this section, generic
references to a CCP module in any of its
operating modes may be interpreted as
being equally applicable to CCPx module.
Register names, module signals, I/O pins,
and bit names may use the generic
designator ‘x’ to indicate the use of a
numeral to distinguish a particular module,
when required.
Note: If the CCPx pin is configured as an output,
a write to the port can cause a capture
condition.
CCPRxH CCPRxL
TMR1H TMR1L
Set Flag bit CCPxIF
(PIRx register)
Capture
Enable
CCPxM<3:0>
Prescaler
1, 4, 16
and
Edge Detect
pin
CCPx
System Clock (FOSC)
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 263
PIC16(L)F1705/9
27.1.2 TIMER1 MODE RESOURCE
Timer1 must be running in Timer mode or Synchronized
Counter mode for the CCP module to use the capture
feature. In Asynchronous Counter mode, the capture
operation may not work.
See Section 25.0 “Timer1 Module with Gate
Control” for more information on configuring Timer1.
27.1.3 SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE
When the Capture mode is changed, a false capture
interrupt may be generated. The user should keep the
CCPxIE interrupt enable bit of the PIEx register clear to
avoid false interrupts. Additionally, the user should
clear the CCPxIF interrupt flag bit of the PIRx register
following any change in Operating mode.
27.1.4 CCP PRESCALER
There are four prescaler settings specified by the
CCPxM<3:0> bits of the CCPxCON register. Whenever
the CCP module is turned off, or the CCP module is not
in Capture mode, the prescaler counter is cleared. Any
Reset will clear the prescaler counter.
Switching from one capture prescaler to another does not
clear the prescaler and may generate a false interrupt. To
avoid this unexpected operation, turn the module off by
clearing the CCPxCON register before changing the
prescaler. Example 27-1 demonstrates the code to
perform this function.
EXAMPLE 27-1: CHANGING B ETWEE N
CAPTURE PRESCALERS
27.1.5 CAPTURE DURING SLEEP
Capture mode depends upon the Timer1 module for
proper operation. There are two options for driving the
Timer1 module in Capture mode. It can be driven by the
instruction clock (FOSC/4), or by an external clock source.
When Timer1 is clocked by FOSC/4, Timer1 will not
increment during Sleep. When the device wakes from
Sleep, Timer1 will continue from its previous state.
Capture mode will operate during Sleep when Timer1
is clocked by an external clock source.
27.2 Compare Mode
The Compare mode function described in this section
is available and identical for all CCP modules.
Compare mode makes use of the 16-bit Timer1
resource. The 16-bit value of the CCPRxH:CCPRxL
register pair is constantly compared against the 16-bit
value of the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair. When a
match occurs, one of the following events can occur:
Toggle the CCPx output
Set the CCPx output
Clear the CCPx output
Generate an Auto-conversion Trigger
Generate a Software Interrupt
The action on the pin is based on the value of the
CCPxM<3:0> control bits of the CCPxCON register. At
the same time, the interrupt flag CCPxIF bit is set.
All Compare modes can generate an interrupt.
Figure 27-2 shows a simplified diagram of the compare
operation.
FIGURE 27-2: COMPARE MODE
OPERATION BLOCK
DIAGRAM
Note: Clocking Timer1 from the system clock
(FOSC) should not be used in Capture
mode. In order for Capture mode to
recognize the trigger event on the CCPx
pin, Timer1 must be clocked from the
instruction clock (FOSC/4) or from an
external clock source.
BANKSEL CCPxCON ;Set Bank bits to point
;to CCPxCON
CLRF CCPxCON ;Turn CCP module off
MOVLW NEW_CAPT_PS;Load the W reg with
;the new prescaler
;move value and CCP ON
MOVWF CCPxCON ;Load CCPxCON with this
;value
CCPRxH CCPRxL
TMR1H TMR1L
Comparator
QS
R
Output
Logic
Auto-conversion Trigger
Set CCPxIF Interrupt Flag
(PIRx)
Match
TRIS
CCPxM<3:0>
Mode Select
Output Enable
Pin
CCPx
4
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 264 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
27.2.1 CCPX PIN CONFIGURATION
The user must configure the CCPx pin as an output by
clearing the associated TRIS bit.
27.2.2 TIMER1 MODE RESOURCE
In Compare mode, Timer1 must be running in either
Timer mode or Synchronized Counter mode. The
compare operation may not work in Asynchronous
Counter mode.
See Section 25.0 “T imer1 Module with Gate Control”
for more information on configuring Timer1.
27.2.3 SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE
When Generate Software Interrupt mode is chosen
(CCPxM<3:0> = 1010), the CCPx module does not
assert control of the CCPx pin (see the CCPxCON
register).
27.2.4 AUTO-CONVERSION TRIGGER
When Auto-conversion Trigger mode is chosen
(CCPxM<3:0> = 1011), the CCPx module does the
following:
Resets Timer1
Starts an ADC conversion if ADC is enabled
The CCPx module does not assert control of the CCPx
pin in this mode.
The Auto-conversion Trigger output of the CCP occurs
immediately upon a match between the TMR1H,
TMR1L register pair and the CCPRxH, CCPRxL
register pair. The TMR1H, TMR1L register pair is not
reset until the next rising edge of the Timer1 clock. The
Auto-conversion Trigger output starts an ADC conver-
sion (if the ADC module is enabled). This allows the
CCPRxH, CCPRxL register pair to effectively provide a
16-bit programmable period register for Timer1.
Refer to Section 20.2.5 “Auto-Conversion Trigger”
for more information.
27.2.5 COMPARE DURING SLEEP
The Compare mode is dependent upon the system
clock (FOSC) for proper operation. Since FOSC is shut
down during Sleep mode, the Compare mode will not
function properly during Sleep.
Note: Clearing the CCPxCON register will force
the CCPx compare output latch to the
default low level. This is not the PORT I/O
data latch.
Note: Clocking Timer1 from the system clock
(FOSC) should not be used in Compare
mode. In order for Compare mode to
recognize the trigger event on the CCPx
pin, TImer1 must be clocked from the
instruction clock (FOSC/4) or from an
external clock source.
Note 1: The Auto-conversion Trigger from the
CCP module does not set interrupt flag
bit TMR1IF of the PIR1 register.
2: Removing the match condition by
changing the contents of the CCPRxH
and CCPRxL register pair, between the
clock edge that generates the
Auto-conversion Trigger and the clock
edge that generates the Timer1 Reset,
will preclude the Reset from occurring.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 265
PIC16(L)F1705/9
27.3 PWM Overview
Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) is a scheme that
provides power to a load by switching quickly between
fully on and fully off states. The PWM signal resembles
a square wave where the high portion of the signal is
considered the on state and the low portion of the signal
is considered the off state. The high portion, also known
as the pulse width, can vary in time and is defined in
steps. A larger number of steps applied, which
lengthens the pulse width, also supplies more power to
the load. Lowering the number of steps applied, which
shortens the pulse width, supplies less power. The
PWM period is defined as the duration of one complete
cycle or the total amount of on and off time combined.
PWM resolution defines the maximum number of steps
that can be present in a single PWM period. A higher
resolution allows for more precise control of the pulse
width time and in turn the power that is applied to the
load.
The term duty cycle describes the proportion of the on
time to the off time and is expressed in percentages,
where 0% is fully off and 100% is fully on. A lower duty
cycle corresponds to less power applied and a higher
duty cycle corresponds to more power applied.
Figure 27-3 shows a typical waveform of the PWM
signal.
27.3.1 STANDARD PWM OPERATION
The standard PWM function described in this section is
available and identical for all CCP modules.
The standard PWM mode generates a Pulse-Width
Modulation (PWM) signal on the CCPx pin with up to 10
bits of resolution. The period, duty cycle, and resolution
are controlled by the following registers:
PR2 registers
T2CON registers
CCPRxL registers
CCPxCON registers
Figure 27-4 shows a simplified block diagram of PWM
operation.
FIGURE 27-3: CCP PWM OUTPUT SIGNAL
FIGURE 27-4: SIMPLIFIED PWM BLOCK
DIAGRAM
Note: The corresponding TRIS bit must be
cleared to enable the PWM output on the
CCPx pin.
Period
Pulse Width
TMR2 = 0
TMR2 = CCPRxH:CCPxCON<5:4>
TMR2 = PR2
CCPR1L
CCPR1H(2) (Slave)
Comparator
TMR2
PR2
(1)
RQ
S
Duty Cycle Registers CCP1CON<5:4>
Clear Timer,
toggle CCP1 pin and
latch duty cycle
Note 1: The 8-bit timer TMR2 register is
concatenated with the 2-bit internal system
clock (FOSC), or two bits of the prescaler, to
create the 10-bit time base.
2: In PWM mode, CCPR1H is a read-only
register.
TRIS
CCP1
Comparator
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 266 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
27.3.2 SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION
The following steps should be taken when configuring
the CCP module for standard PWM operation:
1. Use the desired output pin RxyPPS control to
select CCPx as the source and disable the
CCPx pin output driver by setting the associated
TRIS bit.
2. Load the PR2 register with the PWM period
value.
3. Configure the CCP module for the PWM mode
by loading the CCPxCON register with the
appropriate values.
4. Load the CCPRxL register and the DCxBx bits
of the CCPxCON register, with the PWM duty
cycle value.
5. Configure and start Timer2:
Clear the TMR2IF interrupt flag bit of the
PIRx register. See Note below.
Configure the T2CKPS bits of the T2CON
register with the Timer prescale value.
Enable the Timer by setting the TMR2ON
bit of the T2CON register.
6. Enable PWM output pin:
Wait until the Timer overflows and the
TMR2IF bit of the PIR1 register is set. See
Note below.
Enable the CCPx pin output driver by
clearing the associated TRIS bit.
27.3.3 TIMER2 TIMER RESOURCE
The PWM standard mode makes use of the 8-bit
Timer2 timer resources to specify the PWM period.
27.3.4 PWM PERIOD
The PWM period is specified by the PR2 register of
Timer2. The PWM period can be calculated using the
formula of Equation 27-1.
EQUATION 27-1: PWM PERIOD
When TMR2 is equal to PR2, the following three events
occur on the next increment cycle:
•TMR2 is cleared
The CCPx pin is set. (Exception: If the PWM duty
cycle = 0%, the pin will not be set.)
The PWM duty cycle is latched from CCPRxL into
CCPRxH.
27.3.5 PWM DUTY CYCLE
The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing a 10-bit
value to multiple registers: CCPRxL register and
DCxB<1:0> bits of the CCPxCON register. The
CCPRxL contains the eight MSbs and the DCxB<1:0>
bits of the CCPxCON register contain the two LSbs.
CCPRxL and DCxB<1:0> bits of the CCPxCON
register can be written to at any time. The duty cycle
value is not latched into CCPRxH until after the period
completes (i.e., a match between PR2 and TMR2
registers occurs). While using the PWM, the CCPRxH
register is read-only.
Equation 27-2 is used to calculate the PWM pulse
width.
Equation 27-3 is used to calculate the PWM duty cycle
ratio.
EQUATION 27-2: PULSE WIDTH
EQUATION 27-3: DUTY CYCLE RATIO
The CCPRxH register and a 2-bit internal latch are
used to double buffer the PWM duty cycle. This double
buffering is essential for glitchless PWM operation.
The 8-bit timer TMR2 register is concatenated with
either the 2-bit internal system clock (FOSC), or two bits
of the prescaler, to create the 10-bit time base. The
system clock is used if the Timer2 prescaler is set to 1:1.
When the 10-bit time base matches the CCPRxH and
2-bit latch, then the CCPx pin is cleared (see
Figure 27-4).
Note: In order to send a complete duty cycle and
period on the first PWM output, the above
steps must be included in the setup
sequence. If it is not critical to start with a
complete PWM signal on the first output,
then step 6 may be ignored.
PWM Pe riod PR21+4TOSC =
(TM R2 Prescale Value)
Note 1: TOSC = 1/FOSC
Note: The Timer postscaler (see Section 26.1
“Timer2 Operation”) is not used in the
determination of the PWM frequency.
Pulse Width CCPRxL:CCPxCON<5:4>
=
TOSC
(TM R2 Prescale Value)
Duty Cycle Ratio CCPRxL:CCPxCON<5:4>
4PR21+
-----------------------------------------------------------------------=
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 267
PIC16(L)F1705/9
27.3.6 PWM RESOLUTION
The resolution determines the number of available duty
cycles for a given period. For example, a 10-bit resolution
will result in 1024 discrete duty cycles, whereas an 8-bit
resolution will result in 256 discrete duty cycles.
The maximum PWM resolution is 10 bits when PR2 is
255. The resolution is a function of the PR2 register
value as shown by Equation 27-4.
EQUATION 27-4: PWM RESOLUTION
TABLE 27-1: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 20 MHz)
TABLE 27-2: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 8 MHz)
27.3.7 OPERATION IN SLEEP MODE
In Sleep mode, the TMR2 register will not increment
and the state of the module will not change. If the CCPx
pin is driving a value, it will continue to drive that value.
When the device wakes up, TMR2 will continue from its
previous state.
27.3.8 CHANGES IN SYSTEM CLOCK
FREQUENCY
The PWM frequency is derived from the system clock
frequency. Any changes in the system clock frequency
will result in changes to the PWM frequency. See
Section 6.0 “Oscillator Module (with Fail-Safe
Clock Monitor)” for additional details.
27.3.9 EFFECTS OF RESET
Any Reset will force all ports to Input mode and the
CCP registers to their Reset states.
Note: If the pulse width value is greater than the
period the assigned PWM pin(s) will
remain unchanged.
Resolution 4PR21+log 2log
------------------------------------------ bits=
PWM Frequency 1.22 kHz 4.88 kHz 19.53 kHz 78.12 kHz 156.3 kHz 208.3 kHz
Timer Prescale 16 4 1 1 1 1
PR2 Value 0xFF 0xFF 0xFF 0x3F 0x1F 0x17
Maximum Resolution (bits) 10 10 10 8 7 6.6
PWM Frequency 1.22 kHz 4.90 kHz 19.61 kHz 76.92 kHz 153.85 kHz 200.0 kHz
Timer Prescale 16 4 1 1 1 1
PR2 Value 0x65 0x65 0x65 0x19 0x0C 0x09
Maximum Resolution (bits) 8 8 8 6 5 5
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 268 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 27-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH STANDARD PWM
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 B it 0 Register
on Page
CCP1CON DC1B<1:0> CCP1M<3:0> 269
CCPR1L Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (LSB) 266*
CCPTMRS P4TSEL<1:0> P3TSEL<1:0> C2TSEL<1:0> C1TSEL<1:0> 261
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSP1IE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 85
PIE2 OSFIE C2IE C1IE BCL1IE TMR6IE TMR4IE CCP2IE 86
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSP1IF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 88
PIR2 OSFIF C2IF C1IF BCL1IF TMR6IF TMR4IF CCP2IF 89
PR2 Timer2 Period Register 257*
RxyPPS RxyPPS<4:0> 141
T2CON T2OUTPS<3:0> TMR2ON T2CKPS<1:0> 259
TMR2 Timer2 Module Register 257
Legend: — = Unimplemented location, read as0’. Shaded cells are not used by the PWM.
* Page provides register information.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 269
PIC16(L)F1705/9
27.4 R e g is ter De finiti o n s: CCP Co n t ro l
REGISTER 27-1: CCPxCON: CCPx CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
DCxB<1:0> CCPxM<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Reset
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-4 DCxB<1:0>: PWM Duty Cycle Least Significant bits
Capture mode:
Unused
Compare mode:
Unused
PWM mode:
These bits are the two LSbs of the PWM duty cycle. The eight MSbs are found in CCPRxL.
bit 3-0 CCPxM<3:0>: CCPx Mode Select bits
11xx =PWM mode
1011 = Compare mode: Auto-conversion Trigger (sets CCPxIF bit), starts ADC conversion if
TRIGSEL = CCPx (see Register 20-3)
1010 = Compare mode: generate software interrupt only
1001 = Compare mode: clear output on compare match (set CCPxIF)
1000 = Compare mode: set output on compare match (set CCPxIF)
0111 = Capture mode: every 16th rising edge
0110 = Capture mode: every 4th rising edge
0101 = Capture mode: every rising edge
0100 = Capture mode: every falling edge
0011 =Reserved
0010 = Compare mode: toggle output on match
0001 = Reserved
0000 = Capture/Compare/PWM off (resets CCPx module)
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 270 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.0 MASTER SYNCHR ONOUS
SERIAL PORT (MS SP)
MODULE
28.1 MSSP Module Overview
The Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) module is
a serial interface useful for communicating with other
peripheral or microcontroller devices. These peripheral
devices may be serial EEPROMs, shift registers,
display drivers, A/D converters, etc. The MSSP module
can operate in one of two modes:
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C)
The SPI interface supports the following modes and
features:
•Master mode
Slave mode
Clock Parity
Slave Select Synchronization (Slave mode only)
Daisy-chain connection of slave devices
Figure 28-1 is a block diagram of the SPI interface
module.
FIGURE 28-1: MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM (SPI MODE)
( )
Read Write
Data Bus
SSPSR Reg
SSPM<3:0>
bit 0 Shift
Clock
SS Control
Enable
Edge
Select
Clock Select
T2_match
2
Edge
Select
2 (CKP, CKE)
4
TRIS bit
SDO
SSPxBUF Reg
SDI
SS
SCK TOSC
Prescaler
4, 16, 64
Baud Rate
Generator
(SSPxADD)
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 271
PIC16(L)F1705/9
The I2C interface supports the following modes and
features:
•Master mode
Slave mode
Byte NACKing (Slave mode)
Limited multi-master support
7-bit and 10-bit addressing
Start and Stop interrupts
Interrupt masking
Clock stretching
Bus collision detection
General call address matching
•Address masking
Address Hold and Data Hold modes
Selectable SDA hold times
Figure 28-2 is a block diagram of the I2C interface
module in Master mode. Figure 28-3 is a diagram of the
I2C interface module in Slave mode.
FIGURE 28-2: MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM (I2C MASTER MODE)
Read Write
SSPSR
Start bit, Stop bit,
Start bit detect,
SSP1BUF
Internal
data bus
Set/Reset: S, P, SSPxSTAT, WCOL, SSPOV
Shift
Clock
MSb LSb
SDA
Acknowledge
Generate (SSPCON2)
Stop bit detect
Write collision detect
Clock arbitration
State counter for
end of XMIT/RCV
SCL
SCL in
Bus Collision
SDA in
Receive Enable (RCEN)
Clock Cntl
Clock arbitrate/BCOL detect
(Hold off clock source)
[SSPM<3:0>]
Baud Rate
Reset SEN, PEN (SSPCON2)
Generator
(SSPxADD)
Address Match detect
Set SSP1IF, BCL1IF
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 272 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-3: MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM (I2C SLAV E MODE)
Read Write
SSPSR Reg
Match Detect
SSPxADD Reg
Start and
Stop bit Detect
SSPxBUF Reg
Internal
Data Bus
Addr Match
Set, Reset
S, P bits
(SSPxSTAT Reg)
SCL
SDA
Shift
Clock
MSb LSb
SSPMSK Reg
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 273
PIC16(L)F1705/9
28.2 SPI Mode Overview
The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) bus is a
synchronous serial data communication bus that
operates in Full-Duplex mode. Devices communicate
in a master/slave environment where the master device
initiates the communication. A slave device is
controlled through a Chip Select known as Slave
Select.
The SPI bus specifies four signal connections:
Serial Clock (SCK)
Serial Data Out (SDO)
Serial Data In (SDI)
Slave Select (SS)
Figure 28-1 shows the block diagram of the MSSP
module when operating in SPI mode.
The SPI bus operates with a single master device and
one or more slave devices. When multiple slave
devices are used, an independent Slave Select
connection is required from the master device to each
slave device.
Figure 28-4 shows a typical connection between a
master device and multiple slave devices.
The master selects only one slave at a time. Most slave
devices have tri-state outputs so their output signal
appears disconnected from the bus when they are not
selected.
Transmissions involve two shift registers, eight bits in
size, one in the master and one in the slave. With either
the master or the slave device, data is always shifted
out one bit at a time, with the Most Significant bit (MSb)
shifted out first. At the same time, a new Least
Significant bit (LSb) is shifted into the same register.
Figure 28-5 shows a typical connection between two
processors configured as master and slave devices.
Data is shifted out of both shift registers on the
programmed clock edge and latched on the opposite
edge of the clock.
The master device transmits information out on its SDO
output pin which is connected to, and received by, the
slave’s SDI input pin. The slave device transmits
information out on its SDO output pin, which is
connected to, and received by, the master’s SDI input
pin.
To begin communication, the master device first sends
out the clock signal. Both the master and the slave
devices should be configured for the same clock
polarity.
The master device starts a transmission by sending out
the MSb from its shift register. The slave device reads
this bit from that same line and saves it into the LSb
position of its shift register.
During each SPI clock cycle, a full-duplex data
transmission occurs. This means that while the master
device is sending out the MSb from its shift register (on
its SDO pin) and the slave device is reading this bit and
saving it as the LSb of its shift register, that the slave
device is also sending out the MSb from its shift register
(on its SDO pin) and the master device is reading this
bit and saving it as the LSb of its shift register.
After eight bits have been shifted out, the master and
slave have exchanged register values.
If there is more data to exchange, the shift registers are
loaded with new data and the process repeats itself.
Whether the data is meaningful or not (dummy data),
depends on the application software. This leads to
three scenarios for data transmission:
Master sends useful data and slave sends dummy
data.
Master sends useful data and slave sends useful
data.
Master sends dummy data and slave sends useful
data.
Transmissions may involve any number of clock
cycles. When there is no more data to be transmitted,
the master stops sending the clock signal and it
deselects the slave.
Every slave device connected to the bus that has not
been selected through its slave select line must
disregard the clock and transmission signals and must
not transmit out any data of its own.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 274 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-4: SPI MASTER AND MULTIPLE SLAVE CONNECTION
28.2.1 SPI MODE REGISTERS
The MSSP module has five registers for SPI mode
operation. These are:
MSSP STATUS register, SSPxSTAT
MSSP Control register 1, SSPxCON1
MSSP Control register 3 (SSPxCON3)
MSSP Data Buffer register (SSPxBUF)
MSSP Address register (SSPxADD)
MSSP Shift register (SSPSR) (Not directly
accessible)
SSPxCON1 and SSPxSTAT are the control and
STATUS registers in SPI mode operation. The
SSPxCON1 register is readable and writable. The
lower six bits of the SSPxSTAT are read-only. The
upper two bits of the SSPxSTAT are read/write.
In one SPI master mode, SSPxADD can be loaded
with a value used in the Baud Rate Generator. More
information on the Baud Rate Generator is available in
Section 28.7 “Baud Rate Generator”.
SSPSR is the shift register used for shifting data in and
out. SSPxBUF provides indirect access to the SSPSR
register. SSPxBUF is the buffer register to which data
bytes are written, and from which data bytes are read.
In receive operations, SSPSR and SSPxBUF together
create a buffered receiver. When SSPSR receives a
complete byte, it is transferred to SSPxBUF and the
SSPIF interrupt is set.
During transmission, the SSPxBUF is not buffered. A
write to SSPxBUF will write to both SSPxBUF and
SSPSR.
28.2.2 SPI MODE OPERATION
When initializing the SPI, several options need to be
specified. This is done by programming the appropriate
control bits (SSPxCON1<5:0> and SSPxSTAT<7:6>).
These control bits allow the following to be specified:
Master mode (SCK is the clock output)
Slave mode (SCK is the clock input)
Clock Polarity (Idle state of SCK)
Data Input Sample Phase (middle or end of data
output time)
Clock Edge (output data on rising/falling edge of
SCK)
Clock Rate (Master mode only)
Slave Select mode (Slave mode only)
To enable the serial port, SSP Enable bit, SSPEN of the
SSPxCON1 register, must be set. To reset or
reconfigure SPI mode, clear the SSPEN bit, re-initialize
the SSPCONx registers and then set the SSPEN bit.
This configures the SDI, SDO, SCK and SS pins as
serial port pins. For the pins to behave as the serial port
function, some must have their data direction bits (in
the TRIS register) appropriately programmed as
follows:
SDI must have corresponding TRIS bit set
SDO must have corresponding TRIS bit cleared
SCK (Master mode) must have corresponding
TRIS bit cleared
SCK (Slave mode) must have corresponding
TRIS bit set
•SS
must have corresponding TRIS bit set
Any serial port function that is not desired may be
overridden by programming the corresponding data
direction (TRIS) register to the opposite value.
SPI Master SCK
SDO
SDI
General I/O
General I/O
General I/O
SCK
SDI
SDO
SS
SPI Slave
#1
SCK
SDI
SDO
SS
SPI Slave
#2
SCK
SDI
SDO
SS
SPI Slave
#3
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 275
PIC16(L)F1705/9
The MSSP consists of a transmit/receive shift register
(SSPSR) and a buffer register (SSPxBUF). The
SSPSR shifts the data in and out of the device, MSb
first. The SSPxBUF holds the data that was written to
the SSPSR until the received data is ready. Once the
eight bits of data have been received, that byte is
moved to the SSPxBUF register. Then, the Buffer Full
Detect bit, BF of the SSPxSTAT register, and the
interrupt flag bit, SSPIF, are set. This double-buffering
of the received data (SSPxBUF) allows the next byte to
start reception before reading the data that was just
received. Any write to the SSPxBUF register during
transmission/reception of data will be ignored and the
write collision detect bit WCOL of the SSPxCON1
register, will be set. User software must clear the
WCOL bit to allow the following write(s) to the
SSPxBUF register to complete successfully.
When the application software is expecting to receive
valid data, the SSPxBUF should be read before the
next byte of data to transfer is written to the SSPxBUF.
The Buffer Full bit, BF of the SSPxSTAT register,
indicates when SSPxBUF has been loaded with the
received data (transmission is complete). When the
SSPxBUF is read, the BF bit is cleared. This data may
be irrelevant if the SPI is only a transmitter. Generally,
the MSSP interrupt is used to determine when the
transmission/reception has completed. If the interrupt
method is not going to be used, then software polling
can be done to ensure that a write collision does not
occur.
The SSPSR is not directly readable or writable and can
only be accessed by addressing the SSPxBUF register.
Additionally, the SSPxSTAT register indicates the
various Status conditions.
FIGURE 28-5: SPI MASTER/SLAVE CONNECTION
Serial Input Buffer
(BUF)
Shift Register
(SSPSR)
MSb LSb
SDO
SDI
Processor 1
SCK
SPI Master SSPM<3:0> = 00xx
Serial Input Buffer
(SSPxBUF)
Shift Register
(SSPSR)
LSb
MSb
SDI
SDO
Processor 2
SCK
SPI Slave SSPM<3:0> = 010x
Serial Clock
SS
Slave Select
General I/O (optional)
= 1010
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 276 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.2.3 SPI MASTER MODE
The master can initiate the data transfer at any time
because it controls the SCK line. The master
determines when the slave (Processor 2, Figure 28-5)
is to broadcast data by the software protocol.
In Master mode, the data is transmitted/received as
soon as the SSPxBUF register is written to. If the SPI
is only going to receive, the SDO output could be
disabled (programmed as an input). The SSPSR
register will continue to shift in the signal present on the
SDI pin at the programmed clock rate. As each byte is
received, it will be loaded into the SSPxBUF register as
if a normal received byte (interrupts and Status bits
appropriately set).
The clock polarity is selected by appropriately
programming the CKP bit of the SSPxCON1 register
and the CKE bit of the SSPxSTAT register. This then,
would give waveforms for SPI communication as
shown in Figure 28-6, Figure 28-8, Figure 28-9 and
Figure 28-10, where the MSB is transmitted first. In
Master mode, the SPI clock rate (bit rate) is user
programmable to be one of the following:
•F
OSC/4 (or TCY)
•FOSC/16 (or 4 * TCY)
•FOSC/64 (or 16 * TCY)
Timer2 output/2
•F
OSC/(4 * (SSPxADD + 1))
Figure 28-6 shows the waveforms for Master mode.
When the CKE bit is set, the SDO data is valid before
there is a clock edge on SCK. The change of the input
sample is shown based on the state of the SMP bit. The
time when the SSPxBUF is loaded with the received
data is shown.
Note: In Master mode the clock signal output to
the SCK pin is also the clock signal input
to the peripheral. The pin selected for out-
put with the RxyPPS register must also be
selected as the peripheral input with the
SSPCLKPPS register.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 277
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 28-6: SPI MODE WAVEFORM (MASTER MODE)
28.2.4 SPI SLAVE MODE
In Slave mode, the data is transmitted and received as
external clock pulses appear on SCK. When the last
bit is latched, the SSPIF interrupt flag bit is set.
Before enabling the module in SPI Slave mode, the clock
line must match the proper Idle state. The clock line can
be observed by reading the SCK pin. The Idle state is
determined by the CKP bit of the SSPxCON1 register.
While in Slave mode, the external clock is supplied by
the external clock source on the SCK pin. This external
clock must meet the minimum high and low times as
specified in the electrical specifications.
While in Sleep mode, the slave can transmit/receive
data. The shift register is clocked from the SCK pin
input and when a byte is received, the device will
generate an interrupt. If enabled, the device will
wake-up from Sleep.
28.2.4.1 Daisy-Chain Configuration
The SPI bus can sometimes be connected in a
daisy-chain configuration. The first slave output is
connected to the second slave input, the second slave
output is connected to the third slave input, and so on.
The final slave output is connected to the master input.
Each slave sends out, during a second group of clock
pulses, an exact copy of what was received during the
first group of clock pulses. The whole chain acts as
one large communication shift register. The
daisy-chain feature only requires a single Slave Select
line from the master device.
Figure 28-7 shows the block diagram of a typical
daisy-chain connection when operating in SPI mode.
In a daisy-chain configuration, only the most recent
byte on the bus is required by the slave. Setting the
BOEN bit of the SSPxCON3 register will enable writes
to the SSPxBUF register, even if the previous byte has
not been read. This allows the software to ignore data
that may not apply to it.
SCK
(CKP = 0
SCK
(CKP = 1
SCK
(CKP = 0
SCK
(CKP = 1
4 Clock
Modes
Input
Sample
Input
Sample
SDI
bit 7 bit 0
SDO bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0
bit 7
SDI
SSPIF
(SMP = 1)
(SMP = 0)
(SMP = 1)
CKE = 1)
CKE = 0)
CKE = 1)
CKE = 0)
(SMP = 0)
Write to
SSPxBUF
SSPSR to
SSPxBUF
SDO bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0
(CKE = 0)
(CKE = 1)
bit 0
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 278 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.2.5 SLAVE SELECT
SYNCHRONIZATION
The Slave Select can also be used to synchronize
communication. The Slave Select line is held high until
the master device is ready to communicate. When the
Slave Select line is pulled low, the slave knows that a
new transmission is starting.
If the slave fails to receive the communication properly,
it will be reset at the end of the transmission, when the
Slave Select line returns to a high state. The slave is
then ready to receive a new transmission when the
Slave Select line is pulled low again. If the Slave Select
line is not used, there is a risk that the slave will
eventually become out of sync with the master. If the
slave misses a bit, it will always be one bit off in future
transmissions. Use of the Slave Select line allows the
slave and master to align themselves at the beginning
of each transmission.
The SS pin allows a Synchronous Slave mode. The
SPI must be in Slave mode with SS pin control enabled
(SSPxCON1<3:0> = 0100).
When the SS pin is low, transmission and reception are
enabled and the SDO pin is driven.
When the SS pin goes high, the SDO pin is no longer
driven, even if in the middle of a transmitted byte and
becomes a floating output. External pull-up/pull-down
resistors may be desirable depending on the
application.
When the SPI module resets, the bit counter is forced
to ‘0’. This can be done by either forcing the SS pin to
a high level or clearing the SSPEN bit.
FIGURE 28-7: SPI DAISY-CHAIN CONNECTION
Note 1: When the SPI is in Slave mode with SS pin
control enabled (SSPxCON1<3:0> =
0100), the SPI module will reset if the SS
pin is set to VDD.
2: When the SPI is used in Slave mode with
CKE set; the user must enable SS pin
control.
3: While operated in SPI Slave mode the
SMP bit of the SSPxSTAT register must
remain clear.
SPI Master SCK
SDO
SDI
General I/O
SCK
SDI
SDO
SS
SPI Slave
#1
SCK
SDI
SDO
SS
SPI Slave
#2
SCK
SDI
SDO
SS
SPI Slave
#3
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 279
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 28-8: SLAVE SELECT SYNCHRONOUS WAVEFORM
SCK
(CKP = 1
SCK
(CKP = 0
Input
Sample
SDI
bit 7
SDO bit 7 bit 6 bit 7
SSPIF
Interrupt
CKE = 0)
CKE = 0)
Write to
SSPxBUF
SSPSR to
SSPxBUF
SS
Flag
bit 0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 6
SSPxBUF to
SSPSR
Shift register SSPSR
and bit count are reset
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 280 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-9: SPI MODE WAVEFORM (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE = 0)
FIGURE 28-10: SPI MODE WAVEFORM (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE = 1)
SCK
(CKP = 1
SCK
(CKP = 0
Input
Sample
SDI
bit 7
SDO bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0
SSPIF
Interrupt
CKE = 0)
CKE = 0)
Write to
SSPxBUF
SSPSR to
SSPxBUF
SS
Flag
Optional
bit 0
detection active
Write Collision
Valid
SCK
(CKP = 1
SCK
(CKP = 0
Input
Sample
SDI
bit 7 bit 0
SDO bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0
SSPIF
Interrupt
CKE = 1)
CKE = 1)
Write to
SSPxBUF
SSPSR to
SSPxBUF
SS
Flag
Not Optional
Write Collision
detection active
Valid
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 281
PIC16(L)F1705/9
28.2.6 SPI OPERATION IN SLEEP MODE
In SPI Master mode, module clocks may be operating
at a different speed than when in Full-Power mode; in
the case of the Sleep mode, all clocks are halted.
Special care must be taken by the user when the MSSP
clock is much faster than the system clock.
In Slave mode, when MSSP interrupts are enabled,
after the master completes sending data, an MSSP
interrupt will wake the controller from Sleep.
If an exit from Sleep mode is not desired, MSSP
interrupts should be disabled.
In SPI Master mode, when the Sleep mode is selected,
all module clocks are halted and the
transmission/reception will remain in that state until the
device wakes. After the device returns to Run mode,
the module will resume transmitting and receiving data.
In SPI Slave mode, the SPI Transmit/Receive Shift
register operates asynchronously to the device. This
allows the device to be placed in Sleep mode and data
to be shifted into the SPI Transmit/Receive Shift
register. When all eight bits have been received, the
MSSP interrupt flag bit will be set and if enabled, will
wake the device.
TABLE 28-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SPI OPERATION
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bi t 0 Register
on Pag e
ANSELA ———ANSA4 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 122
ANSELC ANSC7(2) ANSC6(2) ANSC5(3) ANSC4(3) ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 133
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSP1IE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 85
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSP1IF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 88
RxyPPS —— RxyPPS<4:0> 141
SSPCLKPPS SSPCLKPPS<4:0> 139, 140
SSPDATPPS SSPDATPPS<4:0> 139, 140
SSPSSPPS SSPSSPPS<4:0> 139, 140
SSP1BUF Synchronous Serial Port Receive Buffer/Transmit Register 274*
SSP1CON1 WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPM<3:0> 319
SSP1CON3 ACKTIM PCIE SCIE BOEN SDAHT SBCDE AHEN DHEN 318
SSP1STAT SMP CKE D/A P S R/W UA BF 318
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 (1) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 121
TRISB(2) TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 127
TRISC TRISC7(2) TRISC6(2) TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 132
Legend: — = Unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the MSSP in SPI mode.
* Page provides register information.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
3: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 282 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.3 I2C MODE OVERVIEW
The Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) bus is a multi-master
serial data communication bus. Devices communicate
in a master/slave environment where the master
devices initiate the communication. A slave device is
controlled through addressing.
The I2C bus specifies two signal connections:
Serial Clock (SCL)
Serial Data (SDA)
Figure 28-11 shows the block diagram of the MSSP
module when operating in I2C mode.
Both the SCL and SDA connections are bidirectional
open-drain lines, each requiring pull-up resistors for the
supply voltage. Pulling the line to ground is considered
a logical zero and letting the line float is considered a
logical one.
Figure 28-11 shows a typical connection between two
processors configured as master and slave devices.
The I2C bus can operate with one or more master
devices and one or more slave devices.
There are four potential modes of operation for a given
device:
Master Transmit mode
(master is transmitting data to a slave)
Master Receive mode
(master is receiving data from a slave)
•Slave Transmit mode
(slave is transmitting data to a master)
Slave Receive mode
(slave is receiving data from the master)
To begin communication, a master device starts out in
Master Transmit mode. The master device sends out a
Start bit followed by the address byte of the slave it
intends to communicate with. This is followed by a
single Read/Write bit, which determines whether the
master intends to transmit to or receive data from the
slave device.
If the requested slave exists on the bus, it will respond
with an Acknowledge bit, otherwise known as an ACK.
The master then continues in either Transmit mode or
Receive mode and the slave continues in the
complement, either in Receive mode or Transmit
mode, respectively.
A Start bit is indicated by a high-to-low transition of the
SDA line while the SCL line is held high. Address and
data bytes are sent out, Most Significant bit (MSb) first.
The Read/Write bit is sent out as a logical one when the
master intends to read data from the slave, and is sent
out as a logical zero when it intends to write data to the
slave.
FIGURE 28-11: I2C MASTER/
SLAVE CONNECTION
The Acknowledge bit (ACK) is an active-low signal,
which holds the SDA line low to indicate to the
transmitter that the slave device has received the
transmitted data and is ready to receive more.
The transition of a data bit is always performed while
the SCL line is held low. Transitions that occur while the
SCL line is held high are used to indicate Start and Stop
bits.
If the master intends to write to the slave, then it
repeatedly sends out a byte of data, with the slave
responding after each byte with an ACK bit. In this
example, the master device is in Master Transmit mode
and the slave is in Slave Receive mode.
If the master intends to read from the slave, then it
repeatedly receives a byte of data from the slave, and
responds after each byte with an ACK bit. In this
example, the master device is in Master Receive mode
and the slave is Slave Transmit mode.
On the last byte of data communicated, the master
device may end the transmission by sending a Stop bit.
If the master device is in Receive mode, it sends the
Stop bit in place of the last ACK bit. A Stop bit is
indicated by a low-to-high transition of the SDA line
while the SCL line is held high.
In some cases, the master may want to maintain
control of the bus and re-initiate another transmission.
If so, the master device may send another Start bit in
place of the Stop bit or last ACK bit when it is in receive
mode.
The I2C bus specifies three message protocols;
Single message where a master writes data to a
slave.
Single message where a master reads data from
a slave.
Combined message where a master initiates a
minimum of two writes, or two reads, or a
combination of writes and reads, to one or more
slaves.
Master
SCL
SDA
SCL
SDA
Slave
VDD
VDD
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 283
PIC16(L)F1705/9
When one device is transmitting a logical one, or letting
the line float, and a second device is transmitting a
logical zero, or holding the line low, the first device can
detect that the line is not a logical one. This detection,
when used on the SCL line, is called clock stretching.
Clock stretching gives slave devices a mechanism to
control the flow of data. When this detection is used on
the SDA line, it is called arbitration. Arbitration ensures
that there is only one master device communicating at
any single time.
28.3.1 CLOCK STRETCHING
When a slave device has not completed processing
data, it can delay the transfer of more data through the
process of clock stretching. An addressed slave device
may hold the SCL clock line low after receiving or
sending a bit, indicating that it is not yet ready to
continue. The master that is communicating with the
slave will attempt to raise the SCL line in order to
transfer the next bit, but will detect that the clock line
has not yet been released. Because the SCL
connection is open-drain, the slave has the ability to
hold that line low until it is ready to continue
communicating.
Clock stretching allows receivers that cannot keep up
with a transmitter to control the flow of incoming data.
28.3.2 ARBITRATION
Each master device must monitor the bus for Start and
Stop bits. If the device detects that the bus is busy, it
cannot begin a new message until the bus returns to an
Idle state.
However, two master devices may try to initiate a
transmission on or about the same time. When this
occurs, the process of arbitration begins. Each
transmitter checks the level of the SDA data line and
compares it to the level that it expects to find. The first
transmitter to observe that the two levels do not match,
loses arbitration, and must stop transmitting on the
SDA line.
For example, if one transmitter holds the SDA line to a
logical one (lets it float) and a second transmitter holds
it to a logical zero (pulls it low), the result is that the
SDA line will be low. The first transmitter then observes
that the level of the line is different than expected and
concludes that another transmitter is communicating.
The first transmitter to notice this difference is the one
that loses arbitration and must stop driving the SDA
line. If this transmitter is also a master device, it also
must stop driving the SCL line. It then can monitor the
lines for a Stop condition before trying to reissue its
transmission. In the meantime, the other device that
has not noticed any difference between the expected
and actual levels on the SDA line continues with its
original transmission. It can do so without any
complications, because so far, the transmission
appears exactly as expected with no other transmitter
disturbing the message.
Slave Transmit mode can also be arbitrated, when a
master addresses multiple slaves, but this is less
common.
If two master devices are sending a message to two
different slave devices at the address stage, the master
sending the lower slave address always wins
arbitration. When two master devices send messages
to the same slave address, and addresses can
sometimes refer to multiple slaves, the arbitration
process must continue into the data stage.
Arbitration usually occurs very rarely, but it is a
necessary process for proper multi-master support.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 284 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.4 I2C MODE OPERATION
All MSSP I2C communication is byte oriented and
shifted out MSb first. Six SFR registers and two
interrupt flags interface the module with the PIC®
microcontroller and user software. Two pins, SDA and
SCL, are exercised by the module to communicate
with other external I2C devices.
28.4.1 BYTE FORMAT
All communication in I2C is done in 9-bit segments. A
byte is sent from a master to a slave or vice-versa,
followed by an Acknowledge bit sent back. After the
eighth falling edge of the SCL line, the device
outputting data on the SDA changes that pin to an
input and reads in an acknowledge value on the next
clock pulse.
The clock signal, SCL, is provided by the master. Data
is valid to change while the SCL signal is low, and
sampled on the rising edge of the clock. Changes on
the SDA line while the SCL line is high define special
conditions on the bus, explained below.
28.4.2 DEFINITION OF I2C TERMINOLOGY
There is language and terminology in the description
of I2C communication that have definitions specific to
I2C. That word usage is defined below and may be
used in the rest of this document without explanation.
This table was adapted from the Philips I2C
specification.
28.4.3 SDA AND SCL PINS
Selection of any I2C mode with the SSPEN bit set,
forces the SCL and SDA pins to be open-drain. These
pins should be set by the user to inputs by setting the
appropriate TRIS bits.
28.4.4 SDA HOLD TIME
The hold time of the SDA pin is selected by the SDAHT
bit of the SSPxCON3 register. Hold time is the time
SDA is held valid after the falling edge of SCL. Setting
the SDAHT bit selects a longer 300 ns minimum hold
time and may help on buses with large capacitance.
TABLE 28-2: I2C BUS TERMS
Note 1: Data is tied to output zero when an I2C
mode is enabled.
2: Any device pin can be selected for SDA
and SCL functions with the PPS peripheral.
These functions are bidirectional. The SDA
input is selected with the SSPDATPPS
registers. The SCL input is selected with
the SSPCLKPPS registers. Outputs are
selected with the RxyPPS registers. It is the
user’s responsibility to make the selections
so that both the input and the output for
each function is on the same pin.
TERM Description
Transmitter The device which shifts data out
onto the bus.
Receiver The device which shifts data in
from the bus.
Master The device that initiates a transfer,
generates clock signals and termi-
nates a transfer.
Slave The device addressed by the
master.
Multi-master A bus with more than one device
that can initiate data transfers.
Arbitration Procedure to ensure that only one
master at a time controls the bus.
Winning arbitration ensures that
the message is not corrupted.
Synchronization Procedure to synchronize the
clocks of two or more devices on
the bus.
Idle No master is controlling the bus,
and both SDA and SCL lines are
high.
Active Any time one or more master
devices are controlling the bus.
Addressed
Slave
Slave device that has received a
matching address and is actively
being clocked by a master.
Matching
Address
Address byte that is clocked into a
slave that matches the value
stored in SSPxADD.
Write Request Slave receives a matching
address with R/W bit clear, and is
ready to clock in data.
Read Request Master sends an address byte with
the R/W bit set, indicating that it
wishes to clock data out of the
Slave. This data is the next and all
following bytes until a Restart or
Stop.
Clock Stretching When a device on the bus hold
SCL low to stall communication.
Bus Collision Any time the SDA line is sampled
low by the module while it is out-
putting and expected high state.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 285
PIC16(L)F1705/9
28.4.5 START CONDITION
The I2C specification defines a Start condition as a
transition of SDA from a high to a low state while SCL
line is high. A Start condition is always generated by
the master and signifies the transition of the bus from
an Idle to an Active state. Figure 28-12 shows wave
forms for Start and Stop conditions.
A bus collision can occur on a Start condition if the
module samples the SDA line low before asserting it
low. This does not conform to the I2C Specification that
states no bus collision can occur on a Start.
28.4.6 STOP CONDITION
A Stop condition is a transition of the SDA line from
low-to-high state while the SCL line is high.
28.4.7 RESTART CONDITION
A Restart is valid any time that a Stop would be valid.
A master can issue a Restart if it wishes to hold the
bus after terminating the current transfer. A Restart
has the same effect on the slave that a Start would,
resetting all slave logic and preparing it to clock in an
address. The master may want to address the same or
another slave. Figure 28-13 shows the wave form for a
Restart condition.
In 10-bit Addressing Slave mode a Restart is required
for the master to clock data out of the addressed
slave. Once a slave has been fully addressed,
matching both high and low address bytes, the master
can issue a Restart and the high address byte with the
R/W bit set. The slave logic will then hold the clock
and prepare to clock out data.
After a full match with R/W clear in 10-bit mode, a prior
match flag is set and maintained until a Stop condition, a
high address with R/W clear, or high address match fails.
28.4.8 START/STOP CONDITION
INTERRUPT MASKING
The SCIE and PCIE bits of the SSPxCON3 register
can enable the generation of an interrupt in Slave
modes that do not typically support this function. Slave
modes where interrupt on Start and Stop detect are
already enabled, these bits will have no effect.
FIGURE 28-12 : I2C START AND STOP CONDITIONS
FIGURE 28-13 : I2C RESTART CONDITION
Note: At least one SCL low time must appear
before a Stop is valid, therefore, if the SDA
line goes low then high again while the SCL
line stays high, only the Start condition is
detected.
SDA
SCL
P
Stop
Condition
S
Start
Condition
Change of
Data Allowed
Change of
Data Allowed
Restart
Condition
Sr
Change of
Data Allowed
Change of
Data Allowed
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 286 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.4.9 ACKNOWLEDGE SEQUENCE
The 9th SCL pulse for any transferred byte in I2C is
dedicated as an Acknowledge. It allows receiving
devices to respond back to the transmitter by pulling
the SDA line low. The transmitter must release control
of the line during this time to shift in the response. The
Acknowledge (ACK) is an active-low signal, pulling the
SDA line low indicates to the transmitter that the
device has received the transmitted data and is ready
to receive more.
The result of an ACK is placed in the ACKSTAT bit of
the SSPCON2 register.
Slave software, when the AHEN and DHEN bits are
set, allow the user to set the ACK value sent back to
the transmitter. The ACKDT bit of the SSPCON2
register is set/cleared to determine the response.
Slave hardware will generate an ACK response if the
AHEN and DHEN bits of the SSPxCON3 register are
clear.
There are certain conditions where an ACK will not be
sent by the slave. If the BF bit of the SSPxSTAT
register or the SSPOV bit of the SSPxCON1 register
are set when a byte is received.
When the module is addressed, after the eighth falling
edge of SCL on the bus, the ACKTIM bit of the
SSPxCON3 register is set. The ACKTIM bit indicates
the acknowledge time of the active bus. The ACKTIM
Status bit is only active when the AHEN bit or DHEN
bit is enabled.
28.5 I2C SLAVE MODE OPERATION
The MSSP Slave mode operates in one of four modes
selected by the SSPM bits of SSPxCON1 register. The
modes can be divided into 7-bit and 10-bit Addressing
mode. 10-bit Addressing modes operate the same as
7-bit with some additional overhead for handling the
larger addresses.
Modes with Start and Stop bit interrupts operate the
same as the other modes with SSPIF additionally
getting set upon detection of a Start, Restart, or Stop
condition.
28.5.1 SLAVE MODE ADDRESSES
The SSPxADD register (Register 28-6) contains the
Slave mode address. The first byte received after a
Start or Restart condition is compared against the
value stored in this register. If the byte matches, the
value is loaded into the SSPxBUF register and an
interrupt is generated. If the value does not match, the
module goes idle and no indication is given to the
software that anything happened.
The SSP Mask register (Register 28-5) affects the
address matching process. See Section 28.5.8 “SSP
Mask Register” for more information.
28.5.1.1 I2C Slave 7-bit Addressing Mode
In 7-bit Addressing mode, the LSb of the received data
byte is ignored when determining if there is an address
match.
28.5.1.2 I2C Slave 10-bit Addressing Mode
In 10-bit Addressing mode, the first received byte is
compared to the binary value of ‘1 1 1 1 0 A9 A8 0’. A9
and A8 are the two MSb’s of the 10-bit address and
stored in bits 2 and 1 of the SSPxADD register.
After the acknowledge of the high byte the UA bit is set
and SCL is held low until the user updates SSPxADD
with the low address. The low address byte is clocked
in and all eight bits are compared to the low address
value in SSPxADD. Even if there is not an address
match; SSPIF and UA are set, and SCL is held low
until SSPxADD is updated to receive a high byte
again. When SSPxADD is updated the UA bit is
cleared. This ensures the module is ready to receive
the high address byte on the next communication.
A high and low address match as a write request is
required at the start of all 10-bit addressing
communication. A transmission can be initiated by
issuing a Restart once the slave is addressed, and
clocking in the high address with the R/W bit set. The
slave hardware will then acknowledge the read
request and prepare to clock out data. This is only
valid for a slave after it has received a complete high
and low address byte match.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 287
PIC16(L)F1705/9
28.5.2 SLAVE RECEPTION
When the R/W bit of a matching received address byte
is clear, the R/W bit of the SSPxSTAT register is
cleared. The received address is loaded into the
SSPxBUF register and acknowledged.
When the overflow condition exists for a received
address, then not Acknowledge is given. An overflow
condition is defined as either bit BF of the SSPxSTAT
register is set, or bit SSPOV of the SSPxCON1 register
is set. The BOEN bit of the SSPxCON3 register
modifies this operation. For more information see
Register 28-4.
An MSSP interrupt is generated for each transferred
data byte. Flag bit, SSPIF, must be cleared by software.
When the SEN bit of the SSPCON2 register is set, SCL
will be held low (clock stretch) following each received
byte. The clock must be released by setting the CKP
bit of the SSPxCON1 register, except sometimes in
10-bit mode. See Section 28.5.6.2 “10-bit
Addressing Mode” for more detail.
28.5.2.1 7-bit Addressing Reception
This section describes a standard sequence of events
for the MSSP module configured as an I2C slave in
7-bit Addressing mode. Figure 28-14 and Figure 28-15
is used as a visual reference for this description.
This is a step by step process of what typically must
be done to accomplish I2C communication.
1. Start bit detected.
2. S bit of SSPxSTAT is set; SSPIF is set if interrupt
on Start detect is enabled.
3. Matching address with R/W bit clear is received.
4. The slave pulls SDA low sending an ACK to the
master, and sets SSPIF bit.
5. Software clears the SSPIF bit.
6. Software reads received address from
SSPxBUF clearing the BF flag.
7. If SEN = 1; Slave software sets CKP bit to
release the SCL line.
8. The master clocks out a data byte.
9. Slave drives SDA low sending an ACK to the
master, and sets SSPIF bit.
10. Software clears SSPIF.
11. Software reads the received byte from
SSPxBUF clearing BF.
12. Steps 8-12 are repeated for all received bytes
from the master.
13. Master sends Stop condition, setting P bit of
SSPxSTAT, and the bus goes idle.
28.5.2.2 7-bit Reception with AHEN and
DHEN
Slave device reception with AHEN and DHEN set
operate the same as without these options with extra
interrupts and clock stretching added after the eighth
falling edge of SCL. These additional interrupts allow
the slave software to decide whether it wants to ACK
the receive address or data byte, rather than the
hardware. This functionality adds support for PMBus™
that was not present on previous versions of this
module.
This list describes the steps that need to be taken by
slave software to use these options for I2C
communication. Figure 28-16 displays a module using
both address and data holding. Figure 28-17 includes
the operation with the SEN bit of the SSPCON2
register set.
1. S bit of SSPxSTAT is set; SSPIF is set if interrupt
on Start detect is enabled.
2. Matching address with R/W bit clear is clocked
in. SSPIF is set and CKP cleared after the eighth
falling edge of SCL.
3. Slave clears the SSPIF.
4. Slave can look at the ACKTIM bit of the
SSPxCON3 register to determine if the SSPIF
was after or before the ACK.
5. Slave reads the address value from SSPxBUF,
clearing the BF flag.
6. Slave sets ACK value clocked out to the master
by setting ACKDT.
7. Slave releases the clock by setting CKP.
8. SSPIF is set after an ACK, not after a NACK.
9. If SEN = 1 the slave hardware will stretch the
clock after the ACK.
10. Slave clears SSPIF.
11. SSPIF set and CKP cleared after eighth falling
edge of SCL for a received data byte.
12. Slave looks at ACKTIM bit of SSPxCON3 to
determine the source of the interrupt.
13. Slave reads the received data from SSPxBUF
clearing BF.
14. Steps 7-14 are the same for each received data
byte.
15. Communication is ended by either the slave
sending an ACK =1, or the master sending a
Stop condition. If a Stop is sent and Interrupt on
Stop Detect is disabled, the slave will only know
by polling the P bit of the SSTSTAT register.
Note: SSPIF is still set after the 9th falling edge of
SCL even if there is no clock stretching and
BF has been cleared. Only if NACK is sent
to master is SSPIF not set
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 288 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-14 : I2C SLAVE, 7-BIT ADDRESS, RECEPTION (SEN = 0, AHEN = 0, DHEN = 0)
Receiving Address
ACK
Receiving Data
ACK
Receiving Data ACK =1
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
SDA
SCL
SSPIF
BF
SSPOV
12345678 12345678 12345678
999
ACK is not sent.
SSPOV set because
SSPxBUF is still full.
Cleared by software
First byte
of data is
available
in SSPxBUF
SSPxBUF is read
SSPIF set on 9th
falling edge of
SCL
Cleared by software
P
Bus Master sends
Stop condition
S
From Slave to Master
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 289
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 28-15 : I2C SLAVE, 7-BIT ADDRESS, RECEPTION (SEN = 1, AHEN = 0, DHEN = 0)
SEN SEN
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0SDA
SCL 123456789 123456789 123456789 P
SSPIF set on 9th
SCL is not held
CKP is written to 1’ in software,
CKP is written to 1’ in software,
ACK
low because
falling edge of SCL
releasing SCL
ACK is not sent.
Bus Master sends
CKP
SSPOV
BF
SSPIF
SSPOV set because
SSPxBUF is still full.
Cleared by software
First byte
of data is
available
in SSPxBUF
ACK=1
Cleared by software
SSPxBUF is read
Clock is held low until CKP is set to ‘1
releasing SCL
Stop condition
S
ACK
ACK
Receive Address Receive Data Receive Data
R/W=0
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 290 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-16 : I2C SLAVE, 7-BIT ADDRESS, RECEPTION (SEN = 0, AHEN = 1, DHEN = 1)
Receiving Address Receiving Data Received Data
P
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
SDA
SCL
BF
CKP
S
P
12 3 4 567 8 912345678 9
12345678
Master sends
Stop condition
S
Data is read from SSPxBUF
Cleared by software
SSPIF is set on
9th falling edge of
SCL, after ACK
CKP set by software,
SCL is released
Slave software
9
ACKTIM cleared by
hardware in 9th
rising edge of SCL
sets ACKDT to
not ACK
When DHEN=1:
CKP is cleared by
hardware on 8th falling
edge of SCL
Slave software
clears ACKDT to
ACK the received
byte
ACKTIM set by hardware
on 8th falling edge of SCL
When AHEN=1:
CKP is cleared by hardware
and SCL is stretched
Address is
read from
SSBUF
ACKTIM set by hardware
on 8th falling edge of SCL
ACK
Master Releases SDA
to slave for ACK sequence
No interrupt
after not ACK
from Slave
ACK=1
ACK
ACKDT
ACKTIM
SSPIF
If AHEN = 1:
SSPIF is set
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 291
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 28-17 : I2C SLAVE, 7-BIT ADDRESS, RECEPTION (SEN = 1, AHEN = 1, DHEN = 1)
Receiving Address Receive Data Receive Data
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
SDA
SCL
SSPIF
BF
ACKDT
CKP
S
P
ACK
S12
345678 912
34567 8 9 1234567 8 9
ACK
ACK
Cleared by software
ACKTIM is cleared by hardware
SSPxBUF can be
Set by software,
read any time before
next byte is loaded
release SCL
on 9th rising edge of SCL
Received
address is loaded into
SSPxBUF
Slave software clears
ACKDT to ACK
R/W = 0Master releases
SDA to slave for ACK sequence
the received byte
When AHEN = 1;
on the 8th falling edge
of SCL of an address
byte, CKP is cleared
ACKTIM is set by hardware
on 8th falling edge of SCL
When DHEN = 1;
on the 8th falling edge
of SCL of a received
data byte, CKP is cleared
Received data is
available on SSPxBUF
Slave sends
not ACK
CKP is not cleared
if not ACK
P
Master sends
Stop condition
No interrupt after
if not ACK
from Slave
ACKTIM
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 292 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.5.3 SLAVE TRANSMISSION
When the R/W bit of the incoming address byte is set
and an address match occurs, the R/W bit of the
SSPxSTAT register is set. The received address is
loaded into the SSPxBUF register, and an ACK pulse is
sent by the slave on the ninth bit.
Following the ACK, slave hardware clears the CKP bit
and the SCL pin is held low (see Section 28.5.6
“Clock Stretching for more detail). By stretching the
clock, the master will be unable to assert another clock
pulse until the slave is done preparing the transmit
data.
The transmit data must be loaded into the SSPxBUF
register which also loads the SSPSR register. Then the
SCL pin should be released by setting the CKP bit of
the SSPxCON1 register. The eight data bits are shifted
out on the falling edge of the SCL input. This ensures
that the SDA signal is valid during the SCL high time.
The ACK pulse from the master-receiver is latched on
the rising edge of the ninth SCL input pulse. This ACK
value is copied to the ACKSTAT bit of the SSPCON2
register. If ACKSTAT is set (not ACK), then the data
transfer is complete. In this case, when the not ACK is
latched by the slave, the slave goes idle and waits for
another occurrence of the Start bit. If the SDA line was
low (ACK), the next transmit data must be loaded into
the SSPxBUF register. Again, the SCL pin must be
released by setting bit CKP.
An MSSP interrupt is generated for each data transfer
byte. The SSPIF bit must be cleared by software and
the SSPxSTAT register is used to determine the status
of the byte. The SSPIF bit is set on the falling edge of
the ninth clock pulse.
28.5.3.1 Slave Mode Bus Collision
A slave receives a Read request and begins shifting
data out on the SDA line. If a bus collision is detected
and the SBCDE bit of the SSPxCON3 register is set,
the BCLIF bit of the PIR register is set. Once a bus
collision is detected, the slave goes idle and waits to be
addressed again. User software can use the BCLIF bit
to handle a slave bus collision.
28.5.3.2 7-bit Transmission
A master device can transmit a read request to a
slave, and then clock data out of the slave. The list
below outlines what software for a slave will need to
do to accomplish a standard transmission.
Figure 28-18 can be used as a reference to this list.
1. Master sends a Start condition on SDA and
SCL.
2. S bit of SSPxSTAT is set; SSPIF is set if interrupt
on Start detect is enabled.
3. Matching address with R/W bit set is received by
the Slave setting SSPIF bit.
4. Slave hardware generates an ACK and sets
SSPIF.
5. SSPIF bit is cleared by user.
6. Software reads the received address from
SSPxBUF, clearing BF.
7. R/W is set so CKP was automatically cleared
after the ACK.
8. The slave software loads the transmit data into
SSPxBUF.
9. CKP bit is set releasing SCL, allowing the
master to clock the data out of the slave.
10. SSPIF is set after the ACK response from the
master is loaded into the ACKSTAT register.
11. SSPIF bit is cleared.
12. The slave software checks the ACKSTAT bit to
see if the master wants to clock out more data.
13. Steps 9-13 are repeated for each transmitted
byte.
14. If the master sends a not ACK; the clock is not
held, but SSPIF is still set.
15. The master sends a Restart condition or a Stop.
16. The slave is no longer addressed.
Note 1: If the master ACKs the clock will be
stretched.
2: ACKSTAT is the only bit updated on the
rising edge of SCL (9th) rather than the
falling.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 293
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 28-18 : I2C SLAVE, 7-BIT ADDRESS, T RANSMISSION (AHEN = 0)
Receiving Address Automatic Transmitting Data Automatic Transmitting Data
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
SDA
SCL
SSPIF
BF
CKP
ACKSTAT
R/W
D/A
S
P
Received address
When R/W is set
R/W is copied from the
Indicates an address
is read from SSPxBUF
SCL is always
held low after 9th SCL
falling edge
matching address byte
has been received
Masters not ACK
is copied to
ACKSTAT
CKP is not
held for not
ACK
BF is automatically
cleared after 8th falling
edge of SCL
Data to transmit is
loaded into SSPxBUF
Set by software
Cleared by software
ACK
ACK
ACK
R/W = 1
SP
Master sends
Stop condition
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 294 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.5.3.3 7-bit Transmission with Address
Hold Enabled
Setting the AHEN bit of the SSPxCON3 register
enables additional clock stretching and interrupt
generation after the eighth falling edge of a received
matching address. Once a matching address has
been clocked in, CKP is cleared and the SSPIF
interrupt is set.
Figure 28-19 displays a standard waveform of a 7-bit
address slave transmission with AHEN enabled.
1. Bus starts Idle.
2. Master sends Start condition; the S bit of
SSPxSTAT is set; SSPIF is set if interrupt on
Start detect is enabled.
3. Master sends matching address with R/W bit
set. After the eighth falling edge of the SCL line
the CKP bit is cleared and SSPIF interrupt is
generated.
4. Slave software clears SSPIF.
5. Slave software reads ACKTIM bit of SSPxCON3
register, and R/W and D/A of the SSPxSTAT
register to determine the source of the interrupt.
6. Slave reads the address value from the
SSPxBUF register clearing the BF bit.
7. Slave software decides from this information if it
wishes to ACK or not ACK and sets the ACKDT
bit of the SSPCON2 register accordingly.
8. Slave sets the CKP bit releasing SCL.
9. Master clocks in the ACK value from the slave.
10. Slave hardware automatically clears the CKP bit
and sets SSPIF after the ACK if the R/W bit is
set.
11. Slave software clears SSPIF.
12. Slave loads value to transmit to the master into
SSPxBUF setting the BF bit.
13. Slave sets the CKP bit releasing the clock.
14. Master clocks out the data from the slave and
sends an ACK value on the 9th SCL pulse.
15. Slave hardware copies the ACK value into the
ACKSTAT bit of the SSPCON2 register.
16. Steps 10-15 are repeated for each byte
transmitted to the master from the slave.
17. If the master sends a not ACK the slave
releases the bus allowing the master to send a
Stop and end the communication.
Note: SSPxBUF cannot be loaded until after the
ACK.
Note: Master must send a not ACK on the last
byte to ensure that the slave releases the
SCL line to receive a Stop.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 295
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 28-19 : I2C SLAVE, 7-BIT ADDRESS, T RANSMISSION (AHEN = 1)
Receiving Address Automatic Transmitting Data Automatic Transmitting Data
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
SDA
SCL
SSPIF
BF
ACKDT
ACKSTAT
CKP
R/W
D/A
Received address
is read from SSPxBUF
BF is automatically
cleared after 8th falling
edge of SCL
Data to transmit is
loaded into SSPxBUF
Cleared by software
Slave clears
ACKDT to ACK
address
Master’s ACK
response is copied
to SSPxSTAT
CKP not cleared
after not ACK
Set by software,
releases SCL
ACKTIM is cleared
on 9th rising edge of SCL
ACKTIM is set on 8th falling
edge of SCL
When AHEN = 1;
CKP is cleared by hardware
after receiving matching
address.
When R/W = 1;
CKP is always
cleared after ACK
SP
Master sends
Stop condition
ACK
R/W = 1
Master releases SDA
to slave for ACK sequence
ACK
ACK
ACKTIM
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 296 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.5.4 SLAVE MODE 10-BIT ADDRESS
RECEPTION
This section describes a standard sequence of events
for the MSSP module configured as an I2C slave in
10-bit Addressing mode.
Figure 28-20 is used as a visual reference for this
description.
This is a step by step process of what must be done by
slave software to accomplish I2C communication.
1. Bus starts Idle.
2. Master sends Start condition; S bit of SSPxSTAT
is set; SSPIF is set if interrupt on Start detect is
enabled.
3. Master sends matching high address with R/W
bit clear; UA bit of the SSPxSTAT register is set.
4. Slave sends ACK and SSPIF is set.
5. Software clears the SSPIF bit.
6. Software reads received address from
SSPxBUF clearing the BF flag.
7. Slave loads low address into SSPxADD,
releasing SCL.
8. Master sends matching low address byte to the
slave; UA bit is set.
9. Slave sends ACK and SSPIF is set.
10. Slave clears SSPIF.
11. Slave reads the received matching address
from SSPxBUF clearing BF.
12. Slave loads high address into SSPxADD.
13. Master clocks a data byte to the slave and
clocks out the slaves ACK on the 9th SCL pulse;
SSPIF is set.
14. If SEN bit of SSPCON2 is set, CKP is cleared by
hardware and the clock is stretched.
15. Slave clears SSPIF.
16. Slave reads the received byte from SSPxBUF
clearing BF.
17. If SEN is set the slave sets CKP to release the
SCL.
18. Steps 13-17 repeat for each received byte.
19. Master sends Stop to end the transmission.
28.5.5 10-BIT ADDRESSING WITH
ADDRESS OR DATA HOLD
Reception using 10-bit addressing with AHEN or
DHEN set is the same as with 7-bit modes. The only
difference is the need to update the SSPxADD register
using the UA bit. All functionality, specifically when the
CKP bit is cleared and SCL line is held low are the
same. Figure 28-21 can be used as a reference of a
slave in 10-bit addressing with AHEN set.
Figure 28-22 shows a standard waveform for a slave
transmitter in 10-bit Addressing mode.
Note: Updates to the SSPxADD register are not
allowed until after the ACK sequence.
Note: If the low address does not match, SSPIF
and UA are still set so that the slave soft-
ware can set SSPxADD back to the high
address. BF is not set because there is no
match. CKP is unaffected.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 297
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 28-20 : I2C SLAVE, 10-BIT ADDRESS, RECEPTION (SEN = 1, AHEN = 0, DHEN = 0)
SSPIF
Receive First Address Byte
ACK
Receive Second Address Byte
ACK
Receive Data
ACK
Receive Data
ACK
1 1 1 1 0
A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
SDA
SCL
UA
CKP
12345678912345678
912345678
9123456789P
Master sends
Stop condition
Cleared by software
Receive address is
Software updates SSPxADD
Data is read
SCL is held low
Set by software,
while CKP =
0
from SSPxBUF
releasing SCL
When SEN =
1
;
CKP is cleared after
9th falling edge of received byte
read from SSPxBUF
and releases SCL
When UA =
1
;
If address matches
Set by hardware
on 9th falling edge
SSPxADD it is loaded into
SSPxBUF
SCL is held low
S
BF
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 298 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-21 : I2C SLAVE, 10-BIT ADDRESS, RECEPTION (SEN = 0, AHEN = 1, DHEN = 0)
Receive First Address Byte
UA
Receive Second Address Byte
UA
Receive Data
ACK
Receive Data
1 1 1 1 0
A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 D7 D6 D5SDA
SCL
SSPIF
BF
ACKDT
UA
CKP
ACKTIM
12345678 9
S
ACK
ACK
12345678 91234567891
2
SSPxBUF
is read from
Received data
SSPxBUF can be
read anytime before
the next received byte
Cleared by software
falling edge of SCL
not allowed until 9th
Update to SSPxADD is
Set CKP with software
releases SCL
SCL
clears UA and releases
Update of SSPxADD,
Set by hardware
on 9th falling edge
Slave software clears
ACKDT to ACK
the received byte
If when AHEN = 1;
on the 8th falling edge
of SCL of an address
byte, CKP is cleared
ACKTIM is set by hardware
on 8th falling edge of SCL
Cleared by software
R/W = 0
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 299
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 28-22 : I2C SLAVE, 10-BIT ADDRESS, TRANSMISSION (SEN = 0, AHEN = 0, DHEN = 0)
Receiving Address
ACK
Receiving Second Address Byte
Sr
Receive First Address Byte
ACK
Transmitting Data Byte
1 1 1 1 0
A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 1 1 0
A9 A8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0SDA
SCL
SSPIF
BF
UA
CKP
R/W
D/A
123456789 123456789 1234 56789 123456789
ACK = 1
P
Master sends
Stop condition
Master sends
not ACK
Master sends
Restart event
ACK
R/W = 0
S
Cleared by software
After SSPxADD is
updated, UA is cleared
and SCL is released
High address is loaded
Received address is Data to transmit is
Set by software
Indicates an address
When R/W = 1;
R/W is copied from the
Set by hardware
UA indicates SSPxADD
SSPxBUF loaded
with received address
must be updated
has been received
loaded into SSPxBUF
releases SCL
Masters not ACK
is copied
matching address byte
CKP is cleared on
9th falling edge of SCL
read from SSPxBUF
back into SSPxADD
ACKSTAT
Set by hardware
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 300 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.5.6 CLOCK STRETCHING
Clock stretching occurs when a device on the bus
holds the SCL line low, effectively pausing
communication. The slave may stretch the clock to
allow more time to handle data or prepare a response
for the master device. A master device is not
concerned with stretching as anytime it is active on the
bus and not transferring data it is stretching. Any
stretching done by a slave is invisible to the master
software and handled by the hardware that generates
SCL.
The CKP bit of the SSPxCON1 register is used to
control stretching in software. Any time the CKP bit is
cleared, the module will wait for the SCL line to go low
and then hold it. Setting CKP will release SCL and
allow more communication.
28.5.6.1 Normal Clock Stretching
Following an ACK if the R/W bit of SSPxSTAT is set, a
read request, the slave hardware will clear CKP. This
allows the slave time to update SSPxBUF with data to
transfer to the master. If the SEN bit of SSPCON2 is
set, the slave hardware will always stretch the clock
after the ACK sequence. Once the slave is ready; CKP
is set by software and communication resumes.
28.5.6.2 10-bit Addressing Mode
In 10-bit Addressing mode, when the UA bit is set the
clock is always stretched. This is the only time the SCL
is stretched without CKP being cleared. SCL is
released immediately after a write to SSPxADD.
28.5.6.3 Byte NACKing
When AHEN bit of SSPxCON3 is set; CKP is cleared
by hardware after the eighth falling edge of SCL for a
received matching address byte. When DHEN bit of
SSPxCON3 is set; CKP is cleared after the eighth
falling edge of SCL for received data.
Stretching after the eighth falling edge of SCL allows
the slave to look at the received address or data and
decide if it wants to ACK the received data.
28.5.6.4 Clock Synchronization and
the CKP Bit
Any time the CKP bit is cleared, the module will wait
for the SCL line to go low and then hold it. However,
clearing the CKP bit will not assert the SCL output low
until the SCL output is already sampled low.
Therefore, the CKP bit will not assert the SCL line until
an external I2C master device has already asserted
the SCL line. The SCL output will remain low until the
CKP bit is set and all other devices on the I2C bus
have released SCL. This ensures that a write to the
CKP bit will not violate the minimum high time
requirement for SCL (see Figure 28-23).
FIGURE 28-23: CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION TIMING
Note 1: The BF bit has no effect on if the clock will
be stretched or not. This is different than
previous versions of the module that
would not stretch the clock, clear CKP, if
SSPxBUF was read before the 9th falling
edge of SCL.
2: Previous versions of the module did not
stretch the clock for a transmission if
SSPxBUF was loaded before the 9th
falling edge of SCL. It is now always
cleared for read requests.
Note: Previous versions of the module did not
stretch the clock if the second address byte
did not match.
SDA
SCL
DX ‚1DX
WR
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
SSPxCON1
CKP
Master device
releases clock
Master device
asserts clock
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 301
PIC16(L)F1705/9
28.5.7 GENERAL CALL ADDRESS
SUPPORT
The addressing procedure for the I2C bus is such that
the first byte after the Start condition usually
determines which device will be the slave addressed
by the master device. The exception is the general call
address which can address all devices. When this
address is used, all devices should, in theory, respond
with an acknowledge.
The general call address is a reserved address in the
I2C protocol, defined as address 0x00. When the
GCEN bit of the SSPCON2 register is set, the slave
module will automatically ACK the reception of this
address regardless of the value stored in SSPxADD.
After the slave clocks in an address of all zeros with
the R/W bit clear, an interrupt is generated and slave
software can read SSPxBUF and respond.
Figure 28-24 shows a general call reception
sequence.
In 10-bit Address mode, the UA bit will not be set on
the reception of the general call address. The slave
will prepare to receive the second byte as data, just as
it would in 7-bit mode.
If the AHEN bit of the SSPxCON3 register is set, just
as with any other address reception, the slave
hardware will stretch the clock after the eighth falling
edge of SCL. The slave must then set its ACKDT
value and release the clock with communication
progressing as it would normally.
FIGURE 28-24: SLAVE MODE GENERAL CALL ADDRESS SEQUENCE
28.5.8 SSP MASK REGISTER
An SSP Mask (SSPMSK) register (Register 28-5) is
available in I2C Slave mode as a mask for the value
held in the SSPSR register during an address
comparison operation. A zero (‘0’) bit in the SSPMSK
register has the effect of making the corresponding bit
of the received address a “don’t care”.
This register is reset to all ‘1’s upon any Reset
condition and, therefore, has no effect on standard
SSP operation until written with a mask value.
The SSP Mask register is active during:
7-bit Address mode: address compare of A<7:1>.
10-bit Address mode: address compare of A<7:0>
only. The SSP mask has no effect during the
reception of the first (high) byte of the address.
SDA
SCL
S
SSPIF
BF (SSPxSTAT<0>)
Cleared by software
SSPxBUF is read
R/W = 0
ACK
General Call Address
Address is compared to General Call Address
Receiving Data ACK
123456789123456789
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
after ACK, set interrupt
GCEN (SSPCON2<7>)
1
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 302 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.6 I2C Master Mode
Master mode is enabled by setting and clearing the
appropriate SSPM bits in the SSPxCON1 register and
by setting the SSPEN bit. In Master mode, the SDA and
SCK pins must be configured as inputs. The MSSP
peripheral hardware will override the output driver TRIS
controls when necessary to drive the pins low.
Master mode of operation is supported by interrupt
generation on the detection of the Start and Stop
conditions. The Stop (P) and Start (S) bits are cleared
from a Reset or when the MSSP module is disabled.
Control of the I2C bus may be taken when the P bit is
set, or the bus is Idle.
In Firmware Controlled Master mode, user code
conducts all I2C bus operations based on Start and
Stop bit condition detection. Start and Stop condition
detection is the only active circuitry in this mode. All
other communication is done by the user software
directly manipulating the SDA and SCL lines.
The following events will cause the SSP Interrupt Flag
bit, SSPIF, to be set (SSP interrupt, if enabled):
Start condition detected
Stop condition detected
Data transfer byte transmitted/received
Acknowledge transmitted/received
Repeated Start generated
28.6.1 I2C MASTER MODE OPERATION
The master device generates all of the serial clock
pulses and the Start and Stop conditions. A transfer is
ended with a Stop condition or with a Repeated Start
condition. Since the Repeated Start condition is also
the beginning of the next serial transfer, the I2C bus will
not be released.
In Master Transmitter mode, serial data is output
through SDA, while SCL outputs the serial clock. The
first byte transmitted contains the slave address of the
receiving device (7 bits) and the Read/Write (R/W) bit.
In this case, the R/W bit will be logic ‘0’. Serial data is
transmitted eight bits at a time. After each byte is
transmitted, an Acknowledge bit is received. Start and
Stop conditions are output to indicate the beginning
and the end of a serial transfer.
In Master Receive mode, the first byte transmitted
contains the slave address of the transmitting device
(7 bits) and the R/W bit. In this case, the R/W bit will be
logic ‘1’. Thus, the first byte transmitted is a 7-bit slave
address followed by a 1’ to indicate the receive bit.
Serial data is received via SDA, while SCL outputs the
serial clock. Serial data is received eight bits at a time.
After each byte is received, an Acknowledge bit is
transmitted. Start and Stop conditions indicate the
beginning and end of transmission.
A Baud Rate Generator is used to set the clock
frequency output on SCL. See Section 28.7 “Baud
Rate Generator” for more detail.
Note 1: The MSSP module, when configured in
I2C Master mode, does not allow queuing
of events. For instance, the user is not
allowed to initiate a Start condition and
immediately write the SSPxBUF register
to initiate transmission before the Start
condition is complete. In this case, the
SSPxBUF will not be written to and the
WCOL bit will be set, indicating that a
write to the SSPxBUF did not occur
2: When in Master mode, Start/Stop
detection is masked and an interrupt is
generated when the SEN/PEN bit is
cleared and the generation is complete.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 303
PIC16(L)F1705/9
28.6.2 CLOCK ARBITRATION
Clock arbitration occurs when the master, during any
receive, transmit or Repeated Start/Stop condition,
releases the SCL pin (SCL allowed to float high). When
the SCL pin is allowed to float high, the Baud Rate
Generator (BRG) is suspended from counting until the
SCL pin is actually sampled high. When the SCL pin is
sampled high, the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded
with the contents of SSPxADD<7:0> and begins
counting. This ensures that the SCL high time will
always be at least one BRG rollover count in the event
that the clock is held low by an external device
(Figure 28-25).
FIGURE 28-25: BAUD RATE GENERATOR TIMING WITH CLOCK ARBITRATION
28.6.3 WCOL STATUS FLAG
If the user writes the SSPxBUF when a Start, Restart,
Stop, Receive or Transmit sequence is in progress, the
WCOL is set and the contents of the buffer are
unchanged (the write does not occur). Any time the
WCOL bit is set it indicates that an action on SSPxBUF
was attempted while the module was not idle.
SDA
SCL
SCL deasserted but slave holds
DX ‚1DX
BRG
SCL is sampled high, reload takes
place and BRG starts its count
03h 02h 01h 00h (hold off) 03h 02h
Reload
BRG
Value
SCL low (clock arbitration)
SCL allowed to transition high
BRG decrements on
Q2 and Q4 cycles
Note: Because queuing of events is not allowed,
writing to the lower five bits of SSPCON2
is disabled until the Start condition is
complete.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 304 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.6.4 I2C MASTER MODE START
CONDITION TIMING
To initiate a Start condition (Figure 28-26), the user
sets the Start Enable bit, SEN bit of the SSPCON2
register. If the SDA and SCL pins are sampled high,
the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded with the contents
of SSPxADD<7:0> and starts its count. If SCL and
SDA are both sampled high when the Baud Rate
Generator times out (TBRG), the SDA pin is driven low.
The action of the SDA being driven low while SCL is
high is the Start condition and causes the S bit of the
SSPxSTAT1 register to be set. Following this, the
Baud Rate Generator is reloaded with the contents of
SSPxADD<7:0> and resumes its count. When the
Baud Rate Generator times out (TBRG), the SEN bit of
the SSPCON2 register will be automatically cleared by
hardware; the Baud Rate Generator is suspended,
leaving the SDA line held low and the Start condition is
complete.
FIGURE 28-26: FIRST START BIT TIMING
Note 1: If at the beginning of the Start condition,
the SDA and SCL pins are already
sampled low, or if during the Start condi-
tion, the SCL line is sampled low before
the SDA line is driven low, a bus collision
occurs, the Bus Collision Interrupt Flag,
BCLIF, is set, the Start condition is
aborted and the I2C module is reset into
its Idle state.
2: The Philips I2C specification states that a
bus collision cannot occur on a Start.
SDA
SCL
S
TBRG
1st bit 2nd bit
TBRG
SDA = 1, At completion of Start bit,
SCL = 1
Write to SSPxBUF occurs here
TBRG
hardware clears SEN bit
TBRG
Write to SEN bit occurs here Set S bit (SSPxSTAT<3>)
and sets SSPIF bit
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 305
PIC16(L)F1705/9
28.6.5 I2C MASTER MODE REPEATED
START CONDITION TIMING
A Repeated Start condition (Figure 28-27) occurs when
the RSEN bit of the SSPCON2 register is programmed
high and the master state machine is no longer active.
When the RSEN bit is set, the SCL pin is asserted low.
When the SCL pin is sampled low, the Baud Rate
Generator is loaded and begins counting. The SDA pin
is released (brought high) for one Baud Rate Generator
count (TBRG). When the Baud Rate Generator times
out, if SDA is sampled high, the SCL pin will be
deasserted (brought high). When SCL is sampled high,
the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded and begins
counting. SDA and SCL must be sampled high for one
TBRG. This action is then followed by assertion of the
SDA pin (SDA = 0) for one TBRG while SCL is high.
SCL is asserted low. Following this, the RSEN bit of the
SSPCON2 register will be automatically cleared and
the Baud Rate Generator will not be reloaded, leaving
the SDA pin held low. As soon as a Start condition is
detected on the SDA and SCL pins, the S bit of the
SSPxSTAT register will be set. The SSPIF bit will not be
set until the Baud Rate Generator has timed out.
FIGURE 28-27: REP EATED START CONDITION WAVE FORM
Note 1: If RSEN is programmed while any other
event is in progress, it will not take effect.
2: A bus collision during the Repeated Start
condition occurs if:
SDA is sampled low when SCL
goes from low-to-high.
SCL goes low before SDA is
asserted low. This may indicate
that another master is attempting
to transmit a data ‘1’.
SDA
SCL
Repeated Start
Write to SSPCON2
Write to SSPxBUF occurs here
At completion of Start bit,
hardware clears RSEN bit
1st bit
S bit set by hardware
TBRG
TBRG
SDA = 1,SDA = 1,
SCL (no change) SCL = 1
occurs here
TBRG TBRG TBRG
and sets SSPIF
Sr
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 306 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.6.6 I2C MASTER MODE
TRANSMISSION
Transmission of a data byte, a 7-bit address or the
other half of a 10-bit address is accomplished by simply
writing a value to the SSPxBUF register. This action will
set the Buffer Full flag bit, BF, and allow the Baud Rate
Generator to begin counting and start the next
transmission. Each bit of address/data will be shifted
out onto the SDA pin after the falling edge of SCL is
asserted. SCL is held low for one Baud Rate Generator
rollover count (TBRG). Data should be valid before SCL
is released high. When the SCL pin is released high, it
is held that way for TBRG. The data on the SDA pin
must remain stable for that duration and some hold
time after the next falling edge of SCL. After the eighth
bit is shifted out (the falling edge of the eighth clock),
the BF flag is cleared and the master releases SDA.
This allows the slave device being addressed to
respond with an ACK bit during the ninth bit time if an
address match occurred, or if data was received
properly. The status of ACK is written into the
ACKSTAT bit on the rising edge of the ninth clock. If the
master receives an Acknowledge, the Acknowledge
Status bit, ACKSTAT, is cleared. If not, the bit is set.
After the ninth clock, the SSPIF bit is set and the master
clock (Baud Rate Generator) is suspended until the
next data byte is loaded into the SSPxBUF, leaving
SCL low and SDA unchanged (Figure 28-28).
After the write to the SSPxBUF, each bit of the address
will be shifted out on the falling edge of SCL until all
seven address bits and the R/W bit are completed. On
the falling edge of the eighth clock, the master will
release the SDA pin, allowing the slave to respond with
an Acknowledge. On the falling edge of the ninth clock,
the master will sample the SDA pin to see if the address
was recognized by a slave. The status of the ACK bit is
loaded into the ACKSTAT Status bit of the SSPCON2
register. Following the falling edge of the ninth clock
transmission of the address, the SSPIF is set, the BF
flag is cleared and the Baud Rate Generator is turned
off until another write to the SSPxBUF takes place,
holding SCL low and allowing SDA to float.
28.6.6.1 BF Status Flag
In Transmit mode, the BF bit of the SSPxSTAT register
is set when the CPU writes to SSPxBUF and is cleared
when all eight bits are shifted out.
28.6.6.2 WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPxBUF when a transmit is
already in progress (i.e., SSPSR is still shifting out a
data byte), the WCOL bit is set and the contents of the
buffer are unchanged (the write does not occur).
WCOL must be cleared by software before the next
transmission.
28.6.6.3 ACKSTAT Status Flag
In Transmit mode, the ACKSTAT bit of the SSPCON2
register is cleared when the slave has sent an
Acknowledge (ACK =0) and is set when the slave
does not Acknowledge (ACK =1). A slave sends an
Acknowledge when it has recognized its address
(including a general call), or when the slave has
properly received its data.
28.6.6.4 Typical Transmit Sequence:
1. The user generates a Start condition by setting
the SEN bit of the SSPCON2 register.
2. SSPIF is set by hardware on completion of the
Start.
3. SSPIF is cleared by software.
4. The MSSP module will wait the required start
time before any other operation takes place.
5. The user loads the SSPxBUF with the slave
address to transmit.
6. Address is shifted out the SDA pin until all eight
bits are transmitted. Transmission begins as
soon as SSPxBUF is written to.
7. The MSSP module shifts in the ACK bit from the
slave device and writes its value into the
ACKSTAT bit of the SSPCON2 register.
8. The MSSP module generates an interrupt at the
end of the ninth clock cycle by setting the SSPIF
bit.
9. The user loads the SSPxBUF with eight bits of
data.
10. Data is shifted out the SDA pin until all eight bits
are transmitted.
11. The MSSP module shifts in the ACK bit from the
slave device and writes its value into the
ACKSTAT bit of the SSPCON2 register.
12. Steps 8-11 are repeated for all transmitted data
bytes.
13. The user generates a Stop or Restart condition
by setting the PEN or RSEN bits of the
SSPCON2 register. Interrupt is generated once
the Stop/Restart condition is complete.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 307
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 28-28 : I2C MASTER MODE WAVEFORM (TRANSMISSION, 7 OR 10-BIT ADDRESS)
SDA
SCL
SSPIF
BF (SSPxSTAT<0>)
SEN
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 ACK = 0D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
ACK
Transmitting Data or Second Half
R/W = 0Transmit Address to Slave
123456789 123456789 P
Cleared by software service routine
SSPxBUF is written by software
from SSP interrupt
After Start condition, SEN cleared by hardware
S
SSPxBUF written with 7-bit address and R/W
start transmit
SCL held low
while CPU
responds to SSPIF
SEN = 0
of 10-bit Address
Write SSPCON2<0> SEN = 1
Start condition begins From slave, clear ACKSTAT bit SSPCON2<6>
ACKSTAT in
SSPCON2 = 1
Cleared by software
SSPxBUF written
PEN
R/W
Cleared by software
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 308 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.6.7 I2C MASTER MODE RECEPTION
Master mode reception (Figure 28-29) is enabled by
programming the Receive Enable bit, RCEN bit of the
SSP1CON2 register.
The Baud Rate Generator begins counting and on each
rollover, the state of the SCL pin changes
(high-to-low/low-to-high) and data is shifted into the
SSPSR. After the falling edge of the eighth clock, the
receive enable flag is automatically cleared, the
contents of the SSPSR are loaded into the SSPxBUF,
the BF flag bit is set, the SSPIF flag bit is set and the
Baud Rate Generator is suspended from counting,
holding SCL low. The MSSP is now in Idle state
awaiting the next command. When the buffer is read by
the CPU, the BF flag bit is automatically cleared. The
user can then send an Acknowledge bit at the end of
reception by setting the Acknowledge Sequence
Enable, ACKEN bit of the SSPCON2 register.
28.6.7.1 BF Status Flag
In receive operation, the BF bit is set when an address
or data byte is loaded into SSPxBUF from SSPSR. It is
cleared when the SSPxBUF register is read.
28.6.7.2 SSPOV Status Flag
In receive operation, the SSPOV bit is set when eight
bits are received into the SSPSR and the BF flag bit is
already set from a previous reception.
28.6.7.3 WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPxBUF when a receive is
already in progress (i.e., SSPSR is still shifting in a data
byte), the WCOL bit is set and the contents of the buffer
are unchanged (the write does not occur).
28.6.7.4 Typical Receive Sequence:
1. The user generates a Start condition by setting
the SEN bit of the SSPCON2 register.
2. SSPIF is set by hardware on completion of the
Start.
3. SSPIF is cleared by software.
4. User writes SSPxBUF with the slave address to
transmit and the R/W bit set.
5. Address is shifted out the SDA pin until all eight
bits are transmitted. Transmission begins as
soon as SSPxBUF is written to.
6. The MSSP module shifts in the ACK bit from the
slave device and writes its value into the
ACKSTAT bit of the SSPCON2 register.
7. The MSSP module generates an interrupt at the
end of the ninth clock cycle by setting the SSPIF
bit.
8. User sets the RCEN bit of the SSPCON2 register
and the master clocks in a byte from the slave.
9. After the eighth falling edge of SCL, SSPIF and
BF are set.
10. Master clears SSPIF and reads the received
byte from SSPUF, clears BF.
11. Master sets ACK value sent to slave in ACKDT
bit of the SSPCON2 register and initiates the
ACK by setting the ACKEN bit.
12. Master’s ACK is clocked out to the slave and
SSPIF is set.
13. User clears SSPIF.
14. Steps 8-13 are repeated for each received byte
from the slave.
15. Master sends a not ACK or Stop to end
communication.
Note: The MSSP module must be in an Idle
state before the RCEN bit is set or the
RCEN bit will be disregarded.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 309
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 28-29 : I2C MASTER MODE WAVEFORM (RECEPTION, 7-BIT ADDRESS)
P
9
87
6
5
D0
D1
D2
D3D4
D5
D6D7
S
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
SDA
SCL 12345678912345678 9 1234
Bus master
terminates
transfer
ACK
Receiving Data from Slave
Receiving Data from Slave
D0
D1
D2
D3D4
D5
D6D7
ACK
R/W
Transmit Address to Slave
SSPIF
BF
ACK is not sent
Write to SSPCON2<0> (SEN = 1),
Write to SSPxBUF occurs here, ACK from Slave
Master configured as a receiver
by programming SSPCON2<3> (RCEN = 1)
PEN bit = 1
written here
Data shifted in on falling edge of CLK
Cleared by software
start XMIT
SEN = 0
SSPOV
SDA = 0, SCL = 1
while CPU
(SSPxSTAT<0>)
ACK
Cleared by software
Cleared by software
Set SSPIF interrupt
at end of receive
Set P bit
(SSPxSTAT<4>)
and SSPIF
Cleared in
software
ACK from Master
Set SSPIF at end
Set SSPIF interrupt
at end of Acknowledge
sequence
Set SSPIF interrupt
at end of Acknow-
ledge sequence
of receive
Set ACKEN, start Acknowledge sequence
SSPOV is set because
SSPxBUF is still full
SDA = ACKDT = 1
RCEN cleared
automatically
RCEN = 1, start
next receive
Write to SSPCON2<4>
to start Acknowledge sequence
SDA = ACKDT (SSPCON2<5>) = 0
RCEN cleared
automatically
responds to SSPIF
ACKEN
begin Start condition
Cleared by software
SDA = ACKDT = 0
Last bit is shifted into SSPSR and
contents are unloaded into SSPxBUF
RCEN
Master configured as a receiver
by programming SSPCON2<3> (RCEN = 1)
RCEN cleared
automatically
ACK from Master
SDA = ACKDT = 0 RCEN cleared
automatically
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 310 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.6.8 ACKNOWLEDGE SEQUENCE
TIMING
An Acknowledge sequence is enabled by setting the
Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit, ACKEN bit of the
SSPCON2 register. When this bit is set, the SCL pin is
pulled low and the contents of the Acknowledge data bit
are presented on the SDA pin. If the user wishes to
generate an Acknowledge, then the ACKDT bit should
be cleared. If not, the user should set the ACKDT bit
before starting an Acknowledge sequence. The Baud
Rate Generator then counts for one rollover period
(TBRG) and the SCL pin is deasserted (pulled high).
When the SCL pin is sampled high (clock arbitration),
the Baud Rate Generator counts for TBRG. The SCL pin
is then pulled low. Following this, the ACKEN bit is
automatically cleared, the Baud Rate Generator is
turned off and the MSSP module then goes into Idle
mode (Figure 28-30).
28.6.8.1 WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPxBUF when an Acknowledge
sequence is in progress, then WCOL bit is set and the
contents of the buffer are unchanged (the write does
not occur).
28.6.9 STOP CONDITION TIMING
A Stop bit is asserted on the SDA pin at the end of a
receive/transmit by setting the Stop Sequence Enable
bit, PEN bit of the SSPCON2 register. At the end of a
receive/transmit, the SCL line is held low after the
falling edge of the ninth clock. When the PEN bit is set,
the master will assert the SDA line low. When the SDA
line is sampled low, the Baud Rate Generator is
reloaded and counts down to ‘0’. When the Baud Rate
Generator times out, the SCL pin will be brought high
and one TBRG (Baud Rate Generator rollover count)
later, the SDA pin will be deasserted. When the SDA
pin is sampled high while SCL is high, the P bit of the
SSPxSTAT register is set. A TBRG later, the PEN bit is
cleared and the SSPIF bit is set (Figure 28-31).
28.6.9.1 WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPxBUF when a Stop sequence
is in progress, then the WCOL bit is set and the
contents of the buffer are unchanged (the write does
not occur).
FIGURE 28-30: ACKNOWL EDGE SEQUENCE WAVEFORM
FIGURE 28-31: STOP CONDITION RECEIVE OR TRANSMIT MODE
Note: TBRG = one Baud Rate Generator period.
SDA
SCL
SSPIF set at
Acknowledge sequence starts here,
write to SSPCON2 ACKEN automatically cleared
Cleared in
TBRG TBRG
the end of receive
8
ACKEN = 1, ACKDT = 0
D0
9
SSPIF
software SSPIF set at the end
of Acknowledge sequence
Cleared in
software
ACK
SCL
SDA
SDA asserted low before rising edge of clock
Write to SSPCON2,
set PEN
Falling edge of
SCL = 1 for TBRG, followed by SDA = 1 for TBRG
9th clock
SCL brought high after TBRG
Note: TBRG = one Baud Rate Generator period.
TBRG TBRG
after SDA sampled high. P bit (SSPxSTAT<4>) is set.
TBRG
to setup Stop condition
ACK
P
TBRG
PEN bit (SSPCON2<2>) is cleared by
hardware and the SSPIF bit is set
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 311
PIC16(L)F1705/9
28.6.10 SLEEP OPERATION
While in Sleep mode, the I2C slave module can receive
addresses or data and when an address match or
complete byte transfer occurs, wake the processor
from Sleep (if the MSSP interrupt is enabled).
28.6.11 EFFECTS OF A RESET
A Reset disables the MSSP module and terminates the
current transfer.
28.6.12 MULTI-MASTER MODE
In Multi-Master mode, the interrupt generation on the
detection of the Start and Stop conditions allows the
determination of when the bus is free. The Stop (P) and
Start (S) bits are cleared from a Reset or when the
MSSP module is disabled. Control of the I2C bus may
be taken when the P bit of the SSPxSTAT register is
set, or the bus is Idle, with both the S and P bits clear.
When the bus is busy, enabling the SSP interrupt will
generate the interrupt when the Stop condition occurs.
In multi-master operation, the SDA line must be
monitored for arbitration to see if the signal level is the
expected output level. This check is performed by
hardware with the result placed in the BCLIF bit.
The states where arbitration can be lost are:
Address Transfer
Data Transfer
A Start Condition
A Repeated Start Condition
An Acknowledge Condition
28.6.13 MULTI -MASTER COMMUNICATION,
BUS COLLISION AND BUS
ARBITRATION
Multi-Master mode support is achieved by bus
arbitration. When the master outputs address/data bits
onto the SDA pin, arbitration takes place when the
master outputs a ‘1’ on SDA, by letting SDA float high
and another master asserts a ‘0’. When the SCL pin
floats high, data should be stable. If the expected data
on SDA is a ‘1’ and the data sampled on the SDA pin is
0’, then a bus collision has taken place. The master will
set the Bus Collision Interrupt Flag, BCLIF and reset
the I2C port to its Idle state (Figure 28-32).
If a transmit was in progress when the bus collision
occurred, the transmission is halted, the BF flag is
cleared, the SDA and SCL lines are deasserted and the
SSPxBUF can be written to. When the user services
the bus collision Interrupt Service Routine and if the I2C
bus is free, the user can resume communication by
asserting a Start condition.
If a Start, Repeated Start, Stop or Acknowledge
condition was in progress when the bus collision
occurred, the condition is aborted, the SDA and SCL
lines are deasserted and the respective control bits in
the SSPCON2 register are cleared. When the user
services the bus collision Interrupt Service Routine and
if the I2C bus is free, the user can resume
communication by asserting a Start condition.
The master will continue to monitor the SDA and SCL
pins. If a Stop condition occurs, the SSPIF bit will be set.
A write to the SSPxBUF will start the transmission of
data at the first data bit, regardless of where the
transmitter left off when the bus collision occurred.
In Multi-Master mode, the interrupt generation on the
detection of Start and Stop conditions allows the
determination of when the bus is free. Control of the I2C
bus can be taken when the P bit is set in the SSPxSTAT
register, or the bus is Idle and the S and P bits are
cleared.
FIGURE 28-32: BUS COLLISION TIMING FOR TRANSMIT AND ACKNOWLEDGE
SDA
SCL
BCLIF
SDA released
SDA line pulled low
by another source
Sample SDA. While SCL is high,
data does not match what is driven
Bus collision has occurred.
Set bus collision
interrupt (BCLIF)
by the master.
by master
Data changes
while SCL = 0
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 312 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.6.13.1 Bus Collision During a Start
Condition
During a Start condition, a bus collision occurs if:
a) SDA or SCL are sampled low at the beginning of
the Start condition (Figure 28-33).
b) SCL is sampled low before SDA is asserted low
(Figure 28-34).
During a Start condition, both the SDA and the SCL
pins are monitored.
If the SDA pin is already low, or the SCL pin is already
low, then all of the following occur:
the Start condition is aborted,
the BCLIF flag is set and
the MSSP module is reset to its Idle state
(Figure 28-33).
The Start condition begins with the SDA and SCL pins
deasserted. When the SDA pin is sampled high, the
Baud Rate Generator is loaded and counts down. If the
SCL pin is sampled low while SDA is high, a bus
collision occurs because it is assumed that another
master is attempting to drive a data ‘1’ during the Start
condition.
If the SDA pin is sampled low during this count, the
BRG is reset and the SDA line is asserted early
(Figure 28-35). If, however, a ‘1’ is sampled on the SDA
pin, the SDA pin is asserted low at the end of the BRG
count. The Baud Rate Generator is then reloaded and
counts down to zero; if the SCL pin is sampled as0
during this time, a bus collision does not occur. At the
end of the BRG count, the SCL pin is asserted low.
FIGURE 28-33: BUS COLLISION DURING START CONDITION (SDA ONLY)
Note: The reason that bus collision is not a
factor during a Start condition is that no
two bus masters can assert a Start condi-
tion at the exact same time. Therefore,
one master will always assert SDA before
the other. This condition does not cause a
bus collision because the two masters
must be allowed to arbitrate the first
address following the Start condition. If the
address is the same, arbitration must be
allowed to continue into the data portion,
Repeated Start or Stop conditions.
SDA
SCL
SEN
SDA sampled low before
SDA goes low before the SEN bit is set.
S bit and SSPIF set because
SSP module reset into Idle state.
SEN cleared automatically because of bus collision.
S bit and SSPIF set because
Set SEN, enable Start
condition if SDA = 1, SCL = 1
SDA = 0, SCL = 1.
BCLIF
S
SSPIF
SDA = 0, SCL = 1.
SSPIF and BCLIF are
cleared by software
SSPIF and BCLIF are
cleared by software
Set BCLIF,
Start condition. Set BCLIF.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 313
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 28-34: BUS COLLISION DURING START CONDITION (SCL = 0)
FIGURE 28-35: BRG RESET DUE TO SDA ARBITRATION DURING START CONDITION
SDA
SCL
SEN bus collision occurs. Set BCLIF.
SCL = 0 before SDA = 0,
Set SEN, enable Start
sequence if SDA = 1, SCL = 1
TBRG TBRG
SDA = 0, SCL = 1
BCLIF
S
SSPIF
Interrupt cleared
by software
bus collision occurs. Set BCLIF.
SCL = 0 before BRG time-out,
0’’0
00
SDA
SCL
SEN
Set S
Less than TBRG TBRG
SDA = 0, SCL = 1
BCLIF
S
SSPIF
S
Interrupts cleared
by software
set SSPIF
SDA = 0, SCL = 1,
SCL pulled low after BRG
time-out
Set SSPIF
0
SDA pulled low by other master.
Reset BRG and assert SDA.
Set SEN, enable Start
sequence if SDA = 1, SCL = 1
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 314 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.6.13.2 Bus Collision During a Repeated
Start Condition
During a Repeated Start condition, a bus collision
occurs if:
a) A low level is sampled on SDA when SCL goes
from low level to high level (Case 1).
b) SCL goes low before SDA is asserted low,
indicating that another master is attempting to
transmit a data ‘1’ (Case 2).
When the user releases SDA and the pin is allowed to
float high, the BRG is loaded with SSPxADD and
counts down to zero. The SCL pin is then deasserted
and when sampled high, the SDA pin is sampled.
If SDA is low, a bus collision has occurred (i.e., another
master is attempting to transmit a data ‘0’, Figure 28-36).
If SDA is sampled high, the BRG is reloaded and begins
counting. If SDA goes from high-to-low before the BRG
times out, no bus collision occurs because no two
masters can assert SDA at exactly the same time.
If SCL goes from high-to-low before the BRG times out
and SDA has not already been asserted, a bus collision
occurs. In this case, another master is attempting to
transmit a data ‘1’ during the Repeated Start condition,
see Figure 28-37.
If, at the end of the BRG time-out, both SCL and SDA
are still high, the SDA pin is driven low and the BRG is
reloaded and begins counting. At the end of the count,
regardless of the status of the SCL pin, the SCL pin is
driven low and the Repeated Start condition is
complete.
FIGURE 28-36: BUS COLLISION DURING A REPEATED START CONDITION (CASE 1)
FIGURE 28-37: BUS COLLISION DURING REPEATED START CONDITION (CASE 2)
SDA
SCL
RSEN
BCLIF
S
SSPIF
Sample SDA when SCL goes high.
If SDA = 0, set BCLIF and release SDA and SCL.
Cleared by software
0
0
SDA
SCL
BCLIF
RSEN
S
SSPIF
Interrupt cleared
by software
SCL goes low before SDA,
set BCLIF. Release SDA and SCL.
TBRG TBRG
0
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 315
PIC16(L)F1705/9
28.6.13.3 Bus Collision During a Stop
Condition
Bus collision occurs during a Stop condition if:
a) After the SDA pin has been deasserted and
allowed to float high, SDA is sampled low after
the BRG has timed out (Case 1).
b) After the SCL pin is deasserted, SCL is sampled
low before SDA goes high (Case 2).
The Stop condition begins with SDA asserted low.
When SDA is sampled low, the SCL pin is allowed to
float. When the pin is sampled high (clock arbitration),
the Baud Rate Generator is loaded with SSPxADD and
counts down to zero. After the BRG times out, SDA is
sampled. If SDA is sampled low, a bus collision has
occurred. This is due to another master attempting to
drive a data ‘0’ (Figure 28-38). If the SCL pin is sampled
low before SDA is allowed to float high, a bus collision
occurs. This is another case of another master
attempting to drive a data ‘0’ (Figure 28-39).
FIGURE 28-38: BUS COLLISION DURING A STOP CONDITION (CASE 1)
FIGURE 28-39: BUS COLLISION DURING A STOP CONDITION (CASE 2)
SDA
SCL
BCLIF
PEN
P
SSPIF
TBRG TBRG TBRG
SDA asserted low
SDA sampled
low after TBRG,
set BCLIF
0
0
SDA
SCL
BCLIF
PEN
P
SSPIF
TBRG TBRG TBRG
Assert SDA SCL goes low before SDA goes high,
set BCLIF
0
0
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 316 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 28-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH I2C OPERATION
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reset
Values on
Page:
ANSELA —ANSA4 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 122
ANSELB(1) ANSB5 ANSB4 128
ANSELC ANSC7(1) ANSC6(1) ANSC5(2) ANSC4(2) ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 133
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSP1IE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 85
PIE2 OSFIE C2IE C1IE BCL1IE TMR6IE TMR4IE CCP2IE 86
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSP1IF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 88
PIR2 OSFIF C2IF C1IF BCL1IF TMR6IF TMR4IF CCP2IF 89
RxyPPS RxyPPS<4:0> 141
SSPCLKPPS SSPCLKPPS<4:0> 139, 140
SSPDATPPS SSPDATPPS<4:0> 139, 140
SSPSSPPS SSPSSPPS<4:0> 139, 140
SSP1ADD ADD<7:0> 322
SSP1BUF Synchronous Serial Port Receive Buffer/Transmit Register 274*
SSP1CON1 WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPM<3:0> 319
SSP1CON2 GCEN ACKSTAT ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN 320
SSP1CON3 ACKTIM PCIE SCIE BOEN SDAHT SBCDE AHEN DHEN 321
SSP1MSK MSK<7:0> 322
SSP1STAT SMP CKE D/A P S R/W UA BF 318
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 (3) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 121
TRISB(1) TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 127
TRISC TRISC7(1) TRISC6(1) TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 132
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the MSSP module in I2C mode.
* Page provides register information.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 317
PIC16(L)F1705/9
28.7 BAUD RATE GENERATOR
The MSSP module has a Baud Rate Generator
available for clock generation in both I2C and SPI
Master modes. The Baud Rate Generator (BRG)
reload value is placed in the SSPxADD register
(Register 28-6). When a write occurs to SSPxBUF, the
Baud Rate Generator will automatically begin counting
down.
Once the given operation is complete, the internal clock
will automatically stop counting and the clock pin will
remain in its last state.
An internal signal “Reload” in Figure 28-40 triggers the
value from SSPxADD to be loaded into the BRG
counter. This occurs twice for each oscillation of the
module clock line. The logic dictating when the reload
signal is asserted depends on the mode the MSSP is
being operated in.
Table 28-4 demonstrates clock rates based on
instruction cycles and the BRG value loaded into
SSPxADD.
EQUATION 28-1:
FIGURE 28-40: BAUD RATE GENERATOR BLOCK DIAGRAM
TABLE 28-4: MSSP CLOCK RATE W/BRG
FCLOCK FOSC
SSPxADD 1+4
-------------------------------------------------=
Note: Values of 0x00, 0x01 and 0x02 are not valid
for SSPxADD when used as a Baud Rate
Generator for I2C. This is an implementation
limitation.
FOSC FCY BRG Value FCLOCK
(2 Rollovers of BRG)
32 MHz 8 MHz 13h 400 kHz
32 MHz 8 MHz 19h 308 kHz
32 MHz 8 MHz 4Fh 100 kHz
16 MHz 4 MHz 09h 400 kHz
16 MHz 4 MHz 0Ch 308 kHz
16 MHz 4 MHz 27h 100 kHz
4 MHz 1 MHz 09h 100 kHz
Note: Refer to the I/O port electrical specifications in Table 3 2- 4 to ensure the system is designed to support IOL
requirements.
SSPM<3:0>
BRG Down Counter
SSPCLK FOSC/2
SSPxADD<7:0>
SSPM<3:0>
SCL
Reload
Control
Reload
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 318 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.8 Register Definitions: MSSP Control
REGISTER 28-1: SSP1STAT: SSP STATUS REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0
SMP CKE D/A PSR/WUA BF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 SMP: SPI Data Input Sample bit
SPI Master mode:
1 = Input data sampled at end of data output time
0 = Input data sampled at middle of data output time
SPI Slave mode:
SMP must be cleared when SPI is used in Slave mode
In I2 C Master or Slave mode:
1 = Slew rate control disabled for Standard Speed mode (100 kHz and 1 MHz)
0 = Slew rate control enabled for High-Speed mode (400 kHz)
bit 6 CKE: SPI Clock Edge Select bit (SPI mode only)
In SPI Master or Slave mode:
1 = Transmit occurs on transition from active to Idle clock state
0 = Transmit occurs on transition from Idle to active clock state
In I2 Cmode only:
1 = Enable input logic so that thresholds are compliant with SMBus specification
0 = Disable SMBus specific inputs
bit 5 D/A: Data/Address bit (I2C mode only)
1 = Indicates that the last byte received or transmitted was data
0 = Indicates that the last byte received or transmitted was address
bit 4 P: Stop bit
(I2C mode only. This bit is cleared when the MSSP module is disabled, SSPEN is cleared.)
1 = Indicates that a Stop bit has been detected last (this bit is ‘0’ on Reset)
0 = Stop bit was not detected last
bit 3 S: Start bit
(I2C mode only. This bit is cleared when the MSSP module is disabled, SSPEN is cleared.)
1 = Indicates that a Start bit has been detected last (this bit is ‘0’ on Reset)
0 = Start bit was not detected last
bit 2 R/W: Read/Write bit information (I2C mode only)
This bit holds the R/W bit information following the last address match. This bit is only valid from the address match to the
next Start bit, Stop bit, or not ACK bit.
In I2 C Slave mode:
1 =Read
0 = Write
In I2 C Master mode:
1 = Transmit is in progress
0 = Transmit is not in progress
OR-ing this bit with SEN, RSEN, PEN, RCEN or ACKEN will indicate if the MSSP is in Idle mode.
bit 1 UA: Update Address bit (10-bit I2C mode only)
1 = Indicates that the user needs to update the address in the SSPxADD register
0 = Address does not need to be updated
bit 0 BF: Buffer Full Status bit
Receive (SPI and I2 C modes):
1 = Receive complete, SSPxBUF is full
0 = Receive not complete, SSPxBUF is empty
Transmit (I2 C mode only):
1 = Data transmit in progress (does not include the ACK and Stop bits), SSPxBUF is full
0 = Data transmit complete (does not include the ACK and Stop bits), SSPxBUF is empty
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 319
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 28-2: SSP1CON1: SSP CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/C/HS-0/0 R/C/HS-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
WCOL SSPOV(1) SSPEN CKP SSPM<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS = Bit is set by hardware C = User cleared
bit 7 WCOL: Write Collision Detect bit
Master mode:
1 = A write to the SSPxBUF register was attempted while the I2C conditions were not valid for a transmission to be started
0 = No collision
Slave mode:
1 = The SSPxBUF register is written while it is still transmitting the previous word (must be cleared in software)
0 = No collision
bit 6 SSPOV: Receive Overflow Indicator bit(1)
In SPI mode:
1 = A new byte is received while the SSPxBUF register is still holding the previous data. In case of overflow, the data in SSPSR is lost.
Overflow can only occur in Slave mode. In Slave mode, the user must read the SSPxBUF, even if only transmitting data, to avoid
setting overflow. In Master mode, the overflow bit is not set since each new reception (and transmission) is initiated by writing to the
SSPxBUF register (must be cleared in software).
0 = No overflow
In I2 C mode:
1 = A byte is received while the SSPxBUF register is still holding the previous byte. SSPOV is a “don’t care” in Transmit mode
(must be cleared in software).
0 = No overflow
bit 5 SSPEN: Synchronous Serial Port Enable bit
In both modes, when enabled, these pins must be properly configured as input or output
In SPI mode:
1 = Enables serial port and configures SCK, SDO, SDI and SS as the source of the serial port pins(2)
0 = Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins
In I2 C mode:
1 = Enables the serial port and configures the SDA and SCL pins as the source of the serial port pins(3)
0 = Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins
bit 4 CKP: Clock Polarity Select bit
In SPI mode:
1 = Idle state for clock is a high level
0 = Idle state for clock is a low level
In I2 C Slave mode:
SCL release control
1 = Enable clock
0 = Holds clock low (clock stretch). (Used to ensure data setup time.)
In I2 C Master mode:
Unused in this mode
bit 3-0 SSPM<3:0>: Synchronous Serial Port Mode Select bits
1111 = I2C Slave mode, 10-bit address with Start and Stop bit interrupts enabled
1110 = I2C Slave mode, 7-bit address with Start and Stop bit interrupts enabled
1101 = Reserved
1100 = Reserved
1011 = I2C firmware controlled Master mode (slave idle)
1010 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/(4 * (SSPxADD+1))(5)
1001 = Reserved
1000 = I2C Master mode, clock = FOSC / (4 * (SSPxADD+1))(4)
0111 = I2C Slave mode, 10-bit address
0110 = I2C Slave mode, 7-bit address
0101 = SPI Slave mode, clock = SCK pin, SS pin control disabled, SS can be used as I/O pin
0100 = SPI Slave mode, clock = SCK pin, SS pin control enabled
0011 = SPI Master mode, clock = T2_match/2
0010 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/64
0001 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/16
0000 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/4
Note 1: In Master mode, the overflow bit is not set since each new reception (and transmission) is initiated by writing to the SSPxBUF register.
2: When enabled, these pins must be properly configured as input or output. Use SSPSSPPS, SSPCLKPPS, SSPDATPPS, and RxyPPS
to select the pins.
3: When enabled, the SDA and SCL pins must be configured as inputs. Use SSPCLKPPS, SSPDATPPS, and RxyPPS to select the pins.
4: SSPxADD values of 0, 1 or 2 are not supported for I2C mode.
5: SSPxADD value of ‘0’ is not supported. Use SSPM = 0000 instead.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 320 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 28-3: SSP1CON2: SSP CONTROL REGISTER 2(1)
R/W-0/0 R-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/S/HS-0/0 R/S/HS-0/0 R/S/HS-0/0 R/S/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0
GCEN ACKSTAT ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Cleared by hardware S = User set
bit 7 GCEN: General Call Enable bit (in I2C Slave mode only)
1 = Enable interrupt when a general call address (0x00 or 00h) is received in the SSPSR
0 = General call address disabled
bit 6 ACKSTAT: Acknowledge Status bit (in I2C mode only)
1 = Acknowledge was not received
0 = Acknowledge was received
bit 5 ACKDT: Acknowledge Data bit (in I2C mode only)
In Receive mode:
Value transmitted when the user initiates an Acknowledge sequence at the end of a receive
1 = Not Acknowledge
0 = Acknowledge
bit 4 ACKEN: Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit (in I2C Master mode only)
In Master Receive mode:
1 = Initiate Acknowledge sequence on SDA and SCL pins, and transmit ACKDT data bit.
Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Acknowledge sequence idle
bit 3 RCEN: Receive Enable bit (in I2C Master mode only)
1 = Enables Receive mode for I2C
0 = Receive idle
bit 2 PEN: Stop Condition Enable bit (in I2C Master mode only)
SCKMSSP Release Control:
1 = Initiate Stop condition on SDA and SCL pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Stop condition Idle
bit 1 RSEN: Repeated Start Condition Enable bit (in I2C Master mode only)
1 = Initiate Repeated Start condition on SDA and SCL pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Repeated Start condition Idle
bit 0 SEN: Start Condition Enable/Stretch Enable bit
In Master mode:
1 = Initiate Start condition on SDA and SCL pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Start condition Idle
In Slave mode:
1 = Clock stretching is enabled for both slave transmit and slave receive (stretch enabled)
0 = Clock stretching is disabled
Note 1: For bits ACKEN, RCEN, PEN, RSEN, SEN: If the I2C module is not in the Idle mode, this bit may not be
set (no spooling) and the SSPxBUF may not be written (or writes to the SSPxBUF are disabled).
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 321
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 28-4: SSP1CON3: SSP CONTROL REGISTER 3
R-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ACKTIM(3) PCIE SCIE BOEN SDAHT SBCDE AHEN DHEN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 ACKTIM: Acknowledge Time Status bit (I2C mode only)(3)
1 = Indicates the I2C bus is in an Acknowledge sequence, set on eighth falling edge of SCL clock
0 = Not an Acknowledge sequence, cleared on 9th rising edge of SCL clock
bit 6 PCIE: Stop Condition Interrupt Enable bit (I2C mode only)
1 = Enable interrupt on detection of Stop condition
0 = Stop detection interrupts are disabled(2)
bit 5 SCIE: Start Condition Interrupt Enable bit (I2C mode only)
1 = Enable interrupt on detection of Start or Restart conditions
0 = Start detection interrupts are disabled(2)
bit 4 BOEN: Buffer Overwrite Enable bit
In SPI Slave mode:(1)
1 = SSPxBUF updates every time that a new data byte is shifted in ignoring the BF bit
0 = If new byte is received with BF bit of the SSPxSTAT register already set, SSPOV bit of the
SSPxCON1 register is set, and the buffer is not updated
In I2C Master mode and SPI Master mode:
This bit is ignored.
In I2C Slave mode:
1 = SSPxBUF is updated and ACK is generated for a received address/data byte, ignoring the
state of the SSPOV bit only if the BF bit = 0.
0 = SSPxBUF is only updated when SSPOV is clear
bit 3 SDAHT: SDA Hold Time Selection bit (I2C mode only)
1 = Minimum of 300 ns hold time on SDA after the falling edge of SCL
0 = Minimum of 100 ns hold time on SDA after the falling edge of SCL
bit 2 SBCDE: Slave Mode Bus Collision Detect Enable bit (I2C Slave mode only)
If, on the rising edge of SCL, SDA is sampled low when the module is outputting a high state, the
BCL1IF bit of the PIR2 register is set, and bus goes idle
1 = Enable slave bus collision interrupts
0 = Slave bus collision interrupts are disabled
bit 1 AHEN: Address Hold Enable bit (I2C Slave mode only)
1 = Following the eighth falling edge of SCL for a matching received address byte; CKP bit of the
SSPxCON1 register will be cleared and the SCL will be held low.
0 = Address holding is disabled
bit 0 DHEN: Data Hold Enable bit (I2C Slave mode only)
1 = Following the eighth falling edge of SCL for a received data byte; slave hardware clears the CKP
bit of the SSPxCON1 register and SCL is held low.
0 = Data holding is disabled
Note 1: For daisy-chained SPI operation; allows the user to ignore all but the last received byte. SSPOV is still set
when a new byte is received and BF = 1, but hardware continues to write the most recent byte to
SSPxBUF.
2: This bit has no effect in Slave modes that Start and Stop condition detection is explicitly listed as enabled.
3: The ACKTIM Status bit is only active when the AHEN bit or DHEN bit is set.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 322 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 28-5: SSP1MSK: SSP MASK REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
MSK<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-1 MSK<7:1>: Mask bits
1 = The received address bit n is compared to SSPxADD<n> to detect I2C address match
0 = The received address bit n is not used to detect I2C address match
bit 0 MSK<0>: Mask bit for I2C Slave mode, 10-bit Address
I2C Slave mode, 10-bit address (SSPM<3:0> = 0111 or 1111):
1 = The received address bit 0 is compared to SSPxADD<0> to detect I2C address match
0 = The received address bit 0 is not used to detect I2C address match
I2C Slave mode, 7-bit address, the bit is ignored
REGISTER 28-6: SSP1ADD: MSSP ADDRESS AND BAUD RATE REGISTER (I2C MODE)
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ADD<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
Master mode:
bit 7-0 ADD<7:0>: Baud Rate Clock Divider bits
SCL pin clock period = ((ADD<7:0> + 1) *4)/FOSC
10-Bit Slave mode – Most Significant Address Byte:
bit 7-3 Not used: Unused for Most Significant Address Byte. Bit state of this register is a “don’t care”. Bit
pattern sent by master is fixed by I2C specification and must be equal to ‘11110’. However, those bits
are compared by hardware and are not affected by the value in this register.
bit 2-1 ADD<2:1>: Two Most Significant bits of 10-bit address
bit 0 Not used: Unused in this mode. Bit state is a “don’t care”.
10-Bit Slave mode – Least Significant Address Byte:
bit 7-0 ADD<7:0>: Eight Least Significant bits of 10-bit address
7-Bi t Slave mode:
bit 7-1 ADD<7:1>: 7-bit address
bit 0 Not used: Unused in this mode. Bit state is a “don’t care”.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 323
PIC16(L)F1705/9
29.0 ENHANCED UNIVERSAL
SYNCHRONOUS
ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER
TRANSMITTER (EUSART)
The Enhanced Universal Synchronous Asynchronous
Receiver Transmitter (EUSART) module is a serial I/O
communications peripheral. It contains all the clock
generators, shift registers and data buffers necessary
to perform an input or output serial data transfer
independent of device program execution. The
EUSART, also known as a Serial Communications
Interface (SCI), can be configured as a full-duplex
asynchronous system or half-duplex synchronous
system. Full-Duplex mode is useful for
communications with peripheral systems, such as CRT
terminals and personal computers. Half-Duplex
Synchronous mode is intended for communications
with peripheral devices, such as A/D or D/A integrated
circuits, serial EEPROMs or other microcontrollers.
These devices typically do not have internal clocks for
baud rate generation and require the external clock
signal provided by a master synchronous device.
The EUSART module includes the following capabilities:
Full-duplex asynchronous transmit and receive
Two-character input buffer
One-character output buffer
Programmable 8-bit or 9-bit character length
Address detection in 9-bit mode
Input buffer overrun error detection
Received character framing error detection
Half-duplex synchronous master
Half-duplex synchronous slave
Programmable clock polarity in synchronous
modes
Sleep operation
The EUSART module implements the following
additional features, making it ideally suited for use in
Local Interconnect Network (LIN) bus systems:
Automatic detection and calibration of the baud rate
Wake-up on Break reception
13-bit Break character transmit
Block diagrams of the EUSART transmitter and
receiver are shown in Figure 29-1 and Figure 29-2.
The EUSART transmit output (TX_out) is available to
the TX/CK pin and internally to the following peripherals:
Configurable Logic Cell (CLC)
FIGURE 29-1: EUSART TRANSMIT BLOCK DIAGRAM
TXIF
TXIE
Interrupt
TXEN
TX9D
MSb LSb
Data Bus
TXREG Register
Transmit Shift Register (TSR)
(8) 0
TX9
TRMT
TX/CK pin
Pin Buffer
and Control
8
SPBRGLSPBRGH
BRG16
FOSC ÷ n
n
+ 1 Multiplier x4 x16 x64
SYNC 1X00 0
BRGH X110 0
BRG16 X101 0
Baud Rate Generator
••
TX_out
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 324 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 29-2: EUSART RECEIVE BLOCK DIAGRAM
The operation of the EUSART module is controlled
through three registers:
Transmit Status and Control (TXSTA)
Receive Status and Control (RCSTA)
Baud Rate Control (BAUDCON)
These registers are detailed in Register 29-1,
Register 29-2 and Register 29-3, respectively.
The RX and CK input pins are selected with the RXPPS
and CKPPS registers, respectively. TX, CK, and DT
output pins are selected with each pin’s RxyPPS register.
Since the RX input is coupled with the DT output in
Synchronous mode, it is the user’s responsibility to select
the same pin for both of these functions when operating
in Synchronous mode. The EUSART control logic will
control the data direction drivers automatically.
RX/DT pin
Pin Buffer
and Control
SPEN
Data
Recovery
CREN OERR
FERR
RSR Register
MSb LSb
RX9D RCREG Register FIFO
Interrupt
RCIF
RCIE
Data Bus
8
Stop Start
(8) 7 1 0
RX9
• • •
SPBRGLSPBRGH
BRG16
RCIDL
FOSC ÷ n
n
+ 1 Multiplier x4 x16 x64
SYNC 1X00 0
BRGH X110 0
BRG16 X101 0
Baud Rate Generator
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 325
PIC16(L)F1705/9
29.1 EUSART Asynchronous Mode
The EUSART transmits and receives data using the
standard non-return-to-zero (NRZ) format. NRZ is
implemented with two levels: a VOH Mark state which
represents a ‘1’ data bit, and a VOL Space state which
represents a ‘0’ data bit. NRZ refers to the fact that
consecutively transmitted data bits of the same value
stay at the output level of that bit without returning to a
neutral level between each bit transmission. An NRZ
transmission port idles in the Mark state. Each character
transmission consists of one Start bit followed by eight
or nine data bits and is always terminated by one or
more Stop bits. The Start bit is always a space and the
Stop bits are always marks. The most common data
format is eight bits. Each transmitted bit persists for a
period of 1/(Baud Rate). An on-chip dedicated
8-bit/16-bit Baud Rate Generator is used to derive
standard baud rate frequencies from the system
oscillator. See Tab le 29-5 for examples of baud rate
configurations.
The EUSART transmits and receives the LSb first. The
EUSART’s transmitter and receiver are functionally
independent, but share the same data format and baud
rate. Parity is not supported by the hardware, but can
be implemented in software and stored as the ninth
data bit.
29.1.1 EUSART ASYNCHRONOUS
TRANSMITTER
The EUSART transmitter block diagram is shown in
Figure 29-1. The heart of the transmitter is the serial
Transmit Shift Register (TSR), which is not directly
accessible by software. The TSR obtains its data from
the transmit buffer, which is the TXREG register.
29.1.1.1 Enabling the Transmitter
The EUSART transmitter is enabled for asynchronous
operations by configuring the following three control
bits:
•TXEN = 1
SYNC = 0
SPEN = 1
All other EUSART control bits are assumed to be in
their default state.
Setting the TXEN bit of the TXSTA register enables the
transmitter circuitry of the EUSART. Clearing the SYNC
bit of the TXSTA register configures the EUSART for
asynchronous operation. Setting the SPEN bit of the
RCSTA register enables the EUSART and automatically
configures the TX/CK I/O pin as an output. If the TX/CK
pin is shared with an analog peripheral, the analog I/O
function must be disabled by clearing the corresponding
ANSEL bit.
29.1.1.2 Transmitting Data
A transmission is initiated by writing a character to the
TXREG register. If this is the first character, or the
previous character has been completely flushed from
the TSR, the data in the TXREG is immediately
transferred to the TSR register. If the TSR still contains
all or part of a previous character, the new character
data is held in the TXREG until the Stop bit of the
previous character has been transmitted. The pending
character in the TXREG is then transferred to the TSR
in one TCY immediately following the Stop bit
transmission. The transmission of the Start bit, data bits
and Stop bit sequence commences immediately
following the transfer of the data to the TSR from the
TXREG.
29.1.1.3 Transmit Data Polarity
The polarity of the transmit data can be controlled with
the SCKP bit of the BAUDCON register. The default
state of this bit is ‘0’ which selects high true transmit idle
and data bits. Setting the SCKP bit to ‘1’ will invert the
transmit data resulting in low true idle and data bits. The
SCKP bit controls transmit data polarity in
Asynchronous mode only. In Synchronous mode, the
SCKP bit has a different function. See Section 29.5.1.2
“Clock Polarity.
29.1.1.4 Transmit Interrupt Flag
The TXIF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register is set
whenever the EUSART transmitter is enabled and no
character is being held for transmission in the TXREG.
In other words, the TXIF bit is only clear when the TSR
is busy with a character and a new character has been
queued for transmission in the TXREG. The TXIF flag bit
is not cleared immediately upon writing TXREG. TXIF
becomes valid in the second instruction cycle following
the write execution. Polling TXIF immediately following
the TXREG write will return invalid results. The TXIF bit
is read-only, it cannot be set or cleared by software.
The TXIF interrupt can be enabled by setting the TXIE
interrupt enable bit of the PIE1 register. However, the
TXIF flag bit will be set whenever the TXREG is empty,
regardless of the state of TXIE enable bit.
To use interrupts when transmitting data, set the TXIE
bit only when there is more data to send. Clear the
TXIE interrupt enable bit upon writing the last character
of the transmission to the TXREG.
Note: The TXIF Transmitter Interrupt flag is set
when the TXEN enable bit is set.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 326 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
29.1.1.5 TSR Status
The TRMT bit of the TXSTA register indicates the
status of the TSR register. This is a read-only bit. The
TRMT bit is set when the TSR register is empty and is
cleared when a character is transferred to the TSR
register from the TXREG. The TRMT bit remains clear
until all bits have been shifted out of the TSR register.
No interrupt logic is tied to this bit, so the user has to
poll this bit to determine the TSR status.
29.1.1.6 Transmitting 9-Bit Characters
The EUSART supports 9-bit character transmissions.
When the TX9 bit of the TXSTA register is set, the
EUSART will shift nine bits out for each character trans-
mitted. The TX9D bit of the TXSTA register is the ninth,
and Most Significant data bit. When transmitting 9-bit
data, the TX9D data bit must be written before writing
the eight Least Significant bits into the TXREG. All nine
bits of data will be transferred to the TSR shift register
immediately after the TXREG is written.
A special 9-bit Address mode is available for use with
multiple receivers. See Section 29.1.2.7 “Address
Detection” for more information on the Address mode.
29.1.1.7 Asynchronous Transmission Set-up:
1. Initialize the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair and
the BRGH and BRG16 bits to achieve the desired
baud rate (see Section 29.4 “EUSART Baud
Rate Generator (BRG)”).
2. Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing
the SYNC bit and setting the SPEN bit.
3. If 9-bit transmission is desired, set the TX9
control bit. A set ninth data bit will indicate that
the eight Least Significant data bits are an
address when the receiver is set for address
detection.
4. Set SCKP bit if inverted transmit is desired.
5. Enable the transmission by setting the TXEN
control bit. This will cause the TXIF interrupt bit
to be set.
6. If interrupts are desired, set the TXIE interrupt
enable bit of the PIE1 register. An interrupt will
occur immediately provided that the GIE and
PEIE bits of the INTCON register are also set.
7. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit
should be loaded into the TX9D data bit.
8. Load 8-bit data into the TXREG register. This
will start the transmission.
FIGURE 29-3: ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION
Note: The TSR register is not mapped in data
memory, so it is not available to the user.
Word 1
Stop bit
Word 1
Transmit Shift Reg.
Start bit bit 0 bit 1 bit 7/8
Write to TXREG
Word 1
BRG Output
(Shift Clock)
TX/CK
TXIF bit
(Transmit Buffer
Reg. Empty Flag)
TRMT bit
(Transmit Shift
Reg. Empty Flag)
1 TCY
pin
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 327
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 29-4: ASYNCHRON OUS TRANSMISSION (BACK-TO-BACK)
TABLE 29-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on
Page
ANSELA —ANSA4 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 122
ANSELB(1) ANSB5 ANSB4 128
ANSELC ANSC7(1) ANSC6(1) ANSC5(2) ANSC4(2) ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 133
BAUD1CON ABDOVF RCIDL SCKP BRG16 WUE ABDEN 335
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSP1IE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 85
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSP1IF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 88
RC1STA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 334
RxyPPS RxyPPS<4:0> 141
SP1BRGL BRG<7:0> 336*
SP1BRGH BRG<15:8> 336*
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 (3) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 121
TRISB(2) TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 127
TRISC TRISC7(1) TRISC6(1) TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 132
TX1REG EUSART Transmit Data Register 325*
TX1STA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC SENDB BRGH TRMT TX9D 333
Legend: = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for asynchronous transmission.
* Page provides register information.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
Transmit Shift Reg.
Write to TXREG
BRG Output
(Shift Clock)
TX/CK
TRMT bit
(Transmit Shift
Reg. Empty Flag)
Word 1 Word 2
Word 1 Word 2
Start bit Stop bit Start bit
Transmit Shift Reg.
Word 1 Word 2
bit 0 bit 1 bit 7/8 bit 0
Note: This timing diagram shows two consecutive transmissions.
1 TCY
1 TCY
pin
TXIF bit
(Transmit Buffer
Reg. Empty Flag)
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 328 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
29.1.2 EUSART ASYNCHRONOUS
RECEIVER
The Asynchronous mode is typically used in RS-232
systems. The receiver block diagram is shown in
Figure 29-2. The data is received on the RX/DT pin and
drives the data recovery block. The data recovery block
is actually a high-speed shifter operating at 16 times
the baud rate, whereas the serial Receive Shift
Register (RSR) operates at the bit rate. When all eight
or nine bits of the character have been shifted in, they
are immediately transferred to a two character
First-In-First-Out (FIFO) memory. The FIFO buffering
allows reception of two complete characters and the
start of a third character before software must start
servicing the EUSART receiver. The FIFO and RSR
registers are not directly accessible by software.
Access to the received data is via the RCREG register.
29.1.2.1 Enabling the Receiver
The EUSART receiver is enabled for asynchronous
operation by configuring the following three control bits:
CREN = 1
SYNC = 0
SPEN = 1
All other EUSART control bits are assumed to be in
their default state.
Setting the CREN bit of the RCSTA register enables the
receiver circuitry of the EUSART. Clearing the SYNC bit
of the TXSTA register configures the EUSART for
asynchronous operation. Setting the SPEN bit of the
RCSTA register enables the EUSART. The programmer
must set the corresponding TRIS bit to configure the
RX/DT I/O pin as an input.
29.1.2.2 Receiving Data
The receiver data recovery circuit initiates character
reception on the falling edge of the first bit. The first bit,
also known as the Start bit, is always a zero. The data
recovery circuit counts one-half bit time to the center of
the Start bit and verifies that the bit is still a zero. If it is
not a zero then the data recovery circuit aborts
character reception, without generating an error, and
resumes looking for the falling edge of the Start bit. If
the Start bit zero verification succeeds then the data
recovery circuit counts a full bit time to the center of the
next bit. The bit is then sampled by a majority detect
circuit and the resulting 0’ or ‘1’ is shifted into the RSR.
This repeats until all data bits have been sampled and
shifted into the RSR. One final bit time is measured and
the level sampled. This is the Stop bit, which is always
a ‘1’. If the data recovery circuit samples a ‘0’ in the
Stop bit position then a framing error is set for this
character, otherwise the framing error is cleared for this
character. See Section 29.1.2.4 “Receive Framing
Error” for more information on framing errors.
Immediately after all data bits and the Stop bit have
been received, the character in the RSR is transferred
to the EUSART receive FIFO and the RCIF interrupt
flag bit of the PIR1 register is set. The top character in
the FIFO is transferred out of the FIFO by reading the
RCREG register.
29.1.2.3 Receive Interrupts
The RCIF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register is set
whenever the EUSART receiver is enabled and there is
an unread character in the receive FIFO. The RCIF
interrupt flag bit is read-only, it cannot be set or cleared
by software.
RCIF interrupts are enabled by setting all of the
following bits:
RCIE, Interrupt Enable bit of the PIE1 register
PEIE, Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit of the
INTCON register
GIE, Global Interrupt Enable bit of the INTCON
register
The RCIF interrupt flag bit will be set when there is an
unread character in the FIFO, regardless of the state of
interrupt enable bits.
Note: If the RX/DT function is on an analog pin,
the corresponding ANSEL bit must be
cleared for the receiver to function.
Note: If the receive FIFO is overrun, no additional
characters will be received until the overrun
condition is cleared. See Section 29.1.2.5
“Receive Overrun Error” for more
information on overrun errors.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 329
PIC16(L)F1705/9
29.1.2.4 Receive Framing Error
Each character in the receive FIFO buffer has a
corresponding framing error Status bit. A framing error
indicates that a Stop bit was not seen at the expected
time. The framing error status is accessed via the
FERR bit of the RCSTA register. The FERR bit
represents the status of the top unread character in the
receive FIFO. Therefore, the FERR bit must be read
before reading the RCREG.
The FERR bit is read-only and only applies to the top
unread character in the receive FIFO. A framing error
(FERR = 1) does not preclude reception of additional
characters. It is not necessary to clear the FERR bit.
Reading the next character from the FIFO buffer will
advance the FIFO to the next character and the next
corresponding framing error.
The FERR bit can be forced clear by clearing the SPEN
bit of the RCSTA register which resets the EUSART.
Clearing the CREN bit of the RCSTA register does not
affect the FERR bit. A framing error by itself does not
generate an interrupt.
29.1.2.5 Receive Overrun Error
The receive FIFO buffer can hold two characters. An
overrun error will be generated if a third character, in its
entirety, is received before the FIFO is accessed. When
this happens the OERR bit of the RCSTA register is set.
The characters already in the FIFO buffer can be read
but no additional characters will be received until the
error is cleared. The error must be cleared by either
clearing the CREN bit of the RCSTA register or by
resetting the EUSART by clearing the SPEN bit of the
RCSTA register.
29.1.2.6 Receiving 9-Bit Characters
The EUSART supports 9-bit character reception. When
the RX9 bit of the RCSTA register is set the EUSART
will shift nine bits into the RSR for each character
received. The RX9D bit of the RCSTA register is the
ninth and Most Significant data bit of the top unread
character in the receive FIFO. When reading 9-bit data
from the receive FIFO buffer, the RX9D data bit must
be read before reading the eight Least Significant bits
from the RCREG.
29.1.2.7 Address Detection
A special Address Detection mode is available for use
when multiple receivers share the same transmission
line, such as in RS-485 systems. Address detection is
enabled by setting the ADDEN bit of the RCSTA
register.
Address detection requires 9-bit character reception.
When address detection is enabled, only characters
with the ninth data bit set will be transferred to the
receive FIFO buffer, thereby setting the RCIF interrupt
bit. All other characters will be ignored.
Upon receiving an address character, user software
determines if the address matches its own. Upon
address match, user software must disable address
detection by clearing the ADDEN bit before the next
Stop bit occurs. When user software detects the end of
the message, determined by the message protocol
used, software places the receiver back into the
Address Detection mode by setting the ADDEN bit.
Note: If all receive characters in the receive
FIFO have framing errors, repeated reads
of the RCREG will not clear the FERR bit.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 330 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
29.1.2.8 Asynchronous Reception Set-up
1. Initialize the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair
and the BRGH and BRG16 bits to achieve the
desired baud rate (see Section 29.4 “EUSART
Baud Rate Generator (BRG)”).
2. Clear the ANSEL bit for the RX pin (if applicable).
3. Enable the serial port by setting the SPEN bit.
The SYNC bit must be clear for asynchronous
operation.
4. If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the
PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the
INTCON register.
5. If 9-bit reception is desired, set the RX9 bit.
6. Enable reception by setting the CREN bit.
7. The RCIF interrupt flag bit will be set when a
character is transferred from the RSR to the
receive buffer. An interrupt will be generated if
the RCIE interrupt enable bit was also set.
8. Read the RCSTA register to get the error flags
and, if 9-bit data reception is enabled, the ninth
data bit.
9. Get the received eight Least Significant data bits
from the receive buffer by reading the RCREG
register.
10. If an overrun occurred, clear the OERR flag by
clearing the CREN receiver enable bit.
29.1.2.9 9-bit Address Detection Mode Set-up
This mode would typically be used in RS-485 systems.
To set up an Asynchronous Reception with Address
Detect Enable:
1. Initialize the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair
and the BRGH and BRG16 bits to achieve the
desired baud rate (see Section 29.4 “EUSART
Baud Rate Generator (BRG)”).
2. Clear the ANSEL bit for the RX pin (if applicable).
3. Enable the serial port by setting the SPEN bit.
The SYNC bit must be clear for asynchronous
operation.
4. If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the
PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the
INTCON register.
5. Enable 9-bit reception by setting the RX9 bit.
6. Enable address detection by setting the ADDEN
bit.
7. Enable reception by setting the CREN bit.
8. The RCIF interrupt flag bit will be set when a
character with the ninth bit set is transferred
from the RSR to the receive buffer. An interrupt
will be generated if the RCIE interrupt enable bit
was also set.
9. Read the RCSTA register to get the error flags.
The ninth data bit will always be set.
10. Get the received eight Least Significant data bits
from the receive buffer by reading the RCREG
register. Software determines if this is the
device’s address.
11. If an overrun occurred, clear the OERR flag by
clearing the CREN receiver enable bit.
12. If the device has been addressed, clear the
ADDEN bit to allow all received data into the
receive buffer and generate interrupts.
FIGURE 29-5: ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION
Start
bit bit 7/8
bit 1bit 0 bit 7/8 bit 0Stop
bit
Start
bit
Start
bit
bit 7/8 Stop
bit
RX/DT pin
Reg
Rcv Buffer Reg.
Rcv Shift
Read Rcv
Buffer Reg.
RCREG
RCIF
(Interrupt Flag)
OERR bit
CREN
Word 1
RCREG
Word 2
RCREG
Stop
bit
Note: This timing diagram shows three words appearing on the RX input. The RCREG (receive buffer) is read after the third word,
causing the OERR (overrun) bit to be set.
RCIDL
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 331
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 29-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELA —ANSA4 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 122
ANSELB(1) ANSB5 ANSB4 ————128
ANSELC ANSC7(1) ANSC6(1) ANSC5(2) ANSC4(2) ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 133
BAUD1CON ABDOVF RCIDL SCKP BRG16 WUE ABDEN 335
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSP1IE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 85
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSP1IF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 88
RC1REG EUSART Receive Data Register 328*
RC1STA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 334
RxyPPS RxyPPS<4:0> 141
SP1BRGL BRG<7:0> 336
SP1BRGH BRG<15:8> 336
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 (3) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 121
TRISB(1) TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 ————127
TRISC TRISC7(1) TRISC6(1) TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 132
TX1STA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC SENDB BRGH TRMT TX9D 333
Legend: = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for asynchronous reception.
* Page provides register information.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 332 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
29.2 Clock Accuracy with
Asynchronous Operation
The factory calibrates the internal oscillator block
output (INTOSC). However, the INTOSC frequency
may drift as VDD or temperature changes, and this
directly affects the asynchronous baud rate. Two
methods may be used to adjust the baud rate clock, but
both require a reference clock source of some kind.
The first (preferred) method uses the OSCTUNE
register to adjust the INTOSC output. Adjusting the
value in the OSCTUNE register allows for fine resolution
changes to the system clock source. See
Section 6.2.2.3 “Internal Oscillator Frequency
Adjustment” for more information.
The other method adjusts the value in the Baud Rate
Generator. This can be done automatically with the
Auto-Baud Detect feature (see Section 29.4.1
“Auto-Baud Detect”). There may not be fine enough
resolution when adjusting the Baud Rate Generator to
compensate for a gradual change in the peripheral
clock frequency.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 333
PIC16(L)F1705/9
29.3 R e g is t er D e finiti o ns: EU S A R T C ontrol
REGISTER 29-1: TX1STA: TRANSMIT STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R-1/1 R/W-0/0
CSRC TX9 TXEN(1) SYNC SENDB BRGH TRMT TX9D
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 CSRC: Clock Source Select bit
Asynchronous mode:
Don’t care
Synchronous mode:
1 = Master mode (clock generated internally from BRG)
0 = Slave mode (clock from external source)
bit 6 TX9: 9-bit Transmit Enable bit
1 = Selects 9-bit transmission
0 = Selects 8-bit transmission
bit 5 TXEN: Transmit Enable bit(1)
1 = Transmit enabled
0 = Transmit disabled
bit 4 SYNC: EUSART Mode Select bit
1 = Synchronous mode
0 = Asynchronous mode
bit 3 SENDB: Send Break Character bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Send Sync Break on next transmission (cleared by hardware upon completion)
0 = Sync Break transmission completed
Synchronous mode:
Don’t care
bit 2 BRGH: High Baud Rate Select bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = High speed
0 = Low speed
Synchronous mode:
Unused in this mode
bit 1 TRMT: Transmit Shift Register Status bit
1 = TSR empty
0 = TSR full
bit 0 TX9D: Ninth bit of Transmit Data
Can be address/data bit or a parity bit.
Note 1: SREN/CREN overrides TXEN in Sync mode.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 334 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 29-2: RC1STA: RECEIVE STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0
SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 SPEN: Serial Port Enable bit
1 = Serial port enabled
0 = Serial port disabled (held in Reset)
bit 6 RX9: 9-Bit Receive Enable bit
1 = Selects 9-bit reception
0 = Selects 8-bit reception
bit 5 SREN: Single Receive Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
Don’t care
Synchronous mode – Master:
1 = Enables single receive
0 = Disables single receive
This bit is cleared after reception is complete.
Synchronous mode – Slave
Don’t care
bit 4 CREN: Continuous Receive Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Enables receiver
0 = Disables receiver
Synchronous mode:
1 = Enables continuous receive until enable bit CREN is cleared (CREN overrides SREN)
0 = Disables continuous receive
bit 3 ADDEN: Address Detect Enable bit
Asynchronous mode 9-bit (RX9 = 1):
1 = Enables address detection, enable interrupt and load the receive buffer when RSR<8> is set
0 = Disables address detection, all bytes are received and ninth bit can be used as parity bit
Asynchronous mode 8-bit (RX9 = 0):
Don’t care
bit 2 FERR: Framing Error bit
1 = Framing error (can be updated by reading RCREG register and receive next valid byte)
0 = No framing error
bit 1 OERR: Overrun Error bit
1 = Overrun error (can be cleared by clearing bit CREN)
0 = No overrun error
bit 0 RX9D: Ninth bit of Received Data
This can be address/data bit or a parity bit and must be calculated by user firmware.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 335
PIC16(L)F1705/9
REGISTER 29-3: BAUD1CON: BAUD RATE CONTROL REGISTER
R-0/0 R-1/1 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ABDOVF RCIDL SCKP BRG16 WUE ABDEN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 ABDOVF: Auto-Baud Detect Overflow bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Auto-baud timer overflowed
0 = Auto-baud timer did not overflow
Synchronous mode:
Don’t care
bit 6 RCIDL: Receive Idle Flag bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Receiver is Idle
0 = Start bit has been received and the receiver is receiving
Synchronous mode:
Don’t care
bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 4 SCKP: Synchronous Clock Polarity Select bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Transmit inverted data to the TX/CK pin
0 = Transmit non-inverted data to the TX/CK pin
Synchronous mode:
1 = Data is clocked on rising edge of the clock
0 = Data is clocked on falling edge of the clock
bit 3 BRG16: 16-bit Baud Rate Generator bit
1 = 16-bit Baud Rate Generator is used
0 = 8-bit Baud Rate Generator is used
bit 2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 1 WUE: Wake-up Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Receiver is waiting for a falling edge. No character will be received, byte RCIF will be set. WUE
will automatically clear after RCIF is set.
0 = Receiver is operating normally
Synchronous mode:
Don’t care
bit 0 ABDEN: Auto-Baud Detect Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Auto-Baud Detect mode is enabled (clears when auto-baud is complete)
0 = Auto-Baud Detect mode is disabled
Synchronous mode:
Don’t care
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 336 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
29.4 EUSART Baud Rate Generator
(BRG)
The Baud Rate Generator (BRG) is an 8-bit or 16-bit
timer that is dedicated to the support of both the
asynchronous and synchronous EUSART operation.
By default, the BRG operates in 8-bit mode. Setting the
BRG16 bit of the BAUDCON register selects 16-bit
mode.
The SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair determines the
period of the free running baud rate timer. In
Asynchronous mode the multiplier of the baud rate
period is determined by both the BRGH bit of the TXSTA
register and the BRG16 bit of the BAUDCON register. In
Synchronous mode, the BRGH bit is ignored.
Table 29-3 contains the formulas for determining the
baud rate. Example 29-1 provides a sample calculation
for determining the baud rate and baud rate error.
Typical baud rates and error values for various
asynchronous modes have been computed for your
convenience and are shown in Table 29-5. It may be
advantageous to use the high baud rate (BRGH = 1),
or the 16-bit BRG (BRG16 = 1) to reduce the baud rate
error. The 16-bit BRG mode is used to achieve slow
baud rates for fast oscillator frequencies.
Writing a new value to the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register
pair causes the BRG timer to be reset (or cleared). This
ensures that the BRG does not wait for a timer overflow
before outputting the new baud rate.
If the system clock is changed during an active receive
operation, a receive error or data loss may result. To
avoid this problem, check the status of the RCIDL bit to
make sure that the receive operation is idle before
changing the system clock.
EXAMPLE 29-1: CALCULATIN G BAUD
RATE ERROR
For a device with FOSC of 16 MHz, desired baud rate
of 9600, Asynchronous mode, 8-bit BRG:
Solving for SPBRGH:SPBRGL:
X
FOSC
Desired Ba ud R at e
---------------------------------------------
64
--------------------------------------------- 1=
Desired Baud Rate FOSC
64 [SPBRGH:SPBRGL] 1+
------------------------------------------------------------------------=
16000000
9600
------------------------
64
------------------------1=
25.04225==
Calculated Baud Rate 16000000
64 25 1+
---------------------------=
9615=
Error Calc. Bau d Rate Desired Baud Rate
Desired Baud Rate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------=
9615 9600
9600
---------------------------------- 0. 16 %==
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 337
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 29-3: BAUD RATE FORMULAS
TABLE 29-4: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE BAUD RATE GENERATOR
Configuration Bits BRG/EUSART Mode Baud Rate Formula
SYNC BRG16 BRGH
000 8-bit/Asynchronous FOSC/[64 (n+1)]
001 8-bit/Asynchronous FOSC/[16 (n+1)]
010 16-bit/Asynchronous
011 16-bit/Asynchronous
FOSC/[4 (n+1)]10x 8-bit/Synchronous
11x 16-bit/Synchronous
Legend: x = Don’t care, n = value of SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair.
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
BAUD1CON ABDOVF RCIDL SCKP BRG16 WUE ABDEN 335
RC1STA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 334
SP1BRGL BRG<7:0> 336
SP1BRGH BRG<15:8> 336
TX1STA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC SENDB BRGH TRMT TX9D 333
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for the Baud Rate Generator.
* Page provides register information.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 338 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 29-5: BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODES
BAUD
RATE
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 0, BRG16 = 0
FOSC = 32.000 MHz FOSC = 20.000 MHz FOSC = 18.432 MHz FOSC = 11.0592 MHz
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
300—— —— —— ——
1200 1221 1.73 255 1200 0.00 239 1200 0.00 143
2400 2404 0.16 207 2404 0.16 129 2400 0.00 119 2400 0.00 71
9600 9615 0.16 51 9470 -1.36 32 9600 0.00 29 9600 0.00 17
10417 10417 0.00 47 10417 0.00 29 10286 -1.26 27 10165 -2.42 16
19.2k 19.23k 0.16 25 19.53k 1.73 15 19.20k 0.00 14 19.20k 0.00 8
57.6k 55.55k -3.55 3 57.60k 0.00 7 57.60k 0.00 2
115.2k
BAUD
RATE
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 0, BRG16 = 0
FOSC = 8.000 MHz FOSC = 4.000 MHz FOSC = 3.6864 MHz FOSC = 1.000 MHz
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
300 300 0.16 207 300 0.00 191 300 0.16 51
1200 1202 0.16 103 1202 0.16 51 1200 0.00 47 1202 0.16 12
2400 2404 0.16 51 2404 0.16 25 2400 0.00 23
9600 9615 0.16 12 9600 0.00 5
10417 10417 0.00 11 10417 0.00 5
19.2k 19.20k 0.00 2
57.6k 57.60k 0.00 0
115.2k
BAUD
RATE
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 1, BRG16 = 0
FOSC = 32.000 MHz FOSC = 20.000 MHz FOSC = 18.432 MHz FOSC = 11.0592 MHz
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
300 —— —— —— ——
1200
2400 ——
9600 9615 0.16 207 9615 0.16 129 9600 0.00 119 9600 0.00 71
10417 10417 0.00 191 10417 0.00 119 10378 -0.37 110 10473 0.53 65
19.2k 19.23k 0.16 103 19.23k 0.16 64 19.20k 0.00 59 19.20k 0.00 35
57.6k 57.14k -0.79 34 56.82k -1.36 21 57.60k 0.00 19 57.60k 0.00 11
115.2k 117.64k 2.12 16 113.64k -1.36 10 115.2k 0.00 9 115.2k 0.00 5
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 339
PIC16(L)F1705/9
BAUD
RATE
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 1, BRG16 = 0
FOSC = 8.000 MHz FOSC = 4.000 MHz F OSC = 3.6864 MHz FOSC = 1.000 MHz
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
300 —— 300 0.16 207
1200 1202 0.16 207 1200 0.00 191 1202 0.16 51
2400 2404 0.16 207 2404 0.16 103 2400 0.00 95 2404 0.16 25
9600 9615 0.16 51 9615 0.16 25 9600 0.00 23
10417 10417 0.00 47 10417 0.00 23 10473 0.53 21 10417 0.00 5
19.2k 19231 0.16 25 19.23k 0.16 12 19.2k 0.00 11
57.6k 55556 -3.55 8 57.60k 0.00 3
115.2k 115.2k 0.00 1
BAUD
RATE
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 0, BRG16 = 1
FOSC = 32.000 MHz FOSC = 20.000 MHz FOSC = 18.432 MHz FOSC = 11.0592 MHz
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
300 300.0 0.00 6666 300.0 -0.01 4166 300.0 0.00 3839 300.0 0.00 2303
1200 1200 -0.02 3332 1200 -0.03 1041 1200 0.00 959 1200 0.00 575
2400 2401 -0.04 832 2399 -0.03 520 2400 0.00 479 2400 0.00 287
9600 9615 0.16 207 9615 0.16 129 9600 0.00 119 9600 0.00 71
10417 10417 0.00 191 10417 0.00 119 10378 -0.37 110 10473 0.53 65
19.2k 19.23k 0.16 103 19.23k 0.16 64 19.20k 0.00 59 19.20k 0.00 35
57.6k 57.14k -0.79 34 56.818 -1.36 21 57.60k 0.00 19 57.60k 0.00 11
115.2k 117.6k 2.12 16 113.636 -1.36 10 115.2k 0.00 9 115.2k 0.00 5
BAUD
RATE
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 0, BRG16 = 1
FOSC = 8.000 MHz FOSC = 4.000 MHz F OSC = 3.6864 MHz FOSC = 1.000 MHz
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
300 299.9 -0.02 1666 300.1 0.04 832 300.0 0.00 767 300.5 0.16 207
1200 1199 -0.08 416 1202 0.16 207 1200 0.00 191 1202 0.16 51
2400 2404 0.16 207 2404 0.16 103 2400 0.00 95 2404 0.16 25
9600 9615 0.16 51 9615 0.16 25 9600 0.00 23
10417 10417 0.00 47 10417 0.00 23 10473 0.53 21 10417 0.00 5
19.2k 19.23k 0.16 25 19.23k 0.16 12 19.20k 0.00 11
57.6k 55556 -3.55 8 57.60k 0.00 3
115.2k 115.2k 0.00 1
TABLE 29-5: BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODES (CONTINUED)
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 340 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
BAUD
RATE
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 1, BRG16 = 1 or SYNC = 1, BRG16 = 1
FOSC = 32.000 MHz FOSC = 20.000 MHz FOSC = 18.432 MHz FOSC = 11.0592 MHz
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
300 300.0 0.00 26666 300.0 0.00 16665 300.0 0.00 15359 300.0 0.00 9215
1200 1200 0.00 6666 1200 -0.01 4166 1200 0.00 3839 1200 0.00 2303
2400 2400 0.01 3332 2400 0.02 2082 2400 0.00 1919 2400 0.00 1151
9600 9604 0.04 832 9597 -0.03 520 9600 0.00 479 9600 0.00 287
10417 10417 0.00 767 10417 0.00 479 10425 0.08 441 10433 0.16 264
19.2k 19.18k -0.08 416 19.23k 0.16 259 19.20k 0.00 239 19.20k 0.00 143
57.6k 57.55k -0.08 138 57.47k -0.22 86 57.60k 0.00 79 57.60k 0.00 47
115.2k 115.9k 0.64 68 116.3k 0.94 42 115.2k 0.00 39 115.2k 0.00 23
BAUD
RATE
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 1, BRG16 = 1 or SYNC = 1, BRG16 = 1
FOSC = 8.000 MHz FOSC = 4.000 MHz F OSC = 3.6864 MHz FOSC = 1.000 MHz
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate %
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
300 300.0 0.00 6666 300.0 0.01 3332 300.0 0.00 3071 300.1 0.04 832
1200 1200 -0.02 1666 1200 0.04 832 1200 0.00 767 1202 0.16 207
2400 2401 0.04 832 2398 0.08 416 2400 0.00 383 2404 0.16 103
9600 9615 0.16 207 9615 0.16 103 9600 0.00 95 9615 0.16 25
10417 10417 0 191 10417 0.00 95 10473 0.53 87 10417 0.00 23
19.2k 19.23k 0.16 103 19.23k 0.16 51 19.20k 0.00 47 19.23k 0.16 12
57.6k 57.14k -0.79 34 58.82k 2.12 16 57.60k 0.00 15
115.2k 117.6k 2.12 16 111.1k -3.55 8 115.2k 0.00 7
TABLE 29-5: BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODES (CONTINUED)
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 341
PIC16(L)F1705/9
29.4.1 AUTO-BAUD DETECT
The EUSART module supports automatic detection
and calibration of the baud rate.
In the Auto-Baud Detect (ABD) mode, the clock to the
BRG is reversed. Rather than the BRG clocking the
incoming RX signal, the RX signal is timing the BRG.
The Baud Rate Generator is used to time the period of
a received 55h (ASCII “U”) which is the Sync character
for the LIN bus. The unique feature of this character is
that it has five rising edges including the Stop bit edge.
Setting the ABDEN bit of the BAUDCON register starts
the auto-baud calibration sequence. While the ABD
sequence takes place, the EUSART state machine is
held in Idle. On the first rising edge of the receive line,
after the Start bit, the SPBRG begins counting up using
the BRG counter clock as shown in Figure 29-6. The
fifth rising edge will occur on the RX pin at the end of
the eighth bit period. At that time, an accumulated
value totaling the proper BRG period is left in the
SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair, the ABDEN bit is
automatically cleared and the RCIF interrupt flag is set.
The value in the RCREG needs to be read to clear the
RCIF interrupt. RCREG content should be discarded.
When calibrating for modes that do not use the
SPBRGH register the user can verify that the SPBRGL
register did not overflow by checking for 00h in the
SPBRGH register.
The BRG auto-baud clock is determined by the BRG16
and BRGH bits as shown in Tab le 2 9- 6. During ABD,
both the SPBRGH and SPBRGL registers are used as
a 16-bit counter, independent of the BRG16 bit setting.
While calibrating the baud rate period, the SPBRGH
and SPBRGL registers are clocked at 1/8th the BRG
base clock rate. The resulting byte measurement is the
average bit time when clocked at full speed.
TABLE 29-6: BRG COUNTER CLOCK RATES
FIGURE 29-6: AUTOMATIC BAUD RATE CALIBRATION
Note 1: If the WUE bit is set with the ABDEN bit,
auto-baud detection will occur on the byte
following the Break character (see
Section 29.4.3 “Auto-Wake-up on
Break”).
2: It is up to the user to determine that the
incoming character baud rate is within the
range of the selected BRG clock source.
Some combinations of oscillator frequency
and EUSART baud rates are not possible.
3: During the auto-baud process, the
auto-baud counter starts counting at one.
Upon completion of the auto-baud
sequence, to achieve maximum accuracy,
subtract 1 from the SPBRGH:SPBRGL
register pair.
BRG16 BRGH BRG Base
Clock BRG ABD
Clock
00FOSC/64 FOSC/512
01FOSC/16 FOSC/128
10FOSC/16 FOSC/128
11 FOSC/4 FOSC/32
Note: During the ABD sequence, SPBRGL and
SPBRGH registers are both used as a 16-bit
counter, independent of the BRG16 setting.
BRG Value
RX pin
ABDEN bit
RCIF bit
bit 0 bit 1
(Interrupt)
Read
RCREG
BRG Clock
Start
Auto Cleared
Set by User
XXXXh 0000h
Edge #1
bit 2 bit 3
Edge #2
bit 4 bit 5
Edge #3
bit 6 bit 7
Edge #4
Stop bit
Edge #5
001Ch
Note 1: The ABD sequence requires the EUSART module to be configured in Asynchronous mode.
SPBRGL XXh 1Ch
SPBRGH XXh 00h
RCIDL
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 342 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
29.4.2 AUTO-BAUD OVERFLOW
During the course of auto-baud detection, the ABDOVF
bit of the BAUDxCON register will be set if the baud
rate counter overflows before the fifth rising edge is
detected on the RX pin. The ABDOVF bit indicates that
the counter has exceeded the maximum count that can
fit in the 16 bits of the SPxBRGH:SPxBRGL register
pair. The Overflow condition will set the RCIF flag. The
counter continues to count until the fifth rising edge is
detected on the RX pin. The RCIDL bit will remain false
(‘0’) until the fifth rising edge at which time the RCIDL
bit will be set. If the RCREG is read after the overflow
occurs but before the fifth rising edge, then the fifth
rising edge will set the RCIF again.
Terminating the auto-baud process early to clear an
Overflow condition will prevent proper detection of the
Sync character fifth rising edge. If any falling edges of
the Sync character have not yet occurred when the
ABDEN bit is cleared, then those will be falsely
detected as Start bits. The following steps are
recommended to clear the Overflow condition:
1. Read RCREG to clear RCIF.
2. If RCIDL is zero, then wait for RCIF and repeat
step 1.
3. Clear the ABDOVF bit.
29.4.3 AUTO-WAKE-UP ON BREAK
During Sleep mode, all clocks to the EUSART are
suspended. Because of this, the Baud Rate Generator
is inactive and a proper character reception cannot be
performed. The Auto-Wake-up feature allows the
controller to wake-up due to activity on the RX/DT line.
This feature is available only in Asynchronous mode.
The Auto-Wake-up feature is enabled by setting the
WUE bit of the BAUDCON register. Once set, the normal
receive sequence on RX/DT is disabled, and the
EUSART remains in an Idle state, monitoring for a
wake-up event independent of the CPU mode. A
wake-up event consists of a high-to-low transition on the
RX/DT line. (This coincides with the start of a Sync Break
or a wake-up signal character for the LIN protocol.)
The EUSART module generates an RCIF interrupt
coincident with the wake-up event. The interrupt is
generated synchronously to the Q clocks in normal CPU
operating modes (Figure 29-7), and asynchronously if
the device is in Sleep mode (Figure 29-8). The interrupt
condition is cleared by reading the RCREG register.
The WUE bit is automatically cleared by the low-to-high
transition on the RX line at the end of the Break. This
signals to the user that the Break event is over. At this
point, the EUSART module is in Idle mode waiting to
receive the next character.
29.4.3.1 Special Considerations
Break Character
To avoid character errors or character fragments during
a wake-up event, the wake-up character must be all
zeros.
When the wake-up is enabled the function works
independent of the low time on the data stream. If the
WUE bit is set and a valid non-zero character is
received, the low time from the Start bit to the first rising
edge will be interpreted as the wake-up event. The
remaining bits in the character will be received as a
fragmented character and subsequent characters can
result in framing or overrun errors.
Therefore, the initial character in the transmission must
be all0’s. This must be ten or more bit times, 13-bit
times recommended for LIN bus, or any number of bit
times for standard RS-232 devices.
Oscillator Start-up Time
Oscillator start-up time must be considered, especially
in applications using oscillators with longer start-up
intervals (i.e., LP, XT or HS/PLL mode). The Sync
Break (or wake-up signal) character must be of
sufficient length, and be followed by a sufficient
interval, to allow enough time for the selected oscillator
to start and provide proper initialization of the EUSART.
WUE Bit
The wake-up event causes a receive interrupt by
setting the RCIF bit. The WUE bit is cleared in
hardware by a rising edge on RX/DT. The interrupt
condition is then cleared in software by reading the
RCREG register and discarding its contents.
To ensure that no actual data is lost, check the RCIDL
bit to verify that a receive operation is not in process
before setting the WUE bit. If a receive operation is not
occurring, the WUE bit may then be set just prior to
entering the Sleep mode.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 343
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 29-7: AUTO-WAKE-UP BIT (WUE) TIMING DURING NORMAL OPERATION
FIGURE 29-8: AUTO-WAKE-UP BIT (WUE) TI MINGS DURING SLEEP
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
WUE bit
RX/DT Line
RCIF
Bit set by user Auto Cleared
Cleared due to User Read of RCREG
Note 1: The EUSART remains in Idle while the WUE bit is set.
Q1Q2Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
WUE bit
RX/DT Line
RCIF
Bit Set by User Auto Cleared
Cleared due to User Read of RCREG
Sleep Command Executed
Note 1
Note 1: If the wake-up event requires long oscillator warm-up time, the automatic clearing of the WUE bit can occur while the stposc signal is
still active. This sequence should not depend on the presence of Q clocks.
2: The EUSART remains in Idle while the WUE bit is set.
Sleep Ends
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 344 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
29.4.4 BREAK CHARACTER SEQUENCE
The EUSART module has the capability of sending the
special Break character sequences that are required by
the LIN bus standard. A Break character consists of a
Start bit, followed by 12 ‘0’ bits and a Stop bit.
To send a Break character, set the SENDB and TXEN
bits of the TXSTA register. The Break character trans-
mission is then initiated by a write to the TXREG. The
value of data written to TXREG will be ignored and all
0’s will be transmitted.
The SENDB bit is automatically reset by hardware after
the corresponding Stop bit is sent. This allows the user
to preload the transmit FIFO with the next transmit byte
following the Break character (typically, the Sync
character in the LIN specification).
The TRMT bit of the TXSTA register indicates when the
transmit operation is active or idle, just as it does during
normal transmission. See Figure 29-9 for the timing of
the Break character sequence.
29.4.4.1 Break and Sync Transmit Sequence
The following sequence will start a message frame
header made up of a Break, followed by an auto-baud
Sync byte. This sequence is typical of a LIN bus
master.
1. Configure the EUSART for the desired mode.
2. Set the TXEN and SENDB bits to enable the
Break sequence.
3. Load the TXREG with a dummy character to
initiate transmission (the value is ignored).
4. Write ‘55h’ to TXREG to load the Sync character
into the transmit FIFO buffer.
5. After the Break has been sent, the SENDB bit is
reset by hardware and the Sync character is
then transmitted.
When the TXREG becomes empty, as indicated by the
TXIF, the next data byte can be written to TXREG.
29.4.5 RECEIVING A BREAK CHARACTER
The Enhanced EUSART module can receive a Break
character in two ways.
The first method to detect a Break character uses the
FERR bit of the RCSTA register and the received data
as indicated by RCREG. The Baud Rate Generator is
assumed to have been initialized to the expected baud
rate.
A Break character has been received when;
RCIF bit is set
FERR bit is set
RCREG = 00h
The second method uses the Auto-Wake-up feature
described in Section 29.4.3 “Auto-Wake-up on
Break”. By enabling this feature, the EUSART will
sample the next two transitions on RX/DT, cause an
RCIF interrupt, and receive the next data byte followed
by another interrupt.
Note that following a Break character, the user will
typically want to enable the Auto-Baud Detect feature.
For both methods, the user can set the ABDEN bit of
the BAUDCON register before placing the EUSART in
Sleep mode.
FIGURE 29-9: SEND BREAK CHARACTER SEQUENCE
Write to TXREG Dummy Write
BRG Output
(Shift Clock)
Start bit bit 0 bit 1 bit 11 Stop bit
Break
TXIF bit
(Transmit
Interrupt Flag)
TX (pin)
TRMT bit
(Transmit Shift
Empty Flag)
SENDB
(send Break
control bit)
SENDB Sampled Here Auto Cleared
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 345
PIC16(L)F1705/9
29.5 EUSART Synchronous Mode
Synchronous serial communications are typically used
in systems with a single master and one or more
slaves. The master device contains the necessary
circuitry for baud rate generation and supplies the clock
for all devices in the system. Slave devices can take
advantage of the master clock by eliminating the
internal clock generation circuitry.
There are two signal lines in Synchronous mode: a
bidirectional data line and a clock line. Slaves use the
external clock supplied by the master to shift the serial
data into and out of their respective receive and trans-
mit shift registers. Since the data line is bidirectional,
synchronous operation is half-duplex only. Half-duplex
refers to the fact that master and slave devices can
receive and transmit data but not both simultaneously.
The EUSART can operate as either a master or slave
device.
Start and Stop bits are not used in synchronous
transmissions.
29.5.1 SYNCHRONOUS MASTER MODE
The following bits are used to configure the EUSART
for synchronous master operation:
SYNC = 1
CSRC = 1
SREN = 0 (for transmit); SREN = 1 (for receive)
CREN = 0 (for transmit); CREN = 1 (for receive)
SPEN = 1
Setting the SYNC bit of the TXSTA register configures
the device for synchronous operation. Setting the CSRC
bit of the TXSTA register configures the device as a
master. Clearing the SREN and CREN bits of the RCSTA
register ensures that the device is in the Transmit mode,
otherwise the device will be configured to receive. Setting
the SPEN bit of the RCSTA register enables the
EUSART.
29.5.1.1 Master Clock
Synchronous data transfers use a separate clock line,
which is synchronous with the data. A device config-
ured as a master transmits the clock on the TX/CK line.
The TX/CK pin output driver is automatically enabled
when the EUSART is configured for synchronous
transmit or receive operation. Serial data bits change
on the leading edge to ensure they are valid at the
trailing edge of each clock. One clock cycle is gener-
ated for each data bit. Only as many clock cycles are
generated as there are data bits.
29.5.1.2 Clock Polarity
A clock polarity option is provided for Microwire
compatibility. Clock polarity is selected with the SCKP
bit of the BAUDCON register. Setting the SCKP bit sets
the clock Idle state as high. When the SCKP bit is set,
the data changes on the falling edge of each clock.
Clearing the SCKP bit sets the Idle state as low. When
the SCKP bit is cleared, the data changes on the rising
edge of each clock.
29.5.1.3 Synchronous Master Transmission
Data is transferred out of the device on the RX/DT pin.
The RX/DT and TX/CK pin output drivers are automat-
ically enabled when the EUSART is configured for
synchronous master transmit operation.
A transmission is initiated by writing a character to the
TXREG register. If the TSR still contains all or part of a
previous character the new character data is held in the
TXREG until the last bit of the previous character has
been transmitted. If this is the first character, or the
previous character has been completely flushed from
the TSR, the data in the TXREG is immediately trans-
ferred to the TSR. The transmission of the character
commences immediately following the transfer of the
data to the TSR from the TXREG.
Each data bit changes on the leading edge of the
master clock and remains valid until the subsequent
leading clock edge.
29.5.1.4 Synchronous Master Transmission
Set-up:
1. Initialize the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair
and the BRGH and BRG16 bits to achieve the
desired baud rate (see Section 29.4 “EUSART
Baud Rate Generator (BRG)”).
2. Enable the synchronous master serial port by
setting bits SYNC, SPEN and CSRC.
3. Disable Receive mode by clearing bits SREN
and CREN.
4. Enable Transmit mode by setting the TXEN bit.
5. If 9-bit transmission is desired, set the TX9 bit.
6. If interrupts are desired, set the TXIE bit of the
PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the
INTCON register.
7. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit
should be loaded in the TX9D bit.
8. Start transmission by loading data to the TXREG
register.
Note: The TSR register is not mapped in data
memory, so it is not available to the user.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 346 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 29-10: SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION
FIGURE 29-11: SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (THROUGH TXEN)
bit 0 bit 1 bit 7
Word 1
bit 2 bit 0 bit 1 bit 7
RX/DT
Write to
TXREG Reg
TXIF bit
(Interrupt Flag)
TXEN bit 1 1
Word 2
TRMT bit
Write Word 1 Write Word 2
Note: Sync Master mode, SPBRGL = 0, continuous transmission of two 8-bit words.
pin
TX/CK pin
TX/CK pin
(SCKP = 0)
(SCKP = 1)
RX/DT pin
TX/CK pin
Write to
TXREG reg
TXIF bit
TRMT bit
bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 6 bit 7
TXEN bit
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 347
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 29-7: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER
TRANSMISSION
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELA —ANSA4 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 122
ANSELB(1) ANSB5 ANSB4 ————128
ANSELC ANSC7(1) ANSC6(1) ANSC5(2) ANSC4(2) ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 133
BAUD1CON ABDOVF RCIDL SCKP BRG16 WUE ABDEN 335
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSP1IE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 85
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSP1IF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 88
RC1STA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 334
RxyPPS RxyPPS<4:0> 141
SP1BRGL BRG<7:0> 336
SP1BRGH BRG<15:8> 336
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 (3) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 121
TRISB(1) TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 ————127
TRISC TRISC7(1) TRISC6(1) TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 132
TX1REG EUSART Transmit Data Register 325*
TX1STA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC SENDB BRGH TRMT TX9D 333
Legend: = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous master transmission.
* Page provides register information.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 348 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
29.5.1.5 Synchronous Master Reception
Data is received at the RX/DT pin. The RX/DT pin
output driver is automatically disabled when the
EUSART is configured for synchronous master receive
operation.
In Synchronous mode, reception is enabled by setting
either the Single Receive Enable bit (SREN of the
RCSTA register) or the Continuous Receive Enable bit
(CREN of the RCSTA register).
When SREN is set and CREN is clear, only as many
clock cycles are generated as there are data bits in a
single character. The SREN bit is automatically cleared
at the completion of one character. When CREN is set,
clocks are continuously generated until CREN is
cleared. If CREN is cleared in the middle of a character
the CK clock stops immediately and the partial charac-
ter is discarded. If SREN and CREN are both set, then
SREN is cleared at the completion of the first character
and CREN takes precedence.
To initiate reception, set either SREN or CREN. Data is
sampled at the RX/DT pin on the trailing edge of the
TX/CK clock pin and is shifted into the Receive Shift
Register (RSR). When a complete character is
received into the RSR, the RCIF bit is set and the char-
acter is automatically transferred to the two character
receive FIFO. The Least Significant eight bits of the top
character in the receive FIFO are available in RCREG.
The RCIF bit remains set as long as there are unread
characters in the receive FIFO.
29.5.1.6 Slave Clock
Synchronous data transfers use a separate clock line,
which is synchronous with the data. A device configured
as a slave receives the clock on the TX/CK line. The
TX/CK pin output driver is automatically disabled when
the device is configured for synchronous slave transmit
or receive operation. Serial data bits change on the
leading edge to ensure they are valid at the trailing edge
of each clock. One data bit is transferred for each clock
cycle. Only as many clock cycles should be received as
there are data bits.
29.5.1.7 Receive Overrun Error
The receive FIFO buffer can hold two characters. An
overrun error will be generated if a third character, in its
entirety, is received before RCREG is read to access
the FIFO. When this happens the OERR bit of the
RCSTA register is set. Previous data in the FIFO will
not be overwritten. The two characters in the FIFO
buffer can be read, however, no additional characters
will be received until the error is cleared. The OERR bit
can only be cleared by clearing the overrun condition.
If the overrun error occurred when the SREN bit is set
and CREN is clear then the error is cleared by reading
RCREG. If the overrun occurred when the CREN bit is
set then the error condition is cleared by either clearing
the CREN bit of the RCSTA register or by clearing the
SPEN bit which resets the EUSART.
29.5.1.8 Receiving 9-bit Characters
The EUSART supports 9-bit character reception. When
the RX9 bit of the RCSTA register is set the EUSART
will shift nine bits into the RSR for each character
received. The RX9D bit of the RCSTA register is the
ninth, and Most Significant, data bit of the top unread
character in the receive FIFO. When reading 9-bit data
from the receive FIFO buffer, the RX9D data bit must
be read before reading the eight Least Significant bits
from the RCREG.
29.5.1.9 Synchronous Master Reception
Set-up:
1. Initialize the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair for
the appropriate baud rate. Set or clear the
BRGH and BRG16 bits, as required, to achieve
the desired baud rate.
2. Clear the ANSEL bit for the RX pin (if applicable).
3. Enable the synchronous master serial port by
setting bits SYNC, SPEN and CSRC.
4. Ensure bits CREN and SREN are clear.
5. If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the
PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the
INTCON register.
6. If 9-bit reception is desired, set bit RX9.
7. Start reception by setting the SREN bit or for
continuous reception, set the CREN bit.
8. Interrupt flag bit RCIF will be set when reception
of a character is complete. An interrupt will be
generated if the enable bit RCIE was set.
9. Read the RCSTA register to get the ninth bit (if
enabled) and determine if any error occurred
during reception.
10. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the
RCREG register.
11. If an overrun error occurs, clear the error by
either clearing the CREN bit of the RCSTA
register or by clearing the SPEN bit which resets
the EUSART.
Note: If the RX/DT function is on an analog pin,
the corresponding ANSEL bit must be
cleared for the receiver to function.
Note: If the device is configured as a slave and
the TX/CK function is on an analog pin, the
corresponding ANSEL bit must be cleared.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 349
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 29-12: SYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION (MASTER MODE, SREN)
TABLE 29-8: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER
RECEPTION
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELA —ANSA4 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 122
ANSELB(1) ANSB5 ANSB4 ————128
ANSELC ANSC7(1) ANSC6(1) ANSC5(2) ANSC4(2) ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 133
BAUD1CON ABDOVF RCIDL SCKP BRG16 WUE ABDEN 335
CKPPS CKPPS<4:0> 139, 140
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSP1IE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 85
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSP1IF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 88
RC1REG EUSART Receive Data Register 328*
RC1STA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 334
RXPPS RXPPS<4:0> 139, 140
RxyPPS RxyPPS<4:0> 141
SP1BRGL BRG<7:0> 336*
SP1BRGH BRG<15:8> 336*
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 (3) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 121
TRISB(1) TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 ————127
TRISC TRISC7(1) TRISC6(1) TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 132
TX1STA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC SENDB BRGH TRMT TX9D 333
Legend: = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous master reception.
* Page provides register information.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
CREN bit
RX/DT
Write to
bit SREN
SREN bit
RCIF bit
(Interrupt)
Read
RCREG
0
bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7
0
Note: Timing diagram demonstrates Sync Master mode with bit SREN = 1 and bit BRGH = 0.
TX/CK pin
TX/CK pin
pin
(SCKP = 0)
(SCKP = 1)
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 350 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
29.5.2 SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE MODE
The following bits are used to configure the EUSART
for synchronous slave operation:
SYNC = 1
CSRC = 0
SREN = 0 (for transmit); SREN = 1 (for receive)
CREN = 0 (for transmit); CREN = 1 (for receive)
SPEN = 1
Setting the SYNC bit of the TXSTA register configures the
device for synchronous operation. Clearing the CSRC bit
of the TXSTA register configures the device as a slave.
Clearing the SREN and CREN bits of the RCSTA register
ensures that the device is in the Transmit mode,
otherwise the device will be configured to receive. Setting
the SPEN bit of the RCSTA register enables the
EUSART.
29.5.2.1 EUSART Synchronous Slave
Transmit
The operation of the Synchronous Master and Slave
modes are identical (see Section 29.5.1.3
“Synchronous Master Transmission), except in the
case of the Sleep mode.
If two words are written to the TXREG and then the
SLEEP instruction is executed, the following will occur:
1. The first character will immediately transfer to
the TSR register and transmit.
2. The second word will remain in the TXREG
register.
3. The TXIF bit will not be set.
4. After the first character has been shifted out of
TSR, the TXREG register will transfer the second
character to the TSR and the TXIF bit will now be
set.
5. If the PEIE and TXIE bits are set, the interrupt
will wake the device from Sleep and execute the
next instruction. If the GIE bit is also set, the
program will call the Interrupt Service Routine.
29.5.2.2 Synchronous Slave Transmission
Set-up:
1. Set the SYNC and SPEN bits and clear the
CSRC bit.
2. Clear the ANSEL bit for the CK pin (if applicable).
3. Clear the CREN and SREN bits.
4. If interrupts are desired, set the TXIE bit of the
PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the
INTCON register.
5. If 9-bit transmission is desired, set the TX9 bit.
6. Enable transmission by setting the TXEN bit.
7. If 9-bit transmission is selected, insert the Most
Significant bit into the TX9D bit.
8. Start transmission by writing the Least
Significant eight bits to the TXREG register.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 351
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 29-9: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE
TRANSMISSION
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELA —ANSA4 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 122
ANSELB(1) ANSB5 ANSB4 ————128
ANSELC ANSC7(1) ANSC6(1) ANSC5(2) ANSC4(2) ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 133
BAUD1CON ABDOVF RCIDL —SCKPBRG16 WUE ABDEN 335
CKPPS CKPPS<4:0> 139, 140
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSP1IE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 85
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSP1IF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 88
RC1STA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 334
RXPPS RXPPS<4:0> 139, 140
RxyPPS RxyPPS<4:0> 141
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 (3) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 121
TRISB(1) TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 ————127
TRISC TRISC7(1) TRISC6(1) TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 132
TX1REG EUSART Transmit Data Register 325*
TX1STA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC SENDB BRGH TRMT TX9D 333
Legend: = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous slave transmission.
* Page provides register information.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 352 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
29.5.2.3 EUSART Synchronous Slave
Reception
The operation of the Synchronous Master and Slave
modes is identical (Section 29.5.1.5 “Synchronous
Master Reception” ), with the following exceptions:
Sleep
CREN bit is always set, therefore the receiver is
never idle
SREN bit, which is a “don’t care” in Slave mode
A character may be received while in Sleep mode by
setting the CREN bit prior to entering Sleep. Once the
word is received, the RSR register will transfer the data
to the RCREG register. If the RCIE enable bit is set, the
interrupt generated will wake the device from Sleep
and execute the next instruction. If the GIE bit is also
set, the program will branch to the interrupt vector.
29.5.2.4 Synchronous Slave Reception
Set-up:
1. Set the SYNC and SPEN bits and clear the
CSRC bit.
2. Clear the ANSEL bit for both the CK and DT pins
(if applicable).
3. If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the
PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the
INTCON register.
4. If 9-bit reception is desired, set the RX9 bit.
5. Set the CREN bit to enable reception.
6. The RCIF bit will be set when reception is
complete. An interrupt will be generated if the
RCIE bit was set.
7. If 9-bit mode is enabled, retrieve the Most
Significant bit from the RX9D bit of the RCSTA
register.
8. Retrieve the eight Least Significant bits from the
receive FIFO by reading the RCREG register.
9. If an overrun error occurs, clear the error by
either clearing the CREN bit of the RCSTA
register or by clearing the SPEN bit which resets
the EUSART.
TABLE 29-10: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE
RECEPTION
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELA —ANSA4 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 122
ANSELB(1) ANSB5 ANSB4 ————128
ANSELC ANSC7(1) ANSC6(1) ANSC5(2) ANSC4(2) ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 133
BAUD1CON ABDOVF RCIDL —SCKPBRG16 WUE ABDEN 335
CKPPS CKPPS<4:0> 139, 140
INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 84
PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSP1IE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 85
PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSP1IF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 88
RC1REG EUSART Receive Data Register 328*
RC1STA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 334
RXPPS RXPPS<4:0> 139, 140
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 (3) TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 121
TRISB(1) TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 ————127
TRISC TRISC7(1) TRISC6(1) TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 132
TX1STA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC SENDB BRGH TRMT TX9D 333
Legend: = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous slave reception.
* Page provides register information.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F1709 only.
2: PIC16(L)F1705 only.
3: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 353
PIC16(L)F1705/9
29.6 EUSART Operation During Sleep
The EUSART will remain active during Sleep only in the
Synchronous Slave mode. All other modes require the
system clock and therefore cannot generate the neces-
sary signals to run the Transmit or Receive Shift
registers during Sleep.
Synchronous Slave mode uses an externally generated
clock to run the Transmit and Receive Shift registers.
29.6.1 SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE DURING
SLEEP
To receive during Sleep, all the following conditions
must be met before entering Sleep mode:
RCSTA and TXSTA Control registers must be
configured for Synchronous Slave Reception (see
Section 29.5.2.4 “Synchronous Slave
Reception Set-up:”).
If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the
PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the
INTCON register.
The RCIF interrupt flag must be cleared by read-
ing RCREG to unload any pending characters in
the receive buffer.
Upon entering Sleep mode, the device will be ready to
accept data and clocks on the RX/DT and TX/CK pins,
respectively. When the data word has been completely
clocked in by the external device, the RCIF interrupt
flag bit of the PIR1 register will be set. Thereby, waking
the processor from Sleep.
Upon waking from Sleep, the instruction following the
SLEEP instruction will be executed. If the Global
Interrupt Enable (GIE) bit of the INTCON register is
also set, then the Interrupt Service Routine at address
004h will be called.
29.6.2 SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT
DURING SLEEP
To transmit during Sleep, all the following conditions
must be met before entering Sleep mode:
The RCSTA and TXSTA Control registers must be
configured for synchronous slave transmission
(see Section 29.5.2.2 “Synchronous Slave
Transmission Set-up:”).
The TXIF interrupt flag must be cleared by writing
the output data to the TXREG, thereby filling the
TSR and transmit buffer.
If interrupts are desired, set the TXIE bit of the
PIE1 register and the PEIE bit of the INTCON
register.
Interrupt enable bits TXIE of the PIE1 register and
PEIE of the INTCON register must set.
Upon entering Sleep mode, the device will be ready to
accept clocks on TX/CK pin and transmit data on the
RX/DT pin. When the data word in the TSR has been
completely clocked out by the external device, the
pending byte in the TXREG will transfer to the TSR and
the TXIF flag will be set. Thereby, waking the processor
from Sleep. At this point, the TXREG is available to
accept another character for transmission, which will
clear the TXIF flag.
Upon waking from Sleep, the instruction following the
SLEEP instruction will be executed. If the Global
Interrupt Enable (GIE) bit is also set then the Interrupt
Service Routine at address 0004h will be called.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 354 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
30.0 IN-CIRCUIT SERIAL
PROGRAMMING™ (ICSP™)
ICSP™ programming allows customers to manufacture
circuit boards with unprogrammed devices. Programming
can be done after the assembly process, allowing the
device to be programmed with the most recent firmware
or a custom firmware. Five pins are needed for ICSP™
programming:
ICSPCLK
ICSPDAT
•MCLR
/VPP
•VDD
•VSS
In Program/Verify mode the program memory, user IDs
and the Configuration Words are programmed through
serial communications. The ICSPDAT pin is a
bidirectional I/O used for transferring the serial data
and the ICSPCLK pin is the clock input. For more
information on ICSP™ refer to the PIC16(L)F170X
Memory Programming Specification(DS40001683).
30.1 High-Voltage Programming Entry
Mode
The device is placed into High-Voltage Programming
Entry mode by holding the ICSPCLK and ICSPDAT
pins low then raising the voltage on MCLR/VPP to VIHH.
30.2 Low-Voltage Programming Entry
Mode
The Low-Voltage Programming Entry mode allows the
PIC® Flash MCUs to be programmed using VDD only,
without high voltage. When the LVP bit of Configuration
Words is set to ‘1’, the low-voltage ICSP programming
entry is enabled. To disable the Low-Voltage ICSP
mode, the LVP bit must be programmed to ‘0’.
Entry into the Low-Voltage Programming Entry mode
requires the following steps:
1. MCLR is brought to VIL.
2. A 32-bit key sequence is presented on
ICSPDAT, while clocking ICSPCLK.
Once the key sequence is complete, MCLR must be
held at VIL for as long as Program/Verify mode is to be
maintained.
If low-voltage programming is enabled (LVP = 1), the
MCLR Reset function is automatically enabled and
cannot be disabled. See Sec tion 5.5 “MCLR” for more
information.
The LVP bit can only be reprogrammed to ‘0’ by using
the High-Voltage Programming mode.
30.3 Common Programming Interfaces
Connection to a target device is typically done through
an ICSP™ header. A commonly found connector on
development tools is the RJ-11 in the 6P6C (6-pin,
6-connector) configuration. See Figure 30-1.
FIGURE 30-1: ICD RJ-11 STYLE
CONNECTOR INTERFACE
Another connector often found in use with the PICkit™
programmers is a standard 6-pin header with 0.1 inch
spacing. Refer to Figure 30-2.
For additional interface recommendations, refer to your
specific device programmer manual prior to PCB
design.
It is recommended that isolation devices be used to
separate the programming pins from other circuitry.
The type of isolation is highly dependent on the specific
application and may include devices such as resistors,
diodes, or even jumpers. See Figure 30-3 for more
information.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Target
Bottom Side
PC Board
VPP/MCLR VSS
ICSPCLK
VDD
ICSPDAT
NC
Pin Description*
1 = VPP/MCLR
2 = VDD Target
3 = VSS (ground)
4 = ICSPDAT
5 = ICSPCLK
6 = No Connect
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 355
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 30-2: PICkit™ PROGRAMME R STYLE CONNECTOR INTERFACE
FIGURE 30-3: TYPICAL CONNECTION FOR ICSP™ PROGRAMMING
1
2
3
4
5
6
* The 6-pin header (0.100" spacing) accepts 0.025" square pins.
Pin Description*
1 = VPP/MCLR
2 = VDD Target
3 = VSS (ground)
4 = ICSPDAT
5 = ICSPCLK
6 = No Connect
Pin 1 Indicator
VDD
VPP
VSS
External
Device to be
Data
Clock
VDD
MCLR/VPP
VSS
ICSPDAT
ICSPCLK
**
*
To Normal Connections
*Isolation devices (as required).
Programming
Signals Programmed
VDD
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 356 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
31.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY
Each instruction is a 14-bit word containing the opera-
tion code (opcode) and all required operands. The
opcodes are broken into three broad categories.
Byte Oriented
Bit Oriented
Literal and Control
The literal and control category contains the most
varied instruction word format.
Table 31-3 lists the instructions recognized by the
MPASMTM assembler.
All instructions are executed within a single instruction
cycle, with the following exceptions, which may take
two or three cycles:
Subroutine takes two cycles (CALL, CALLW)
Returns from interrupts or subroutines take two
cycles (RETURN, RETLW, RETFIE)
Program branching takes two cycles (GOTO, BRA,
BRW, BTFSS, BTFSC, DECFSZ, INCSFZ)
One additional instruction cycle will be used when
any instruction references an indirect file register
and the file select register is pointing to program
memory.
One instruction cycle consists of four oscillator cycles;
for an oscillator frequency of 4 MHz, this gives a
nominal instruction execution rate of 1 MHz.
All instruction examples use the format0xhh’ to
represent a hexadecimal number, whereh’ signifies a
hexadecimal digit.
31.1 Read-Modify-Writ e Operations
Any instruction that specifies a file register as part of
the instruction performs a Read-Modify-Write (R-M-W)
operation. The register is read, the data is modified,
and the result is stored according to either the instruc-
tion, or the destination designator ‘d’. A read operation
is performed on a register even if the instruction writes
to that register.
TABLE 31-1: OPCODE FIELD
DESCRIPTIONS
TABLE 31-2: ABBREVIATION
DESCRIPTIONS
Field Description
fRegister file address (0x00 to 0x7F)
WWorking register (accumulator)
bBit address within an 8-bit file register
kLiteral field, constant data or label
xDon’t care location (= 0 or 1).
The assembler will generate code with x = 0.
It is the recommended form of use for
compatibility with all Microchip software tools.
dDestination select; d = 0: store result in W,
d = 1: store result in file register f.
Default is d = 1.
nFSR or INDF number. (0-1)
mm Pre-post increment-decrement mode
selection
Field Description
PC Program Counter
TO Time-Out bit
CCarry bit
DC Digit Carry bit
ZZero bit
PD Power-Down bit
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 357
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 31-1: GENERAL FORMAT FOR
INSTRUCTIONS
Byte-oriented file register operations
13 8 7 6 0
d = 0 for destination W
OPCODE d f (FILE #)
d = 1 for destination f
f = 7-bit file register address
Bit-oriente d file register operations
13 10 9 7 6 0
OPCODE b (BIT #) f (FILE #)
b = 3-bit bit address
f = 7-bit file register address
Literal and control operations
13 8 7 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 8-bit immediate value
13 11 10 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 11-bit immediate value
General
CALL and GOTO instructions only
MOVLP instruction only
13 5 4 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 5-bit immediate value
MOVLB instruction only
13 9 8 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 9-bit immediate value
BRA instruction only
FSR Offset instructions
13 7 6 5 0
OPCODE n k (literal)
n = appropriate FSR
FSR Increment instructions
13 7 6 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 7-bit immediate value
13 3 2 1 0
OPCODE n m (mode)
n = appropriate FSR
m = 2-bit mode value
k = 6-bit immediate value
13 0
OPCODE
OPCODE only
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 358 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 31-3: PIC16(L)F1705/9 INSTRUCTION SET
Mnemonic,
Operands Description Cycles 14-Bit Opcode Status
Affected Notes
MSb LSb
BYTE-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS
ADDWF
ADDWFC
ANDWF
ASRF
LSLF
LSRF
CLRF
CLRW
COMF
DECF
INCF
IORWF
MOVF
MOVWF
RLF
RRF
SUBWF
SUBWFB
SWAPF
XORWF
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
Add W and f
Add with Carry W and f
AND W with f
Arithmetic Right Shift
Logical Left Shift
Logical Right Shift
Clear f
Clear W
Complement f
Decrement f
Increment f
Inclusive OR W with f
Move f
Move W to f
Rotate Left f through Carry
Rotate Right f through Carry
Subtract W from f
Subtract with Borrow W from f
Swap nibbles in f
Exclusive OR W with f
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
00
11
00
11
11
11
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
11
00
00
0111
1101
0101
0111
0101
0110
0001
0001
1001
0011
1010
0100
1000
0000
1101
1100
0010
1011
1110
0110
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
lfff
0000
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
1fff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
00xx
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
C, DC, Z
C, DC, Z
Z
C, Z
C, Z
C, Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
C
C
C, DC, Z
C, DC, Z
Z
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
BYTE ORIENTED SKIP OPERATIONS
DECFSZ
INCFSZ
f, d
f, d
Decrement f, Skip if 0
Increment f, Skip if 0
1(2)
1(2)
00
00 1011
1111 dfff
dfff ffff
ffff
1, 2
1, 2
BIT-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS
BCF
BSF
f, b
f, b
Bit Clear f
Bit Set f
1
1
01
01 00bb
01bb bfff
bfff ffff
ffff
2
2
BIT-ORIENTED SKIP OPERATIONS
BTFSC
BTFSS
f, b
f, b
Bit Test f, Skip if Clear
Bit Test f, Skip if Set
1 (2)
1 (2)
01
01 10bb
11bb bfff
bfff ffff
ffff
1, 2
1, 2
LITERAL OPERATIONS
ADDLW
ANDLW
IORLW
MOVLB
MOVLP
MOVLW
SUBLW
XORLW
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
Add literal and W
AND literal with W
Inclusive OR literal with W
Move literal to BSR
Move literal to PCLATH
Move literal to W
Subtract W from literal
Exclusive OR literal with W
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
11
11
00
11
11
11
11
1110
1001
1000
0000
0001
0000
1100
1010
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
001k
1kkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
C, DC, Z
Z
Z
C, DC, Z
Z
Note 1: If the Program Counter (PC) is modified, or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The second
cycle is executed as a NOP.
2: If this instruction addresses an INDF register and the MSb of the corresponding FSR is set, this instruction will require
one additional instruction cycle.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 359
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 31-3: PIC16(L)F1705/9 INSTRUCTION SET (CONTINUED)
Mnemonic,
Operands Description Cycles 14-Bit Opcode Status
Affected Notes
MSb LSb
CONTROL OPERATIONS
BRA
BRW
CALL
CALLW
GOTO
RETFIE
RETLW
RETURN
k
k
k
k
k
Relative Branch
Relative Branch with W
Call Subroutine
Call Subroutine with W
Go to address
Return from interrupt
Return with literal in W
Return from Subroutine
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
11
00
10
00
10
00
11
00
001k
0000
0kkk
0000
1kkk
0000
0100
0000
kkkk
0000
kkkk
0000
kkkk
0000
kkkk
0000
kkkk
1011
kkkk
1010
kkkk
1001
kkkk
1000
INHERENT OPERATIONS
CLRWDT
NOP
OPTION
RESET
SLEEP
TRIS
f
Clear Watchdog Timer
No Operation
Load OPTION_REG register with W
Software device Reset
Go into Standby mode
Load TRIS register with W
1
1
1
1
1
1
00
00
00
00
00
00
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0110
0000
0110
0000
0110
0110
0100
0000
0010
0001
0011
0fff
TO, PD
TO, PD
C-COMPILER OPTIMIZED
ADDFSR
MOVIW
MOVWI
n, k
n mm
k[n]
n mm
k[n]
Add Literal k to FSRn
Move Indirect FSRn to W with pre/post inc/dec
modifier, mm
Move INDFn to W, Indexed Indirect.
Move W to Indirect FSRn with pre/post inc/dec
modifier, mm
Move W to INDFn, Indexed Indirect.
1
1
1
1
1
11
00
11
00
11
0001
0000
1111
0000
1111
0nkk
0001
0nkk
0001
1nkk
kkkk
0nmm
kkkk
1nmm
kkkk
Z
Z
2, 3
2
2, 3
2
Note 1: If the Program Counter (PC) is modified, or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The second
cycle is executed as a NOP.
2: If this instruction addresses an INDF register and the MSb of the corresponding FSR is set, this instruction will require
one additional instruction cycle.
3: See Table in the MOVIW and MOVWI instruction descriptions.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 360 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
31.2 Instruction Descri ptions
ADDFSR Add Literal to FSRn
Syntax: [ label ] ADDFSR FSRn, k
Operands: -32 k 31
n [ 0, 1]
Operation: FSR(n) + k FSR(n)
Status Affected: None
Description: The signed 6-bit literal ‘k’ is added to
the contents of the FSRnH:FSRnL
register pair.
FSRn is limited to the range
0000h-FFFFh. Moving beyond these
bounds will cause the FSR to
wrap-around.
ADDLW Add literal and W
Syntax: [ label ] ADDLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: (W) + k (W)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: The contents of the W register are
added to the 8-bit literal ‘k’ and the
result is placed in the W register.
ADDWF Add W and f
Syntax: [ label ] ADDWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d 0,1
Operation: (W) + (f) (destination)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: Add the contents of the W register
with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
stored in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the
result is stored back in register ‘f’.
ADDWFC ADD W and CARRY bit to f
Syntax: [ label ] ADDWFC f {,d}
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (W) + (f) + (C) dest
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: Add W, the Carry flag and data mem-
ory location ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed in data memory location ‘f’.
ANDLW AND literal with W
Syntax: [ label ] ANDLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: (W) .AND. (k) (W)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of W register are
AND’ed with the 8-bit literal ‘k’. The
result is placed in the W register.
ANDWF AND W with f
Syntax: [ label ] ANDWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d 0,1
Operation: (W) .AND. (f) (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: AND the W register with register ‘f’. If
‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in the W
register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored
back in register ‘f’.
ASRF Arithmetic Right Shift
Syntax: [ label ] ASRF f {,d}
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f<7>) dest<7>
(f<7:1>) dest<6:0>,
(f<0>) C,
Status Affected: C, Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are shifted
one bit to the right through the Carry
flag. The MSb remains unchanged. If
‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in W. If ‘d’
is ‘1’, the result is stored back in
register ‘f’.
register f C
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 361
PIC16(L)F1705/9
BCF Bit Clear f
Syntax: [ label ] BCF f,b
Operands: 0 f 127
0 b 7
Operation: 0 (f<b>)
Status Affected: None
Description: Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is cleared.
BRA Relative Branch
Syntax: [ label ] BRA label
[ label ] BRA $+k
Operands: -256 label - PC + 1 255
-256 k 255
Operation: (PC) + 1 + k PC
Status Affected: None
Description: Add the signed 9-bit literal ‘k’ to the
PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC + 1 + k. This instruction is a
2-cycle instruction. This branch has a
limited range.
BRW Relative Branch with W
Syntax: [ label ] BRW
Operands: None
Operation: (PC) + (W) PC
Status Affected: None
Description: Add the contents of W (unsigned) to
the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC + 1 + (W). This instruction is a
2-cycle instruction.
BSF Bit Set f
Syntax: [ label ] BSF f,b
Operands: 0 f 127
0 b 7
Operation: 1 (f<b>)
Status Affected: None
Description: Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is set.
BTFSC Bit Test f, Skip if Clear
Syntax: [ label ] BTFSC f,b
Operands: 0 f 127
0 b 7
Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 0
Status Affected: None
Description: If bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is ‘1’, the next
instruction is executed.
If bit ‘b’, in register ‘f’, is ‘0’, the next
instruction is discarded, and a NOP is
executed instead, making this a
2-cycle instruction.
BTFSS Bit Test f, Skip if Set
Syntax: [ label ] BTFSS f,b
Operands: 0 f 127
0 b < 7
Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 1
Status Affected: None
Description: If bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is ‘0’, the next
instruction is executed.
If bit ‘b’ is ‘1’, then the next instruction
is discarded and a NOP is executed
instead, making this a 2-cycle
instruction.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 362 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
CALL C all Subrout ine
Syntax: [ label ] CALL k
Operands: 0 k 2047
Operation: (PC)+ 1 TOS,
k PC<10:0>,
(PCLATH<6:3>) PC<14:11>
Status Affected: None
Description: Call Subroutine. First, return address
(PC + 1) is pushed onto the stack.
The 11-bit immediate address is
loaded into PC bits <10:0>. The upper
bits of the PC are loaded from
PCLATH. CALL is a 2-cycle
instruction.
CALLW Subroutine Call With W
Syntax: [ label ] CALLW
Operands: None
Operation: (PC) +1 TOS,
(W) PC<7:0>,
(PCLATH<6:0>) PC<14:8>
Status Affected: None
Description: Subroutine call with W. First, the
return address (PC + 1) is pushed
onto the return stack. Then, the
contents of W is loaded into PC<7:0>,
and the contents of PCLATH into
PC<14:8>. CALLW is a 2-cycle
instruction.
CLRF Clear f
Syntax: [ lab e l ] CLRF f
Operands: 0 f 127
Operation: 00h (f)
1 Z
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are cleared
and the Z bit is set.
CLRW Clear W
Syntax: [ label ] CLRW
Operands: None
Operation: 00h (W)
1 Z
Status Affected: Z
Description: W register is cleared. Zero bit (Z) is
set.
CLRWDT Clear Watchdog Timer
Syntax: [ label ] CLRWDT
Operands: None
Operation: 00h WDT
0 WDT prescaler,
1 TO
1 PD
Status Affected: TO, PD
Description: CLRWDT instruction resets the Watch-
dog Timer. It also resets the prescaler
of the WDT. Status bits TO and PD
are set.
COMF Complement f
Syntax: [ label ] COMF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are
complemented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
stored back in register ‘f’.
DECF Decrement f
Syntax: [ label ] DECF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) - 1 (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: Decrement register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is 0’, the
result is stored in the W register. If ‘d’
is ‘1’, the result is stored back in
register ‘f’.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 363
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DECFSZ Decrement f, Skip if 0
Syntax: [ label ] DECFSZ f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) - 1 (destination);
skip if result = 0
Status Affected: None
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are decre-
mented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed
in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result
is placed back in register ‘f’.
If the result is ‘1’, the next instruction is
executed. If the result is ‘0’, then a
NOP is executed instead, making it a
2-cycle instruction.
GOTO Unconditional Branch
Syntax: [ label ] GOTO k
Operands: 0 k 2047
Operation: k PC<10:0>
PCLATH<6:3> PC<14:11>
Status Affected: None
Description: GOTO is an unconditional branch. The
11-bit immediate value is loaded into
PC bits <10:0>. The upper bits of PC
are loaded from PCLATH<4:3>. GOTO
is a 2-cycle instruction.
INCF Increment f
Syntax: [ label ] INCF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) + 1 (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are incre-
mented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed
in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result
is placed back in register ‘f’.
INCFSZ Increment f, Skip if 0
Syntax: [ label ] INCFSZ f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) + 1 (destination),
skip if result = 0
Status Affected: None
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are incre-
mented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed
in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result
is placed back in register ‘f’.
If the result is1’, the next instruction is
executed. If the result is ‘0’, a NOP is
executed instead, making it a 2-cycle
instruction.
IORLW Inclusive OR literal with W
Syntax: [ label ] IORLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: (W) .OR. k (W)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of the W register are
OR’ed with the 8-bit literal ‘k’. The
result is placed in the W register.
IORWF Inclusive OR W with f
Syntax: [ label ] IORWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (W) .OR. (f) (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: Inclusive OR the W register with regis-
ter ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in
the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed back in register ‘f’.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 364 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
LSLF Logical Left Shift
Syntax: [ label ] LSLF f {,d}
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f<7>) C
(f<6:0>) dest<7:1>
0 dest<0>
Status Affected: C, Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are shifted
one bit to the left through the Carry flag.
A ‘0’ is shifted into the LSb. If ‘d’ is ‘0’,
the result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is 1’, the
result is stored back in register ‘f’.
LSRF Logical Right Shift
Syntax: [ label ] LSRF f {,d}
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: 0 dest<7>
(f<7:1>) dest<6:0>,
(f<0>) C,
Status Affected: C, Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are shifted
one bit to the right through the Carry
flag. A ‘0’ is shifted into the MSb. If ‘d’ is
0’, the result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’,
the result is stored back in register ‘f’.
register f 0
C
register f C0
MOVF Move f
Syntax: [ label ] MOVF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) (dest)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of register f is moved to
a destination dependent upon the
status of d. If d = 0, destination is W
register. If d = 1, the destination is file
register f itself. d = 1 is useful to test a
file register since status flag Z is
affected.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: MOVF FSR, 0
After Instruction
W = value in FSR register
Z=
1
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 365
PIC16(L)F1705/9
MOVIW Move INDFn to W
Syntax: [ label ] MOVIW ++FSRn
[ label ] MOVIW --FSRn
[ label ] MOVIW FSRn++
[ label ] MOVIW FSRn--
[ label ] MOVIW k[FSRn]
Operands: n [0,1]
mm [00,01, 10, 11]
-32 k 31
Operation: INDFn W
Effective address is determined by
FSR + 1 (preincrement)
FSR - 1 (predecrement)
FSR + k (relative offset)
After the Move, the FSR value will be
either:
FSR + 1 (all increments)
FSR - 1 (all decrements)
Unchanged
Status Affected: Z
Mode Syntax mm
Preincrement ++FSRn 00
Predecrement --FSRn 01
Postincrement FSRn++ 10
Postdecrement FSRn-- 11
Description: This instruction is used to move data
between W and one of the indirect
registers (INDFn). Before/after this
move, the pointer (FSRn) is updated by
pre/post incrementing/decrementing it.
Note: The INDFn registers are not
physical registers. Any instruction that
accesses an INDFn register actually
accesses the register at the address
specified by the FSRn.
FSRn is limited to the range 0000h -
FFFFh. Incrementing/decrementing it
beyond these bounds will cause it to
wrap-around.
MOVLB Move literal to BSR
Syntax: [ label ] MOVLB k
Operands: 0 k 31
Operation: k BSR
Status Affected: None
Description: The 5-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into the
Bank Select Register (BSR).
MOVLP Move literal to PCLATH
Syntax: [ label ] MOVLP k
Operands: 0 k 127
Operation: k PCLATH
Status Affected: None
Description: The 7-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into the
PCLATH register.
MOVLW Move literal to W
Syntax: [ label ] MOVLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: k (W)
Status Affected: None
Description: The 8-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into W reg-
ister. The “don’t cares” will assemble as
0’s.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: MOVLW 0x5A
After Instruction
W = 0x5A
MOVWF Move W to f
Syntax: [ label ] MOVWF f
Operands: 0 f 127
Operation: (W) (f)
Status Affected: None
Description: Move data from W register to register
‘f’.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: MOVWF OPTION_REG
Before Instruction
OPTION_REG = 0xFF
W = 0x4F
After Instruction
OPTION_REG = 0x4F
W = 0x4F
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 366 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
MOVWI Move W to INDFn
Syntax: [ label ] MOVWI ++FSRn
[ label ] MOVWI --FSRn
[ label ] MOVWI FSRn++
[ label ] MOVWI FSRn--
[ label ] MOVWI k[FSRn]
Operands: n [0,1]
mm [00,01, 10, 11]
-32 k 31
Operation: W INDFn
Effective address is determined by
FSR + 1 (preincrement)
FSR - 1 (predecrement)
FSR + k (relative offset)
After the Move, the FSR value will be
either:
FSR + 1 (all increments)
FSR - 1 (all decrements)
Unchanged
Status Affected: None
Mode Syntax mm
Preincrement ++FSRn 00
Predecrement --FSRn 01
Postincrement FSRn++ 10
Postdecrement FSRn-- 11
Description: This instruction is used to move data
between W and one of the indirect
registers (INDFn). Before/after this
move, the pointer (FSRn) is updated by
pre/post incrementing/decrementing it.
Note: The INDFn registers are not
physical registers. Any instruction that
accesses an INDFn register actually
accesses the register at the address
specified by the FSRn.
FSRn is limited to the range
0000h-FFFFh.
Incrementing/decrementing it beyond
these bounds will cause it to
wrap-around.
The increment/decrement operation on
FSRn WILL NOT affect any Status bits.
NOP No Operation
Syntax: [ label ] NOP
Operands: None
Operation: No operation
Status Affected: None
Description: No operation.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: NOP
OPTION Load OPTION_REG Register
with W
Syntax: [ label ] OPTION
Operands: None
Operation: (W) OPTION_REG
Status Affected: None
Description: Move data from W register to
OPTION_REG register.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: OPTION
Before Instruction
OPTION_REG = 0xFF
W = 0x4F
After Instruction
OPTION_REG = 0x4F
W = 0x4F
RESET Software Reset
Syntax: [ label ] RESET
Operands: None
Operation: Execute a device Reset. Resets the
RI flag of the PCON register.
Status Affected: None
Description: This instruction provides a way to
execute a hardware Reset by
software.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 367
PIC16(L)F1705/9
RETFIE Return from Interrupt
Syntax: [ label ] RETFIE k
Operands: None
Operation: TOS PC,
1 GIE
Status Affected: None
Description: Return from Interrupt. Stack is POPed
and Top-of-Stack (TOS) is loaded in
the PC. Interrupts are enabled by
setting Global Interrupt Enable bit,
GIE (INTCON<7>). This is a 2-cycle
instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Example: RETFIE
After Interrupt
PC = TOS
GIE = 1
RETLW Return with literal in W
Syntax: [ label ] RETLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: k (W);
TOS PC
Status Affected: None
Description: The W register is loaded with the 8-bit
literal ‘k’. The program counter is
loaded from the top of the stack (the
return address). This is a 2-cycle
instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Example:
TABLE
CALL TABLE;W contains table
;offset value
;W now has table value
ADDWF PC ;W = offset
RETLW k1 ;Begin table
RETLW k2 ;
RETLW kn ; End of table
Before Instruction
W = 0x07
After Instruction
W = value of k8
RETURN Return from Subroutine
Syntax: [ label ] RETURN
Operands: None
Operation: TOS PC
Status Affected: None
Description: Return from subroutine. The stack is
POPed and the top of the stack (TOS)
is loaded into the program counter.
This is a 2-cycle instruction.
RLF Rotate Left f through Carry
Syntax: [ label ] RLF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: See description below
Status Affected: C
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are rotated
one bit to the left through the Carry
flag. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in
the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
stored back in register ‘f’.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: RLF REG1,0
Before Instruction
REG1 = 1110 0110
C=0
After Instruction
REG1 = 1110 0110
W = 1100 1100
C=1
Register fC
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 368 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
RRF Rotate Right f through Carry
Syntax: [ label ] RRF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: See description below
Status Affected: C
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are rotated
one bit to the right through the Carry
flag. If ‘d’ is0’, the result is placed in
the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed back in register ‘f’.
SLEEP Enter Sleep mode
Syntax: [ label ]SLEEP
Operands: None
Operation: 00h WDT,
0 WDT prescaler,
1 TO,
0 PD
Status Affected: TO, PD
Description: The power-down Status bit, PD is
cleared. Time-out Status bit, TO is
set. Watchdog Timer and its
prescaler are cleared.
The processor is put into Sleep mode
with the oscillator stopped.
Register fC
SUBLW Subtract W from literal
Syntax: [ label ]SUBLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: k - (W) W)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: The W register is subtracted (2’s
complement method) from the 8-bit
literal ‘k’. The result is placed in the W
register.
SUBWF Subtract W from f
Syntax: [ label ] SUBWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) - (W) destination)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: Subtract (2’s complement method) W
register from register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the
result is stored in the W register. If ‘d’ is
1’, the result is stored back in register
‘f.
SUBWFB Subtract W from f with Borrow
Syntax: SUBWFB f {,d}
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) – (W) – (B) dest
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: Subtract W and the BORROW flag
(CARRY) from register ‘f’ (2’s
complement method). If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the
result is stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the
result is stored back in register ‘f’.
C = 0W k
C = 1W k
DC = 0W<3:0> k<3:0>
DC = 1W<3:0> k<3:0>
C = 0W f
C = 1W f
DC = 0W<3:0> f<3:0>
DC = 1W<3:0> f<3:0>
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 369
PIC16(L)F1705/9
SWAPF Swap Nibbles in f
Syntax: [ label ] SWAPF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f<3:0>) (destination<7:4>),
(f<7:4>) (destination<3:0>)
Status Affected: None
Description: The upper and lower nibbles of
register ‘f’ are exchanged. If ‘d’ is ‘0’,
the result is placed in the W register. If
‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed in register
‘f’.
TRIS Load TRIS Register with W
Syntax: [ label ] TRIS f
Operands: 5 f 7
Operation: (W) TRIS register ‘f’
Status Affected: None
Description: Move data from W register to TRIS
register.
When ‘f’ = 5, TRISA is loaded.
When ‘f’ = 6, TRISB is loaded.
When ‘f’ = 7, TRISC is loaded.
XORLW Exclusive OR literal with W
Syntax: [ label ]XORLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: (W) .XOR. k W)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of the W register are
XOR’ed with the 8-bit literal ‘k’. The
result is placed in the W register.
XORWF Exclusive OR W with f
Syntax: [ label ] XORWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (W) .XOR. (f) destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: Exclusive OR the contents of the W
register with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the
result is stored in the W register. If ‘d’
is ‘1’, the result is stored back in
register ‘f’.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 370 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
32.0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
32.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings(†)
Ambient temperature under bias...................................................................................................... -40°C to +125°C
Storage temperature ........................................................................................................................ -65°C to +150°C
Voltage on pins with respect to VSS
on VDD pin
PIC16F1705/9 ........................................................................................................... -0.3V to +6.5V
PIC16LF1705/9 ......................................................................................................... -0.3V to +4.0V
on MCLR pin ........................................................................................................................... -0.3V to +9.0V
on all other pins ............................................................................................................ -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V)
Maximum current(1)
on VSS pin
-40°C TA +85°C, Industrial ............................................................................................. 250 mA
+85°C TA +125°C, Extended ............................................................................................ 85 mA
on VDD pin
-40°C TA +85°C,Industrial .............................................................................................. 250 mA
+85°C TA +125°C, Extended ............................................................................................ 85 mA
Maximum output current
sunk by any I/O pin................................................................................................................................ 50 mA
sourced by any I/O pin .......................................................................................................................... 50 mA
sourced by any op amp output pin ...................................................................................................... 100 mA
Clamp current, IK (VPIN < 0 or VPIN > VDD) ................................................................................................... 20 mA
Total power dissipation(2) ...............................................................................................................................800 mW
Note 1: Maximum current rating requires even load distribution across I/O pins. Maximum current rating may be
limited by the device package power dissipation characterizations, see Table 3 2-3 to calculate device
specifications.
2: Power dissipation is calculated as follows:
PDIS = VDD x {IDDΣIOH} + Σ{VDD – VOH) x IOH} + Σ(VOL x IOI).
† NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the
device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those
indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure above maximum rating conditions for
extended periods may affect device reliability.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 371
PIC16(L)F1705/9
32.2 Standard Operating Condit ions
The standard operating conditions for any device are defined as:
Operating Voltage: VDDMIN VDD VDDMAX
Operating Temperature: TA_MIN TA TA_MAX
VDD — Operating Supply Voltage(1)
PIC16LF1705/9
VDDMIN (Fosc 16 MHz) ......................................................................................................... +1.8V
VDDMIN (Fosc 16 MHz) ......................................................................................................... +2.5V
VDDMAX .................................................................................................................................... +3.6V
PIC16F1705/9
VDDMIN (Fosc 16 MHz) ......................................................................................................... +2.3V
VDDMIN (16 MHz) .................................................................................................................. +2.5V
VDDMAX .................................................................................................................................... +5.5V
TA — Operating Ambient Temperature Range
Industrial Temperature
TA_MIN ...................................................................................................................................... -40°C
TA_MAX .................................................................................................................................... +85°C
Extended Temperature
TA_MIN ...................................................................................................................................... -40°C
TA_MAX .................................................................................................................................. +125°C
Note 1: See Parameter D001, DS Characteristics: Supply Voltage.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 372 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 32-1: VOLTAGE FREQUENCY GRAPH, -40°C
TA

+125°C, PIC16F1705/9 ONLY
FIGURE 32-2: VOLTAGE FREQUENCY GRAPH, -40°C
TA

+125°C, PIC16LF1705/9 ONLY
0
2.5
Frequency (MHz)
VDD (V)
Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.
2: Refer to Table 32-7 for each Oscillator mode’s supported frequencies.
432
10 16
5.5
2.3
1.8
0
2.5
Frequency (MHz )
VDD (V)
Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.
2: Refer to Table 32-7 for each Oscillator mode’s supported frequencies.
43210 16
3.6
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 373
PIC16(L)F1705/9
32.3 DC Characteristics
TABLE 32-1: SUPPLY VOLTAGE
PIC16LF1705/9 Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
PIC16F1705/9 Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ.† Max. Units Conditions
D001 VDD Supply Voltage
PIC16LF1705/9 1.8
2.5
3.6
3.6
V
V
FOSC 16 MHz
FOSC 32 MHz (Note 2)
D001 PIC16F1705/9 2.3
2.5
5.5
5.5
V
V
FOSC 16 MHz:
FOSC 32 MHz (Note 2)
D002* VDR RAM Data Retention Voltage(1)
PIC16LF1705/9 1.5 V Device in Sleep mode
D002* PIC16F1705/9 1.7 V Device in Sleep mode
D002A* VPOR Power-on Reset Release Voltage(3)
PIC16LF1705/9 1.6 V Device in Sleep mode
D002A* PIC16F1705/9 1.6 V Device in Sleep mode
D002B* VPORR*Power-on Reset Rearm Voltage(3)
PIC16LF1705/9 0.8 V
D002B* PIC16F1705/9 1.5 V
D003 VFVR Fixed Voltage Reference Vo ltage(4)
1x gain, 1.024 -4 +4 % VDD 2.5V, -40°C to +85°C
2x gain, 2.048 -4 +4 % VDD 2.5V, -40°C to +85°C
4x gain, 4.096 -5 +5 % VDD 4.75V, -40°C to +85°C
D004* SVDD VDD Rise Rate to ensure internal
Power-on Reset signal(2) 0.05 V/ms See Section 5.1 “Power-On Reset
(POR)” for details.
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in Sleep mode without losing RAM data.
2: PLL required for 32 MHz operation.
3: See Figure 32-3: POR and POR Rearm with Slow Rising VDD.
4: Industrial temperature range only.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 374 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 32-3: POR AND POR REARM WITH SLOW RISING VDD
VDD
VPOR
VPORR
VSS
VSS
NPOR(1)
TPOR(3)
POR REARM
Note 1: When NPOR is low, the device is held in Reset.
2: TVLOW 1 s typical.
3: TPOR 2.7 s typical.
TVLOW(2)
SVDD
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 375
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 32-2: SUPPLY CURRENT (IDD)(1,2)
PIC16LF1705/9 Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
PIC16F1705/9 Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Device
Characteristics Min. Typ.† Max. Units Conditions
VDD Note
D009 LDO Regulator 75 A High Power mode, normal operation
15 A Sleep, VREGCON<1> = 0
0.3 A Sleep, VREGCON<1> = 1
D010 5.0 12 A1.8FOSC = 32 kHz, LP Oscillator mode (Note 4),
-40°C TA +85°C
—8.0 18 A3.0
D010 16 26 A2.3 FOSC = 32 kHz, LP Oscillator mode (Note 4,
Note 5),
-40°C TA +85°C
18 32 A3.0
22 35 A5.0
D012 160 240 A1.8FOSC = 4 MHz,
XT Oscillator mode
280 380 A3.0
D012 250 320 A2.3 FOSC = 4 MHz,
XT Oscillator mode (No te 5)
320 420 A3.0
400 500 A5.0
D014 140 180 A1.8FOSC = 4 MHz,
External Clock (ECM),
Medium-Power mode (Note 3)
240 300 A3.0
D014 210 280 A2.3 FOSC = 4 MHz,
External Clock (ECM),
Medium-Power mode (Note 3)
280 350 A3.0
360 420 A5.0
D015 1.9 2.6 mA 3.0 FOSC = 32 MHz,
External Clock (ECH),
High-Power mode (Note 3, Note 5)
—2.43.0mA 3.6
D015 2 2.6 mA 3.0 FOSC = 32 MHz,
External Clock (ECH),
High-Power mode (Note 3, Note 5)
2.2 2.8 mA 5.0
D017 115 170 A1.8FOSC = 500 kHz,
MFINTOSC mode
135 200 A3.0
D017 150 200 A2.3 FOSC = 500 kHz,
MFINTOSC mode
170 220 A3.0
215 280 A5.0
D019 0.7 1.1 mA 1.8 FOSC = 16 MHz,
HFINTOSC mode
—1.21.8mA 3.0
D019 0.9 1.5 mA 2.3 FOSC = 16 MHz,
HFINTOSC mode
1.3 1.8 mA 3.0
1.4 2.0 mA 5.0
Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
Note 1: The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1 = external square wave, from
rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD; MCLR = VDD; WDT disabled.
2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading
and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on the current
consumption.
3: For RC oscillator configurations, current through REXT is not included. The current through the resistor can be extended
by the formula IR = VDD/2REXT (mA) with REXT in k
4: FVR and BOR are disabled.
5: 8 MHz clock with 4x PLL enabled.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 376 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
D020 2.3 3.0 mA 3.0 FOSC = 32 MHz,
HFINTOSC mode (Note 5)
—2.83.5mA 3.6
D020 2.4 3.1 mA 3.0 FOSC = 32 MHz,
HFINTOSC mode (Note 5)
2.6 3.4 mA 5.0
D022 2 3.0 mA 3.0 FOSC = 32 MHz,
HS Oscillator mode (Note 5)
—2.63.5mA 3.6
D022 2.1 3.0 mA 3.0 FOSC = 32 MHz,
HS Oscillator mode (Note 5)
3 3.5 mA 5.0
TABLE 32-2: SUPPLY CURRENT (IDD)(1,2) (CONTINUED)
PIC16LF1705/9 Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
PIC16F1705/9 Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Device
Characteristics Min. Typ.† Max. Units Conditions
VDD Note
Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
Note 1: The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1 = external square wave, from
rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD; MCLR = VDD; WDT disabled.
2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading
and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on the current
consumption.
3: For RC oscillator configurations, current through REXT is not included. The current through the resistor can be extended
by the formula IR = VDD/2REXT (mA) with REXT in k
4: FVR and BOR are disabled.
5: 8 MHz clock with 4x PLL enabled.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 377
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 32-3: POWER-DOWN CURRENTS (IPD)(1,2)
PIC16LF1705/9 Standard Operating Conditions: (unless otherwise stated)
Low-Powe r Sleep Mode
PIC16F1705/9 Low-Powe r Slee p Mode, VREGPM = 1
Param.
No. Device Characteristics Min. Typ.† Max.
+85°C Max.
+125°C Units Conditions
VDD Note
D023 Base IPD 0.05 1.0 8.0 A 1.8 WDT, BOR, FVR, and SOSC
disabled, all Peripherals Inactive
0.08 2.0 9.0 A3.0
D023 Base IPD 0.3 3.0 10 A2.3 WDT, BOR, FVR, and SOSC
disabled, all Peripherals Inactive,
Low-Power Sleep mode
0.4 4.0 12 A3.0
0.5 6.0 15 A5.0
D023A Base IPD 9.8 16 18 A2.3 WDT, BOR, FVR and SOSC
disabled, all Peripherals inactive,
Normal-Power Sleep mode
VREGPM = 0
10.3 18 20 A3.0
11.5 21 26 A5.0
D024 0.5 6 14 A 1.8 WDT Current
—0.8 7 17 A3.0
D024 0.8 615 A2.3 WDT Current
0.9 720 A3.0
1.0 822 A5.0
D025 15 28 30 A 1.8 FVR Current
—18 30 33 A3.0
D025 18 33 35 A2.3 FVR Current
19 35 37 A3.0
20 37 39 A5.0
D026 7.5 25 28 A 3.0 BOR Current
D026 10 25 28 A3.0 BOR Current
12 28 31 A5.0
D027 0.5 4 10 A 3.0 LPBOR Current
D027 0.8 614 A3.0 LPBOR Current
1 8 17 A5.0
D028 0.5 5 9 A 1.8 SOSC Current
—0.88.5 12 A3.0
D028 1.1 610 A2.3 SOSC Current
1.3 8.5 20 A3.0
1.4 10 25 A5.0
D029 0.05 2 9 A 1.8 ADC Current (No te 3),
no conversion in progress
—0.08 3 10 A3.0
D029 0.3 412 A2.3 ADC Current (No te 3),
no conversion in progress
0.4 513 A3.0
0.5 716 A5.0
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
Note 1: The peripheral current is the sum of the base IDD or IPD and the additional current consumed when this peripheral is
enabled. The peripheral current can be determined by subtracting the base IDD or IPD current from this limit. Max val-
ues should be used when calculating total current consumption.
2: The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with
the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to VSS.
3: ADC oscillator source is FRC.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 378 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
D030 250 A 1.8 ADC Current (Note 3),
conversion in progress
250 A3.0
D030 280 A2.3 ADC Current (No te 3),
conversion in progress
280 A3.0
280 A5.0
D031 250 650 A 3.0 Op Amp (High-power)
D031 250 650 A3.0 Op Amp (High-power)
350 850 A5.0
D032 250 600 A 1.8 Comparator, CxSP = 1
300 650 A3.0
D032 280 600 A2.3 Comparator, CxSP = 1
VREGPM = 0
300 650 A3.0
310 650 A5.0
TABLE 32-3: POWER-DOWN CURRENTS (IPD)(1,2) (CONTIN U ED )
PIC16LF1705/9 Standard Operating Conditions: (unless otherwise stated)
Low-Powe r Sleep Mode
PIC16F1705/9 Low-Powe r Slee p Mode, VREGPM = 1
Param.
No. Device Characteristics Min. Typ.† Max.
+85°C Max.
+125°C Units Conditions
VDD Note
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
Note 1: The peripheral current is the sum of the base IDD or IPD and the additional current consumed when this peripheral is
enabled. The peripheral current can be determined by subtracting the base IDD or IPD current from this limit. Max val-
ues should be used when calculating total current consumption.
2: The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with
the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to VSS.
3: ADC oscillator source is FRC.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 379
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 32-4: I/O PORTS
Standard Operating C ondition s (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ.† Max. Units Conditions
VIL Input Low Voltage
I/O PORT:
D034 with TTL buffer 0.8 V 4.5V VDD 5.5V
D034A 0.15 VDD V1.8V VDD 4.5V
D035 with Schmitt Trigger buffer 0.2 VDD V2.0V VDD 5.5V
with I2C levels 0.3 VDD V
with SMBus levels 0.8 V 2.7V VDD 5.5V
D036 MCLR, OSC1 (RC mode) 0.2 VDD V(Note 1)
D036A OSC1 (HS mode) 0.3 VDD V
VIH Input Hi gh Voltage
I/O ports:
D040 with TTL buffer 2.0 V 4.5V VDD 5.5V
D040A 0.25 VDD +
0.8
——V1.8V VDD 4.5V
D041 with Schmitt Trigger buffer 0.8 VDD ——V2.0V VDD 5.5V
with I2C levels 0.7 VDD ——V
with SMBus levels 2.1 V 2.7V VDD 5.5V
D042 MCLR 0.8 VDD ——V
D043A OSC1 (HS mode) 0.7 VDD ——V
D043B OSC1 (RC oscillator) 0.9 VDD ——VVDD 2.0V (Note 1)
IIL Input Leakage Current(2)
D060 I/O Ports ± 5 ± 125 nA VSS VPIN VDD,
Pin at high-impedance, 85°C
± 5 ± 1000 nA VSS VPIN VDD,
Pin at high-impedance, 125°C
D061 MCLR(3) —± 5± 200nAVSS VPIN VDD,
Pin at high-impedance, 85°C
IPUR Weak Pull-up Current
D070* 25 100 200 AVDD = 3.3V, VPIN = VSS
VOL Output Low Volt a ge(4)
D080 I/O ports
——0.6V
IOL = 8 mA, VDD = 5V
IOL = 6 mA, VDD = 3.3V
IOL = 1.8 mA, VDD = 1.8V
VOH Output High Voltage(4)
D090 I/O ports
VDD – 0.7 V
IOH = -3.5 mA, VDD = 5V
IOH = -3 mA, VDD = 3.3V
IOH = -1 mA, VDD = 1.8V
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
Note 1: In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKIN pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended to use an external
clock in RC mode.
2: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.
3: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent
normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages.
4: Including OSC2 in CLKOUT mode.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 380 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Capacitive Loading Specs on Output Pins
D101* COSC2 OSC2 pin 15 pF In XT, HS and LP modes when
external clock is used to drive
OSC1
D101A* CIO All I/O pins 50 pF
TABLE 32-4: I/O PORTS (CONTINUED)
Standard Operating C ondition s (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ.† Max. Units Conditions
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
Note 1: In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKIN pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended to use an external
clock in RC mode.
2: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.
3: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent
normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages.
4: Including OSC2 in CLKOUT mode.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 381
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 32-5: MEMORY PROGRAMMING SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Operating Conditions (unle ss othe rwis e stated )
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ.† Max. Units Conditions
Program Memory
Programming Specifications
D110 VIHH Voltage on MCLR/VPP pin 8.0 9.0 V (Note 1, Note 2)
D111 IDDP Supply Current during
Programming
——10mA
D112 VBE VDD for Bulk Erase 2.7 VDDMAX V
D113 VPEW VDD for Write or Row Erase VDDMIN —VDDMAX V
D114 IPPGM Current on MCLR/VPP during
Erase/Write
——1.0mA
D115 IDDPGM Current on VDD during
Erase/Write
——
5.0 mA
Program Flash Memory
D121 EPCell Endurance 10K E/W -40C TA +85C
(Note 3)
D122 VPR VDD for Read VDDMIN —VDDMAX V
D123 TIW Self-timed Write Cycle Time 2 2.5 ms
D124 TRETD Characteristic Retention 40 Year Provided no other
specifications are violated
D125 EHEFC High-Endurance Flash Cell 100K E/W 0C TA +60°C, Lower
byte last 128 addresses
Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
Note 1: Required only if single-supply programming is disabled.
2: The MPLAB ICD2 does not support variable VPP output. Circuitry to limit the ICD2 VPP voltage must be
placed between the ICD2 and target system when programming or debugging with the ICD2.
3: Self-write and Block Erase.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 382 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 32-6: THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating C ondition s (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Typ. Units Conditions
TH01 JA Thermal Resistance Junction to Ambient 70.0 C/W 14-pin PDIP package
95.3 C/W 14-pin SOIC package
100.0 C/W 14-pin TSSOP package
51.5 C/W 16-pin QFN 3x3mm package
62.2 C/W 20-pin PDIP package
87.3 C/W 20-pin SSOP package
77.7 C/W 20-pin SOIC package
43.0 C/W 20-pin QFN 4x4mm package
TH02 JC Thermal Resistance Junction to Case 32.75 C/W 14-pin PDIP package
31.0 C/W 14-pin SOIC package
24.4 C/W 14-pin TSSOP package
5.4 C/W 16-pin QFN 4x4mm package
27.5 C/W 20-pin PDIP package
31.1 C/W 20-pin SSOP package
23.1 C/W 20-pin SOIC package
5.3 C/W 20-pin QFN 4x4mm package
TH03 TJMAX Maximum Junction Temperature 150 C
TH04 PD Power Dissipation W PD = PINTERNAL + PI/O
TH05 PINTERNAL Internal Power Dissipation W PINTERNAL = IDD x VDD(1)
TH06 PI/OI/O Power Dissipation W PI/O = (IOL * VOL) + (IOH * (VDD - VOH))
TH07 PDER Derated Power W PDER = PDMAX (TJ - TA)/JA(2)
Note 1: IDD is current to run the chip alone without driving any load on the output pins.
2: TA = Ambient Temperature, TJ = Junction Temperature
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 383
PIC16(L)F1705/9
32.4 AC Characteristics
Timing Parameter Symbology has been created with one of the following formats:
FIGURE 32-4: LOAD CONDITIONS
1. TppS2ppS
2. TppS
T
F Frequency T Time
Lowercase letters (pp) and their meanings:
pp
cc CCP1 osc OSC1
ck CLKOUT rd RD
cs CS rw RD or WR
di SDI sc SCK
do SDO ss SS
dt Data in t0 T0CKI
io I/O PORT t1 T1CKI
mc MCLR wr WR
Uppercase letters and their meanings:
S
FFall PPeriod
HHigh RRise
I Invalid (High-impedance) V Valid
L Low Z High-impedance
V
SS
C
L
Legend: CL = 50 pF for all pins
Load Condition
Pin
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 384 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 32-5: CLOCK TIMING
CLKIN
CLKOUT
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
OS02
OS03
(CLKOUT Mode)
Note 1: See Table 32-7.
OS11
OS12
TABLE 32-7: CLOCK OSCILLATOR TIMING REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless ot her w i se stated )
Param
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
OS01 FOSC External CLKIN Frequency(1) DC 0.5 MHz EC Oscillator mode (low)
DC 4 MHz EC Oscillator mode (medium)
DC 20 MHz EC Oscillator mode (high)
Oscillator Frequency(1) 32.768 kHz LP Oscillator mode
0.1 4 MHz XT Oscillator mode
1 4 MHz HS Oscillator mode
1 20 MHz HS Oscillator mode, VDD > 2.7V
DC 4 MHz RC Oscillator mode, VDD > 2.0V
OS02 TOSC External CLKIN Period(1) 27 s LP Oscillator mode
250 ns XT Oscillator mode
50 ns HS Oscillator mode
50 ns EC Oscillator mode
Oscillator Period(1) —30.5 s LP Oscillator mode
250 10,000 ns XT Oscillator mode
50 1,000 ns HS Oscillator mode
50 ns RC Oscillator mode
OS03 TCY Instruction Cycle Time(1) 125 TCY DC ns TCY = 4/FOSC
OS04* TosH,
To s L
External CLKIN High,
External CLKIN Low
2—s LP Oscillator mode
100 ns XT Oscillator mode
20 ns HS Oscillator mode
OS05* TosR,
To s F
External CLKIN Rise,
External CLKIN Fall
0 ns LP Oscillator mode
0 ns XT Oscillator mode
0 ns HS Oscillator mode
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
Note 1: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are based
on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device exe-
cuting code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than
expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “min” values with an external clock applied to
OSC1 pin. When an external clock input is used, the “max” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 385
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 32-6: HFINTOSC AND MFINTOSC FREQUENCY ACCURACY OVER DEVICE VDD AND
TEMPERATURE
TABLE 32-8: OSCILLATOR PARAMETERS
Standard Operating C ondition s (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Freq.
Tolerance Min. Typ.† Max. Units Conditions
OS08 HFOSC Internal Calibrated HFINTOSC
Frequency(1) ±2% 16.0 MHz 3.2V, TA = 25°C
OS08A MFOSC Internal Calibrated MFINTOSC
Frequency(1) ±2% 500 kHz 3.2V, TA = 25°C
OS09 LFOSC Internal LFINTOSC Frequency 31 kHz -40°C TA +125°C
OS10* TIOSC ST HFINTOSC
Wake-up from Sleep Start-up Time
——3.28s
MFINTOSC
Wake-up from Sleep Start-up Time
24 35 s
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
Note 1: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are based on
characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device executing
code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected cur-
rent consumption. All devices are tested to operate at "min" values with an external clock applied to the OSC1 pin.
When an external clock input is used, the "max" cycle time limit is "DC" (no clock) for all devices.
2: To ensure these oscillator frequency tolerances, VDD and VSS must be capacitively decoupled as close to the device as
possible. 0.1 F and 0.01 F values in parallel are recommended.
125
25
2.0
0
60
85
VDD (V)
4.0 5.04.5
Temperature (°C)
2.5 3.0 3.5 5.51.8
-40
-20
± 5%
± 2%
± 5%
± 3%
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 386 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 32-7: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING
TABLE 32-9: PLL CLOCK TIMING SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Operating Conditions (unle ss othe rwis e stated )
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ.† Max. Units Conditions
F10 FOSC Oscillator Frequency Range 4 8 MHz
F11 FSYS On-Chip VCO System Frequency 16 32 MHz
F12 TRC PLL Start-up Time (Lock Time) 2 ms
F13* CLK CLKOUT Stability (Jitter) -0.25% +0.25% %
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ.” column is at 5V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
FOSC
CLKOUT
I/O pin
(Input)
I/O pin
(Output)
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
OS11
OS19
OS13
OS15
OS18, OS19
OS20
OS21
OS17
OS16
OS14
OS12
OS18
Old Value New Value
Write Fetch Read ExecuteCycle
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 387
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 32-8: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP
TIMER TI MING
TABLE 32-10: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING PARAMETERS
Standard Operating C ondition s (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ.† Max. Units Conditions
OS11* TOSH2CKLFOSC to CLKOUT (1) 70 ns 3.3V VDD 5.0V
OS12* TOSH2CKHFOSC to CLKOUT (1) 72 ns 3.3V VDD 5.0V
OS13* TCKL2IOVCLKOUT to Port out valid(1) 20 ns
OS14* TIOV2CKH Port input valid before CLKOUT(1) TOSC + 200 ns ns
OS15* TOSH2IOVFosc (Q1 cycle) to Port out valid 50 70* ns 3.3V VDD 5.0V
OS16* TOSH2IOIFosc (Q2 cycle) to Port input invalid
(I/O in hold time)
50 ns 3.3V VDD 5.0V
OS17* TIOV2OSH Port input valid to Fosc(Q2 cycle)
(I/O in setup time)
20 ns
OS18* TIOR Port output rise time(2)
40
15
72
32
ns VDD = 1.8V
3.3V VDD 5.0V
OS19* TIOF Port output fall time(2)
28
15
55
30
ns VDD = 1.8V
3.3V VDD 5.0V
OS20* TINP INT pin input high or low time 25 ns
OS21* TIOC Interrupt-on-change new input level time 25 ns
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25C unless otherwise stated.
Note 1: Measurements are taken in RC mode where CLKOUT output is 4 x TOSC.
2: Slew rate limited.
VDD
MCLR
Internal
POR
PWRT
Time-out
OSC
Start-up Time
Internal Reset(1)
Watchdog Timer
33
32
30
31
34
I/O pins
34
Note 1: Asserted low.
Reset(1)
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 388 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 32-11: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR ST ART-UP TIMER, POWER-UP TIMER
AND BROWN-OUT RESET PARAMETERS
Standard Operating Conditions (unle ss othe rwis e stated )
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ.† Max. Units Conditions
30 TMCLMCLR Pulse Width (low) 2 s
31 TWDTLP Low-Power Watchdog Timer
Time-out Period
10 16 27 ms 3.3V VDD 5.0V
1:16 Prescaler used
32 TOST Oscillator Start-up Timer Period(1) —1024—TOSC
33* TPWRT Power-up Timer Period, PWRTE =040 65 140 ms
34* TIOZ I/O high-impedance from MCLR Low
or Watchdog Timer Reset
——2.0s
35 VBOR Brown-out Reset Voltage(2) 2.55
2.30
1.80
2.70
2.45
1.90
2.85
2.60
2.10
V
V
V
BORV = 0
BORV = 1 (PIC16F1705/9)
BORV = 1 (PIC16LF1705/9)
35A VLPBOR Low-Power Brown-out(2) 1.80 2.1 2.5 V LPBOR = 1
36* VHYST Brown-out Reset Hysteresis(2) 0 25 75 mV -40°C TA +85°C
37* TBORDC Brown-out Reset DC Response
Time
1335sVDD VBOR
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
Note 1: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values
are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions
with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator
operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “min”
values with an external clock applied to the OSC1 pin. When an external clock input is used, the “max”
cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 389
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 32-9: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMINGS
FIGURE 32-10: BROWN-OUT RESET TIMING AND CHARACTERISTICS
T0CKI
T1CKI
40 41
42
45 46
47 49
TMR0 or
TMR1
VBOR
VDD
(Device in Brown-out Reset) (Device not in Brown-out Reset)
33(1)
Reset
(due to BOR)
VBOR and VHYST
37
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 390 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 32-12: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating C ondition s (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ.† Max. Units Conditions
40* TT0H T0CKI High Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 ns
With Pres-
caler
10 ns
41* TT0L T0CKI Low Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 ns
With Pres-
caler
10 ns
42* TT0P T0CKI Period Greater of:
20 or
(TCY + 40)*N
ns N = prescale value
(2, 4, ..., 256)
45* TT1H T1CKI High
Time
Synchronous, No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 ns
Synchronous, with Prescaler 15 ns
Asynchronous 30 ns
46* TT1L T1CKI Low
Time
Synchronous, No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 ns
Synchronous, with Prescaler 15 ns
Asynchronous 30 ns
47* TT1P T1CKI Input
Period
Synchronous Greater of:
30 or
(TCY + 40)*N
——ns
Asynchronous 60 ns
48 FT1 Timer1 Oscillator Input Frequency Range
(oscillator enabled by setting bit T1OSCEN)
32.4 32.76
8
33.1 kHz
49* TCKEZTMR1 Delay from External Clock Edge to Timer
Increment
2 TOSC —7 TOSC Timers in Sync
mode
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 391
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 32-11: CAPTURE/ COMPARE/PWM TIMINGS (CCP)
Note: Refer to Figure 32-4 for load conditions.
(Capture mode)
CC01 CC02
CC03
CCPx
TABLE 32-13: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM REQUIREMENTS (CCP)
Standard Operating C ondition s (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ.† Max. Units Conditions
CC01* TccL CCPx Input Low Time No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 ns
With Prescaler 20 ns
CC02* TccH CCPx Input High Time No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 ns
With Prescaler 20 ns
CC03* TccP CCPx Input Period (3T
CY + 40)*N ns N = prescale value
(1, 4 or 16)
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 392 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 32-12 : CLC PROPAGATION TIMING
LCx_in[n](1)
CLC
Output time
CLC
Input time LCx_out(1) CLCx
CLCxINn CLC
Module
CLC01 CLC02 CLC03
LCx_in[n](1) CLC
Output time
CLC
Input time LCx_out(1) CLCx
CLCxINn CLC
Module
Note 1: See Figure 19-1 to identify specific CLC signals.
TABLE 32-14: CONFIGURATION LOGIC CELL (CLC) CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating C ondition s (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ.† Max. Units Conditions
CLC01* TCLCIN CLC input pin (CLCxIN[n]) to CLC module input
select (LCx_in[n]) propagation time
7 OS17 ns (Note 1)
CLC02* TCLC CLC module input to output progagation time
24
12
ns
ns
VDD = 1.8V
VDD > 3.6V
CLC03* TCLCOUT CLC output time Rise Time OS18 (Note 2)
Fall Time OS19 (Note 2)
CLC04* FCLCMAX CLC maximum switching frequency 45 MHz
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
Note 1: I/O setup delay.
2: See Table for OS17, OS18 and OS19 rise and fall times.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 393
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 32-15: ANA LOG- TO- DIG IT AL CONVER TER ( ADC) CHAR ACTE RIST ICS(1)
Standard Operat ing Condition s (unless otherwise stated)
VDD = 3.0V, TA = 25°C, Single-ended, 2 s TAD, VREF+ = 3V, VREF- = VSS
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ.† Max. Units Conditions
AD01 NRResolution 10 bit
AD02 EIL Integral Error ±1.7 LSb VREF = 3.0V
AD03 EDL Differential Error ±1 LSb No missing codes, VREF = 3.0V
AD04 EOFF Offset Error ±2.5 LSb VREF = 3.0V
AD05 EGN Gain Error ±2.0 LSb VREF = 3.0V
AD06 VREF Reference Voltage(2) 1.8 VDD VVREF = (VREF+ minus VREF-)
AD07 VAIN Full-Scale Range VSS —VREF V
AD08 ZAIN Recommended Impedance of
Analog Voltage Source
—— 10kCan go higher if external 0.01 F capacitor is
present on input pin.
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
Note 1: The ADC conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage and has no missing codes.
2: VREF = (VREF+ – VREF-); ADCREF+ may be VDD, VREF+ pin or FVR1_buffer. The ADCREF- may be VSS or VREF- pin. If
selecting the FVR1_buffer, the buffers output voltage must be 2.048V or 4.096V.
TABLE 32-16: ADC CONVERSION REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating C ondition s (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ.† Max. Units Conditions
AD130* TAD ADC Clock Period (TADC) 1.0 9.0 sFOSC-based
FRC Oscillator Period (TFRC)1.026.0s ADCS<1:0> = 11 (ADC FRC mode)
AD131 TCNV Conversion Time (not including
Acquisition Time)(1) —11—TAD Set GO/DONE bit to conversion
complete
AD132* TACQ Acquisition Time 5.0 s
AD133* THCD Holding Capacitor Disconnect Time 0.5 TAD ADCS<2:0> x11 (FOSC based)
—1/2 T
AD + 1 TCY ADCS<2:0> = x11 (FRC based)
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
Note 1: The ADRES register may be read on the following TCY cycle.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 394 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 32-13: ADC CONVE RSION TIMING (ADC CLOCK FOSC-BASED)
FIGURE 32-14: ADC CONVERSION TIMING (ADC CLOCK FROM FRC)
AD131
AD130
BSF ADCON0, GO
Q4
ADC_clk
ADC Data
ADRES
ADIF
GO
Sample
OLD_DATA
Sampling Stopped
DONE
NEW_DATA
987 3210
1 TCY
6
AD133
1 TCY
AD132
AD132
AD131
AD130
BSF ADCON0, GO
Q4
ADC_clk
ADC Data
ADRES
ADIF
GO
Sample
OLD_DATA
Sampling Stopped
DONE
NEW_DATA
9 7 3210
Note 1: If the ADC clock source is selected as FRC, a time of TCY is added before the ADC clock starts. This allows the
SLEEP instruction to be executed.
AD133
6
8
1 TCY
1 TCY
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 395
PIC16(L)F1705/9
TABLE 32-17: OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER (OPA)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
VDD = 3.0V, TA = 25°C, OPAxSP = 1 (High GBWP mode)
Param.
No. Symbol Parameters Min. Typ. Max. Units Conditions
OPA01* GBWP Gain Bandwidth Product 3.5 MHz
OPA02* TON Turn on Time 10 s
OPA03* PMPhase Margin 40 degrees
OPA04* SRSlew Rate 3 V/s
OPA05 OFF Offset ±3 ±9 mV
OPA06 CMRR Common Mode Rejection Ratio 52 70 dB
OPA07* AOL Open Loop Gain 90 dB
OPA08 VICM Common Mode Input Voltage 0 VDD VVDD > 2.5V
OPA09* PSRR Power Supply Rejection Ratio 80 dB
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
TABLE 32-18: COMPARATOR SPECIFICATIONS
S tand ard Operating Conditi ons (unle ss othe rwis e stated )
VDD = 3.0V, TA = 25°C
See Section 33.0 “DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Charts” for operating characterization.
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristics Min. Typ. Max. Units Comments
CM01 VIOFF Input Offset Voltage ±2.5 ±5 mV Normal-Power mode
measured at VDD/2
CM02 VICM Input Common Mode Voltage 0 VDD V
CM03 CMRR Common Mode Rejection Ratio 40 50 dB
CM04A
TRESP(1)
Response Time Rising Edge 60 125 ns Normal-Power mode
measured at VDD/2 (Note 1)
CM04B Response Time Falling Edge 60 110 ns Normal-Power mode
measured at VDD/2 (Note 1)
CM04C Response Time Rising Edge 85 ns Low-Power mode measured
at VDD/2 (Note 1)
CM04D Response Time Falling Edge 85 ns Low-Power mode measured
at VDD/2 (Note 1)
CM05* TMC2OV Comparator Mode Change to
Output Valid*
——10s
CM06 CHYSTER Comparator Hysteresis 20 45 75 mV Hysteresis ON High-Power
mode measured at VDD/2
(Note 2)
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1: Response time measured with one comparator input at VDD/2, while the other input transitions from VSS to
VDD.
2: Comparator hysteresis is available when the CxHYS bit of the CMxCON0 register is enabled.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 396 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 32-19: DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG CONVERTER (DAC) SPECIFICATIONS
S tand ard Operating Conditi ons (unle ss othe rwis e stated )
VDD = 3.0V, TA = 25°C
See Section 33.0 “DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Charts” for operating characterization.
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristics Min. Typ. Max. Units Comments
DAC01* CLSB Step Size VREF/256 V
DAC02* CACC Absolute Accuracy 1.5 LSb
DAC03* CRUnit Resistor Value (R) 600
DAC04* CST Settling Time(1) ——10s
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1: Settling time measured while DACR<7:0> transitions from0x00’ to0xFF’.
TABLE 32-20: ZERO CROSS PIN SPECIFICATIONS
S tand ard Operating Conditi ons (unle ss othe rwis e stated )
VDD = 3.0V, TA = 25°C
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristics Min. Typ. Max. Units Comments
ZC01 ZCPINV Voltage on Zero-Cross Pin 0.75 V
ZC02 ZCSRC Source current -600 AZCPINV = VSS
ZC03 ZCSNK Sink current 600 AZCPINV = VDD
ZC04* ZCISW Response Time Rising Edge 1 s
Response Time Falling Edge 1 s
ZC05* ZCOUT Response Time Rising Edge 1 s
Response Time Falling Edge 1 s
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 397
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 32-15: USA RT SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (MASTER/SLAVE) TIMING
FIGURE 32-16: USA RT SYNCHRONO US RECEIVE (MASTER/SLAVE) TIMING
Note: Refer to Figure 32-4 for load conditions.
US121 US121
US120 US122
CK
DT
TABLE 32-21: USART SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unle ss othe rwis e stated )
Param.
No. Symbol Characteristic Min. Max. Units Conditions
US120* TCKH2DTV SYNC XMIT (Master and Slave)
Clock high to data-out valid
—80ns3.0V VDD 5.5V
100 ns 1.8V VDD 5.5V
US121* TCKRF Clock out rise time and fall time
(Master mode)
—45ns3.0V VDD 5.5V
—50ns1.8V VDD 5.5V
US122* TDTRF Data-out rise time and fall time 45 ns 3.0V VDD 5.5V
—50ns1.8V VDD 5.5V
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note: Refer to Figure 32-4 for load conditions.
US125
US126
CK
DT
TABLE 32-22: USART SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unle ss othe rwis e stated )
Param.
No. Symbol Characteristic Min. Max. Units Conditions
US125* TDTV2CKL SYNC RCV (Master and Slave)
Data-setup before CK (DT hold time) 10 ns
US126* TCKL2DTL Data-hold after CK (DT hold time) 15 ns
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 398 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 32-17 : SPI MASTE R MODE TIMING (CKE = 0, SMP = 0)
FIGURE 32-18 : SPI MASTE R MODE TIMING (CKE = 1, SMP = 1)
SS
SCK
(CKP = 0)
SCK
(CKP = 1)
SDO
SDI
SP81
SP71 SP72
SP73
SP74
SP75, SP76
SP78
SP79
SP80
SP79
SP78
MSb LSb
bit 6 - - - - - -1
MSb In LSb In
bit 6 - - - -1
Note: Refer to Figure 32-4 for load conditions.
SS
SCK
(CKP = 0)
SCK
(CKP = 1)
SDO
SDI
SP81
SP71 SP72
SP74
SP75, SP76
SP78
SP80
MSb
SP79
SP73
MSb In
bit 6 - - - - - -1
LSb In
bit 6 - - - -1
LSb
Note: Refer to Figure 32-4 for load conditions.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 399
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 32-19 : SP I SLAVE MODE TIMING (CKE = 0)
FIGURE 32-20 : SP I SLAVE MODE TIMING (CKE = 1)
SS
SCK
(CKP = 0)
SCK
(CKP = 1)
SDO
SDI
SP70
SP71 SP72
SP73
SP74
SP75, SP76 SP77
SP78
SP79
SP80
SP79
SP78
MSb LSb
bit 6 - - - - - -1
MSb In bit 6 - - - -1 LSb In
SP83
Note: Refer to Figure 32-4 for load conditions.
SS
SCK
(CKP = 0)
SCK
(CKP = 1)
SDO
SDI
SP70
SP71 SP72
SP82
SP74
SP75, SP76
MSb bit 6 - - - - - -1 LSb
SP77
MSb In bit 6 - - - -1 LSb In
SP80
SP83
Note: Refer to Figure 32-4 for load conditions.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 400 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 32-23: SPI MODE REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unle ss othe rwis e stated )
Param.
No. Symbol Characteristic Min. Typ.† Max. Unit
sConditions
SP70* TSSL2SCH,
TSSL2SCL
SS to SCK or SCK input 2.25 TCY ——ns
SP71* TSCH SCK input high time (Slave mode) TCY + 20 ns
SP72* TSCL SCK input low time (Slave mode) TCY + 20 ns
SP73* TDIV2SCH,
TDIV2SCL
Setup time of SDI data input to SCK
edge
100 ns
SP74* TSCH2DIL,
TSCL2DIL
Hold time of SDI data input to SCK
edge
100 ns
SP75* TDOR SDO data output rise time 10 25 ns 3.0V VDD 5.5V
—2550ns1.8V VDD 5.5V
SP76* TDOF SDO data output fall time 10 25 ns
SP77* TSSH2DOZSS to SDO output high-impedance 10 50 ns
SP78* TSCR SCK output rise time
(Master mode)
—1025ns3.0V VDD 5.5V
—2550ns1.8V VDD 5.5V
SP79* TSCF SCK output fall time (Master mode) 10 25 ns
SP80* TSCH2DOV,
TSCL2DOV
SDO data output valid after SCK
edge
50 ns 3.0V VDD 5.5V
——145ns1.8V VDD 5.5V
SP81* TDOV2SCH,
TDOV2SCL
SDO data output setup to SCK
edge
TCY ——ns
SP82* TSSL2DOV SDO data output valid after SS
edge
——50ns
SP83* TSCH2SSH,
TSCL2SSH
SS after SCK edge 1.5 TCY + 40 ns
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 401
PIC16(L)F1705/9
FIGURE 32-21 : I2C BUS START/STOP BITS TIMING
FIGURE 32-22 : I2C BUS DATA TIMING
Note: Refer to Figure 32-4 for load conditions.
SP91
SP92
SP93
SCL
SDA
Start
Condition
Stop
Condition
SP90
TABLE 32-24: I2C BUS START/STOP BITS REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unle ss othe rwis e stated )
Param.
No. Symbol Characteristic Min. Typ. Max. Units Conditions
SP90* TSU:STA Start condition 100 kHz mode 4700 ns Only relevant for repeated
Start condition
Setup time 400 kHz mode 600
SP91* THD:STA Start condition 100 kHz mode 4000 ns After this period, the first
clock pulse is generated
Hold time 400 kHz mode 600
SP92* TSU:STO Stop condition 100 kHz mode 4700 ns
Setup time 400 kHz mode 600
SP93 THD:STO Stop condition 100 kHz mode 4000 ns
Hold time 400 kHz mode 600
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note: Refer to Figure 32-4 for load conditions.
SP90
SP91 SP92
SP100
SP101
SP103
SP106 SP107
SP109 SP109
SP110
SP102
SCL
SDA
In
SDA
Out
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 402 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 32-25: I2C BUS DATA REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unle ss othe rwis e stated )
Param.
No. Symbol Characteristic Min. Max. Units Conditions
SP100* THIGH Clock high time 100 kHz mode 4.0 s Device must operate at a
minimum of 1.5 MHz
400 kHz mode 0.6 s Device must operate at a
minimum of 10 MHz
SSP module 1.5 TCY ——
SP101* TLOW Clock low time 100 kHz mode 4.7 s Device must operate at a
minimum of 1.5 MHz
400 kHz mode 1.3 s Device must operate at a
minimum of 10 MHz
SSP module 1.5 TCY ——
SP102* TRSDA and SCL rise
time
100 kHz mode 1000 ns
400 kHz mode 20 +
0.1CB
300 ns CB is specified to be from
10-400 pF
SP103* TFSDA and SCL fall
time
100 kHz mode 250 ns
400 kHz mode 20 +
0.1CB
250 ns CB is specified to be from
10-400 pF
SP106* THD:DAT Data input hold
time
100 kHz mode 0 ns
400 kHz mode 0 0.9 s
SP107* TSU:DAT Data input setup
time
100 kHz mode 250 ns (Note 2)
400 kHz mode 100 ns
SP109* TAA Output valid from
clock
100 kHz mode 3500 ns (Note 1)
400 kHz mode ns
SP110* TBUF Bus free time 100 kHz mode 4.7 s Time the bus must be free
before a new transmis-
sion can start
400 kHz mode 1.3 s
SP111 CBBus capacitive loading 400 pF
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1: As a transmitter, the device must provide this internal minimum delay time to bridge the undefined region
(min. 300 ns) of the falling edge of SCL to avoid unintended generation of Start or Stop conditions.
2: A Fast mode (400 kHz) I2C bus device can be used in a Standard mode (100 kHz) I2C bus system, but the
requirement TSU:DAT 250 ns must then be met. This will automatically be the case if the device does not
stretch the low period of the SCL signal. If such a device does stretch the low period of the SCL signal, it
must output the next data bit to the SDA line TR max. + TSU:DAT = 1000 + 250 = 1250 ns (according to the
Standard mode I2C bus specification), before the SCL line is released.
Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 403
PIC16(L)F1705/9
33.0 DC AND AC
CHARACTERISTICS GRAPHS
AND CHARTS
The graphs and tables provided in this section are for design guidance and are not tested.
In some graphs or tables, the data presented are outside specified operating range (i.e., outside specified VDD
range). This is for information only and devices are ensured to operate properly only within the specified range.
Unless otherwise noted, all graphs apply to both the F and LF devices.
“Typical” represents the mean of the distribution at 25C. “Maximum”, “Max.”, “Minimum” or “Min.
represents (mean + 3) or (mean - 3) respectively, where is a standard deviation, over each
temperature range.
Note: The graphs and tables provided following this note are a statistical summary based on a limited number of
samples and are provided for informational purposes only. The performance characteristics listed herein
are not tested or guaranteed. In some graphs or tables, the data presented may be outside the specified
operating range (e.g., outside specified power supply range) and therefore, outside the warranted range.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 404 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-1: IDD, LP Oscillator Mode,
Fosc = 32 kHz, PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-2: IDD, LP Osc illat or Mode,
Fosc = 32 kHz, PIC16F1705/9 Only.
Typical
Max.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
IDD (μA)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
Typical
Max.
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (μA)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
V
DD (V)
FIGURE 33-3: IDD Typical, XT and EXTRC
Oscillator, PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-4: IDD Maximum, XT and
EXTRC Oscillator, PIC16LF1705/9 Only.
4 MHz XT
1 MHz XT
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
IDD (μA)
VDD (V)
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
4 MHz XT
1 MHz XT
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
IDD (μA)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
V
DD
(V)
FIGURE 33-5: IDD Typical, XT and EXTRC
Oscillat or, PIC16F1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-6: IDD Maximum, XT and
EXTRC Oscillator, PIC16F1705/9 Only.
4 MHz XT
1 MHz XT
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (μA)
VDD (V)
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
4 MHz XT
1 MHz XT
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (μA)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
V
DD
(V)
Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 405
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-7: IDD, EC Oscillator LP Mode,
Fosc = 32 MHz, PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-8: IDD, EC Oscillator LP Mode,
Fosc = 32 MHz, PIC16F1705/9 Only.
Typical
Max.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
IDD (μA)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
Typical
Max.
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
I
DD
(μA)
V
DD
(V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
FIGURE 33-9: IDD, EC Oscillator LP Mode,
Fosc = 500 kHz, PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-10: IDD, EC Oscillator LP Mode,
Fosc = 500 kHz, PIC16F1705/9 Only.
Max.
Typical
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
IDD (μA)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
Typical
Max.
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
I
DD
(μA)
V
DD
(V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
FIGURE 33-11: IDD Typical, EC Oscillator
MP Mode, PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-12: IDD Maximum, EC Oscillator
MP Mode, PIC16LF1705/9 Only.
4 MHz
1 MHz
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
IDD (μA)
VDD (V)
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
4 MHz
1 MHz
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
IDD (μA)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 406 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-13 : IDD Typical, EC Oscillator
MP Mode, PIC16F1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-14: IDD Maximum, EC Oscillator
MP Mode, PIC16F1705/9 Only.
4 MHz
1 MHz
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (μA)
VDD (V)
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
4 MHz
1 MHz
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (μA)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
V
DD
(V)
FIGURE 33-15 : IDD Typical, EC Oscillator
HP Mode, PIC1 6LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-16: IDD Maximum, EC Oscillator
HP Mode, PIC16LF1705/9 Only.
32 MHz
16 MHz
8 MHz
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
32 MHz
16 MHz
8 MHz
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
()
FIGURE 33-17 : IDD Typical, EC Oscillator
HP Mode, PIC16F1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-18: IDD Maximum, EC Oscillator
HP Mode, PIC16F1705/9 Only.
32 MHz
16 MHz
8 MHz
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
32 MHz
16 MHz
8 MHz
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
V
DD
(V)
Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 407
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-19 : IDD, LFINTOSC Mode,
Fosc = 31 kHz, PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-20: IDD, LFINTOSC Mode,
Fosc = 31 kHz, PIC16F1705/9 Only.
Typical
Max.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
IDD (μA)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
Typical
Max.
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
I
DD
(μA)
V
DD
(V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
FIGURE 33-21 : IDD, MFINTOSC Mode,
Fosc = 500 kHz, PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-22: IDD, MFINTOSC Mode,
Fosc = 500 kHz, PIC16F1705/9 Only.
Typical
Max.
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
IDD (μA)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
Typical
Max.
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (μA)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
FIGURE 33-23 : IDD Typical, HFINTOSC
Mode, PIC1 6LF 17 05/9 Only. FIGURE 33-24: IDD Maximum, HFINTOSC
Mode, PIC1 6LF 17 05/ 9 Only.
16 MHz
8 MHz
4 MHz
2 MHz
1 MHz
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
I
DD
(mA)
V
DD
(V)
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
16 MHz
8 MHz
4 MHz
2 MHz
1 MHz
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
V
DD
(V)
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 408 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-25 : IDD Typical, HFINTOSC
Mode, PIC16F170 5/9 On ly. FIGURE 33-26: IDD Maximum , HFINTOSC
Mode, PIC1 6F 170 5/9 Only.
16 MHz
8 MHz
4 MHz
2 MHz
1 MHz
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
16 MHz
8 MHz
4 MHz
2 MHz
1 MHz
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
FIGURE 33-27 : IDD Typical, HS Oscillator,
25°C, PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-28: IDD Maximum, HS Oscillator,
PIC16LF1705/9 Only.
4 MHz
8 MHz
16 MHz
20 MHz
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
4 MHz
8 MHz
16 MHz
20 MHz
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
I
DD
(mA)
V
DD
(V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
V
DD
(V)
FIGURE 33-29 : IDD Typical, HS Oscillator,
25°C, PIC16F1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-30: IDD Maximum, HS Oscillator,
PIC16F1705/9 Only.
4 MHz
8 MHz
16 MHz
20 MHz
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Typical: 25°C
4 MHz
8 MHz
16 MHz
20 MHz
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
V
DD
(V)
Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 409
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-31 : IDD, HS Oscillator, 32 MHz
(8 MHz + 4x PLL), PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-32: IDD, HS Oscillator, 32 MHz
(8 MHz + 4x PLL), PIC16F1705/9 Only.
Typical
Max.
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
I
DD
(mA)
V
DD
(V)
Typical: 25°C
Max: 85°C + 3ı
V
DD
(V)
Typical
Max.
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Typical: 25°C
Max: 85°C + 3ı
FIGURE 33-33 : IPD Base, LP Sl eep Mode,
PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-34: IPD Base, LP Sleep Mode
(VREGPM = 1), PIC16F1705/9 Only.
450
Max.
250
300
350
400
450
(nA)
Typical
50
100
150
200
250
IDD (nA)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Typical
0
50
00
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
VDD (V)
1.2
Max.
0.8
1.0
1.2
(μA)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Til25
°
C
Typical
0.2
0.4
0.6
0
.
8
IPD (μA)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Typical
0.0
0.2
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
VDD (V)
FIGURE 33-35: IPD, Watchdog Timer (WDT),
PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-36: IPD, Watchdog Timer (WDT),
PIC16F1705/9 Only.
3.0
Max.
15
2.0
2.5
3.0
μ
A)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Typical
0.5
1.0
1.5
IPD (μA)
Typical
0.0
0.5
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
VDD (V)
2.5
Max.
1.5
2.0
2.5
(
μA)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Typical
0.5
1.0
1.5
IPD (μA)
0.0
0.5
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
VDD (V)
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 410 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-3 7: IPD, Fixed Voltage Reference
(FVR), PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-38: IPD, Fixed V oltage Reference
(FVR), PIC16F1705/9 Only.
35
M85
°
C+3
Max.
25
30
35
(
nA)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Typical
10
15
20
I
DD
(nA)
5
10
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6
V
DD
(V)
35
Max.
25
30
35
(nA)
Typical
15
20
25
IDD (nA)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
T
yp
ical: 25°C
10
15
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
FIGURE 33-39 : IPD, Brown -Ou t Reset
(BOR), BORV = 1, PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-40: IPD, Brown-Out Reset
(BOR), BORV = 1, PIC16F1705/9 Only.
11
M85
°
C3
Max.
Typical
8
9
10
11
DD (nA)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Typical
5
6
7
8
IDD (nA
)
4
5
2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7
VDD (V)
13
Max: 85
°
C+3
ı
Max.
Typical
9
10
11
12
13
n
A)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Typical
5
6
7
8
9
IDD (nA)
4
5
6
2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6
VDD (V)
FIGURE 33-41 : IPD, LP Brown-Out Reset
(LPBOR = 0), PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-42: IPD, LP Brown-Out Reset
(LPBOR = 0), PIC16F1705/9 Only.
1.8
Max.
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
(nA)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Typical
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
IDD (nA)
M
ax:
85
°
C
+
3
ı
Typical: 25°C
0.0
0.2
0
.
4
2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7
VDD (V)
1.8
Max.
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
(μA)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Typical
02
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
IDD (μA)
Typical
0.0
0.2
0.4
2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6
VDD (V)
Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 411
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-43 : IPD, Timer1 Oscill ato r,
FOSC = 32 kHz, PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-44: IPD, Timer1 Oscillator,
FOSC = 32 kHz, PIC16F1705/9 Only.
7
Max.
4
5
6
7
(μA)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Typical
1
2
3
4
I
DD
(μA)
0
1
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
V
DD
(V)
12
M85
°
C3
Max.
6
8
10
12
μA)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Typical
2
4
6
IDD (μA)
0
2
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
VDD (V)
FIGURE 33-45 : IPD, Op Amp, High GBWP
Mode (OPAxSP = 1), PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-46: IPD, Op Amp, High GBWP
Mode (OPAxSP = 1), PIC16F1705/9 Only.
700
Max.
400
500
600
700
μ
A)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Typical
100
200
300
400
IDD (μA)
0
100
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
VDD (V)
900
M8
°
C3
Typical
Max.
500
600
700
800
900
(
μA)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Typical
200
300
400
500
IDD (μA)
0
100
200
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
VDD (V)
FIGURE 33-47 : IPD, ADC Non-Co nv ertin g,
PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-48: IPD, ADC Non-Converting,
PIC16F1705/9 Only.
500
Max.
300
350
400
450
500
μ
A)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Typical
50
100
150
200
250
300
IDD (μA)
Typical
0
50
100
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
VDD (V)
1.4
Max.
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
μ
A)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Typical
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
IDD (μA)
Typical
0.0
0.2
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
VDD (V)
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 412 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-49 : IPD, Comparator, NP Mode
(CxSP = 1), PIC1 6LF17 05/9 Only. FIGURE 33-50: IPD, Comparator, NP Mode
(CxSP = 1), PIC16F1705/9 Only.
800
Max.
Typical
500
600
700
800
D
(μA)
Max: -40°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Typical
300
400
500
IDD (μA)
200
300
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
VDD (V)
800
Max:
-
40
°
C+3
ı
Max.
Typical
500
600
700
800
(μA)
Max: -40°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Typical
300
400
500
IDD (μA)
200
300
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
VDD (V)
FIGURE 33-51 : VOH vs. IOH Over
Temperature, VDD = 5.0V, PIC16F1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-52: VOL vs. IOL Over
Temperature, VDD = 5.0V, PIC16F1705/9 Only.
-40°C
Typical
125°C
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
-30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0
VOH (V)
IOH (mA)
Graph represents 3ıLimits
-40°C
Typical
125°C
0
1
2
3
4
5
0 1020304050607080
VOL (V)
IOL (mA)
Graph represents 3ıLimits
FIGURE 33-53 : VOH vs. IOH Over
Temperature, VDD = 3.0V. FIGURE 33-54: VOL vs. IOL Over
Temperature, VDD = 3.0V.
-40°C
Typical
125°C
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
-14-12-10-8-6-4-2 0
VOH (V)
IOH (mA)
Graph represents 3ıLimits
-40°C
125°C
Typical
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
VOL (V)
IOL (mA)
Graph represents 3ıLimits
Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 413
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-55 : VOH vs. IOH Over
Temperature, VDD = 1.8V, PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-56: VOL vs. IOL Over
Temperature, VDD = 1.8V, PIC16LF1705/9 Only.
-40°C
Typical
125°C
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
-4.0 -3.5 -3.0 -2.5 -2.0 -1.5 -1.0 -0.5 0.0
VOH (V)
IOH (mA)
Graph represents 3ıLimits
-40°C
Typical
125°C
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
012345678910
Vol (V)
IOL (mA)
Graph represents 3ıLimits
FIGURE 33-57 : LFINTOSC Frequency,
PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-58: LFINTOSC Frequency,
PIC16F1705/9 Only.
Typical
Max.
Min.
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,000
30,000
32,000
34,000
36,000
38,000
40,000
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
Frequency (Hz)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical; statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical
Max.
Min.
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,000
30,000
32,000
34,000
36,000
38,000
40,000
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Frequency (Hz)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical; statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
FIGURE 33-59 : WDT Time- Ou t Per io d ,
PIC16F1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-60: WDT Time-Out Period,
PIC16LF1705/9 Only.
Typical
Max.
Min.
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (ms)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical; statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
V
DD
(V)
Typical
Max.
Min.
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
Time (ms)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical; statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 414 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-61: Brown-Out Reset Voltage,
Low Trip Point (BORV = 1), PIC16LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-62: Brown-Out Reset Hysteresis,
Low Trip Point (BORV = 1) , PIC16LF 1705/ 9 Only.
Max.
Min.
Typical
1.80
1.85
1.90
1.95
2.00
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
Temperature (
C)
Typical
Max.
Min.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Voltage (mV)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
T
empera
t
ure
(
°
C)
FIGURE 33-63: Brown-Out Reset Voltage,
High Trip Point (BORV = 1), PIC16F1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-64: Brown-Out Reset Hysteresis,
Low Trip Point (BORV = 1) , PIC16 F1705 /9 Only.
Max.
Min.
Typical
2.30
2.35
2.40
2.45
2.50
2.55
2.60
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
T
empera
t
ure
(
°
C)
Typical
Max.
Min.
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
60.0
70.0
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Voltage (mV)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
T
empera
t
ure
(
°
C)
FIGURE 33-65 : Brown-Out Reset Voltage,
High Trip Point (BORV = 0). FIGURE 33-66: Brown-Out Reset Hysteresis,
High Trip Point (BORV = 0).
Max.
Min.
Typical
2.60
2.65
2.70
2.75
2.80
2.85
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
T
empera
t
ure
(
°
C)
Typical
Max.
Min.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Voltage (mV)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
Temperature (
C)
Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 415
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-67 : LPBOR Reset Voltage. FIGURE 33-68: LPBOR Reset Hysteresis.
Max.
Min.
Typical
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
Typical
Max.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Voltage (mV)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: statistical mean
FIGURE 33-69 : PWRT Period,
PIC16F1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-70: PWRT Period,
PIC16LF1705/9 Only.
Typical
Max.
Min.
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
22.533.544.555.56
Time (ms)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical; statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical
Max.
Min.
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
Time (ms)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical; statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
FIGURE 33-71 : POR Release Voltage. All
devices. FIGURE 33-72: POR Rearm Voltage,
NP Mode (VREGPM 1 = 0), PIC16F1705/9 Only.
Typical
Max.
Min.
1.50
1.52
1.54
1.56
1.58
1.60
1.62
1.64
1.66
1.68
1.70
-50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
1.46
1.48
1.5
1.52
1.54
1.56
1.58
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı
Typical
Max.
Min.
1.44
1.46
1.48
1.50
1.52
1.54
1.56
1.58
-50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 416 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-73 : POR Rearm V oltage,
NP Mode, PIC1 6LF1705/9 Only. FIGURE 33-74: Wake From Sleep,
VREGPM = 0.
Typical
Max.
Min.
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
-50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
Typical
Max.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (μs)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical; statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
FIGURE 33-75 : Wake From Sleep,
VREGPM = 1.FIGURE 33-76: FVR Stabiliza tio n Period .
PIC16LF1705/9 Only.
Typical
Max.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (μs)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical; statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical
Max.
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
Time (μs)
VDD(V)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C
Note:
The FVR Stabiliztion Period applies when coming out of RESET
or exiting sleep mode.
FIGURE 33-77: ADC 10 -Bit Mo de ,
Single-Ended DNL, VDD = 3.0V, TAD = 1
S, 25° C. FIGURE 33-78: ADC 10-Bit Mode,
Single-Ended DNL, VDD = 3.0V , TAD = 4
S, 25° C.
Ͳ1.0
Ͳ0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
0 128 256 384 512 640 768 896 1024
DNL(LSb)
OutputCode
Output
Code
Ͳ1.0
Ͳ0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
0 128 256 384 512 640 768 896 1024
DNL(LSb)
OutputCode
Output
Code
Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 417
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-79: ADC 10 -Bit Mo de ,
Single-Ended INL, VDD = 3.0V, TAD = 1
S, 25°C . FIGURE 33-80: ADC 10-Bit Mode,
Single-Ended INL, VDD = 3.0V, TAD = 4
S, 25°C .
Ͳ1.0
Ͳ0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
0 128 256 384 512 640 768 896 1024
INL(LSb)
OutputCode
Output
Code
Ͳ2.0
Ͳ1.5
Ͳ1.0
Ͳ0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
0 512 1024 1536 2048 2560 3072 3584 4096
DNL(LSb)
OutputCode
Ͳ1.0
Ͳ0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
0 128 256 384 512 640 768 896 1024
INL(LSb)
OutputCode
FIGURE 33-81: ADC 10 -Bit Mo de ,
Single-Ended DNL, VDD = 3.0V, VREF = 3.0V. FIGURE 33-82: ADC 10-Bit Mode,
Single-Ended INL, VDD = 3.0V, VREF = 3.0V.
Min25°C
Min25°C
Min125°C
MinͲ40°C
MinͲ40°C
Min125°C
Ͳ1.5
Ͳ1.0
Ͳ0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
5.00EͲ07 1.00EͲ06 2.00EͲ06 4.00EͲ06 8.00EͲ06
DNL(LSb)
TADs
,,,,
Max25°C
Min25°C
MaxͲ40°C
Min125°C
MinͲ40°C
Max125°C
Ͳ1.5
Ͳ1.0
Ͳ0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
5.00EͲ07 1.00EͲ06 2.00EͲ06 4.00EͲ06 8.00EͲ06
INL(LSb)
TADs
FIGURE 33-83: ADC 10 -Bit Mo de ,
Single-Ended DNL, VDD = 3.0V, TAD = 1
S. FIGURE 33-84: ADC 10-Bit Mode,
Single-Ended INL, VDD = 3.0V, TAD = 1
S.
Max25°C
Min25°C
MaxͲ40°C
MinͲ40°C
Max125°C
Min125°C
Ͳ1.5
Ͳ1.0
Ͳ0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
1.8 2.3 3
DNL(LSb)
VREF
Max25°C
Min25°C
MaxͲ40°C
MinͲ40°C
Max125°C
Min125°C
Ͳ1.0
Ͳ0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
1.8 2.3 3
INL(LSb)
VREF
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 418 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-85: Temperature Indicator Initial
Offset, High Range, Temp. = 2C,
PIC16F1705/9 Only.
FIGURE 33-86: Temperature Indicator Initial
Offset, Low Range, Temp. = 20°C, PIC16F1705/9
Only.
Typical
Max.
Min.
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
ADC Output Codes
VDD (V)
ADC VREF+ SET TO VDD
ADC VREF-SET TO GND
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical; statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
Typical
Max.
Min.
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
ADC Output Codes
VDD (V)
ADC VREF+ SET TO VDD
ADC VREF-SET TO GND
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical; statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
FIGURE 33-87: Temperature Indicator Initial
Offset, Low Range, Temp. = 20°C, PIC16F1705/9
Only.
FIGURE 33-88: Temperature Indicator Slope
Normalized to 20°C, High Range, VDD = 5.5V,
PIC16LF1705/9 Only.
Typical
Max.
Min.
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
1.5 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.0 3.3 3.6 3.9
ADC Output Codes
VDD (V)
ADC VREF+ SET TO VDD
ADC VREF-SET TO GND
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical; statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
Typical
Max.
Min.
-75
-50
-25
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
-50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
ADC Output Codes
Temperature (°C)
ADC VREF+ SET TO VDD
ADC VREF-SET TO GND
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical; statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
Temperature (
C)
FIGURE 33-89: Temperature Indicator Slope
Normalized to 20°C, High Range, VDD = 3V,
PIC16F1705/9 Only.
FIGURE 33-90: Temperature Indicator Slope
Normalized to 20°C, Low Range, VDD = 3.0V,
PIC16F1705/9 Only.
Typical
Max.
Min.
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
200
250
-50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
ADC Output Codes
Temperature (°C)
ADC VREF+ SET TO VDD
ADC VREF-SET TO GND
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical; statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
Temperature (
C)
Typical
Max.
Min.
-75
-50
-25
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
-50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
ADC Output Codes
Temperature (°C)
ADC VREF+ SET TO VDD
ADC VREF-SET TO GND
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical; statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
Temperature (
C)
Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 419
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-91: Temperature Indicator Slope
Nor ma lized t o 2 0°C, Low Range, VDD = 1.8V,
PIC16LF1705/9 Only.
FIGURE 33-92: Temperature Indicator Slope
Normalized to 20°C, Low Range, VDD = 3.0V,
PIC16LF1705/9 Only.
Typical
Max.
Min.
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
200
250
-50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
ADC Output Codes
Temperature (°C)
ADC VREF+ SET TO VDD
ADC VREF-SET TO GND
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical; statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
Temperature (
C)
Typical
Max.
Min.
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
-50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
ADC Output Codes
Temperature (°C)
ADC VREF+ SET TO VDD
ADC VREF-SET TO GND
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical; statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
Temperature (
C)
FIGURE 33-93: Temperature Indicator Slope
Normalized to 20°C, High Range, VDD = 3.6V,
PIC16LF1705/9 Only.
FIGURE 33-94: Op Amp, Common Mode
Rejection Ratio (CMRR), VDD = 3.0V.
Typical
Max.
Min.
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
200
250
-50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
ADC Output Codes
Tem
p
erature
(
°C
)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical; statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
ADC VREF+ SET TO VDD
ADC VREF-SET TO GND
Min.
Typical
Max.
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
-50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
CMRR (dB)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical; statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
FIGURE 33-95: Op Amp, Common Mode
Rejection Ratio (CMRR), VDD = 3.0V. FIGURE 33-96: Op Amp, Offset Voltage
Histogram, VDD = 3.0V, VCM = VDD/2.
Min.
Typical
Max.
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
-50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
CMRR (dB)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical; statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
-7-5-4-3-2-101234567
Percent of Units
Offset Voltage (mV)
-40°C
25°C
85°C
125°C
Sample Size = 3,200
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 420 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-97: Op Amp, Offset over
Common Mode V oltage, VDD = 5.0V, Temp =
25°C PIC16F1705/9 Only.
FIGURE 33-98: Op Amp, Output Slew Rate,
Rising Edge, PIC16F1705/9 Only.
Min.
Typical
Max.
-8
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
-0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
Offset Voltage (V)
Common Mode Voltage (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical; statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
VDD = 2.3V
VDD = 3V
VDD = 3.6V
VDD = 5.5V
3.0
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Slew Rate (V/μs)
Temperature (°C)
FIGURE 33 - 99: Op Amp, Output Slew Ra te,
Falling Ed ge, PIC1 6F 17 05/9 Only. FIGURE 33-100: Comp arator Hysteresi s,
Normal- Power M ode (C xSP = 1), VDD = 3. 0V,
Typical Mea sured V a lues .
V
DD
= 2.3V
V
DD
= 3V
V
DD
= 3.6V
V
DD
= 5.5V
3.6
3.8
4.0
4.2
4.4
4.6
4.8
5.0
5.2
5.4
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Slew Rate (V/μs)
Tem
p
erature
(
°C
)
-40°C
25°C
125°C
85°C
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5
Hysteresis (mV)
Common Mode Voltage (V)
FIGURE 33 - 101 : Comp ara tor Offset ,
Normal-Power Mode (CxSP = 1), VDD = 3.0V,
Typical Measured Values at 25°C.
FIGURE 33- 102: Comp arator Off set,
Normal- Power M ode (C xSP = 1), VDD = 3. 0V,
Typical Mea sured V alue s from -40°C to 125°C.
Max.
Min.
-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5
Offset Voltage (mV)
Common Mode Voltage (V)
Max.
Min.
-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5
Offset Voltage (mV)
Common Mode Voltage (V)
Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 421
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33 - 103 : Comp arator Hystere sis,
Normal-Power Mode (CxSP = 1), VDD = 5.5V,
Typical Measured Values, PIC16F1705/9.
FIGURE 33- 104: Comp arator Off set,
Normal- Power M ode (C xSP = 1), VDD = 5. 0V,
Typical Measured Values at 25°C, PIC16F1705/9
Only.
-40°C
25°C
125°C
85°C
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Hysteresis (mV)
Common Mode Voltage (V)
Max.
Min.
-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
Hysteresis (mV)
Common Mode Voltage (V)
FIGURE 33 - 105 : Comp ara tor Offset ,
Normal-Power Mode (CxSP = 1), VDD = 5.5V,
Typical Mea sured V alue s from -40°C to 125°C,
PIC16F 1705/9 Only.
FIGURE 33- 106: Comp arator Re sponse T ime
over Voltage , Nor mal-Po we r Mo de ( Cx SP = 1),
Typical Mea sured V alues , PIC16LF1705/ 9 Only.
Max.
Min.
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
Offset Voltage (mV)
Common Mode Voltage (V)
Common Mode Voltage (V)
Min.
Typical
Max.
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
Time (ns)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical; statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
V
DD
(V)
FIGURE 33 - 107 : Comp ara tor Respon se Tim e
over Voltag e, Nor mal -Powe r M ode (C xSP = 1),
Typi ca l M ea s ur e d Valu e s, PIC16F1705/9 Onl y.
FIGURE 33-108: Com parato r Output Filter
Delay Time over Temperature, Normal-Power
Mode, Typical Measured Values,
PIC16LF1705/9 Only.
Min.
Typical
Max.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (ns)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical; statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
V
DD
(V)
TYPICAL MEASURED VALUES
Min.
Typical
Max.
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
Time (ns)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical; statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 422 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-10 9: Comparator Output Filter
Delay Time over Temperature, Normal-Power
Mode, Typical Measured Values, PIC16F1705/9
Only.
FIGURE 33-110: Typical DAC DNL Error,
VDD = 3.0V, VREF = External 3V.
TYPICAL MEASURED VALUES
Min.
Typical
Max.
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (ns)
VDD (V)
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical; statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
-0.020
-0.015
-0.010
-0.005
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
0.025
0 16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 144 160 176 192 208 224 240
DNL (LSb)
Output Code
-40°C
25°C
85°C
125°C
Output Code
FIGURE 33-111: Typical DAC INL Error,
VDD = 3.0V, VREF = External 3V. FIGURE 33-112: Typical DAC INL Error,
VDD = 5.0V, VREF = External 5V, PIC16F1705/9
Only.
-0.45
-0.40
-0.35
-0.30
-0.25
-0.20
-0.15
-0.10
-0.05
0.00
0 16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 144 160 176 192 208 224 240
INL (LSb)
Output Code
-40°C
25°C
85°C
125°C
-0.015
-0.010
-0.005
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
0 16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 144 160 176 192 208 224 240
DNL (LSb)
Output Code
-40°C
25°C
85°C
125°C
FIGURE 33-113: Typical DAC INL Error,
VDD = 5.0V, VREF = External 5V, PIC16F1705/9
Only.
FIGURE 33-114: DAC INL Error, VDD = 3.0V,
PIC16LF1705/9 Only.
-0.45
-0.40
-0.35
-0.30
-0.25
-0.20
-0.15
-0.10
-0.05
0.00
0 16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 144 160 176 192 208 224 240
INL (LSb)
Output Code
-40°C
25°C
85°C
125°C
Typical
Max.
Min.
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
DNL (LSb)
Output Code
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical; statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 423
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-115: Absolute V alue of DAC DNL
Error, VDD = 3.0V, VREF = VDD.FIGURE 33-116: Absolute Value of DAC INL
Error, VDD = 3.0V, VREF = VDD.
0
0.05
0.1
0.15
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
-50 0 50 100 150
Absolute DNL (LSb)
Temperature (°C)
Vref = Int. Vdd
Vref = Ext. 1.8V
Vref = Ext. 2.0V
Vref = Ext. 3.0V
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Absolute DNL (LSb)
Temperature (°C)
VREF = INT. VDD
VREF = EXT. 1.8V
VREF = EXT. 2.0V
VREF = EXT. 3.0V
Temperature (
C)
-3.5
-3.3
-3.1
-2.9
-2.7
-2.5
-2.3
-2.1
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0
Absolute INL (LSb)
Temperature (°C)
-40
25
85
125
0.78
0.80
0.82
0.84
0.86
0.88
0.90
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Absolute INL (LSb)
Temperature (°C)
VREF = INT. VDD
VREF = EXT. 1.8V
VREF = EXT. 2.0V
VREF = EXT. 3.0V
Temperature (
C)
FIGURE 33-117: Absolute Value of DAC DNL
Error, VDD = 5.0V, VREF = VDD, PIC1 6F17 05/9
Only.
FIGURE 33-118: ZCD Pin Voltage. Typical
Measured Values.
0
0.05
0.1
0.15
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0
Absolute DNL (LSb)
Temperature (°C)
-40
25
85
125
0.10
0.14
0.18
0.22
0.26
0.30
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Absolute DNL (LSb)
Temperature (°C)
VREF = INT. VDD
VREF = EXT. 1.8V
VREF = EXT. 2.0V
VREF = EXT. 3.0V
VREF = EXT. 5.0V
Temperature (
C)
-40°C
25°C
125°C
85°C
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
ZCD Pin Voltage (V)
VDD (V)
FIGURE 33-119: ZCD Response Time over
Voltage, Typical Measured Values. FIGURE 33-120: ZCD Pin Current over ZCD
Pin Voltage, Typical Measured Values from
-40°C to 125°C.
Fall-2.3V
Fall-3.0V
Fall-5.5V
Rise-2.3V
Rise-3.0V
Rise-5.5V
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
-50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
Time (μs)
Temperature (°C)
1.8V
2.3V
3.0V
5.5V
-4.0
-2.0
0.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
8.0
-0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20
ZCD Source/Sink Current (mA)
ZCD Pin Voltage (V)
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 424 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 500 kHz, CIN = 0.1 µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 33-121: ZCD Pin Response Time
Over Current, Typical Measured Values from
-40°C to 125°C.
FIGURE 33-122: COG Dead-Band Delay,
DBR/DBF = 32, Typical Measured Values.
1.8V
2.3V
3.0V
5.5V
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
0 100 200 300 400 500
Time (μs)
ZCD Source/Sink Current (uA)
-40°C
25°C
125°C
85°C
0.14
0.16
0.18
0.20
0.22
0.24
0.26
0.28
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (μs)
VDD (V)
FIGURE 33-123: COG Dead-Band DBR/DBF
Delay Per Step, Typical Measured Values. FIGURE 33-124: COG Dead-Band Delay per
Step, Typical Measured Values.
-40°C
25°C
85°C
125°C
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (ns)
VDD (V)
Typical
Max.
Min.
0.00
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.40
0.45
0 10203040506070
Time (μs)
DBR/DBF Value
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical; statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
FIGURE 33-12 5: COG Dead-Band Delay per
Step, Zoomed to First 10 Codes, Typical
Measured Values.
Typical
Max.
Min.
0.00
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.04
0.05
0.06
0.07
01234567891011
Time (μs)
DBR/DBF Value
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical; statistical mean
Min: Typical - 3ı
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 425
PIC16(L)F1705/9
34.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT
The PIC® microcontrollers (MCU) and dsPIC® digital
signal controllers (DSC) are supported with a full range
of software and hardware development tools:
Integrated Development Environment
- MPLAB® X IDE Software
Compilers/Assemblers/Linkers
- MPLAB XC Compiler
- MPASMTM Assembler
-MPLINK
TM Object Linker/
MPLIBTM Object Librarian
- MPLAB Assembler/Linker/Librarian for
Various Device Families
Simulators
- MPLAB X SIM Software Simulator
•Emulators
- MPLAB REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator
In-Circuit Debuggers/Programmers
- MPLAB ICD 3
- PICkit™ 3
Device Programmers
- MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
Low-Cost Demonstration/Development Boards,
Evaluation Kits and Starter Kits
Third-party development tools
34.1 MPLAB X Integrated Development
Environment Software
The MPLAB X IDE is a single, unified graphical user
interface for Microchip and third-party software, and
hardware development tool that runs on Windows®,
Linux and Mac OS® X. Based on the NetBeans IDE,
MPLAB X IDE is an entirely new IDE with a host of free
software components and plug-ins for high-
performance application development and debugging.
Moving between tools and upgrading from software
simulators to hardware debugging and programming
tools is simple with the seamless user interface.
With complete project management, visual call graphs,
a configurable watch window and a feature-rich editor
that includes code completion and context menus,
MPLAB X IDE is flexible and friendly enough for new
users. With the ability to support multiple tools on
multiple projects with simultaneous debugging, MPLAB
X IDE is also suitable for the needs of experienced
users.
Feature-Rich Editor:
Color syntax highlighting
Smart code completion makes suggestions and
provides hints as you type
Automatic code formatting based on user-defined
rules
Live parsing
User-Friendly, Customizable Interface:
Fully customizable interface: toolbars, toolbar
buttons, windows, window placement, etc.
Call graph window
Project-Based Workspaces:
Multiple projects
Multiple tools
Multiple configurations
Simultaneous debugging sessions
File History and Bug Tracking:
Local file history feature
Built-in support for Bugzilla issue tracker
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 426 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
34.2 MPLAB XC Compilers
The MPLAB XC Compilers are complete ANSI C
compilers for all of Microchip’s 8, 16, and 32-bit MCU
and DSC devices. These compilers provide powerful
integration capabilities, superior code optimization and
ease of use. MPLAB XC Compilers run on Windows,
Linux or MAC OS X.
For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide
debug information that is optimized to the MPLAB X
IDE.
The free MPLAB XC Compiler editions support all
devices and commands, with no time or memory
restrictions, and offer sufficient code optimization for
most applications.
MPLAB XC Compilers include an assembler, linker and
utilities. The assembler generates relocatable object
files that can then be archived or linked with other relo-
catable object files and archives to create an execut-
able file. MPLAB XC Compiler uses the assembler to
produce its object file. Notable features of the assem-
bler include:
Support for the entire device instruction set
Support for fixed-point and floating-point data
Command-line interface
Rich directive set
Flexible macro language
MPLAB X IDE compatibility
34.3 MPASM Assembler
The MPASM Assembler is a full-featured, universal
macro assembler for PIC10/12/16/18 MCUs.
The MPASM Assembler generates relocatable object
files for the MPLINK Object Linker, Intel® standard HEX
files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol
reference, absolute LST files that contain source lines
and generated machine code, and COFF files for
debugging.
The MPASM Assembler features include:
Integration into MPLAB X IDE projects
User-defined macros to streamline
assembly code
Conditional assembly for multipurpose
source files
Directives that allow complete control over the
assembly process
34.4 MPLINK Object Linker/
MPLIB Object Librarian
The MPLINK Object Linker combines relocatable
objects created by the MPASM Assembler. It can link
relocatable objects from precompiled libraries, using
directives from a linker script.
The MPLIB Object Librarian manages the creation and
modification of library files of precompiled code. When
a routine from a library is called from a source file, only
the modules that contain that routine will be linked in
with the application. This allows large libraries to be
used efficiently in many different applications.
The object linker/library features include:
Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many
smaller files
Enhanced code maintainability by grouping
related modules together
Flexible creation of libraries with easy module
listing, replacement, deletion and extraction
34.5 MPLAB Assembler, Linker and
Librarian for Various Device
Families
MPLAB Assembler produces relocatable machine
code from symbolic assembly language for PIC24,
PIC32 and dsPIC DSC devices. MPLAB XC Compiler
uses the assembler to produce its object file. The
assembler generates relocatable object files that can
then be archived or linked with other relocatable object
files and archives to create an executable file. Notable
features of the assembler include:
Support for the entire device instruction set
Support for fixed-point and floating-point data
Command-line interface
Rich directive set
Flexible macro language
MPLAB X IDE compatibility
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 427
PIC16(L)F1705/9
34.6 MPLAB X SIM Software Simulator
The MPLAB X SIM Software Simulator allows code
development in a PC-hosted environment by simulat-
ing the PIC MCUs and dsPIC DSCs on an instruction
level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be
examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from
a comprehensive stimulus controller. Registers can be
logged to files for further run-time analysis. The trace
buffer and logic analyzer display extend the power of
the simulator to record and track program execution,
actions on I/O, most peripherals and internal registers.
The MPLAB X SIM Software Simulator fully supports
symbolic debugging using the MPLAB XC Compilers,
and the MPASM and MPLAB Assemblers. The soft-
ware simulator offers the flexibility to develop and
debug code outside of the hardware laboratory envi-
ronment, making it an excellent, economical software
development tool.
34.7 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit
Emulator System
The MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System is
Microchip’s next generation high-speed emulator for
Microchip Flash DSC and MCU devices. It debugs and
programs all 8, 16 and 32-bit MCU, and DSC devices
with the easy-to-use, powerful graphical user interface of
the MPLAB X IDE.
The emulator is connected to the design engineer’s
PC using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is
connected to the target with either a connector
compatible with in-circuit debugger systems (RJ-11)
or with the new high-speed, noise tolerant, Low-
Voltage Differential Signal (LVDS) interconnection
(CAT5).
The emulator is field upgradeable through future firm-
ware downloads in MPLAB X IDE. MPLAB REAL ICE
offers significant advantages over competitive emulators
including full-speed emulation, run-time variable
watches, trace analysis, complex breakpoints, logic
probes, a ruggedized probe interface and long (up to
three meters) interconnection cables.
34.8 MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger
System
The MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System is
Microchip’s most cost-effective, high-speed hardware
debugger/programmer for Microchip Flash DSC and
MCU devices. It debugs and programs PIC Flash
microcontrollers and dsPIC DSCs with the powerful,
yet easy-to-use graphical user interface of the MPLAB
IDE.
The MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger probe is
connected to the design engineer’s PC using a high-
speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected to the target
with a connector compatible with the MPLAB ICD 2 or
MPLAB REAL ICE systems (RJ-11). MPLAB ICD 3
supports all MPLAB ICD 2 headers.
34.9 PICkit 3 In-Circuit Debugger/
Programmer
The MPLAB PICkit 3 allows debugging and program-
ming of PIC and dsPIC Flash microcontrollers at a most
affordable price point using the powerful graphical user
interface of the MPLAB IDE. The MPLAB PICkit 3 is
connected to the design engineer’s PC using a full-
speed USB interface and can be connected to the tar-
get via a Microchip debug (RJ-11) connector (compati-
ble with MPLAB ICD 3 and MPLAB REAL ICE). The
connector uses two device I/O pins and the Reset line
to implement in-circuit debugging and In-Circuit Serial
Programming™ (ICSP™).
34.10 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
The MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer is a universal,
CE compliant device programmer with programmable
voltage verification at VDDMIN and VDDMAX for
maximum reliability. It features a large LCD display
(128 x 64) for menus and error messages, and a mod-
ular, detachable socket assembly to support various
package types. The ICSP cable assembly is included
as a standard item. In Stand-Alone mode, the MPLAB
PM3 Device Programmer can read, verify and program
PIC devices without a PC connection. It can also set
code protection in this mode. The MPLAB PM3
connects to the host PC via an RS-232 or USB cable.
The MPLAB PM3 has high-speed communications and
optimized algorithms for quick programming of large
memory devices, and incorporates an MMC card for file
storage and data applications.
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 428 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
34.11 Demonstration/Development
Boards, Evaluation Kits, and
Starter Kits
A wide variety of demonstration, development and
evaluation boards for various PIC MCUs and dsPIC
DSCs allows quick application development on fully
functional systems. Most boards include prototyping
areas for adding custom circuitry and provide applica-
tion firmware and source code for examination and
modification.
The boards support a variety of features, including LEDs,
temperature sensors, switches, speakers, RS-232
interfaces, LCD displays, potentiometers and additional
EEPROM memory.
The demonstration and development boards can be
used in teaching environments, for prototyping custom
circuits and for learning about various microcontroller
applications.
In addition to the PICDEM™ and dsPICDEM™
demonstration/development board series of circuits,
Microchip has a line of evaluation kits and demonstra-
tion software for analog filter design, KEELOQ® security
ICs, CAN, IrDA®, PowerSmart battery management,
SEEVAL® evaluation system, Sigma-Delta ADC, flow
rate sensing, plus many more.
Also available are starter kits that contain everything
needed to experience the specified device. This usually
includes a single application and debug capability, all
on one board.
Check the Microchip web page (www.microchip.com)
for the complete list of demonstration, development
and evaluation kits.
34.12 Third-Party Development Tools
Microchip also offers a great collection of tools from
third-party vendors. These tools are carefully selected
to offer good value and unique functionality.
Device Programmers and Gang Programmers
from companies, such as SoftLog and CCS
Software Tools from companies, such as Gimpel
and Trace Systems
Protocol Analyzers from companies, such as
Saleae and Total Phase
Demonstration Boards from companies, such as
MikroElektronika, Digilent® and Olimex
Embedded Ethernet Solutions from companies,
such as EZ Web Lynx, WIZnet and IPLogika®
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 429
PIC16(L)F1705/9
35.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION
35.1 Package Marking Informat ion
Legend: XX...X Customer-specific information
Y Year code (last digit of calendar year)
YY Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)
WW Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)
NNN Alphanumeric traceability code
Pb-free JEDEC® designator for Matte Tin (Sn)
*This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC® designator ( )
can be found on the outer packaging for this package.
Note: In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will
be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available
characters for customer-specific information.
3
e
3
e
28-Lead SOIC (7.50 mm) Example
14-Lead PDIP (300 mil) Example
14-Lead SOIC (3.90 mm) Example
1304017
3
e
PIC16F1705
-I/P
PIC16F1705
-I/SL 1304017
3
e
14-Lead TSSOP (4.4 mm) Example
YYWW
NNN
XXXXXXXX
F1705IST
1304
017
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 430 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Package Marking Information (Continued)
16-Lead QFN (4x4x0.9 mm) Example
PIN 1 PIN 1
20-Lead SSOP (5.30 mm) Example
PIC16
F1705
130417
3
e
ML
20-Lead PDIP (300 mil) Example
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
PIC16F1709
E/P 130417
3
e
PIC16F1709
SS 130417
3
e
Legend: XX...X Customer-specific information
Y Year code (last digit of calendar year)
YY Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)
WW Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)
NNN Alphanumeric traceability code
Pb-free JEDEC® designator for Matte Tin (Sn)
*This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC® designator ( )
can be found on the outer packaging for this package.
Note: In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will
be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available
characters for customer-specific information.
3
e
3
e
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 431
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Package Marking Information (Continued)
20-Lead QFN (4x4x0.9 mm) Example
PIN 1 PIN 1
PIC16
F1709
130417
3
e
ML
20-Lead SOIC (7.50 mm) Example
PIC16F1709
SO 130417
3
e
Legend: XX...X Customer-specific information
Y Year code (last digit of calendar year)
YY Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)
WW Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)
NNN Alphanumeric traceability code
Pb-free JEDEC® designator for Matte Tin (Sn)
*This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC® designator ( )
can be found on the outer packaging for this package.
Note: In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will
be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available
characters for customer-specific information.
3
e
3
e
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 432 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
35.2 Package Details
The following sections give the technical details of the packages.


 
 
 
 

 

 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
    
   
   
   
    
   
  
N
E1
D
NOTE 1
123
E
c
eB
A2
L
A
A1 b1
be
   
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 433
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 434 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 435
PIC16(L)F1705/9
 

PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 436 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 437
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 438 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 439
PIC16(L)F1705/9
B
A
0.15 C
0.15 C
0.10 C A B
(DATUM B)
(DATUM A)
C
SEATING
PLANE
NOTE 1
1
2
N
2X
TOP VIEW
SIDE VIEW
BOTTOM VIEW
For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
Note:
NOTE 1
1
2
N
0.10 C A B
0.10 C A B
0.10 C
0.08 C
Microchip Technology Drawing C04-127D Sheet 1 of 2
16-Lead Plastic Quad Flat, No Lead Package (ML) - 4x4x0.9mm Body [QFN]
D
E
A
(A3)
16X b
e
e
2
2X
D2
E2
K
0.40
16X
A1
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 440 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Microchip Technology Drawing C04-127D Sheet 2 of 2
Number of Pins
Overall Height
Overall Width
Contact Width
Overall Length
Exposed Pad Width
Exposed Pad Length
Contact Thickness
Pitch
Standoff
Units
Dimension Limits
e
E2
b
D2
D
A3
E
A1
A
N
MIN
0.65 BSC
0.20 REF
2.50
0.25
2.50
0.80
0.00
2.65
0.30
4.00 BSC
2.65
-
0.90
4.00 BSC
0.02
NOM
MILLIMETERS
16
2.80
0.35
2.80
-
1.00
0.05
MAX
Contact Length L 0.30 0.40 0.50
REF: Reference Dimension, usually without tolerance, for information purposes only.
BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances.
1. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area.
2. Package is saw singulated
3. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M
Notes:
Contact-to-Exposed Pad K 0.20
For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
Note:
16-Lead Plastic Quad Flat, No Lead Package (ML) - 4x4x0.9mm Body [QFN]
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 441
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 442 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
!

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
    
   
   
   
    
   
  
N
E1
NOTE 1
D
123
A
A1
A2
L
e
b1
b
E
c
eB
   
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 443
PIC16(L)F1705/9
!"#$%"&""'(""&

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
    
   
   
  
  
  
  
φ
L
L1
A2 c
e
b
A1
A
12
NOTE 1
E1
E
D
N
   
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 444 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 445
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 446 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 447
PIC16(L)F1705/9
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 448 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
!)*+%,-..(/)*

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
   
 
 
   
    
  
 
    
 
    
   
   
 
D
EXPOSED
PAD
E
E2
2
1
N
TOP VIEW NOTE 1
N
L
K
b
e
D2
2
1
A
A1
A3
BOTTOM VIEW
   
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 449
PIC16(L)F1705/9
 

PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 450 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
APPENDIX A: DATA SHEET
REVISION HISTORY
Revision A (12/2013)
Initial release of this document.
Revision B (04/2015)
Updated Sections 8.2.2, 20.1.2, 20.1.3, 21.1, 21.1.1,
22.3, 28.2.1, 29.4.2, 32.0 (“Electrical Specifications”)
and 33.0 (“DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and
Charts”); Updated introductory paragraph of Section
21.0; Added Sections 3.2 (“High-Endurance Flash”)
and 6.5.5 (“Clock Switch Before Sleep”); Updated
Tables 1, 2, 1-2, 3-1, 3-3, 3-4, 3-5, 6-1; Updated note
references, bit 2 and values on POR, BOR and all
other Resets for the ADCON1 register in Table 3-10;
Updated Figures 3-1, 6-7, 18-2 through 18-6, 20-1,
22-1 and 25-1; Added note to Figure 21-1; Updated
Registers 20-1, 20-2 and 21-1; Other minor
corrections.
Revision C (12/2015)
Updated graphs in Section 33.0. Added High
Endurance Flash Data Memory (HEF) bullet on front
page. Updated PIC16(L)F170x Family Types Table.
Removed Section 18.1.1 Steering (All Modes).
Updated new Section 18.1.1 Steered PWM Modes.
Updated Figures 32-1, 32-2, and 32-5; Register 25-1;
Sections 18.2, 32.1, and 35.1; Tables 32-1, 32-2, 32-7,
32-9, 32-10, 32-11, 32-13, 32-14, 32-15, 32-19, 32-21,
and 32-22.
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 451
PIC16(L)F1705/9
THE MICROCHIP WEBSITE
Microchip provides online support via our website at
www.microchip.com. This website is used as a means
to make files and information easily available to
customers. Accessible by using your favorite Internet
browser, the website contains the following information:
Product Support – Data sheets and errata,
application notes and sample programs, design
resources, user’s guides and hardware support
documents, latest software releases and archived
software
General Technical Support – Frequently Asked
Questions (FAQ), technical support requests,
online discussion groups, Microchip consultant
program member listing
Business of Microchip – Product selector and
ordering guides, latest Microchip press releases,
listing of seminars and events, listings of
Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory
representatives
CUSTOMER CHANGE NOTIFICATION
SERVICE
Microchip’s customer notification service helps keep
customers current on Microchip products. Subscribers
will receive e-mail notification whenever there are
changes, updates, revisions or errata related to a
specified product family or development tool of interest.
To register, access the Microchip website at
www.microchip.com. Under “Support”, click on
“Customer Change Notification” and follow the
registration instructions.
CUSTOMER SUPP ORT
Users of Microchip products can receive assistance
through several channels:
Distributor or Representative
Local Sales Office
Field Application Engineer (FAE)
Technical Support
Customers should contact their distributor,
representative or Field Application Engineer (FAE) for
support. Local sales offices are also available to help
customers. A listing of sales offices and locations is
included in the back of this document.
Technical support is available through the website
at: http://www.microchip.com/support
PIC16(L)F1705/9
DS40001729C-page 452 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office.
PART NO. X/XX XXX
PatternPackageTemperature
Range
Device
Device: PIC16F1705, PIC16LF1705,
PIC16F1709, PIC16LF1709
Tape and Reel
Option: Blank = Standard packaging (tube or tray)
T = Tape and Reel(1)
Temperature
Range: I= -40C to +85C(Industrial)
E= -40
C to +125C (Extended)
Package:(2) ML = QFN
P=PDIP
SP = SPDIP
ST = TSSOP
SL = SOIC
SO = SOIC
SS = SSOP
Pattern: QTP, SQTP, Code or Special Requirements
(blank otherwise)
Examples:
a) PIC16LF1705- I/P
Industrial temperature
PDIP package
b) PIC16F1709- E/SS
Extended temperature,
SSOP package
Note 1: Tape and Reel identifier only appears in
the catalog part number description. This
identifier is used for ordering purposes and
is not printed on the device package.
Check with your Microchip Sales Office
for package availability with the Tape and
Reel option.
2: Small form-factor packaging options may
be available. Please check
www.microchip.com/packaging for
small-form factor package availability, or
contact your local Sales Office.
[X](1)
Tape and Reel
Option
-
2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001729C-page 453
Information contained in this publication regarding device
applications and the like is provided only for your convenience
and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to
ensure that your application meets with your specifications.
MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR
OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION,
QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability
arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip
devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at
the buyer’s risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and
hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims,
suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are
conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip
intellectual property rights unless otherwise stated.
Trademarks
The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, dsPIC,
FlashFlex, flexPWR, JukeBlox, KEELOQ, KEELOQ logo, Kleer,
LANCheck, MediaLB, MOST, MOST logo, MPLAB,
OptoLyzer, PIC, PICSTART, PIC32 logo, RightTouch, SpyNIC,
SST, SST Logo, SuperFlash and UNI/O are registered
trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the
U.S.A. and other countries.
The Embedded Control Solutions Company and mTouch are
registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated
in the U.S.A.
Analog-for-the-Digital Age, BodyCom, chipKIT, chipKIT logo,
CodeGuard, dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net, ECAN, In-Circuit
Serial Programming, ICSP, Inter-Chip Connectivity, KleerNet,
KleerNet logo, MiWi, motorBench, MPASM, MPF, MPLAB
Certified logo, MPLIB, MPLINK, MultiTRAK, NetDetach,
Omniscient Code Generation, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICkit,
PICtail, RightTouch logo, REAL ICE, SQI, Serial Quad I/O,
Total Endurance, TSHARC, USBCheck, VariSense,
ViewSpan, WiperLock, Wireless DNA, and ZENA are
trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the
U.S.A. and other countries.
SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated
in the U.S.A.
Silicon Storage Technology is a registered trademark of
Microchip Technology Inc. in other countries.
GestIC is a registered trademark of Microchip Technology
Germany II GmbH & Co. KG, a subsidiary of Microchip
Technology Inc., in other countries.
All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their
respective companies.
© 2013-2015, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in
the U.S.A., All Rights Reserved.
ISBN: 978-1-5224-0070-7
Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchi p devices:
Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet.
Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the
intended manner and under normal conditions.
There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our
knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip’s Data
Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property.
Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code.
Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not
mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.”
Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our
products. Attempts to break Microchip’s code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts
allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act.
Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2009 certification for its worldwide
headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and
Tempe, Arizona; Gresham, Oregon and design centers in California
and India. The Company’s quality system processes and procedures
are for its PIC® MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs, KEELOQ® code hop ping
devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipher als, nonvolatile memory and
analog products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design
and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified.
QUALITY MANAGEMENT S
YSTEM
CERTIFIED BY DNV
== ISO/TS 16949 ==
DS40001729C-page 454 2013-2015 Microchip Technology Inc.
AMERICAS
Corporate Office
2355 West Chandler Blvd.
Chandler, AZ 85224-6199
Tel: 480-792-7200
Fax: 480-792-7277
Technical Support:
http://www.microchip.com/
support
Web Address:
www.microchip.com
Atlanta
Duluth, GA
Tel: 678-957-9614
Fax: 678-957-1455
Austin, TX
Tel: 512-257-3370
Boston
Westborough, MA
Tel: 774-760-0087
Fax: 774-760-0088
Chicago
Itasca, IL
Tel: 630-285-0071
Fax: 630-285-0075
Cleveland
Independence, OH
Tel: 216-447-0464
Fax: 216-447-0643
Dallas
Addison, TX
Tel: 972-818-7423
Fax: 972-818-2924
Detroit
Novi, MI
Tel: 248-848-4000
Houston, TX
Tel: 281-894-5983
Indianapolis
Noblesville, IN
Tel: 317-773-8323
Fax: 317-773-5453
Los A n ge les
Mission Viejo, CA
Tel: 949-462-9523
Fax: 949-462-9608
New York, NY
Tel: 631-435-6000
San Jose, CA
Tel: 408-735-9110
Canada - Toronto
Tel: 905-673-0699
Fax: 905-673-6509
ASIA/PACIFIC
Asia Pacific Office
Suites 3707-14, 37th Floor
Tower 6, The Gateway
Harbour City, Kowloon
Hong Kong
Tel: 852-2943-5100
Fax: 852-2401-3431
Australia - Sydney
Tel: 61-2-9868-6733
Fax: 61-2-9868-6755
China - Beijing
Tel: 86-10-8569-7000
Fax: 86-10-8528-2104
China - Chengdu
Tel: 86-28-8665-5511
Fax: 86-28-8665-7889
China - Chongqing
Tel: 86-23-8980-9588
Fax: 86-23-8980-9500
China - Dongguan
Tel: 86-769-8702-9880
China - Hangzhou
Tel: 86-571-8792-8115
Fax: 86-571-8792-8116
China - Hong Kong SAR
Tel: 852-2943-5100
Fax: 852-2401-3431
China - Nanjing
Tel: 86-25-8473-2460
Fax: 86-25-8473-2470
China - Qingdao
Tel: 86-532-8502-7355
Fax: 86-532-8502-7205
China - Shanghai
Tel: 86-21-5407-5533
Fax: 86-21-5407-5066
China - Shenyang
Tel: 86-24-2334-2829
Fax: 86-24-2334-2393
China - Shenzhen
Tel: 86-755-8864-2200
Fax: 86-755-8203-1760
China - Wuhan
Tel: 86-27-5980-5300
Fax: 86-27-5980-5118
China - Xian
Tel: 86-29-8833-7252
Fax: 86-29-8833-7256
ASIA/PACIFIC
China - Xiamen
Tel: 86-592-2388138
Fax: 86-592-2388130
China - Zhuhai
Tel: 86-756-3210040
Fax: 86-756-3210049
India - Bangalore
Tel: 91-80-3090-4444
Fax: 91-80-3090-4123
India - New Delhi
Tel: 91-11-4160-8631
Fax: 91-11-4160-8632
India - Pune
Tel: 91-20-3019-1500
Japan - Osaka
Tel: 81-6-6152-7160
Fax: 81-6-6152-9310
Japan - Tokyo
Tel: 81-3-6880- 3770
Fax: 81-3-6880-3771
Korea - Daegu
Tel: 82-53-744-4301
Fax: 82-53-744-4302
Korea - Seoul
Tel: 82-2-554-7200
Fax: 82-2-558-5932 or
82-2-558-5934
Malaysia - Kuala Lumpur
Tel: 60-3-6201-9857
Fax: 60-3-6201-9859
Malaysia - Penang
Tel: 60-4-227-8870
Fax: 60-4-227-4068
Philippines - Manila
Tel: 63-2-634-9065
Fax: 63-2-634-9069
Singapore
Tel: 65-6334-8870
Fax: 65-6334-8850
Taiwan - Hsin Chu
Tel: 886-3-5778-366
Fax: 886-3-5770-955
Taiwan - Kaohsi ung
Tel: 886-7-213-7828
Taiwan - Taipei
Tel: 886-2-2508-8600
Fax: 886-2-2508-0102
Thailand - Bangko k
Tel: 66-2-694-1351
Fax: 66-2-694-1350
EUROPE
Austria - Wels
Tel: 43-7242-2244-39
Fax: 43-7242-2244-393
Denmark - Cop e nha gen
Tel: 45-4450-2828
Fax: 45-4485-2829
France - Paris
Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20
Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79
Germany - Dusseldorf
Tel: 49-2129-3766400
Germany - Karlsruhe
Tel: 49-721-625370
Germany - Munich
Tel: 49-89-627-144-0
Fax: 49-89-627-144-44
Italy - Milan
Tel: 39-0331-742611
Fax: 39-0331-466781
Italy - Veni ce
Tel: 39-049-7625286
Netherlands - Drunen
Tel: 31-416-690399
Fax: 31-416-690340
Poland - Wa r s aw
Tel: 48-22-3325737
Spain - Madri d
Tel: 34-91-708-08-90
Fax: 34-91-708-08-91
Sweden - Stockholm
Tel: 46-8-5090-4654
UK - Wokingham
Tel: 44-118-921-5800
Fax: 44-118-921-5820
Worldwide Sales and Service
07/14/15